MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST/MA/
485BPOS, 2000-04-05
Previous: WEST SUBURBAN BANCORP INC, DEF 14A, 2000-04-05
Next: PRUDENTIAL MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, 497, 2000-04-05





           As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2000


                                              1933 Act Registration No. 33-10438
                                              1940 Act Registration No. 811-4919

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  FORM N-lA

        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [ X ]

                       Pre-Effective Amendment No. ___ [   ]

                       Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 [ X ]


    REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [ X ]

                            Amendment No. 29 [ X ]
                      (Check appropriate box or boxes.)


                         MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST
               ((Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)


                             51 West 52nd Street
                        New York, New York 10019-6114
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (212) 713-2000

                          DIANNE E. O'DONNELL, ESQ.
                   Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.
                         1285 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York 10019
                     (Name and address of agent for service)


                                   Copies to:
                             ELINOR W. GAMMON, ESQ.
                           Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP
                                  Second Floor
                         1800 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
                         Washington, D.C. 20036-1800
                          Telephone: (202) 778-9000

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:  Effective Date of this
Post-Effective Amendment.


[ ]  Immediately upon filing pursuant to Rule 485(b)
[X]  On May 1, 2000 pursuant to Rule 485(b)
[ ]  60 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485(a)(1)
[ ]  On _________ pursuant to Rule 485(a)(1)
[ ]  75 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485(a)(2)
[ ]  On _________ pursuant to Rule 485(a)(2)


Title of Securities Being Registered:  Class H and I Shares of Beneficial
Interest.


<PAGE>

MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST


     MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
     HIGH GRADE FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO
     STRATEGIC FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO
     STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO
     GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO
     HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO
     BALANCED PORTFOLIO
     GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO
     TACTICAL ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
     GROWTH PORTFOLIO
     AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO
     SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO


     GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO


Each  fund  offers  its  Class H and Class I shares  only to  insurance  company
separate accounts that fund certain variable annuity and variable life insurance
contracts. This prospectus should be read together with the prospectus for those
contracts.

PROSPECTUS


May 1, 2000


- -------------------------------

AS WITH ALL  MUTUAL  FUNDS,  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  HAS NOT
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED ANY FUND'S SHARES OR DETERMINED  WHETHER THIS PROSPECTUS
IS COMPLETE OR ACCURATE. TO STATE OTHERWISE IS A CRIME.




<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- -----------------------------------------------

                                    CONTENTS
                                    THE FUNDS

     -------------------------------------------------------------



What every investor          Money Market Portfolio
should know about        4   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
the funds                5   Performance

                             High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio
                         6   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                         7   Performance

                             Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio
                         8   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                         9   Performance

                             Strategic Income Portfolio
                        10   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        11   Performance

                             Global Income Portfolio
                        12   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        13   Performance

                             High Income Portfolio
                        14   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        15   Performance

                             Balanced Portfolio
                        16   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        17   Performance

                             Growth and Income Portfolio
                        18   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        19   Performance

                             Tactical Allocation Portfolio
                        20   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        21   Performance

                             Growth Portfolio
                        22   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        23   Performance

                             Aggressive Growth Portfolio
                        24   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        25   Performance

                             Small Cap Portfolio
                        26   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        27   Performance


                                       2
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- -----------------------------------------------

                             Global Equity Portfolio
                        28   Investment Objective, Strategies and Risks
                        29   Performance

                        30   More About Risks and Investment Strategies


                             INVESTING IN THE FUNDS
     -------------------------------------------------------------

Information for         32   Purchases, Redemptions and Exchanges
managing you fund
account
                        32   Pricing and Valuation


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     -------------------------------------------------------------

Additional important    33   Management
information about
the funds               35   Dividends and Taxes

                        36   Financial Highlights


Where to learn more          Back Cover
about the funds




                        ---------------------------------------
                         The funds are not complete or balanced
                         investment programs.
                        ---------------------------------------


                                       3
<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Money Market Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------


FUND OBJECTIVE


Maximum current income consistent with liquidity and conservation of capital.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund is a money market fund and seeks to maintain a stable price of $1.00
per share. The fund invests in a diversified portfolio of high quality money
market instruments of governmental and private issuers.

Money market instruments are short-term debt obligations and similar securities.
They also include longer term bonds that have variable interest rates or other
special features that give them the financial characteristics of short-term
debt. The fund invests in foreign money market instruments only if they are
denominated in U.S. dollars.

Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., the fund's investment adviser, selects
money market instruments for the fund based on its assessment of relative values
and changes in market and economic conditions. Mitchell Hutchins considers
safety of principal and liquidity in selecting securities for the fund and thus
may not buy securities that pay the highest yield.

Mitchell Hutchins may use a number of professional money management techniques
to respond to changing economic and money market conditions and to shifts in
fiscal and monetary policies. These techniques include varying the fund's
composition and weighted average maturity based upon its assessment of the
relative values of various money market instruments and future interest rate
patterns. Mitchell Hutchins also may buy or sell money market instruments to
take advantage of yield differences.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is neither insured nor
guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government
agency. While the fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00
per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the fund. Money market
instruments generally have a low risk of loss, but they are not risk free. The
principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  CREDIT RISK - Issuers of money market instruments may fail to make payments
   when due, or they may become less willing or less able to do so.

o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's investments generally will fall
   when interest rates rise and its yield will tend to lag behind prevailing
   rates.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."


INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                       4
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Money Market Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.

The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during the periods
shown.


The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.



      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES


EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990                                5.00%
1991                                5.00%
1992                                3.00%
1993                                2.45%
1994                                3.43%
1995                                5.22%
1996                                4.32%
1997                                4.53%
1998                                4.51%
1999                                3.55%



      Best quarter during years shown:    2nd quarter, 1995  ___  1.36%
      Worst quarter during years shown:   3rd quarter, 1993  ___  0.57%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

     CLASS                           CLASS H
     (INCEPTION DATE)              (5/04/87)
     ----------------              ---------
     One Year.............           3.55%
     Five Years...........           3.81%
     Ten Years............           4.26%
     Life of Class........           2.37%



                                       5
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

HIGH GRADE FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------

FUND OBJECTIVE


Primarily, current income consistent with the preservation of capital;
secondarily, capital appreciation.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund invests primarily in

o    U.S. government bonds

o    mortgage and asset-backed bonds of both government and private issuers

o    investment grade corporate bonds, principally high quality bonds (rated in
     one of the two highest rating categories or of comparable quality)


To a lesser extent, the fund invests in securities of foreign issuers that are
denominated in U.S. dollars and traded in U.S. markets (Yankee bonds). The fund
may (but is not required to) use derivatives to help manage its portfolio
"duration." "Duration" is a measure of the fund's exposure to interest rate
risk.


Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., the fund's investment adviser,
allocates its assets among bond market sectors and industries by deciding which
sectors and industries provide the best relative values under prevailing
conditions. Mitchell Hutchins selects industries and companies within the
corporate bond sector by performing fundamental credit analysis based on cash
flows and the ability of the issuer to make required payments on its debt.
Mitchell Hutchins chooses specific securities that it believes provide the best
combination of income, liquidity and potential for gain relative to risk of
loss.


PRINCIPAL RISKS


An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's investments generally will fall
   when interest rates rise.

o  PREPAYMENT RISK - The fund's mortgage- and asset-backed securities may be
   prepaid more rapidly than expected, especially when interest rates are
   falling, and the fund may have to reinvest those prepayments at lower
   interest rates. When interest rates are rising, slower prepayments may extend
   the duration of the securities and may reduce their value.

o  CREDIT RISK - Bond issuers may fail to make payments when due, or they may
   become less willing or less able to do so.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).


                                       6
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.


The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during the periods
shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. The table compares fund returns to returns
on a broad-based market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include
any sales charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future. This is especially true for periods prior to July 21, 1995, when
Mitchell Hutchins assumed day-to-day portfolio management responsibility from a
sub-adviser.

      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES (1994 IS THE FUND'S FIRST FULL CALENDAR
      YEAR OF OPERATIONS)



EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990
1991
1992
1993
1994                               -6.56%
1995                               15.44%
1996                                1.41%
1997                                8.13%
1998                                6.83%
1999                               -3.82%



      Best quarter during years shown:  2nd quarter, 1995  ____   4.42%
      Worst quarter during years shown: 1st quarter, 1994  ____ (4.79)%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999


    CLASS                      CLASS H            LEHMAN BROTHERS
    (INCEPTION DATE)          (11/08/93)          GOVERNMENT BOND INDEX
    ----------------          ----------          ---------------------

    One Year...............      (3.82)%             2.23%
    Five Years.............       5.40%              7.44%
    Life of Class..........       2.59%              5.27%*

     --------------
     *  Return is for the period 10/31/93 to 12/31/99, annualized.







                                       7
<PAGE>
Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

STRATEGIC FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------


FUND OBJECTIVE

Total return with low volatility.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


The fund invests in bonds with varying maturities, although it normally limits
its overall portfolio "duration" to between three and eight years. "Duration" is
a measure of the fund's exposure to interest rate risk. The fund invests
primarily in

o     mortgage- and asset-backed securities of both government and private
      issuers

o     investment grade corporate bonds

o     U.S. and foreign government bonds

o     money market instruments


The fund also invests, to a lesser extent, in bonds that are below investment
grade. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly known as "junk
bonds." The fund invests in when-issued or delayed delivery bonds as a
leveraging technique to increase its return. The fund may (but is not required
to) use derivatives to help manage its portfolio duration.


The fund's investment adviser, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., has
appointed Pacific Investment Management Company ("PIMCO") as the fund's
sub-adviser. PIMCO analyzes U.S. economic and market conditions, as well as
other factors, to decide on a portfolio duration and to allocate fund assets to
bonds of different credit qualities, maturities, types and coupon interest
rates. PIMCO seeks bonds that it believes to be relatively undervalued and
selects bonds based on various factors, including economic forecasts,
anticipated interest rate levels and expected prepayment rates on the mortgages
supporting mortgage-backed bonds. PIMCO selects specific bonds by analyzing
their relative value and risk characteristics.


PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's investments generally will fall
   when interest rates rise.

o  PREPAYMENT RISK - The fund's mortgage- and asset-backed securities may be
   prepaid more rapidly than expected, especially when interest rates are
   falling, and the fund may have to reinvest those prepayments at lower
   interest rates. When interest rates are rising, slower prepayments may extend
   the duration of the securities and may reduce their value.

o  CREDIT RISK - Bond issuers may fail to make payments when due, or they may
   become less willing or less able to do so.

o  LEVERAGE RISK - Leverage magnifies the effect of changes in market values.
   While leverage can increase the fund's income and potential for gain, it also
   can increase expenses and the risk of loss. The fund attempts to limit the
   magnifying effect of its leverage by managing its portfolio duration.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad and due to decreases in foreign currency values relative
   to the U.S. dollar.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).

                                       8
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------



RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.


The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during the periods
shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. The table compares fund returns to returns
on a broad-based market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include
any sales charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future. This is especially true for periods prior to September 21, 1995,
when PIMCO assumed portfolio management responsibility from Mitchell Hutchins.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES




EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990                                7.58%
1991                               15.17%
1992                                6.76%
1993                               11.66%
1994                               -5.34%
1995                               18.51%
1996                                3.79%
1997                               11.00%
1998                                8.62%
1999                               -3.32%



      Best quarter during years shown:  2nd quarter, 1995  --    6.20%
      Worst quarter during years shown: 1st quarter, 1994  --  (4.11)%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

    CLASS                               CLASS H        LEHMAN BROTHERS
    (INCEPTION DATE)                   (7/05/89)     MORTGAGE BOND INDEX
    ----------------                   ---------     -------------------

    One Year...................         (3.32)%             1.86%
    Five Years.................           7.47%             7.98%
    Ten Years..................           7.21%             7.77%
    Life of Class..............           7.11%             8.14%*
     ------------------
     *  Return is for the period 6/30/89 to 12/31/99, annualized.



                                       9
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Strategic Income Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------

STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------

FUND OBJECTIVE


Primarily, high level of current income; secondarily, capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


The fund strategically allocates investments among three bond market sectors:


o     U.S. government and investment grade bonds

o     U.S. high yield bonds (sometimes called "junk bonds"), including
      preferred stock and bonds that are convertible into common stock


o     Foreign and emerging market bonds

Each of these sectors generally reacts in different ways or at different times
to changes in interest rates or to particular economic events. This means that,
when one sector underperforms the market as a whole, another sector may
outperform the market.


The fund normally invests in each of these three sectors. However, the fund's
investment adviser, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., tries to take
advantage of changes in the relative performance of different sectors by
allocating a larger percentage of the fund's assets to those sectors that it
believes are undervalued. Selections of specific securities to buy or sell for
the fund are based on market outlook, investment research, geographic analysis
and forecasts of interest rates and currency exchange rates. The fund may (but
is not required to) use derivatives as part of its investment strategy or to
help manage portfolio risks

PRINCIPAL RISKS


An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  CREDIT RISK - Bond issuers may fail to make payments when due, or they may
   become less willing or less able to do so. This risk is greater for high
   yield, lower quality bonds than for bonds that are investment grade.

o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's investments generally will fall
   when interest rates rise.

o  ASSET ALLOCATION RISK - Mitchell Hutchins may not be successful in choosing
   the best allocation of the fund's assets among market sectors.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING AND EMERGING MARKETS RISKS - The value of the fund's
   investments in foreign securities may fall due to adverse political, social
   and economic developments abroad and due to decreases in foreign currency
   values relative to the U.S. dollar. These risks are greater for investments
   in emerging market issuers than for issuers in more developed countries.

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  INDIVIDUAL ISSUER CONCENTRATION RISK - Because the fund is non-diversified,
   it can invest more of its assets in a single issuer than a diversified fund
   can. As a result, changes in the market value of a single issuer can have a
   greater effect on the fund's performance and share price than if the fund
   held a smaller position.

o  PREPAYMENT RISK - The fund's mortgage- and asset-backed securities may be
   prepaid more rapidly than expected, especially when interest rates are
   falling, and the fund may have to reinvest those prepayments at lower
   interest rates. When interest rates are rising, prepayments often occur more
   slowly than expected, which may extend the duration of the backed securities
   and may reduce their value.



                                       10
<PAGE>

o  SOVEREIGN RISK - Investments in foreign government bonds involve special
   risks because the fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of
   default.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).


                                      10A
<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Strategic Income Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------


PERFORMANCE
- -----------



RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.

The bar chart shows the fund's performance for its initial calendar year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares because Class I shares were not outstanding for
the full calendar year.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares for one year and the life of the class. Performance for Class I shares
is not included in the table because Class I shares were not outstanding for the
full calendar year. The table compares fund returns to returns on a broad-based
market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include any sales
charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES (1999 IS THE FUND'S FIRST FULL CALENDAR
      YEAR OF OPERATIONS)



EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999                                1.89%



      Best quarter during year shown:   1st quarter, 1999  --   2.05%
      Worst quarter during year shown   2nd quarter, 1999  -- (0.64)%

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

    CLASS                          CLASS H          LEHMAN BROTHERS
    (INCEPTION DATE)              (9/28/98)       AGGREGATE BOND INDEX
    ----------------              ---------       --------------------

    One Year.................       1.89%                   (0.82)%
    Life of Class............       3.79%                   (0.39)%*
      --------------
      *  Return is for the period 9/30/98 to 12/31/99, annualized.




                                       11
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Global Income Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------


GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------

FUND OBJECTIVE

Primarily, high current income; secondarily, capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund invests primarily in high quality bonds of governmental and private
issuers in the U.S. and developed foreign countries. These high quality bonds
are rated in one of the two highest rating categories or are of comparable
quality. The fund also invests, to a lesser extent, in lower rated bonds,
including bonds of issuers in emerging markets. These may include bonds that
have very low credit ratings, but that Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.,
the fund's investment adviser, believes provide a return that is high enough to
justify the additional risk. Some of the fund's bonds may be backed by
mortgages.

Mitchell Hutchins normally invests a portion of the fund's assets in bonds of
U.S. government and private issuers, and allocates the balance of the fund's
portfolio among bonds of issuers in different foreign countries. Mitchell
Hutchins decides which bonds to buy or sell by determining the allocation to
different geographic areas, countries and industries based upon its assessment
of fundamental economic strengths, credit quality and currency and interest rate
trends. The fund may (but is not required to) use derivatives as part of its
investment strategy or to help manage portfolio risks.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's investments generally will fall
   when interest rates rise.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING AND EMERGING MARKETS RISKS - The value of the fund's
   investments in foreign securities may fall due to adverse political, social
   and economic developments abroad and due to decreases in foreign currency
   values relative to the U.S. dollar. These risks are greater for investments
   in emerging market issuers than for issuers in more developed countries.

o  CREDIT RISK - Bond issuers may fail to make payments when due, or they may
   become less willing or less able to do so.

o  SOVEREIGN RISK - Investments in foreign government bonds involve special
   risks because the fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of
   default.

o  ASSET ALLOCATION RISK - Mitchell Hutchins may not be successful in choosing
   the best allocation of the fund's assets between U.S. and foreign issuers.

o  INDIVIDUAL ISSUER CONCENTRATION RISK - Because the fund is non-diversified,
   it can invest more of its assets in a single issuer than a diversified fund
   can. As a result, changes in the market value of a single issuer can have a
   greater effect on the fund's performance and share price than if the fund
   held a smaller position.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN THE CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING SUCH REPORTS).



                                       12
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Global Income Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.

The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during the periods
shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. The table compares fund returns to returns
on a broad-based market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include
any sales charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.


       TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES


EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990                               14.92%
1991                               10.30%
1992                                1.29%
1993                               16.65%
1994                               -5.56%
1995                               13.58%
1996                                6.62%
1997                                3.50%
1998                                9.69%
1999                               -4.79%




      Best quarter during years shown:   2nd quarter, 1990  --   5.77%
      Worst quarter during years shown:  1st quarter, 1994  -- (4.44)%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

                                                  SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
  CLASS                            CLASS H          WORLD GOVERNMENT
  (INCEPTION DATE)                 (5/01/88)           BOND INDEX
  ----------------                 ---------           ----------

  One Year...................       (4.79)%                (4.27)%
  Five Years.................         5.53%                  6.42%
  Ten Years..................         6.36%                  8.03%
  Life of Class..............         6.63%                  7.48%*
    -----------------
    *  Return is for the period 4/30/88 to 12/31/99, annualized.



                                       13
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     High Income Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------------

HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------


FUND OBJECTIVE


High income.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund invests primarily in a diversified range of high yield U.S. and foreign
corporate bonds (sometimes called "junk bonds"). The fund also invests, to a
lesser extent, in other types of bonds, preferred stocks and bonds that are
convertible into common stock. The fund may (but is not required to) use
derivatives as part of its investment strategy or to help manage portfolio
risks.


The fund's investment adviser, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., uses a
three-step investment process to find the best relative values in the bond
markets in which the fund invests: industry selection, company selection and
security selection.


Mitchell Hutchins allocates the fund's assets among industry groups by analyzing
economic factors, industry dynamics and yield spreads to determine which
industries provide the most attractive investment opportunities. Mitchell
Hutchins selects companies within these industries by performing fundamental
credit analysis based on cash flow, leverage and other balance sheet and income
statement factors. In deciding which securities to buy or sell for the fund,
Mitchell Hutchins chooses from among the types of securities offered by these
companies to select those that appear to offer the best relative values. All
aspects of this process rely on Mitchell Hutchins' economic, credit,
quantitative and market research.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  CREDIT RISK - Bond issuers may fail to make payments when due, or they may
   become less willing or less able to do so. This risk is greater for high
   yield, lower quality bonds than for bonds that are investment grade.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING AND EMERGING MARKETS RISKS - The value of the fund's
   investments in foreign securities may fall due to adverse political, social
   and economic developments abroad and due to decreases in foreign currency
   values relative to the U.S. dollar. These risks are greater for investments
   in emerging market issuers than for issuers in more developed countries.

o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's investments generally will fall
   when interest rates rise.

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                       14
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     High Income Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------



RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE

The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.

The bar chart shows how the fund's performance for its initial calendar year.
The bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during the
periods shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares for one year and the life of the class. The table compares fund returns
to returns on a broad-based market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does
not include any sales charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES (1999 IS THE FUND'S FIRST FULL CALENDAR
      YEAR OF OPERATIONS)




EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999                                5.42%


      Best quarter during year shown:   4th quarter, 1999  --    4.29%
      Worst quarter during year shown:  3rd quarter, 1999  --  (1.01)%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

    CLASS                          CLASS H        CS FIRST BOSTON HIGH
    (INCEPTION DATE)              (9/28/98)         YIELD BOND INDEX
    ----------------              ---------         ----------------

    One Year................        5.42%                   3.28%
    Life of Class...........        8.54%                   4.54%*
     ----------------
     *  Return is for the period 9/30/98 to 12/31/99, annualized.





                                       15
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Balanced Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------


BALANCED PORTFOLIO


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------


FUND OBJECTIVE


High total return with low volatility.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


The fund allocates its investments among three investment sectors:

o     stocks

o     bonds

o     cash (money market instruments)

The fund normally has investments in each sector, but it always keeps at least
25% of its total assets in a combination of bonds and cash. This is intended to
limit changes in the value of fund shares compared to funds that invest solely
in stocks.


The fund's bonds are primarily investment grade, but it may invest, to a lesser
extent, in lower quality bonds. The fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated
securities of foreign issuers. The fund may (but is not required to) use
derivatives to adjust its exposure to different asset classes, to manage the
"duration" of its bond investments and to maintain exposure to stocks or bonds
while maintaining a cash balance for fund management purposes. "Duration" is a
measure of the fund's exposure to interest rate risk.

Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., the fund's investment adviser, believes
investors tend to reach a consensus as to the likely effect of changes in key
economic variables (for example, interest rates, profits and inflation) on each
asset class. Mitchell Hutchins also believes that prices of securities in each
asset class tend to move toward a level that reflects that consensus, but that
this takes time. By using fundamental valuation techniques, Mitchell Hutchins
attempts to adjust the allocation of the fund's assets among sectors before
prices fully reflect the consensus view.

In buying and selling individual securities for the fund, Mitchell Hutchins uses
the following process:


o     STOCKS. Mitchell Hutchins uses its own Factor Valuation Model to identify
      companies that appear undervalued. The model ranks companies based on
      "value" factors, such as dividends, cash flows, earnings and book values,
      as well as on "growth" factors, such as earnings momentum and industry
      performance forecasts. Mitchell Hutchins then applies fundamental analysis
      to select specific stocks from among those identified by the model.

o     BONDS. Mitchell Hutchins selects bonds based on its analysis of their
      maturity and risk structures (comparing yields on U.S. Treasury bonds to
      yields on riskier types of bonds).


PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  ASSET ALLOCATION RISK - Mitchell Hutchins may not be successful in choosing
   the best allocation of the fund's assets among the three asset classes.

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's bond investments generally will
   fall when interest rates rise.

                                       16
<PAGE>

o  CREDIT RISK - Bond issuers may fail to make payments when due, or they may
   become less willing or less able to do so.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                      16a
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Balanced Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.


The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during all the
periods shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. Performance for Class I shares is not
included in the table because Class I shares were not outstanding for the full
1999 calendar year. The table compares fund returns to returns on a broad-based
market index that is unmanaged and that, therefore, does not include any sales
charges or expenses.


The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how the fund will
perform in the future.



      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES



EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC


CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990                                2.63%
1991                               18.73%
1992                                5.18%
1993                               15.76%
1994                               -9.59%
1995                               23.27%
1996                               16.82%
1997                               24.86%
1998                               16.81%
1999                                1.82%



      Best quarter during years shown:  4th quarter, 1998  --   14.29%
      Worst quarter during years shown: 2nd quarter, 1994  --  (5.55)%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

   CLASS                                CLASS H      S&P 500 COMPOSITE
   (INCEPTION DATE)                    (6/01/88)        STOCK INDEX
   ----------------                    ---------        -----------

   One Year....................          1.82%              21.03%
   Five Years..................         16.42%              28.54%
   Ten Years...................         11.11%              18.19%
   Life of Class...............         10.96%              19.11%*
    ---------------
    * Return is for the period 5/31/88 to 12/31/99, annualized.




                                       17
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Growth and Income Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------


FUND OBJECTIVE


Current income and capital growth.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


The fund invests in a combination of securities to obtain both growth and
income. To obtain growth, the fund invests in stocks that Mitchell Hutchins
Asset Management Inc., its investment adviser, believes have substantial
potential for capital growth. To obtain current income, the fund invests in
dividend paying stocks and, to a lesser extent, convertible bonds and money
market instruments.

The fund generally invests in large capitalization companies. Some of the fund's
investments may be in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign investors.
The fund may (but is not required to) use derivatives as part of its investment
strategy or to help manage portfolio risks.

In buying and selling stocks for the fund, Mitchell Hutchins uses its own Factor
Valuation Model to identify stocks with growth potential that appear to be
undervalued. The model ranks companies based on "value" factors such as
dividends, cash flows, earnings and book values, as well as on "growth" factors,
such as earnings momentum and industry performance forecasts. Mitchell Hutchins
then applies fundamental analysis to select specific stocks from among those
identified by the model.


PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                       18
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Growth and Income Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.


The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during all the
periods shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. Performance for Class I shares is not
included in the table because Class I shares were not outstanding for the full
1999 calendar year. The table compares fund returns to returns on a broad-based
market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include any sales
charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES (1993 IS THE FUND'S FIRST FULL CALENDAR
      YEAR OF OPERATIONS)



EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990
1991
1992
1993                               -2.26%
1994                               -6.18%
1995                               30.52%
1996                               22.12%
1997                               32.45%
1998                               16.32%
1999                               10.33%



      Best quarter during years shown:  4th quarter, 1998  --    19.73%
      Worst quarter during years shown: 3rd quarter, 1998  --  (14.91)%

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

   CLASS                                CLASS H      S&P 500 COMPOSITE
   (INCEPTION DATE)                    (1/02/92)        STOCK INDEX
   ----------------                    ---------        -----------
   One Year....................          10.33%             21.03%
   Five Years..................          22.06%             28.54%
   Life of Class...............          12.52%             19.69%*

- ----------------
* Return is for the period 12/31/91 to 12/31/99, annualized.




                                       19
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust   Tactical Allocation Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

TACTICAL ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------


FUND OBJECTIVE


Total return, consisting of long-term capital appreciation and current income.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


The fund allocates its assets between


o  a stock portion that is designed to track the performance of the S&P 500
   Composite Stock Index


o  a fixed income portion that consists of either five-year U.S. Treasury notes
   or U.S. Treasury bills with remaining maturities of 30 days

Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., the fund's investment adviser,
reallocates the fund's assets in accordance with the recommendations of its own
Tactical Allocation Model on the first business day of each month.

The Tactical Allocation Model attempts to track the performance of the S&P 500
Index in periods of strong market performance. The Model attempts to take a more
defensive posture by reallocating assets to bonds or cash when the Model signals
a potential bear market, prolonged downturn in stock prices or significant loss
in value. The Model can recommend stock allocations of 100%, 75%, 50%, 25% or
0%.

If the Tactical Allocation Model recommends a stock allocation of less than
100%, the Model also recommends a fixed income allocation for the remainder of
the fund's assets. The Model uses a bond risk premium determination to decide
whether to recommend five-year U.S. Treasury notes or 30-day U.S.
Treasury bills.


When the Tactical Allocation Model recommends a fixed income allocation of more
than 50%, the fund must invest in other high quality bonds or money market
instruments to the extent needed to limit the fund's investments in U.S.
Treasury obligations to no more than 55% of its assets. This limit is imposed by
Internal Revenue Code diversification requirements for segregated asset accounts
used to fund variable annuity or variable life contracts.

The fund may (but is not required to) use derivatives to adjust its exposure to
different asset classes or to maintain exposure to stocks or bonds while
maintaining a cash balance for fund management purposes. Mitchell Hutchins also
may use these instruments to reduce the risk of adverse price movements while
investing cash received when investors buy fund shares, to facilitate trading
and to reduce transactions costs.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  ASSET ALLOCATION RISK - The Tactical Allocation Model may not correctly
   predict the appropriate time to shift the fund's assets from asset class to
   another.

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  INDEX TRACKING RISK - The fund expects a close correlation between the
   performance of its stock investments and that of the S&P 500 Index in both
   rising and falling markets. The fund's performance, however, generally will
   not be identical to that of the Index because of the fees and expenses borne
   by the fund and investor purchases and sales of fund shares, which can occur
   daily.


                                       20
<PAGE>
o  INTEREST RATE RISK - The value of the fund's bond investments generally will
   fall when interest rates rise.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK -- The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The S&P 500 Index includes some U.S. dollar
   denominated foreign securities. The value of the fund's investments in
   foreign securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                      20a
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust   Tactical Allocation Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.


The bar chart shows the fund's performance for its initial calendar year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares because Class I shares were not outstanding for
the full calendar year.


The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares for one year and the life of the class. Performance for Class I shares
is not included in the table because Class I shares were not outstanding for the
full calendar year. The table compares fund returns to returns on a broad-based
market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include any sales
charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES (1999 IS THE FUND'S FIRST FULL CALENDAR
      YEAR OF OPERATIONS)




EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999                               18.43%


      Best quarter during year shown:   4th quarter, 1999  --   13.08%
      Worst quarter during year shown:  3rd quarter, 1999  --    6.16%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

    CLASS                               CLASS H      S&P 500 COMPOSITE
    (INCEPTION DATE)                   (9/28/98)        STOCK INDEX
    ----------------                   ---------        -----------
    One Year....................        18.43%              21.03%
    Life of Class...............        36.66%              35.94%*
     -----------------
     *  Return is for the period 9/30/98 to 12/31/99, annualized.



                                       21
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Growth Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------


GROWTH PORTFOLIO


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------

FUND OBJECTIVE


Long-term capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund invests primarily in stocks of companies that Mitchell Hutchins Asset
Management Inc., its investment adviser, believes have substantial potential for
capital growth.

The fund generally invests in larger capitalization companies but has the
flexibility to invest in companies having any market capitalization. Some of the
fund's investments may be in U.S. dollar denominated securities of foreign
issuers and the fund also may invest in bonds. The fund may (but is not required
to) use derivatives as part of its investment strategy or to help manage
portfolio risks.

In buying and selling stocks for the fund, Mitchell Hutchins uses its own
Multi-Factor Growth Model to identify companies that appear to have potential
for above-average growth in earnings, cash flow and/or book value. The model
ranks companies based on "growth" factors such as earnings momentum, stock price
movement, economic sensitivity and industry performance forecasts. Mitchell
Hutchins then applies fundamental analysis to select specific stocks from among
those identified by the model. When investing in smaller companies, Mitchell
Hutchins also considers the trading volume of the company's stock.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:


o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

o  LIMITED CAPITALIZATION RISK - Equity risk is greater for the common stocks of
   mid and small cap companies because they generally are more vulnerable than
   larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may
   have more limited resources. In general, these risks are greater for small
   cap companies than for mid cap companies.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                       22
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Growth Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.


The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during all the
periods shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. Performance for Class I shares is not
included in the table because Class I shares were not outstanding for the full
1999 calendar year. The table compares fund returns to returns on a broad-based
market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include any sales
charges or expenses.


The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES



EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990                               -8.15%
1991                               42.10%
1992                                5.83%
1993                               19.61%
1994                              -11.65%
1995                               32.50%
1996                               18.70%
1997                               15.41%
1998                               30.59%
1999                               33.61%



      Best quarter during years shown:   4th quarter, 1998  --    30.29%
      Worst quarter during years shown:  3rd quarter, 1990  --  (16.09)%

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

    CLASS                               CLASS H       S&P 500 COMPOSITE
    (INCEPTION DATE)                   (5/04/87)         STOCK INDEX
    ----------------                   ---------         -----------
    One Year....................         33.61%             21.03%
    Five Years..................         25.93%             28.54%
    Ten Years...................         16.54%             18.19%
    Life of Class...............         16.80%             16.79%*
- ------------
* Return is for the period 4/30/87 to 12/31/99, annualized.




                                       23
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Aggressive Growth Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------


AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------

FUND OBJECTIVE


Maximizing long-term capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund invests primarily in common stocks of U.S. companies that its
sub-adviser expects to grow faster than the average rate of companies in the S&P
500 Composite Stock Index. The fund has the flexibility to invest in companies
of any size, including small capitalization ("small cap") companies. In general,
however, the fund invests the majority of its assets in mid capitalization ("mid
cap") companies.

Some of the fund's investments may be in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of
foreign issuers and the fund also may invest in bonds. The fund may (but is not
required to) use derivatives as part of its investment strategy or to help
manage portfolio risks.

The fund invests in companies that are diversified over a cross-section of
industries. The fund's investments may include growth companies, cyclical
companies or companies that its sub-adviser believes to be undergoing a basic
change in operations or markets that would result in a significant improvement
in earnings.

The fund's investment adviser, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., has
appointed Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management as the fund's sub-adviser. In
selecting investments for the fund, Nicholas-Applegate uses a proprietary
investment methodology to identify companies with attractive earnings and growth
potential and to evaluate their investment prospects.


PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  LIMITED CAPITALIZATION RISK - Equity risk is greater for the common stocks of
   mid and small cap companies because they generally are more vulnerable than
   larger companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may
   have more limited resources. In general, these risks are greater for small
   cap companies than for mid cap companies.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                       24
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Aggressive Growth Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.

The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during the periods
shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. The table compares fund returns to returns
on a broad-based market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include
any sales charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES (1994 IS THE FUND'S FIRST FULL YEAR OF
      OPERATIONS)



EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990
1991
1992
1993
1994                               -2.90%
1995                               21.04%
1996                               25.23%
1997                               20.76%
1998                               15.30%
1999                               25.07%



      Best quarter during years shown:  4th quarter, 1998  --   18.30%
      Worst quarter during years shown: 3rd quarter, 1998  -- (15.45)%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

   CLASS                                CLASS H      S&P 500 COMPOSITE
   (INCEPTION DATE)                    (11/02/93)       STOCK INDEX
   ----------------                    ----------       -----------
   One Year....................         25.07%              21.03%
   Five Years..................         21.43%              28.54%
   Life of Class...............         16.42%              22.87%*
      ------------
      *  Return is for the period 10/31/93 to 12/31/99, annualized.




                                       25
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Small Cap Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------


SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------

FUND OBJECTIVE


Long-term capital appreciation.


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


The fund invests primarily in stocks of small capitalization ("small cap")
companies, that Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc., its investment adviser,
believes have substantial potential for capital growth. The fund considers
companies with market capitalizations of up to $1.5 billion to be small cap.

The fund also invests, to a lesser extent, in stocks of larger companies and in
bonds and money market instruments. Some of the fund's investments may be in
U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers. The fund may (but is not
required to) use derivatives as part of its investment strategy or to help
manage portfolio risks.

In buying and selling stocks for the fund, Mitchell Hutchins uses its own Factor
Valuation Model to identify companies that appear to be undervalued. The model
ranks companies based on "value" factors, such as dividends, cash flows,
earnings and book values, as well as on "growth" factors, such as earnings
momentum and industry performance forecasts. Mitchell Hutchins then applies
fundamental analysis to select specific stocks from among those small cap
companies identified by the model.


PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  LIMITED CAPITALIZATION RISK - Equity risk is greater for the common stocks of
   small cap companies because they generally are more vulnerable than large or
   mid cap companies to adverse business or economic developments and they may
   have more limited resources.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING RISK - The value of the fund's investments in foreign
   securities may fall due to adverse political, social and economic
   developments abroad. However, because the fund's foreign investments must be
   denominated in U.S. dollars, it generally is not subject to the risk of
   changes in currency valuations.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN ITS CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING THESE REPORTS).



                                       26

<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Small Cap Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------

RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE


The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.

The bar chart shows how the fund's performance for its initial calendar year.
The bar chart shows Class H shares because Class I shares were not outstanding
for the full calendar year.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares for one year and the life of the class. Performance for Class I shares
is not included in the table because Class I shares were not outstanding for the
entire 1999 calendar year. The table compares fund returns to returns on two
broad-based market indices of small cap companies that are unmanaged and,
therefore, do not include any sales charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future.



      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES (1999 IS THE FUND'S FIRST FULL CALENDAR
      YEAR OF OPERATIONS)


EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999                                6.13%


      Best quarter during year shown:  --  4th quarter, 1999  --    16.48%
      Worst quarter during year shown: --  1st quarter, 1999  --  (15.50)%


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

    CLASS                     CLASS H        S&P SMALLCAP      RUSSELL 2000
    (INCEPTION DATE)         (9/28/98)        600 INDEX     [SMALL CAP] INDEX
    ----------------         ---------        ---------     -----------------
    One Year...............    6.13%            12.41%           21.26%
    Life of Class..........   29.45%            25.01%*          31.66%
     ---------------
     *  Return is for the period 9/30/98 to 12/31/99, annualized.



                                       27
<PAGE>



Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Global Equity Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------------------------


GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
- ------------------------------------------


FUND OBJECTIVE

Long-term capital appreciation.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The fund invests primarily in stocks of companies in the United States and in
foreign countries that are represented in the MSCI Europe, Australia and Far
East Index. The EAFE Index reflects stocks in most developed countries outside
North America. The fund also invests, to a lesser extent, in stocks of issuers
in other countries, including emerging markets, and in U.S. and foreign bonds.

The fund's investment adviser, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.,
allocates the fund's assets between U.S. and foreign markets based on how it
expects U.S. stock markets to perform in comparison to stock markets in certain
of the EAFE countries. Mitchell Hutchins may increase the allocation of the
fund's assets to either the U.S. or foreign markets if it believes that one of
those markets has a greater potential for high returns, relative to the risk of
loss. The fund may (but is not required to) use derivatives as part of its
investment strategy or to help manage portfolio risks.

Mitchell Hutchins has appointed Invista Capital Management, LLC as the
sub-adviser for the fund's foreign investments. In buying and selling foreign
stocks for the fund, Invista analyzes the fundamental business prospects of
industries and of individual companies and assesses the relative risks presented
by the countries in which those companies operate.

In buying and selling U.S. stocks for the fund, Mitchell Hutchins uses its own
Factor Valuation Model to identify companies that appear undervalued. The model
ranks companies based on "value" factors, such as dividends, cash flows,
earnings and book values, as well as on "growth" factors, such as earnings
momentum and industry performance forecasts. Mitchell Hutchins then applies
fundamental analysis to select specific stocks from among those identified by
the model.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed; you may lose money by investing in
the fund. The principal risks presented by the fund are:

o  EQUITY RISK - Stocks and other equity securities generally fluctuate in value
   more than bonds. The fund could lose all of its investment in a company's
   stock.

o  ASSET ALLOCATION RISK - Mitchell Hutchins may not be successful in choosing
   the best allocation of the fund's assets between U.S. and foreign issuers.

o  FOREIGN INVESTING AND EMERGING MARKETS RISKS - The value of the fund's
   investments in foreign securities may fall due to adverse political, social
   and economic developments abroad and due to decreases in foreign currency
   values relative to the U.S. dollar. These risks are greater for investments
   in emerging market issuers than for issuers in more developed countries.

o  DERIVATIVES RISK - The fund's investments in derivatives may rise or fall
   more rapidly than other investments.

More information about these and other risks of an investment in the fund is
provided below in "More About Risks and Investment Strategies."

INFORMATION ON THE FUND'S INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RECENT HOLDINGS CAN BE FOUND
IN THE CURRENT ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS (SEE BACK COVER FOR INFORMATION ON
ORDERING SUCH REPORTS).



                                       28
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Global Equity Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------------------------

PERFORMANCE
- -----------


RISK/RETURN BAR CHART AND TABLE

The following bar chart and table provide information about the fund's
performance and thus give some indication of the risks of an investment in the
fund.

The fund's shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. The bar chart and table do
not reflect sales charges or other expenses of these contracts. If those sales
charges and expenses were included, the total returns shown would be lower.

The bar chart shows how the fund's performance has varied from year to year. The
bar chart shows Class H shares, the only class outstanding during all the
periods shown.

The table that follows the bar chart shows the average annual returns for Class
H shares over several time periods. Performance for Class I shares is not
included in the table because Class I shares were not outstanding for the full
1999 calendar year. The table compares fund returns to returns on a broad-based
market index that is unmanaged and, therefore, does not include any sales
charges or expenses.

The fund's past performance does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in
the future. This is especially true for the period prior to November 2, 1998,
when Mitchell Hutchins and Invista assumed day-to-day management of the fund's
assets. Prior to that date, another sub-adviser was responsible for managing all
the fund's assets.


      TOTAL RETURN ON CLASS H SHARES


EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC

CALENDAR YEAR                 PERCENTAGES

1990                                7.53%
1991                                4.93%
1992                               -7.55%
1993                               40.02%
1994                              -11.94%
1995                               -3.54%
1996                               15.14%
1997                                7.16%
1998                               13.50%
1999                               18.47%




      Best quarter during years shown:   4th quarter, 1998  --    19.55%
      Worst quarter during years shown:  3rd quarter, 1998  --  (18.97)%

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS
as of December 31, 1999

   CLASS                           CLASS H        MSCI WORLD
   (INCEPTION DATE)                05/04/87         INDEX
   ----------------                --------         -----
   One Year....................     18.47%         25.34%
   Five Years..................      9.86%         20.25%
   Ten Years...................      7.50%         11.96%
   Life of Class...............      7.92%         11.65%*

     ------------
     *  Return is for the period 4/30/87 to 12/31/99, annualized.



                                       29
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------


MORE ABOUT RISKS AND INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
- ------------------------------------------


PRINCIPAL RISKS

The main risks of investing in the funds are described below. Not all of these
risks apply to each fund. You can find a list of the main risks that apply to a
particular fund by looking under the "Investment Objective, Strategies and
Risks" heading for that fund.

Other risks of investing in a fund, along with further details about some of the
risks described below, are discussed in the funds' Statement of Additional
Information ("SAI"). Information on how you can obtain the SAI is on the back
cover of this prospectus.


ASSET ALLOCATION RISK. Mitchell Hutchins may not be successful in choosing the
best allocation of a fund's assets among different asset classes or geographic
or other market sectors. A fund that allocates its assets among different asset
classes or market sectors is more dependent on Mitchell Hutchins' ability to
successfully assess the relative values in each asset class or sector than are
funds that do not do so.

For Tactical Allocation Portfolio, the Mitchell Hutchins Tactical Allocation
Model may not correctly predict the times to shift the fund's assets from one
asset class to another.

CREDIT RISK. Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a bond will not make
principal or interest payments when they are due. Even if an issuer does not
default on a payment, a bond's value may decline if the market believes that the
issuer has become less able, or less willing, to make payments on time. Even
high quality bonds are subject to some credit risk. However, credit risk is
greater for lower quality bonds. Bonds that are not investment grade involve
high credit risk and are considered speculative. Some of these low quality bonds
may be in default when purchased by a fund. Low quality bonds may fluctuate in
value more than higher quality bonds and, during periods of market volatility,
may be more difficult to sell at the time and price a fund desires.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The value of "derivatives" - so-called because their value
"derives" from the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index may
rise or fall more rapidly than other investments. For some derivatives, it is
possible for a fund to lose more than the amount it invested in the derivative.
Options, futures contracts and forward currency contracts are examples of
derivatives. A fund's use of derivatives may not succeed for various reasons,
including unexpected changes in the values of the derivatives or the assets
underlying them. Also, if a fund uses derivatives to adjust or "hedge" the
overall risk of its portfolio, the hedge will not succeed if changes in the
values of the derivatives are not matched by opposite changes in the values of
the assets being hedged.

EMERGING MARKETS RISK. Securities of issuers located in emerging market
countries are subject to all of the risks of other foreign securities (see
below). However, the level of those risks often is higher due to the fact that
social, political, legal and economic systems in emerging market countries may
be less fully developed and less stable than those in developed countries.
Emerging market securities also may be subject to additional risks, such as
lower liquidity and larger changes in value.


EQUITY RISK. The prices of common stocks and other equity securities generally
fluctuate more than those of other investments. They reflect changes in the
issuing company's financial condition and changes in the overall market. A fund
may lose a substantial part, or even all, of its investment in a company's
stock.


FOREIGN INVESTING RISK.  Foreign investing involve risks relating to
political, social and economic developments abroad to a greater extent than
investing in the securities of U.S. issuers.  In addition, there are
differences between U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements and market
practices.  Foreign investments denominated in foreign currencies are subject
to the risk that the value of a foreign currency will fall in relation to the
U.S. dollar.  Currency exchange rates can be volatile and can be affected by,


                                       30
<PAGE>

among other factors, the general economics of a country, the actions of U.S.
and foreign governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls
and speculation.

INDIVIDUAL ISSUER CONCENTRATION RISK. Global Income Portfolio and Strategic
Income Portfolio are non-diversified. A non-diversified fund may invest more
than 5% of its total assets in securities of a single issuer to a greater extent
than a diversified fund. When a fund holds a large position in the securities of
one issuer, changes in the financial condition or in the market's assessment of
that issuer may cause larger changes in the fund's total return and in the price
of its shares than if the fund held only a smaller position.

INTEREST RATE RISK. The value of bonds generally can be expected to fall when
interest rates rise and to rise when interest rates fall. Interest rate risk is
the risk that interest rates will rise, so that the value of a fund's
investments in bonds will fall. Because interest rate risk is the primary risk
presented by U.S. government and other very high quality bonds, changes in


                                       30a
<PAGE>
Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------

interest rates may actually have a larger effect on the value of those bonds
than on lower quality bonds.

LEVERAGE RISK. Leverage involves increasing the total assets in which a fund can
invest beyond the level of its net assets. Because leverage increases the amount
of a fund's assets, it can magnify the effect on the fund of changes in market
values. As a result, while leverage can increase a fund's income and potential
for gain, it also can increase expenses and the risk of loss. Strategic Fixed
Income Portfolio, which uses leverage by investing in when-issued and delayed
delivery bonds, attempts to limit the potential magnifying effect of the
leverage by managing its portfolio duration.


LIMITED CAPITALIZATION RISK. Securities of mid and small cap companies generally
involve greater risk than securities of larger companies because they may be
more vulnerable to adverse business or economic developments. Mid and small cap
companies also may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources,
and they may be dependent on a relatively small management group. Securities of
mid and small cap companies may be less liquid and more volatile than securities
of larger companies or the market averages in general. In addition, small cap
companies may not be well-known to the investing public, may not have
institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth
prospects. In general, all these risks are greater for small cap companies than
for mid cap companies.


PREPAYMENT RISK. Payments on bonds that are backed by mortgage loans or similar
assets may be received earlier or later than expected due to changes in the rate
at which the underlying loans are prepaid. Faster prepayments often happen when
market interest rates are falling. As a result, a fund may need to reinvest
these early payments at those lower interest rates, thus reducing its income.
Conversely, when interest rates rise, prepayments may happen more slowly,
causing the underlying loans to be outstanding for a longer time. This can cause
the market value of the security to fall because the market may view its
interest rate to be too low for a longer term investment.


SOVEREIGN RISK. Investments in foreign government bonds involve special risks
because the investors may have limited legal recourse in the event of default.
Political conditions, especially a country's willingness to meet the terms of
its debt obligations, can be of considerable significance.


ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


DEFENSIVE POSITIONS; CASH RESERVES. To protect itself from adverse market
conditions, a fund may take a defensive position that is different from its
normal investment strategy. This means that the fund may temporarily invest a
larger-than-normal part, or even all, of its assets in cash or money market
instruments. Since these investments provide relatively low income, a defensive
position may not be consistent with achieving a fund's investment objective.

Strategic Income Portfolio and Balanced Portfolio each may invest in money
market instruments on an unlimited basis as part of its ordinary investment
strategy. Money Market Portfolio invests exclusively in money market
instruments. Each of the other funds may invest up to 35% of its total assets in
cash or money market instruments as a cash reserve for liquidity or other
purposes.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER.  Each fund may engage in frequent trading to achieve its
investment objective.  Frequent trading can result in portfolio turnover of
100% or more (high portfolio turnover).

                                       31
<PAGE>
Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES
- ------------------------------------

Shares of the funds are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that
fund benefits under variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts. These
separate accounts are the shareholders of the funds - not the individual
contract owners. However, the separate accounts may pass through voting rights
to the contract owners.

The funds offer both Class H and Class I shares to insurance company separate
accounts:

o  Class H shares are sold and redeemed at net asset value and do not pay any
   12b-1 fees.

o  Class I shares also are sold and redeemed at net asset value.  However,
   under a rule 12b-1 plan adopted by each fund, Class I shares pay an annual
   distribution fee of 0.25% of average net assets.  The funds pay this fee to
   insurance companies for the sale of Class I shares and for services that
   the insurance company provides to contract owners.  Because these 12b-1
   fees are paid out of a fund's assets on an ongoing basis, over time they
   will increase the cost of a contract owner's investment and may cost more
   than paying other types of sales charges.

An insurance company separate account may exchange shares of one fund for shares
of the same class in another Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust fund at their
relative net asset values per share, provided that the separate account invests
in both funds. A particular insurance company separate account may not invest in
all Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust funds or classes of fund shares.

The funds and Mitchell Hutchins (for Class I shares) reserve the right to reject
any purchase order and to suspend the offering of a fund's shares for a period
of time.

PRICING AND VALUATION
- ---------------------


Insurance company separate accounts buy, sell or exchange fund shares at their
net asset values. Each fund calculates net asset value separately for each class
as of the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange (generally, 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern time). The NYSE normally is not open, and the funds do not price their
shares, on most national holidays and on Good Friday. If trading on the NYSE is
halted for the day before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, the funds' net asset value
per share will be calculated as of the time trading was halted.


MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO'S net asset value per share is expected to be $1.00 per
share, although this value is not guaranteed. Money Market Portfolio values its
securities at their amortized cost. This method uses a constant amortization to
maturity of the difference between the cost of the instrument to the fund and
the amount due at maturity.

OTHER FUNDS. Each other fund calculates its net asset value based on the current
market value for its portfolio securities. The funds normally obtain market
values for their securities from independent pricing services that use reported
last sales prices, current market quotations or valuations from computerized
"matrix" systems that derive values based on comparable securities. If a market
value is not available from an independent pricing source for a particular
security, that security is valued at a fair value determined by or under the
direction of the funds' board of trustees. The funds normally use the amortized
cost method to value bonds that will mature in 60 days or less.

Judgment plays a greater role in valuing thinly traded securities, including
many lower-rated bonds, because there is less reliable, objective data
available.


The funds calculate the U.S. dollar value of investments that are denominated in
foreign currencies daily, based on current exchange rates. A fund may own
securities, including some securities that trade primarily in foreign markets,
that trade on weekends or other days on which a fund does not calculate net
asset value. As a result, a fund's net asset value may change on days when you
will not be able to buy and sell fund shares. If a fund concludes that a
material change in the value of a foreign security has occurred after the close
of trading in the principal foreign market but before the close of the NYSE, the
fund may use fair value methods to reflect those changes. This policy is
intended to assure that the fund's net asset value fairly reflects security
values as of the time of pricing.


                                       32
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------


MANAGEMENT
- ----------

INVESTMENT ADVISERS


Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. is the investment adviser and
administrator of each fund. Mitchell Hutchins is located at 51 West 52nd Street,
New York, New York 10019-6114, and is a wholly owned asset management subsidiary
of PaineWebber Incorporated, which is wholly owned by Paine Webber Group Inc., a
publicly owned financial services holding company. On February 29, 2000,
Mitchell Hutchins was adviser or sub-adviser to 31 investment companies with 76
separate funds and aggregate assets of approximately $54.4 billion.

Pacific Investment Management Company is the sub-adviser for Strategic Fixed
Income Portfolio. It is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 360, Newport
Beach, California 92660. On December 31, 1999, PIMCO had approximately $86
billion in assets under management and was the adviser or sub-adviser of 18
investment companies with 65 portfolios and aggregate net assets of
approximately $53 billion.

Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management is the sub-adviser for Aggressive Growth
Portfolio. It is located at 600 West Broadway, 29th Floor, San Diego, California
92101. On February 29, 2000, Nicholas-Applegate had approximately $48.5 billion
in assets under management and was the adviser or sub-adviser of 14 investment
companies with 32 portfolios and aggregate net assets of approximately $7.8
billion.

Invista Capital Management, LLC is the sub-adviser for Global Equity Portfolio's
foreign investments. It is located at 1900 Hub Tower, 699 Walnut, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. As of December 31, 1999, Invista managed approximately $35.3 billion
in client assets.

The funds have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits their board
to appoint and replace sub-advisers and to amend sub-advisory contracts without
obtaining shareholder approval. A fund's shareholders must approve this policy
before the board may implement it. The shareholders of Strategic Fixed Income
Portfolio and Global Equity Portfolio have approved this policy. As of the date
of this prospectus, the shareholders of the other funds have not been asked to
do so.

ADVISORY FEES

The funds paid advisory fees to Mitchell Hutchins for the most recent fiscal
year at the following annual contract rates based on average daily net assets.

Money Market Portfolio                          0.50%
High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio               0.50%
Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio                0.50%
Strategic Income Portfolio                      0.75%
Global Income Portfolio                         0.75%
High Income Portfolio                           0.50%
Balanced Portfolio                              0.75%
Growth and Income Portfolio                     0.70%
Tactical Allocation Portfolio                   0.50%
Growth Portfolio                                0.75%
Aggressive Growth Portfolio                     0.80%
Small Cap Portfolio                             1.00%

Global Equity Portfolio                         0.75%

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS


Unless otherwise noted, all portfolio managers are employees of Mitchell
Hutchins. Most of these individuals serve as portfolio managers for more than
one fund. Information about their positions with Mitchell Hutchins and their
business experience follows this section. All relevant information about
portfolio managers who are employees of a sub-adviser is provided in this
section.

HIGH GRADE FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO.  Dennis L. McCauley is primarily
responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio. Nirmal
Singh and Julieanna Berry assist Mr. McCauley in managing the fund's
portfolio. Messrs. McCauley and Singh have held their management
responsibilities for the fund since July 1995. Ms. Berry assumed her
management responsibilities for the fund in February 2000.


STRATEGIC FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO.  William C. Powers, a PIMCO Managing
Director, is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the
fund's portfolio.  Mr. Powers has been a senior member of the fixed income

                                       33
<PAGE>

portfolio management group of PIMCO since 1991 and assumed his management
responsibilities for the fund in September 1996.


STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO. Dennis L. McCauley is the fund's allocation
manager.  Nirmal Singh and Julieanna Berry share responsibility as sector
managers for the day-to-day management of the fund's U.S. government and
investment grade securities.  James F. Keegan is the sector manager


                                       33a
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------

responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's U.S. high yield, high
risk securities.  Stuart Waugh is the sector manager responsible for the
day-to-day management of the fund's foreign and emerging market bonds.

Messrs. McCauley, Singh and Waugh have held their day-to-day management
responsibilities for the fund since its inception.  Mr. Keegan has held
day-to-day management responsibilities for the fund since its inception but
assumed his sector manager responsibilities for the fund's U.S. high yield,
high risk securities in February 2000.  Ms. Berry has held her day-to-day
management responsibilities for the fund since February 2000.


GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO.  Stuart Waugh and William King are primarily
responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio. Mr. Waugh
has been involved with the fund since its inception, first as an analyst and
as portfolio manager since 1993.  Mr. King assumed his present management
responsibilities for the fund in 1997.


HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO.  James F. Keegan is responsible for the day-to-day
management of the fund's portfolio.  Mr. Keegan has held his management
responsibilities for the fund since February 2000.

BALANCED PORTFOLIO.  T. Kirkham Barneby is responsible for the asset
allocation decisions for the fund.  Mark A. Tincher is primarily responsible
for the day-to-day management of the fund's equity portion.  Dennis L.
McCauley is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's
fixed income portion.  Nirmal Singh and Susan Ryan assist Mr. McCauley in
managing the fund's fixed income investments.


Messrs. Barneby, McCauley, Singh and Tincher and Ms. Ryan have held their
management responsibilities for the fund since August 1995.

GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO.  Mark A. Tincher is primarily responsible for
the day-to-day management of the fund. Mr. Tincher has held his management
responsibilities for the fund since April 1995.

TACTICAL ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO.  T. Kirkham Barneby is responsible for the
fund's asset allocation decisions and the day-to-day management of its
portfolio.  Mr. Barneby has held his management responsibilities for the fund
since its inception.

GROWTH PORTFOLIO.  Ellen R. Harris has been primarily responsible for the
day-to-day management of the fund's portfolio since its inception.

AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO. The Systems Driven Internal Research team at
Nicholas-Applegate, which is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management
of Aggressive Growth Portfolio, has been under the supervision of portfolio
manager John Kane for the past five years. Mr. Kane has been the lead portfolio
manager for the team since he joined the firm in 1994. The team has held its
management responsibilities for the fund since its inception.

SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO.  Donald R. Jones is primarily responsible for the
day-to-day management of the fund.  He has held his management
responsibilities for the fund since its inception.


GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO.  T. Kirkham Barneby is responsible for allocating
the fund's assets between U.S. investments and foreign investments.  Mark A.
Tincher is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund's
U.S. investments.

Scott D. Opsal and Kurtis D. Spieler are primarily responsible for the
day-to-day management of Global Equity Portfolio's foreign investments. Mr.
Opsal is an executive vice president and chief investment officer of Invista,
where he has been employed since 1986. Mr. Spieler is a portfolio manager
specializing in the management of international equity portfolios.
He has been employed by Invista since 1994.

Messrs. Barneby, Tincher, Opsal and Spieler assumed their management
responsibilities for the fund on November 2, 1998.


                              *    *    *


Ms. Ryan is responsible for the day-to-day management of Money Market Portfolio
and management of the cash portion of all the other funds except Aggressive


                                       34
<PAGE>

Growth, Strategic Fixed Income and Global Equity Portfolios. She has held her
Money Market Portfolio responsibilities since its inception.


Other members of Mitchell Hutchins' fixed income and equity investments groups
provide input on market outlook, interest rate forecasts, investment research
and other considerations pertaining to each fund's investments.

POSITIONS WITH MITCHELL HUTCHINS AND BUSINESS EXPERIENCE OF MITCHELL HUTCHINS
EMPLOYEES.

T. KIRKHAM BARNEBY is a managing director and chief investment officer
quantitative investments of Mitchell Hutchins.


                                       34a
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------


JULIEANNA BERRY is a first vice president of Mitchell Hutchins, where she has
been employed as a portfolio manager since 1989.


ELLEN R. HARRIS is a managing director of Mitchell Hutchins and has been with
Mitchell Hutchins since 1983.

DONALD R. JONES has been a first vice president of Mitchell Hutchins since
February 1996. Prior to joining Mitchell Hutchins, he was a vice president in
the Asset Management Group of First Fidelity Bancorporation, which he joined in
1983.


JAMES F. KEEGAN is a senior vice president of Mitchell Hutchins.  Prior to
joining Mitchell Hutchins in March 1996, Mr. Keegan was a director with
Merrion Group, L.P.


WILLIAM KING joined Mitchell Hutchins in November 1995.  Prior to 1995, he
was at IBM Corporation, where he was responsible for the management of IBM
Pension Fund's global bond portfolio.  Mr. King is a Chartered Financial
Analyst.


DENNIS L. MCCAULEY is a managing director and chief investment officer fixed
income of Mitchell Hutchins responsible for overseeing all active fixed income
investments, including domestic and global taxable and tax-exempt mutual funds.
Mr. McCauley joined Mitchell Hutchins in 1994.


SUSAN RYAN is a senior vice president of Mitchell Hutchins and has been with
Mitchell Hutchins since 1982.


NIRMAL SINGH is a senior vice president of Mitchell Hutchins, where he has been
employed since 1993.

MARK A. TINCHER is a managing director and chief investment officer of equities
(stocks) of Mitchell Hutchins, where he has been employed since March 1995.


STUART WAUGH is a managing director of Mitchell Hutchins responsible for
global fixed income investments and currency trading.  He has been with
Mitchell Hutchins since 1983. Mr. Waugh is a Chartered Financial Analyst.


                                       35
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------


DIVIDENDS AND TAXES



DIVIDENDS


Dividends are paid in additional shares of the distributing fund unless the
shareholder requests otherwise.


Money Market Portfolio declares dividends daily and pays them monthly; it does
not expect to realize gains. The other funds normally declare and pay dividends
and distribute any gains annually.

Class I shares have higher expenses because of their distribution fees and thus
are expected to have lower dividends than Class H shares.

TAXES


Fund shares are offered only to insurance company separate accounts that fund
certain variable annuity and variable life contracts. These accounts generally
are not subject to tax on dividends from the funds or when fund shares are
exchanged or redeemed. See the applicable contract prospectus for a discussion
of the federal income tax status of


o     the insurance company separate accounts that purchase and hold shares of
      the funds and

o     the holders of contracts funded through those separate accounts.


Each fund must satisfy certain diversification requirements imposed by the
Internal Revenue Code on segregated asset accounts used to fund variable annuity
or variable life contracts. Failure of a fund to do so would result in taxation
of the insurance company issuing the contracts and treatment of the contract
holders other than as described in the contract prospectus.

See the SAI for a more detailed discussion. Prospective investors are urged to
consult their tax advisers.



                                       36
<PAGE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
- --------------------------------


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand
the funds' financial performance for the past 5 years. Shorter periods are shown
for funds that have existed for less than 5 years. Certain information reflects
financial results for a single fund share. In the tables, "total investment
return" represents the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an
investment in a fund, assuming reinvestment of all dividends. This information
has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, whose report, along
with the funds' financial statements, are included in the funds' Annual Reports
to Shareholders. The Annual Reports may be obtained without charge by calling
1-800-986-0088.

Please note that not every fund had Class I shares outstanding during the
periods shown.


The information in these tables pertains only to the funds and does not reflect
charges related to the insurance company separate accounts that invest in the
funds. See the appropriate variable annuity contract or variable life contract
prospectus for information concerning these charges.


                                       37
<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Money Market Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               CLASS H
                               ------------------------------------------------

                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                               ------------------------------------------------
                                 1999    1998        1997       1996       1995
                                 ----    ----         ----      ----       ----
Net asset value, beginning of   $ 1.00   $ 1.00     $ 1.00    $ 1.00     $ 1.00
year...........................  ----     ----       ----      ----       ----

Net investment income..........   0.03     0.04       0.04      0.04       0.05
                                  ----     ----       ----      ----       ----
Dividends from net investment
  income.......................  (0.03)   (0.04)     (0.04)    (0.04)     (0.05)
                                 ------   ------     ------    ------    ------
Net asset value, end of year    $ 1.00   $ 1.00     $ 1.00    $ 1.00     $ 1.00
                                 =====    =====       ====      ====       ====
Total investment return(1)        3.55%    4.51%      4.53%     4.32%      5.22%
                                 =====    =====       ====      ====       ====
Ratios/Supplemental Data:

Net assets, end of year
(000's)........................ $5,590   $9,582     $8,906   $12,287   $ 21,974

Expenses to average net assets    1.64%    1.15%      1.22%     1.17%      0.79%

Net investment income to
  average net assets......        3.52%    4.42%      4.43%     4.27%      5.23%

- -------------------
(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of each year reported, reinvestment of all dividends at net asset
   value on the payable dates, and a sale at net asset value on the last day of
   each year reported. The figures do not include additional contract level
   charges; results would be lower if such charges were included.


                                       38
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust      Mitchell Hutchins    High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio
- -------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


HIGH GRADE FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                         CLASS H
                          --------------------------------------
                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                      DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------------------------
                           1999        1998       1997      1996       1995
                           ----        ----       ----      ----       ----
Net asset value,
beginning of year.......   $ 9.17      $ 9.29     $ 9.10    $ 9.49     $ 8.71
                           ------      ------     ------    ------     ------

Net investment income...     0.54        0.56       0.55      0.50       0.56

Net realized and
  unrealized gains
  (losses  from
  investments...........    (0.89)       0.07       0.19     (0.37)      0.79
                           ------      ------     ------    ------     ------

Net increase (decrease)
  from investment
  operations............    (0.35)       0.63       0.74      0.13       1.35
                           ------      ------     ------    ------     ------
Dividends from net
  investment income.....       --       (0.56)     (0.55)    (0.52)     (0.57)

Distributions from net
  realized gains on            --       (0.19)       --       --          --
  investments...........   ------     ------      ------    -----      ------

Total dividends and          0.00       (0.75)     (0.55)    (0.52)    (0.57)
  distributions.........   ------     ------      ------    -----      ------

Net asset value, end of    $ 8.82      $ 9.17     $ 9.29    $ 9.10 $    9.49
year....................   ======     ======      ======    =====      ======

Total investment            (3.82)%     6.83%      8.13%     1.41%     15.44%
  return(1).............   ======     ======      ======    =====     ======

Ratios/Supplemental Data:

Net assets, end of year
(000's)...............     $4,568     $6,770     $7,345    $7,902  $    9.147

Expenses to average net      1.91%      1.27%      1.43%     1.62%      1.01%
  assets................
Net investment income to
  average net assets.....    4.65%      5.39%      5.54%     5.04%      5.56%

Portfolio turnover rate.      166%       101%        95%      282%       136%


- ---------------------------

(1)  Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
     first day of each year reported, reinvestment of all dividends and other
     distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale
     at net asset value on the last day of each year reported. The figures do
     not include additional contract level charges; results would be lower if
     such charges were included.


                                     39
<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust       Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STRATEGIC FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           CLASS H
                          ------------------------------------------------------

                                     FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                        DECEMBER 31,
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                               1999      1998      1997      1996      1995
                               ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Net asset value,
beginning of year........    $ 10.78   $ 10.64   $ 10.21   $ 10.61   $ 10.34
                             -------   -------   -------   -------   -------

Net investment income....       0.72      0.70      0.69      0.70      0.88
                             -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Net realized and
  unrealized gains
  (losses) from
  investments, futures,
  options and foreign          (1.08)     0.21      0.44     (0.31)     1.03
  currency transactions..      ------    -----      ----     ------     ----

Net increase (decrease)
  from investment              (0.36)     0.91      1.13      0.39      1.91
  operations.............      ------    -----      ----      ----      ----

Dividends from net
  investment income......      --        (0.68)    (0.70)    (0.70)    (0.88)

Distributions from net
  realized gains on             0.00++   (0.09)      --      (0.09)    (0.76)
  investments............       ----     ------   -----      ------    ------

Total dividends and             0.00     (0.77)    (0.70)    (0.79)    (1.64)
  distributions..........       ----    -------    ------    ------    ------

Net asset value, end of
year.....................    $ 10.42   $ 10.78   $ 10.64   $ 10.21    $ 10.61

Total investment
  return(1)..............      (3.32)  %  8.62%    11.00%     3.79%     18.51%

Ratios/Supplemental Data:

Net assets, end of year
(000's)..................    $ 6,250    $9,469    $9,891   $10,689    $13,741

Expenses to average net         1.82%+    1.10%+    1.00%     1.52%      0.99%
  assets.................

Net investment income to
  average net assets.....       5.34%     5.88%     6.04%     5.88%      6.35%

Portfolio turnover.......        503%      245%      175%      317%       234%
- -------------------

+  Includes 0.10% and 0.14% of interest expense related to the reverse
   repurchase agreements during the years ended December 31, 1999 and December
   31, 1998, respectively.

++ The Fund paid a distribution of less than $0.005 per share for the year ended
   December 31, 1999.

(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of each year reported, reinvestment of all dividends and other
   distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale at
   net asset value on the last day of each year reported. The figures do not
   include additional contract level charges; results would be lower if such
   charges were included.


                                     40
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Mitchell Hutchins     Strategic Income
Series Trust          Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------



STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                CLASS H                         CLASS I
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        FOR THE PERIOD        FOR THE PERIOD
                                                     FOR THE             SEPTEMBER 28,           JANUARY 5,
                                                     YEAR ENDED          1998++ THROUGH        1999++ THROUGH
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1999     DECEMBER 31, 1998     DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                                 -----------------     -----------------     -----------------

<S>                                                    <C>                     <C>                  <C>
Net asset value, beginning of period.........          $  12.19                $ 12.00              $ 12.22
                                                        -------                -------              -------
Net investment income........................              0.77@                  0.14                 0.76@

Net realized and unrealized gains(losses)
   from investments, foreign currency and
   futures contracts.........................             (0.54)@                 0.20                (0.56)@
                                                        -------                -------              -------

Net increase from investment operations......              0.23                   0.34                 0.20
                                                        -------                -------              -------

Dividends from net investment income.........             (0.68)                 (0.14)               (0.68)

Distributions from net realized gains from                   --                  (0.01)                  --
   investments...............................           -------                -------              -------

Distributions from paid in capital...........             (0.01)                    --                (0.01)
                                                        -------                -------              -------
Total dividends and distributions
  to shareholders............................             (0.69)                 (0.15)               (0.69)

Net asset value, end of period...............            $11.73                $ 12.19              $ 11.73

Total investment return(1)...................              1.89%                  2.84%                1.63%
                                                        -------                -------              -------
Ratios/Supplemental data:

Net assets, end of period (000's)............           $11,423               $ 10,328              $ 1,335

Expenses to average net assets, before
   waiver from adviser.......................              1.62%                  1.44%*               1.87%*

Expenses to average net assets, after                      1.62%                  1.44%*               1.62%*
  waiver from adviser........................

Net investment income to average net assets,
   before waiver from adviser................              6.20%                  5.09%*               5.75%*

Net investment income to average net assets,
   after waiver from adviser.................              6.20%                  5.09%*               6.00%*

Portfolio turnover rate......................               403%                    81%                 403%
</TABLE>

- -------------------

+    Commencement of operations.

++   Commencement of issuance of shares.

*    Annualized

@    Calculated using the average daily shares outstanding for the period.

(1)  Total investment  return is calculated  assuming a $1,000 investment on the
     first day of the period  reported,  reinvestment of all dividends and other
     distributions,  if any, at net asset value on the payable  dates and a sale
     at net asset value on the last day of the period  reported.  The figures do
     not include  additional  contract level charges;  results would be lower if
     such charges were  included.  Total  investment  return for periods of less
     than one year has not been annualized.

                                       41


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust          Global Income Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------


GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                     CLASS H
                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1999         1998           1997         1996         1995
                                            ----         ----           ----         ----         ----

<S>                                      <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Net asset value, beginning               $ 11.07      $ 10.81        $ 11.14      $ 11.20      $ 10.88
  of year..........................

Net investment income (loss).......         0.59         0.69           0.75         0.87        (0.05)

Net realized and unrealized gains
  (losses) from investments and
  foreign currency.................        (1.12)        0.36          (0.36)       (0.13)        1.52
                                         -------        -----         ------       ------         ----

Net increase (decrease) from
  investment operations............        (0.53)        1.05           0.39         0.74         1.47
                                          ------        -----           ----         ----         ----

Dividends from net investment
  income...........................           --        (0.61)         (0.71)       (0.79)       (1.15)

Distributions from  net realized
  gains from investments...........           --        (0.18)         (0.01)       (0.01)          --
                                             ---       ------         ------       ------          ---

Total dividends and distributions..           --        (0.79)         (0.72)       (0.80)       (1.15)
                                             ---       ------         ------       ------       ------

Net asset value, end of year.......      $ 10.54      $ 11.07        $ 10.81      $ 11.14      $ 11.20


Total investment return(1).........        (4.79)%       9.69%          3.50%        6.62%       13.58%

Ratios/Supplemental Data:

Net assets, end of year (000's)....      $ 8,828     $ 14,702        $17,730     $ 24,436     $ 35,700

Expenses to average net assets.....         2.09%        1.68%          1.52%        1.56%        1.19%

Net investment income to
  average net assets...............         4.62%        5.53%          6.34%        6.56%        7.21%

Portfolio turnover rate............           43%         104%           142%         134%         160%
</TABLE>

- -------------------

(1)   Total investment return is calculated  assuming a $1,000 investment on the
      first  day of  each  year  reported,  reinvestment  of all  dividends  and
      distributions  at net asset value on the  payable  dates and a sale at net
      asset  value on the last day of each year  reported.  The  figures  do not
      include additional contract level charges;  results would be lower if such
      charges were included.

                                       42

<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust          High Income Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------


HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                         CLASS H
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                                FOR THE PERIOD
                                                FOR THE          SEPTEMBER 28,
                                               YEAR ENDED       1998+ THROUGH
                                           DECEMBER 31, 1999   DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                           -----------------   -----------------

Net asset value, beginning of period......      $ 12.40            $ 12.00
                                                -------            -------

Net investment income.....................         1.21               0.20

Net realized and unrealized gains
  (losses) from investments...............        (0.54)              0.42
                                                 ------              -----

Net increase from investment operations...         0.67               0.62
                                                   ----               ----

Dividends from net investment income......      (1.21)               (0.20)

Distributions from net realized gains
  from investments........................      (0.11)               (0.02)
                                                ------             -------

Total dividends and distributions.........      (1.32)               (0.22)
                                                ------             -------

Net asset value, end of period............    $ 11.75              $ 12.40
                                              =======              =======

Total investment return(1)................       5.42%               5.16%
                                                 ====              =======
Ratios/Supplemental data:

Net assets, end of period (000's).........    $12,561            $ 10,933

Expenses to average net assets............       1.35                1.20%*

Net investment income to average net             9.44%               7.04%*
  assets..................................

Portfolio turnover rate...................        69%                  21%

- -------------------

+    Commencement of operations

*     Annualized

(1)   Total investment return is calculated  assuming a $1,000 investment on the
      first day of the period reported,  reinvestment of all dividends and other
      distributions,  if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale
      at net asset value on the last day of the period reported.  The figures do
      not include additional  contract level charges;  results would be lower if
      such charges were  included.  Total  investment return for periods of less
      than one year has not been annualized.



                                       43
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust               Balanced Portfolio

- -------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCED PORTFOLIO
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                CLASS H                      CLASS I
                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              FOR THE PERIOD
                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED                                AUGUST 17, 1999+
                                              DECEMBER 31,                                       THROUGH
                               ----------------------------------------------------------
                                     1999         1998      1997     1996#        1995       DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                     ----         ----      ----     ----         ----       -----------------

<S>                              <C>            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Net asset value, beginning
  of period...................   $ 11.54        $11.33    $ 10.95    $ 10.70    $ 9.54         $  11.37
                                   -----         -----      -----      -----      ----          -------

Net investment income.........      0.26          0.28       0.28       0.29      0.35             0.04

Net realized and unrealized
   gains (losses) from
   investments and futures....     (0.05)         1.61       2.44       1.49      1.88             0.34
                                  ------         -----       ----       ----      ----             ----

Net increase from
  investment operations.......      0.21          1.89       2.72       1.78      2.23             0.38
                                    ----         -----       ----       ----      ----             ----
Dividends from net investment
  income......................        --         (0.27)     (0.28)     (0.28)    (0.35)              --

Distributions from net
  realized gains on                (0.00)++      (1.41)     (2.06)     (1.25)    (0.72)           (0.00)++
  investments.................    ------       -------     ------     ------    ------           ------

Total dividends and
  distributions...............     (0.00)        (1.68)     (2.34)     (1.53)    (1.07)           (0.00)
                                  ------       -------     ------     ------    ------           ------

Net asset value, end of
  period......................   $ 11.75       $ 11.54    $ 11.33    $ 10.95   $ 10.70           $11.75


Total investment return(1)....      1.82%        16.81%     24.86%     16.82%    23.27%            3.34%

Ratios/Supplemental data:

Net assets, end of period
  (000's).....................   $21,418      $ 28,549    $ 28,211  $ 29,224   $23,413            $ 596

Expenses to average net
  assets, net of waivers(2)...      1.25%         0.97%       1.19%     1.24%     1.09%           1.57%*

Net investment income to
  average net assets, net
  of waivers (3)..............      1.81%         2.08%       2.06%     2.29%     2.88%           1.39%*

Portfolio turnover............       206%          177%        169%      235%      171%            206%
</TABLE>

- -------------------

+    Commencement of issuance of shares.

#    Prior to the close of business on January 26, 1996, the Balanced  Portfolio
     was known as the Asset Allocation Portfolio.

++   The Portfolio made a distribution  of less than $0.005 per  shareduring the
     year ended December 31, 1999.

*    Annualized.



                                       44
<PAGE>

(1)  Total investment  return is calculated  assuming a $1,000 investment on the
     first day of each period reported,  reinvestment of all dividends and other
     distributions,  if any, at net asset value on the payable  dates and a sale
     at net asset value on the last day of each period reported.  The figures do
     not include  additional  contract level charges;  results would be lower if
     such charges were  included.  Total  investment  return for periods of less
     than one year has not been annualized.

(2)  During the period  ended  December  31, 1999,  Mitchell  Hutchins  waived a
     portion of its fees. The ratios  excluding the waiver would have been 1.25%
     and 1.82% for Class H and Class I, respectively.

(3)  During the period  ended  December  31, 1999,  Mitchell  Hutchins  waived a
     portion of its fees. The ratios  excluding the waiver would have been 1.81%
     and 1.14% for Class H and Class I, respectively.


                                       44a

<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust     Growth and Income Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>

GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>

                                                      CLASS H                     CLASS I
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    FOR THE YEARS ENDED                                  FOR THE PERIOD
                                                        DECEMBER 31,                                    JANUARY 5, 1999+
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------         THROUGH
                                               1999         1998      1997       1996         1995       DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                               ----         ----      ----       ----         ----       -----------------

<S>                                          <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>                 <C>

Net asset value, beginning of period....     $ 14.81      $ 13.69   $ 12.27     $ 11.83     $ 9.16              $ 14.70
                                             -------      -------   -------     -------     ------              -------
Net investment income...................        0.05@        0.07      0.10        0.06       0.10                 0.04@

Net realized and unrealized gains from
  investments...........................        1.48@        2.16      3.88        2.53       2.70                 1.61@
                                                ----        -----      ----        ----       ----                 ----
Net increase from
  investment operations.................        1.53         2.23      3.98        2.59       2.80                 1.65
                                                ----        -----      ----        ----       ----                 ----
Dividends from net investment
  income................................       (0.00)#      (0.07)    (0.10)      (0.06)     (0.10)               (0.00)++

Distributions from net realized
  gains from investments                          --        (1.04)    (2.46)      (2.09)     (0.03)                  --
                                               -----      -------    ------      ------     ------                  ---

Total dividends and
other distributions....                        (0.00)#      (1.11)    (2.56)      (2.15)     (0.13)               (0.00)++
                                             -------      -------    ------      ------     ------                 ------

Net asset value, end of                      $ 16.34      $ 14.81   $ 13.69     $ 12.27     $ 11.83             $ 16.35
                                               =====        =====     =====       =====       =====               =====
period.................
Total investment                               10.33%       16.32%    32.45%      22.12%      30.52%              11.23%
                                               =====        =====     =====       =====       =====               =====
  return(1)............
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of                           $22,457     $ 24,497   $18,493     $14,520     $14,797              $6,201
period (000's).........
Expenses to average net
  assets, before waiver                          1.23%       1.04%     1.04%       1.58%       1.37%               1.48%*
  from adviser.........
Expenses to average net
  assets, after waiver                           1.23%       1.04%     1.04%       1.58%       1.37%               1.23%*
  from adviser.........
Net investment income to
  average net assets,                            0.36%       0.46%     0.71%       0.49%       0.94%               0.04%*
  before waiver from
  adviser..............
Net investment income to                         0.46%       0.71%     0.49%       0.94%       0.29%*              0.36%
  average net assets,
  after waiver from
  adviser..............
Portfolio turnover rate                            65%         69%       92%         99%        134%                 65%
- -------------------
</TABLE>

+  Commencement of issuance of shares.

*  Annualized

@  Calculated using the average monthly shares outstanding for the period.

(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of each period reported, reinvestment of all dividends and other
   distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale at
   net asset value on the last day of each period reported. The figures do not
   include additional contract level charges; results would be lower if such
   charges were included. Total investment return for periods of less than one
   year has not been annualized.

#  The Portfolio made a distribution of less than $0.005 per share during the
   year ended December 31, 1999.


                                       45
<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust          Tactical Allocation Portfolio
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------




TACTICAL ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                            CLASS H                CLASS I
                               -----------------------------------------------
                                               FOR THE PERIOD  FOR THE PERIOD
                                   FOR THE      SEPTEMBER 28,    JANUARY 5,
                                 YEAR ENDED     1998+ THROUGH      1999++
                                DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,      THROUGH
                                    1999            1998       DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                    ----            ----       -----------------

Net asset value, beginning of     $ 14.91         $ 12.00         $ 14.89
                                  -------         -------         -------
period........................
Net investment income.........       0.11@           0.02            0.11@
Net realized and unrealized          2.64@           2.99            2.65@
                                     ----            ----            ----
  gains from investments..
Net increase from investment         2.75            3.01            2.76
                                     ----           -----           -----
  operations..................
Dividends from net investment       (0.06)          (0.02)          (0.06)
  income......................
Distributions from net                                              (1.11)
                                                                   -------
  realized gains from               (1.11)          (0.08)
                                    ------         -------
  investments.................
Total dividends and                 (1.17)          (0.10)          (1.17)
                                    ------         -------         -------
  distributions...............
Net asset value, end of period    $ 16.49         $ 14.91         $ 16.48
                                    =====          ======          ======
Total investment return(1)....      18.43%          24.98%          18.52%
                                    =====          ======          ======
Ratios/Supplemental data:
Net assets, end of period         $36,714        $ 22,494        $ 54,413
(000's).......................
Expenses to average net              0.74%           0.95%*          0.99%*
  assets, before waiver from
  adviser.....................
Expenses to average net              0.74%           0.95%*          0.74%*
  assets, after waiver from
  adviser.....................
Net investment income to             0.71%           0.77%*          0.56%*
  average net assets, before
  waiver from adviser.........
Net investment income to             0.71%           0.77%*          0.81%*
  average net assets, after
  waiver from adviser.........
Portfolio turnover rate.......       110%              6%            110%
- -------------------

+  Commencement of operations.

++ Commencement of issuance of shares.

*  Annualized.

@  Calculated using the average monthly shares outstanding for the period.

(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of the period reported, reinvestment of all dividends and
   distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale at
   net asset value on the last day of the period reported. The figures do not
   include additional contract level charges; results would be lower if such
   charges were included. Total investment return for periods of less than one
   year has not been annualized.


                                       46

<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust      Growth Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>

GROWTH PORTFOLIO
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>

                                                                  CLASS H                                    CLASS I
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                DECEMBER 31,                              JULY 18, 1999+
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------           THROUGH
                                              1999         1998        1997        1996       1995       DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                              ----         ----        ----        ----       ----       -----------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>              <C>

Net asset value,                           $ 18.03      $ 15.63     $ 17.48     $ 17.57    $ 14.56          $ 20.59
                                           -------      -------     -------     -------    -------          -------
beginning of year....
Net investment                                0.14        (0.07)       0.03      (0.06)      0.04             (0.03)
income (loss)........
Net realized and
  unrealized gains                            6.20         4.79        2.69       3.29       4.68              3.53
                                              ----        -----        ----       ----       ----              ----
  (losses) from
  investments........
Net increase
  (decrease) from                             6.06         4.72        2.72       3.23       4.72              3.50
                                              ----        -----        ----       ----       ----              ----
  investment
  operations.........
Dividends from net
  investment                                  --           --         (0.03)      --        (0.08)             --
  income.............
Distributions from
  net realized gains                         (0.00)++     (2.32)      (4.54)     (3.32)     (1.63)            (0.00)++
                                             -------     -------      ------     ------     ------            ------
  from investments...
Total dividends and                          (0.00)       (2.32)      (4.57)     (3.32)     (1.71)            (0.00)
                                             ------      -------      ------     ------     ------            ------
distributions........
Net asset value, end                       $ 24.09      $ 18.03      $15.63     $17.48     $17.57           $ 24.09
                                           =======       ======      ======     ======     ======             ======
of year.............
Total investment                             33.61%       30.59%      15.41%     18.70%     32.50%            17.00%
                                             =====        =====       =====      =====      =====             =====
  return(1)..........
Ratios/Supplemental
data:
Net assets, end of                         $36,428      $36,830     $30,586     $36,357    $42,784          $2,375
year (000's).........
Expenses to average                           1.11%        1.05%       1.05%      1.14%      1.02%             1.14%*
  net assets.........
Net investment
  income (loss) to                           (0.58)%      (0.37)%      0.12%     (0.29)%     0.23%            (0.58)%*
  average net assets.
Portfolio turnover                               23%          50%        89%        53%        41%               23%
  rate...............
- -------------------
</TABLE>

*  Annualized.

+  Commencement of issuance of shares.

++ The Fund paid a distribution of less than $0.005 per share for the period
   ended December 31, 1999.

(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of each period reported, reinvestment of all dividends and other
   distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale at
   net asset value on the last day of each year reported. The figures do not
   include additional contract level charges; results would be lower if such
   charges were included. Total investment return for periods of less than one
   year has not been annualized.

(2)During the period ended December 31, 1999 Mitchell Hutchins waived a portion
   of its fees. The ratios excluding the waiver would have been 1.11% and 1.39%
   for Class H and Class I, respectively.

(3)During the period ended December 31, 1999 Mitchell Hutchins waived a portion
   of its fees. The ratios excluding the waiver would have been (0.58)% and
   (0.83)% for Class H and Class I, respectively.


                                       47
<PAGE>



<TABLE>

Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust       Aggressive Growth Portfolio
- ----------------------------------------------------------------


AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                    CLASS H
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                    ----------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                 1999       1998       1997        1996        1995
                                 ----       ----       ----        ----        ----
Net asset value, beginning      $13.64    $ 13.40     $13.09      $11.34      $9.65
                                ------     ------     ------      ------      -----
of year...................
Net investment income            (0.18)     (0.12)     (0.09)      (0.10)      0.03
(loss)....................
Net realized and
  unrealized gains from           3.60       2.15       2.78        2.93       2.00
                                  ----      -----       ----        ----       ----
  investments.............
Net increase from
  investment operations...        3.42       2.03       2.69        2.83       2.03
                                  ----      -----       ----        ----       ----
Dividends from net                --        --          --          --        (0.02)
  investment income.......
Distributions from net
  realized gains from            --         (1.79)     (2.38)      (1.08)     (0.32)
                                -----      -------     ------      ------     ------
  investments.............
Total dividends and              --         (1.79)     (2.38)      (1.08)     (0.34)
                                -----      -------     ------      ------     ------
distributions.............
Net asset value, end of         $17.06    $ 13.64     $13.40      $13.09     $11.34
                                 =====     ======     ======      ======     ======
year......................
Total investment return(1)       25.07%     15.30%     20.76%      25.23%     21.04%
                                 =====      =====      =====       =====      =====
Ratios/Supplemental data:
Net assets, end of year        $15,491    $18,715    $19,076     $19,167    $17,660
(000's)...................
Expenses to average net           1.38%      1.21%      1.18%       1.52%      1.29%
  assets..................
Net investment income
  (loss) to average net          (0.95)   % (0.70)%    (0.59)%     (0.74)%     0.23%
  assets..................
Portfolio turnover rate...         135%        73%        89%        115%       119%
- -------------------
</TABLE>

(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of each year reported, reinvestment of all dividends and other
   distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale at
   net asset value on the last day of each year reported. The figures do not
   include additional contract level charges; results would be lower if such
   charges were included.


                                       48

<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins      Small Cap Portfolio
Series Trust
- ------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                      CLASS H                                 CLASS I
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                FOR THE PERIOD             FOR THE PERIOD
                                           FOR THE               SEPTEMBER 28,          JULY 6, 1999++
                                         YEAR ENDED              1998+ THROUGH                THROUGH
                                      DECEMBER 31, 1999        DECEMBER 31, 1998        DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                      -----------------        -----------------        -----------------
<S>                                       <C>                       <C>                      <C>
Net asset value, beginning of             $ 14.90                   $ 12.00                  $ 14.70
                                                                    -------                  -------
period.............................
Net investment loss................         (0.41)                    (0.04)                   (0.12)
Net realized and unrealized gains            1.32                      3.67                     1.22
                                             ----                      ----                     ----
  (losses) from investments........
Net increase (decrease) from                 0.91                      3.63                     1.10
                                             ----                     -----                    -----
  investment operations............
Distributions from net realized             (0.55)                    (0.73)                   (0.55)
                                            ------                   -------                  -------
  gains from investments...........
Net asset value, end of period.....        $15.26                   $ 14.90                  $ 15.25
                                           ======                    ======                   ======
Total investment return(1).........          6.13%                    30.36%                    7.51%
                                             ====                    ======                    =====
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (000's)          $4,769                   $ 4,057                    $ 301
Expenses to average net assets,              3.86%(2)                  1.94%*                   3.80%*
  net of waivers (2)...............
Net investment loss to average net          (3.09)%(3)                (1.27)%*                 (3.13)%*
  assets, net of waivers (3).......
Portfolio turnover rate............           98%                        17%                      98%
- -------------------
</TABLE>

+  Commencement of operations.

++ Commencement of issuance of shares.

*  Annualized.

(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of the period reported, reinvestment of all dividends and other
   distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale at
   net asset value on the last day of the period reported. The figures do not
   include additional contract level charges; results would be lower if such
   charges were included. Total investment return for periods of less than one
   year has not been annualized.

(2)During the period ended December 31, 1999, Mitchell Hutchins waived a
   portion of its fees. The ratios excluding the waiver would have been 3.86%
   and 4.05% for Class H and Class I, respectively.

(3)During the period ended December 31, 1999, Mitchell Hutchins waived a
   portion of its fees. The ratios excluding the waiver would have been (3.09)%
   and (3.38)% for Class H and Class I, respectively.



                                       49
<PAGE>
Mitchell Hutchins      Global Equity
Series Trust           Portfolio
- ------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                                               CLASS H                                  CLASS I
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 AUGUST 5, 1999+
                                                -------------------------------------------------------------          THROUGH
                                                      1999        1998         1997       1996         1995      DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                                      ----        ----         ----       ----         ----      -----------------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>                <C>
Net asset value, beginning of period........        $ 13.74     $ 14.62      $13.74      $12.00      $12.44             $14.43
                                                    -------      ------      ------      ------      ------             ------
Net investment income (loss)................          (0.03)       0.08        0.04        0.07        0.01               0.01
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)
   from investments, futures and foreign               2.56        1.92        0.94        1.75       (0.45)              1.82
                                                       ----       -----        ----        ----       ------              ----
   currency transactions....................
Net increase (decrease) from investment
   operations...............................           2.53        2.00        0.98        1.82       (0.44)              1.83
                                                       ----       -----        ----        ----       ------              ----
Dividends from net investment income........          (0.05)       --         (0.04)      (0.08)        --               (0.05)
Distributions from net realized gains from
   investments..............................          (0.01)      (2.88)      (0.06)       --           --               (0.01)
                                                      ------     -------      ------      -----        -----            -------
Total dividends and other distributions.....          (0.06)      (2.88)      (0.10)      (0.08)       0.00              (0.06)
                                                      ------     -------      ------      ------       ----              ------
Net asset value, end of period..............         $16.21     $ 13.74       $14.62      $13.74      $12.00            $16.20
                                                     ======      ======       ======      ======      ======            ======
Total investment return (1).................          18.47%      13.50%        7.16%      15.14%     (3.54)%            12.74%
                                                      =====       =====         ====       =====      ======             =====
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period (000's)...........        $13,015     $15,799       $21,215    $25,701     $28,507              $ 387

Expenses to average net assets, net of                 1.85%       1.33%       1.07%       1.10%       1.96%              2.00%*
   waivers(2)...............................
Net investment income (loss) to average
   net assets, net of waivers(3)............           0.13%       0.46%       0.26%       0.46%       0.10%             (0.64)%*
Portfolio turnover rate.....................            63%        154%         81%          44%        157%              63%
</TABLE>

- -------------------

+  Commencement of issuance of shares.

*  Annualized.

(1)Total investment return is calculated assuming a $1,000 investment on the
   first day of the period reported, reinvestment of all dividends and other
   distributions, if any, at net asset value on the payable dates and a sale at
   net asset value on the last day of each period. The figures do not include
   additional contract level charges; results would be lower if such charges
   were included. Total investment return for periods of less than one year has
   not been annualized.

(2)During the period ended December 31, 1999 Mitchell Hutchins waived a portion
   of its fees. The ratios excluding the waiver would have been 1.85% and 2.25%
   for Class H and Class I, respectively.

(3)During the period ended December 31, 1999 Mitchell Hutchins waived a portion
   of its fees. The ratios excluding the waiver would have been 0.13% and
   (0.89)% for Class H and Class I, respectively.




                                       50
<PAGE>


If you want more information about the funds, the following documents are
available free upon request:


      ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS:

      Additional information about the funds' investments is available in the
      funds' annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the funds'
      annual reports, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and
      investment strategies that significantly affected the funds' performance
      during the last fiscal year.


      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) AND CONTRACT PROSPECTUS:

      The SAI provides more detailed information about the funds and is
      incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Investors are advised to
      also read the applicable contract prospectus.

You may discuss your questions about the funds, obtain free copies of annual and
semi-annual reports and the SAI, or request other information, by contacting the
funds directly at 1-800-986-0088.

You may review and copy information about the funds, including shareholder
reports and the SAI, at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange
Commission. You may obtain information about the operations of the SEC's Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. You can get text-only
copies of reports and other information about the funds:

o     For a fee, by electronic request at [email protected] or by writing the
      SEC's Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102; or


o     Free, from the EDGAR Database on  the SEC's Internet website at:
      http://www.sec.gov

















Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
Investment Company Act File No. - 811-4919

<PAGE>







MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST

      STRATEGY PORTFOLIO









The fund offers its Class H and Class I shares only to insurance company
separate accounts that fund certain variable annuity and variable life insurance
contracts. This prospectus should be read together with the prospectus for those
contracts.





PROSPECTUS

May 1, 2000


- -------------------------------

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not
approved or disapproved the fund's shares or determined whether this prospectus
is complete or accurate. To state otherwise is a crime.


<PAGE>


Strategy Portfolio
- -------------------------------

                                    CONTENTS

                               STRATEGY PORTFOLIO

          ----------------------------------------------------------------

          What every investor         3   Investment Objective, Strategies
          should know about               and Risks
          the fund                    5   More About Investment Strategies
                                          and Risks

                              INVESTING IN THE FUND

          ----------------------------------------------------------------

          Information for             6   Purchases, Redemptions and
          managing your fund              Exchanges
          account                     6   Pricing and Valuation


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          ----------------------------------------------------------------

          Additional important        7   Management
          information about           8   Dividends and Taxes
          the fund

          ----------------------------------------------------------------

          Where to learn more             Back Cover
          about this fund


                              ------------------------------
                              The fund is not a complete or
                              balanced  investment program.
                              ------------------------------

                                       2
<PAGE>

Strategy Portfolio
- -------------------------------

                               STRATEGY PORTFOLIO

                   INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND RISKS
                   ------------------------------------------

Fund Objective

Long-term capital appreciation.

Principal Investment Strategies

The fund will invest  substantially  all of its assets in stocks of issuers that
are on  PaineWebber's  Highlighted  Stocks list.  Historically,  the Highlighted
Stocks list has consisted  primarily of common stocks of relatively  large, well
known U.S. companies.

Under normal circumstances, the fund will purchase only stocks that are included
on the Highlighted  Stocks list and will sell stocks that have been removed from
the Highlighted  Stocks list. The fund will purchase a stock that has been added
or sell a stock that has been removed after publication of that change.

The fund is designed for investors seeking long-term capital appreciation from a
fully invested,  all-equity  portfolio.  The fund is not a market-timing vehicle
and not a complete investment program.

Generally,  the fund seeks to maintain equal  weightings of its assets among the
stocks on the Highlighted  Stocks list. Any remaining  assets may be invested by
the fund's  investment  adviser,  Mitchell  Hutchins Asset  Management  Inc., in
short-term debt  obligations,  money market  instruments and options and futures
contracts.


For more than a century,  PaineWebber  has been committed to providing  superior
equity  research,  resulting in one of the strongest  franchises on Wall Street.
PaineWebber  Investment Strategy Group's approach to research seeks to place its
recommendations  in the context of broad social,  economic and political themes.
PaineWebber  believes  that  the  ability  to spot  emerging  trends  -- and the
companies  expected to benefit  from them -- has proven  critical to  successful
investing.  The  Investment  Strategy Group aims to identify these themes before
they emerge and become well  recognized.  While the  Investment  Strategy  Group
identifies  several  different  industries  and  companies  that are expected to
benefit  from each  theme,  the  Highlighted  Stocks  list is a list of "choice"
companies from each theme.

The Investment Strategy Group periodically makes subjective  decisions to add or
delete companies from the Highlighted  Stocks list, but the list is not compiled
with any  client or  product  in mind,  including  the fund.  Historically,  the
Highlighted  Stocks  list  has  included  approximately  25  stocks,  which  are
typically covered by the PaineWebber  Research  Department and carry a "1" (Buy)
or "2" (Attractive)  rating.  As of March 29, 2000, the Highlighted  Stocks list
consisted  of 31  stocks.  Stocks  are  usually  added  to or  deleted  from the
Highlighted  Stocks list at the beginning of a month,  but revisions may also be
made on other days.


Principal Risks

An investment in the fund is not guaranteed;  you may lose money by investing in
the fund.

Stocks  generally  fluctuate in value more than other  investments.  Because the
fund invests only in stocks that are on the  Highlighted  Stocks list,  the fund
will hold a relatively  small number of stocks,  often focused in market sectors
that  correspond  to the  investment  themes  underlying  the list. As a result,
changes in the market value of a single issuer or market sector could affect the
fund's  performance  and net asset value more severely than if its holdings were
more diversified.


The fund's investment results will not be the same as the price returns reported
for the Highlighted  Stocks list.  Deviations from the Highlighted Stocks list's
reported price returns will result because the  Highlighted  Stocks list's price
returns are calculated  using the prices of the stocks at the close of the stock
market before changes to the Highlighted Stocks list are announced,  and they do
not reflect the  execution of actual  purchases  or sales.  Fund  purchases  and
sales,  however, will be affected by market conditions following the publication
of  changes to the  Highlighted  Stocks  list and will be  subject to  competing
orders by other PaineWebber  clients who invest based on the Highlighted  Stocks
list  recommendations.  In addition,  because the  Highlighted  Stocks list is a
paper  portfolio  that  is  not  managed  to  a  target  number  of  stocks,  no
"re-balancing" of actual investments is done when stocks are added to or deleted
from the list.  Although the fund will  "re-balance"  periodically  to establish
equal weightings of its assets among the stocks on the Highlighted  Stocks list,
the fund may not be able to maintain  equal  weightings  at all times.  The fund
will also be subject to daily cash flows, which will result in ongoing purchases
and sales of stocks and  transactional  expenses,  including  brokerage fees, as
well as the advisory fees and other  expenses that the fund bears.  In addition,
to  the  extent  the  fund  invests  part  of  its  assets  in  short-term  debt
obligations,  money market  instruments and options and futures  contracts,  its
investment results will differ from those of the Highlighted Stocks list.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Strategy Portfolio
- -------------------------------

PaineWebber  could  at  any  time  suspend  or  terminate   publication  of  the
Highlighted  Stocks list.  In that event,  or in the event that the  Highlighted
Stocks  list  contains  fewer than 20  stocks,  the fund will  determine  how to
proceed consistent with the fund's investment objective and the interests of its
shareholders.

It is possible that the  Highlighted  Stocks list will include stocks of issuers
for which  PaineWebber or one of its affiliates  performs  banking  services for
which it receives fees, as well as stocks of issuers in which PaineWebber or one
of its  affiliates  makes a market  and may have long or short  positions.  When
PaineWebber  or one of its  affiliates is engaged in certain  activities  for an
issuer  that  is on  the  Highlighted  Stocks  list,  Mitchell  Hutchins  may be
prohibited  from  additional  purchases or sales of that issuer's  stock for the
re-balancing of the fund.

Price returns reported for the Highlighted Stocks list do not predict the future
results of the Highlighted Stocks list or the fund.  Materials showing any price
returns of the Highlighted Stocks list do not reflect the fund's performance.

More  information  about  other risks of an  investment  in the fund is provided
below in "More About Investment Strategies and Risks."

Performance

The fund is newly organized.  As a result,  the fund has no operating history or
performance  information to include in a bar chart or table  reflecting  average
annual returns.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Strategy Portfolio
- ------------------------

                   MORE ABOUT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
                   ------------------------------------------

Additional Investment Strategies


Strategies  Using  Derivatives.  The  fund  may use  derivatives  in  strategies
intended  to  simulate  investment  in the  stocks in the S&P 500 Index or other
stock indices when it is impractical to invest  substantially  all of its assets
in stocks that are on the  Highlighted  Stocks list  because of  diversification
requirements  that apply to mutual  funds.  In addition,  the fund may use these
derivatives while keeping a cash balance for fund management  purposes,  such as
to provide liquidity to meet anticipated sales of its shares by shareholders and
for fund operating  expenses,  or to facilitate  trading and reduce  transaction
costs.  The value of  "derivatives"  -- so-called  because their value "derives"
from the value of an underlying  asset,  reference  rate or index -- may rise or
fall more rapidly than other investments.  For some derivatives,  it is possible
for the fund to lose more than the amount it invested in the derivative. Options
and futures contracts are examples of derivatives.


Cash  Reserves.  The fund may invest a portion of its total assets in short-term
debt obligations,  money market  instruments and options and futures  contracts.
The fund may invest in these instruments  either for liquidity,  in anticipation
of  shareholder  redemptions  of fund  shares,  or because  the  diversification
requirements that apply to mutual funds prevent it from investing  substantially
all its assets in the stocks that are on the  Highlighted  Stocks list. This can
occur if the Highlighted Stocks list includes fewer than 20 issuers, because the
fund's investments in stocks generally will be equally weighted.


Portfolio  Turnover.  The fund is expected to engage in frequent  trading and to
have an annual portfolio  turnover  greater than 100% (high portfolio  turnover)
because it will make additions and deletions to its portfolio to reflect changes
in the Highlighted Stocks list.

Frequent  trading may increase the portion of the fund's  capital gains that are
realized  for tax  purposes  in any given  year.  This may  increase  the fund's
taxable  dividends in that year.  Frequent trading also may increase the portion
of the fund's realized  capital gains that are considered  "short-term"  for tax
purposes.  Shareholders  will pay  higher  taxes  on  dividends  that  represent
short-term  gains  than they would pay on  dividends  that  represent  long-term
gains.  Frequent  trading  also  may  result  in  higher  fund  expenses  due to
transaction costs.

The fund does not restrict the  frequency of trading in order to limit  expenses
or the tax effect that the fund's dividends may have on shareholders.

Use of Proceeds of Initial  Offering.  The fund may not be fully invested in the
stocks on the  Highlighted  Stocks  list  until  approximately  30 days after it
begins investment operations.  During that period, the fund will purchase stocks
on  the  Highlighted   Stocks  list,  as  well  as  invest  in  short-term  debt
obligations, money market instruments and options and futures contracts.


                                       5
<PAGE>

Strategy Portfolio
- -------------------------------

                              INVESTING IN THE FUND

Purchases, Redemptions and Exchanges


Shares of the fund are sold only to insurance  company  separate  accounts  that
fund benefits under variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts. These
separate  accounts  are the  shareholders  of the  fund  -- not  the  individual
contract owners.  However,  the separate accounts may pass through voting rights
to the contract owners.


The fund offers both Class H and Class I shares to  insurance  company  separate
accounts:

o    Class H shares are sold and  redeemed at net asset value and do not pay any
     12b-1 fees.


o    Class I shares  also are sold and  redeemed  at net asset  value.  However,
     under a rule 12b-1 plan  adopted by the fund,  Class I shares pay an annual
     distribution fee of 0.25% of average net assets.  The fund pays this fee to
     insurance  companies  for the sale of Class I shares and for services  that
     the insurance  companies  provide to contract  owners.  Because these 12b-1
     fees are paid out of the fund's assets on an ongoing basis,  over time they
     will increase the cost of a contract  owner's  investment and may cost more
     than paying other types of sales charges.


An insurance company separate account may exchange shares of the fund for shares
of the same  class in  another  Mitchell  Hutchins  Series  Trust  fund at their
relative net asset values per share,  provided that the separate account invests
in both funds. A particular insurance company separate account may not invest in
all Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust funds or classes of fund shares.

The fund and Mitchell  Hutchins (for Class I shares) reserve the right to reject
any purchase  order and to suspend the offering of a fund's  shares for a period
of time.

Pricing and Valuation


Insurance company separate accounts buy, sell or exchange fund shares at the net
asset value next calculated  after the order is placed.  The fund calculates net
asset value separately for each class as of the close of trading on the New York
Stock Exchange  (generally,  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern time). The NYSE normally is not
open, and the fund does not price its shares,  on most national  holidays and on
Good  Friday.  If trading  on the NYSE is halted  for the day before  4:00 p.m.,
Eastern time,  the fund's net asset value per share will be calculated as of the
time trading was halted.


The fund  calculates  its net asset value based on the current  market value for
its  portfolio  securities.  The fund  normally  obtains  market  values for its
securities  from  independent  pricing  services  that use  reported  last sales
prices,  current  market  quotations or valuations  from  computerized  "matrix"
systems that derive values based on comparable securities.  If a market value is
not available from an independent pricing source for a particular security, that
security is valued at a fair value  determined  by or under the direction of the
fund's board.  The fund  normally uses the amortized  cost method to value money
market instruments that will mature in 60 days or less.

                                       6
<PAGE>

Strategy Portfolio
- -------------------------------

                                       MANAGEMENT

Investment Adviser


Mitchell   Hutchins  Asset  Management  Inc.  is  the  investment   adviser  and
administrator of the fund.  Mitchell Hutchins is located at 51 West 52nd Street,
New  York,  New  York,  10019-6114,  and  is a  wholly  owned  asset  management
subsidiary of  PaineWebber  Incorporated,  which is wholly owned by Paine Webber
Group Inc., a publicly owned financial services holding company. On February 29,
2000,  Mitchell  Hutchins was adviser or sub-adviser of 31 investment  companies
with 76 separate portfolios and aggregate assets of approximately $54.4 billion.


Portfolio Manager

T.  Kirkham  Barneby,   supported  by  his  quantitative   investment  team,  is
responsible for the day-to-day  management of the fund's portfolio.  Mr. Barneby
is a managing director and chief investment officer of quantitative  investments
of Mitchell  Hutchins.  Mr. Barneby  rejoined  Mitchell  Hutchins in 1994, after
being with Vantage Global  Management for one year.  During the eight years that
Mr.  Barneby  was  previously  with  Mitchell  Hutchins,  he was a  senior  vice
president responsible for quantitative management and asset allocation.

Investment Consultant

PaineWebber makes available the Investment  Strategy Group,  headed by Edward M.
Kerschner,  to consult with  Mitchell  Hutchins  regarding  the  development  of
investment themes and stocks covered by the PaineWebber Research Department. Mr.
Kerschner is the Chief Investment  Strategist of PaineWebber and Chairman of the
Investment Policy Committee. Mr. Kerschner joined PaineWebber in 1982.

Advisory Fees

The fund pays advisory fees to Mitchell  Hutchins at the annual contract rate of
0.75% of its average daily net assets.

Other Information

The fund has received an exemptive  order from the SEC that permits its board to
appoint and replace  sub-advisers and to amend  sub-advisory  contracts  without
obtaining shareholder approval.

Additional Information About the Highlighted Stocks list


The  Highlighted  Stocks  list was created and is  currently  maintained  by the
Investment Strategy Group in the PaineWebber Research Department.  Since January
1988,  the  Highlighted  Stocks  list has  included  between  11 and 31  stocks,
although on average it has consisted of 25 stocks. The names of the companies on
the  Highlighted  Stocks list as of March 29, 2000 are included in the Statement
of  Additional  Information  ("SAI").  That list  changes  regularly.  While the
companies on the list  generally  have been  relatively  large,  well known U.S.
companies, the list is not restricted to those types of companies. A list of the
investment  themes as of March 29, 2000 is also  included in the SAI and changes
from time to time.


Mitchell  Hutchins does not have access to  information  regarding  additions or
deletions  for  the  Highlighted   Stocks  list  prior  to  their   publication.
PaineWebber  publishes  other  lists of  recommended  securities  that  could be
appropriate  for fund  investors but that are not used by Mitchell  Hutchins for
the fund.


The  Highlighted  Stocks list is not  maintained for the purpose of managing any
account or investment  company such as the fund. The average number of stocks on
the Highlighted Stocks list and the frequency of additions to and deletions from
the  Highlighted  Stocks list change from year to year, and there are no targets
for such numbers in future years. The stocks selected for the Highlighted Stocks
list  constitute  only a "paper  portfolio" that does not reflect actual trading
and does not have an actual  performance  record.  The Highlighted Stocks list's
price return is simply an arithmetic average of the price returns for the stocks
selected for the  Highlighted  Stocks list.  It does not represent the return on
any fund or any other account that involves  actual  trading.  The price returns
would not be  indicative  of the returns on any fund or account  because,  among
other  things,  they do not reflect  actual  prices when stocks are purchased or
sold,  transaction costs and account fees. In addition,  because the Highlighted
Stocks  list does not  include a cash  component,  price  returns are based on a
constant 100%  investment  in the stocks on the  Highlighted  Stocks list.  Past
price returns are not  representative of future price returns.  It should not be
assumed that recommendations made in the future will be profitable or will equal
past price returns on the Highlighted Stocks list.


                                       7
<PAGE>

Strategy Portfolio
- ----------------------------

                           DIVIDENDS AND TAXES

Dividends

Dividends and distributions are paid in additional shares of the fund unless the
shareholder requests otherwise.

The fund  normally  declares  and pays  income  dividends  and  distributes  any
realized gains annually.

Class I shares have higher expenses because of their  distribution fees and thus
are expected to have lower dividends than Class H shares.

Taxes

Fund shares are offered only to insurance  company  separate  accounts that fund
certain  variable annuity or variable life contracts.  These accounts  generally
are not  subject  to tax on  dividends  from the fund or when  fund  shares  are
exchanged or redeemed.  See the applicable  contract prospectus for a discussion
of the federal income tax status of

o    the insurance  company  separate  accounts that purchase and hold shares of
     the fund; and

o    the holders of contracts funded through those separate accounts.

The fund  must  satisfy  certain  diversification  requirements  imposed  by the
Internal  Revenue  Code on  segregated  assets  accounts  used to fund  variable
annuity or variable life contracts. Failure of the fund to do so would result in
taxation of the insurance  company issuing the variable annuity or variable life
contracts and  treatment of the contract  holders other than as described in the
contract prospectus.

See the SAI  for  information  or for a more  detailed  discussion.  Prospective
shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers.

                                       8
<PAGE>

If you want more  information  about  the  fund,  the  following  documents  are
available free upon request:

      Statement of Additional Information (SAI) and Contract Prospectus:

      The  SAI  provides  more  detailed  information  about  the  fund  and  is
      incorporated by reference into this  prospectus.  Investors are advised to
      also read the applicable contract prospectus.


You may discuss your questions about the fund, obtain free copies of the SAI, or
request other information, by contacting the fund directly at 1-800-986-0088.

You may review and copy  information  about the fund,  including the SAI, at the
Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  You may obtain
information  about the operations of the SEC's Public  Reference Room by calling
the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. You can get text-only copies of information about the
fund:

     o    For a fee, by electronic request at  [email protected]  or by writing
          to or  calling  the SEC's  Public  Reference  Room,  Washington,  D.C.
          20549-0102; or

          o    Free,  from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet  website at:
               http://www.sec.gov














Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
Investment Company Act File No.  811-4919


<PAGE>


                         MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST
                               51 WEST 52ND STREET
                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019-6114


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      The  following  funds  are  series  of  Mitchell   Hutchins  Series  Trust
("Trust"), a professionally managed open-end investment company.


     Money Market Portfolio                    High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio
     Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio          Strategic Income Portfolio
     Global Income Portfolio                   High Income Portfolio
     Balanced Portfolio                        Growth and Income Portfolio
     Tactical Allocation Portfolio             Growth Portfolio
     Aggressive Growth Portfolio               Small Cap Portfolio
     Global Equity Portfolio

      Global Income Portfolio and Strategic Income Portfolio are non-diversified
series of the Trust.  The other funds are diversified  series.  Each fund offers
its Class H and Class I shares only to insurance  company separate accounts that
fund  benefits  under  certain  variable  annuity  contracts  and variable  life
insurance contracts.


      Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.  ("Mitchell  Hutchins"),  a wholly
owned asset management subsidiary of PaineWebber  Incorporated  ("PaineWebber"),
serves as investment adviser and administrator for each fund. Certain funds have
sub-advisers.  Mitchell Hutchins also serves as distributor for the funds' Class
I shares.


      Portions of the funds' Annual Reports to Shareholders  are incorporated by
reference  into this  Statement of Additional  Information  ("SAI").  The Annual
Reports  accompany this SAI. You may obtain additional copies of a fund's Annual
Report by calling toll-free 1-800-986-0088.

      This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read only in  conjunction  with
the funds' current  Prospectus,  dated May 1, 2000. A copy of the Prospectus may
be obtained by calling any PaineWebber  Financial Advisor or correspondent  firm
or by calling toll-free  1-800-986-0088.  The Prospectus  contains more complete
information about the funds. You should read it carefully before investing.

      This SAI is dated May 1, 2000.


                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
      The Funds and Their Investment Policies................................. 2
      The Funds' Investments, Related Risks and Limitations...................10
      Strategies Using Derivative Instruments.................................32
      Organization; Trustees and Officers; Principal Holders and
      Management Ownership of Securities......................................41
      Investment Advisory, Administration and Distribution Arrangements.......50
      Portfolio Transactions..................................................55
      Additional Purchase and Redemption Information..........................60
      Valuation of Shares.....................................................60
      Taxes...................................................................62
      Dividends...............................................................65
      Other Information.......................................................65
      Financial Statements....................................................66
      Appendix...............................................................A-1



<PAGE>


                     THE FUNDS AND THEIR INVESTMENT POLICIES

      No  fund's  investment   objective  may  be  changed  without  shareholder
approval.  Except where noted, the other investment policies of each fund may be
changed by the board without shareholder  approval.  As with other mutual funds,
there is no assurance that a fund will achieve its investment objective.


      MONEY MARKET  PORTFOLIO'S  investment  objective is maximum current income
consistent with liquidity and conservation of capital.  The fund invests in high
quality money market  instruments  that have,  or are deemed to have,  remaining
maturities of 13 months or less.  Money market  instruments  are short-term debt
obligations  and similar  securities.  These  instruments  include (1) U.S.  and
foreign  government  securities,  (2) obligations of U.S. and foreign banks, (3)
commercial paper and other short-term corporate  obligations of U.S. and foreign
corporations,   partnerships,   trusts  and  similar  entities,  (4)  repurchase
agreements and (5) investment company securities.  Money market instruments also
include  longer term bonds that have  variable  interest  rates or other special
features that give them the financial  characteristics  of short-term  debt. The
fund may purchase  participation  interests in any of the securities in which it
is  permitted  to invest.  Participation  interests  are pro rata  interests  in
securities  held  by  others.  The  fund  maintains  a  dollar-weighted  average
portfolio maturity of 90 days or less.

      Money Market Portfolio may invest in obligations  (including  certificates
of deposit, bankers' acceptances, time deposits and similar obligations) of U.S.
and  foreign  banks  only if the  institution  has  total  assets at the time of
purchase in excess of $1.5 billion.  The fund's  investments  in  non-negotiable
time deposits of these  institutions  will be  considered  illiquid if they have
maturities greater than seven days.

      Money Market  Portfolio may purchase only those  obligations that Mitchell
Hutchins  determines,  pursuant  to  procedures  adopted by the  board,  present
minimal  credit  risks and are "First Tier  Securities"  as defined in Rule 2a-7
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("Investment Company Act").
A First Tier  Security  is either  (1) rated in the  highest  short-term  rating
category by at least two nationally recognized  statistical rating organizations
("rating  agencies"),  (2) rated in the highest  short-term rating category by a
single rating  agency if only that rating  agency has assigned the  obligation a
short-term  rating,  (3) issued by an issuer that has received such a short-term
rating with respect to a security  that is  comparable in priority and security,
(4) subject to a guarantee  rated in the highest  short-term  rating category or
issued by a guarantor  that has  received  the highest  short-term  rating for a
comparable debt obligation or (5) unrated,  but determined by Mitchell  Hutchins
to be of comparable  quality. If a security in the fund's portfolio ceases to be
a First Tier Security (as defined above) or Mitchell Hutchins becomes aware that
a security has received a rating below the second  highest  rating by any rating
agency,  Mitchell  Hutchins  and, in certain  cases,  the board,  will  consider
whether the fund should continue to hold the  obligation.  A First Tier Security
rated  in  the  highest  short-term  category  at  the  time  of  purchase  that
subsequently  receives  a  rating  below  the  highest  rating  category  from a
different rating agency may continue to be considered a First Tier Security.

      Money Market Portfolio may purchase  variable and floating rate securities
with  remaining  maturities  in excess of 13  months  issued by U.S.  government
agencies or instrumentalities or guaranteed by the U.S. government. In addition,
the fund may purchase  variable and floating rate  securities of other  issuers.
The yields on these  securities  are adjusted in relation to changes in specific
rates,  such as the prime rate,  and  different  securities  may have  different
adjustment rates. Certain of these obligations carry a demand feature that gives
the fund the right to tender them back to a specified party,  usually the issuer
or a  remarketing  agent,  prior to  maturity.  The fund's  investment  in these
securities  must  comply  with  conditions  established  by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission ("SEC") under which they may be considered to have remaining
maturities of 13 months or less.  The fund will  purchase  variable and floating
rate securities of non-U.S. government issuers that have remaining maturities of
more than 13 months  only if the  securities  are  subject  to a demand  feature
exercisable within 13 months or less.

      Generally,  Money Market Portfolio may exercise demand features (1) upon a
default  under  the  terms  of the  underlying  security,  (2) to  maintain  its
portfolio in accordance with its investment objective and policies or applicable
legal or regulatory  requirements  or (3) as needed to provide  liquidity to the
fund in  order  to meet  redemption  requests.  The  ability  of a bank or other
financial  institutional  to fulfill its  obligations  under a letter of credit,
guarantee or other liquidity arrangement might be affected by possible financial
difficulties  of its borrowers,  adverse  interest rate or economic  conditions,
regulatory  limitations or other factors.  The interest rate on floating rate or


                                       2
<PAGE>

variable rate securities ordinarily is readjusted on the basis of the prime rate
of the bank that originated the financing or some other index or published rate,
such as the 90-day U.S.  Treasury  bill rate,  or is otherwise  reset to reflect
market rates of interest.  Generally,  these interest rate adjustments cause the
market value of floating  rate and variable rate  securities  to fluctuate  less
than the market value of fixed-rate securities.


      Variable  rate  securities  include  variable  amount master demand notes,
which are unsecured  redeemable  obligations  that permit  investment of varying
amounts at  fluctuating  interest rates under a direct  agreement  between Money
Market  Portfolio  and an issuer.  The  principal  amount of these  notes may be
increased  from time to time by the parties  (subject to specified  maximums) or
decreased  by the fund or the issuer.  These notes are payable on demand and may
or may not be rated.


      Money Market  Portfolio  generally may invest no more than 5% of its total
assets in the securities of a single issuer (other than securities issued by the
U.S. government,  its agencies or  instrumentalities),  except that the fund may
invest up to 25% of its total assets in First Tier Securities of a single issuer
for a period  of up to three  business  days.  The fund may  purchase  only U.S.
dollar denominated obligations of foreign issuers.

      Money Market  Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its net assets in illiquid
securities.  The  fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed
delivery  basis.  The  fund  may  lend its  portfolio  securities  to  qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 10% of its
total  assets.  The fund  may  invest  in the  securities  of  other  investment
companies.

      HIGH GRADE  FIXED  INCOME  PORTFOLIO'S  primary  investment  objective  is
current income;  capital appreciation is a secondary investment  objective.  The
fund invests in U.S. government bonds, including those backed by mortgages.  The
fund may also  invest in  corporate  bonds and may invest up to 25% of its total
assets  in  mortgage-  and  asset-backed  securities  of  private  issuers.  The
corporate  bonds in which the fund may invest  consist  primarily  of bonds that
are,  at the  time of  purchase,  rated  within  one of the two  highest  grades
assigned by Standard & Poor's,  a division of The  McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc.
("S&P"), or Moody's Investors Service Inc. ("Moody's"), except that the fund may
invest up to 35% of its total assets in investment grade bonds that are rated at
the time of  purchase  lower  than the two  highest  grades  assigned  by S&P or
Moody's.  The fund may invest in bonds that are assigned  comparable  ratings by
another rating agency and unrated bonds that Mitchell Hutchins determines are of
comparable  quality to rated  securities in which the fund may invest.  The fund
may invest up to 15% of its total assets in U.S. dollar  denominated  bonds sold
in the United States by foreign  issuers  (Yankee  bonds) if the  securities are
traded on recognized U.S.
exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market.

      No more than 55% of High Grade Fixed Income  Portfolio's  total assets may
be represented by U.S. Treasury obligations to assure the fund's satisfaction of
the  diversification  requirements  imposed  by the  Internal  Revenue  Code  on
segregated  asset  accounts used to fund variable  annuity and/or life insurance
contracts.  These diversification  requirements must be satisfied by the fund as
an investment vehicle underlying the segregated asset accounts.

      High Grade Fixed Income  Portfolio  may invest up to 10% of its net assets
in illiquid  securities.  The fund may purchase  securities on a when-issued  or
delayed delivery basis. The fund may lend its portfolio  securities to qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The  fund  may  borrow  up to 33 1/3% of its  total  assets  for
temporary or emergency purposes.  The fund may invest in the securities of other
investment companies and may sell short "against the box."

      STRATEGIC FIXED INCOME  PORTFOLIO'S  investment  objective is total return
with low  volatility.  The fund's  investments  are  managed  by a  sub-adviser,
Pacific Investment  Management  Company ("PIMCO").  The fund invests in bonds of
varying  maturities but normally  maintains a dollar-weighted  average portfolio
duration  between three and eight years.  Under normal  circumstances,  the fund
invests  at least 65% of its  total  assets in fixed  income  securities,  which
include U.S.  government and foreign government bonds (including bonds issued by
supranational and quasi-governmental  entities and mortgage-backed  securities),
corporate   bonds  of  U.S.  and  foreign  issuers   (including   mortgage-  and
asset-backed  securities of private issuers),  convertible  securities,  foreign


                                       3
<PAGE>

currency  exchange-related  securities,  loan participations and assignments and
money market. The fund's  investments in  mortgage-backed  securities of private
issuers  are  limited  to 35% of its total  assets and its  investments  in loan
participations and assignments are limited to 5% of its net assets.

      Strategic Fixed Income  Portfolio  invests  primarily in investment  grade
bonds  but may  invest up to 20% of its total  assets in  securities,  including
convertible  securities,  that are not investment grade but are rated at least B
by S&P or Moody's,  assigned a comparable rating by another rating agency or, if
unrated, determined by the sub-adviser to be of comparable quality. The fund may
invest  up to 20%  of  its  total  assets  in a  combination  of  Yankee  bonds,
Eurodollar bonds and bonds  denominated in foreign  currencies,  except that not
more  than 10% of its total  assets  may be  invested  in bonds  denominated  in
foreign  currencies.  Yankee bonds are U.S.  dollar  denominated  obligations of
foreign issuers, and Eurodollar bonds are U.S. dollar denominated obligations of
issuers that are held outside the United States.

      Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio may invest up to 15% of its net assets in
illiquid  securities.  The fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed delivery basis. The fund may lend its portfolio  securities to qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements  up to 33  1/3%  of its  total  assets  for  temporary  or  emergency
purposes.  The fund may invest in the securities of other  investment  companies
and may sell short "against the box."


      STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO'S primary investment  objective is to achieve a
high level of current  income.  As a secondary  investment  objective,  the fund
seeks capital  appreciation.  The fund  strategically  allocates its investments
among three distinct bond market categories:  (1) U.S. government and investment
grade corporate bonds, including mortgage- and asset-backed securities; (2) U.S.
high yield corporate bonds,  including  convertible  bonds, and preferred stock;
and (3)  foreign  and  emerging  market  bonds.  A portion of the fund's  assets
normally is invested in each of these investment sectors.  However, the fund has
the  flexibility  at  any  time  to  invest  all  or  substantially  all  of its
investments in any one sector.

      Strategic  Income  Portfolio may invest in high yield bonds that are rated
as low as D by S&P or C by Moody's.

      The foreign and emerging market bonds in which Strategic  Income Portfolio
may  invest  include  (1)  government  bonds,  including  Brady  bonds and other
sovereign  debt,  and bonds issued by  multi-national  institutions  such as the
International  Bank for  Reconstruction  and Development  and the  International
Monetary  Fund;  (2)  corporate  bonds and  preferred  stock  issued by entities
located  in  foreign  countries,   or  denominated  in  or  indexed  to  foreign
currencies;  (3) interests in foreign loan  participations and assignments;  and
(4) foreign mortgage-backed securities and other structured foreign investments.
The fund may  invest  without  limit in  securities  of  issuers  located in any
country  in  the  world,  including  both  industrialized  and  emerging  market
countries.  The fund  generally is not  restricted  in the portion of its assets
that may be  invested  in a single  country  or region,  but the  fund's  assets
normally are invested in issuers  located in at least three  countries.  No more
than 25% of the  fund's  total  assets  are  invested  in  securities  issued or
guaranteed by any single foreign government.  The fund may invest in foreign and
emerging  market bonds that do not meet any minimum  credit  rating  standard or
that are unrated.


      Mitchell Hutchins believes that Strategic Income  Portfolio's  strategy of
sector  allocation should be less risky than investing in only one sector of the
bond market.  Data from the Lehman  Brothers  Aggregate Bond Index,  the Salomon
Smith Barney High Yield Master Index, the Merrill Lynch High Yield Index and the
Salomon Smith Barney World Government Bond Index indicate that these sectors are
not closely  correlated.  If successful,  the fund's  strategy should enable the
fund to achieve a higher level of  investment  return than if the fund  invested
exclusively in any one investment  sector or allocated a fixed proportion of its
assets to each investment sector.


      Strategic  Income  Portfolio  may invest up to 10% of its total  assets in
preferred  stock  of U.S.  and  foreign  issuers.  It also  may  acquire  equity
securities  when  attached to bonds or as part of a unit  including  bonds or in
connection  with a  conversion  or exchange  of bonds.  The fund also may invest
without  limit  in   certificates   of  deposit  issued  by  banks  and  savings
associations and in bankers' acceptances.



                                       4
<PAGE>


      Strategic Income Portfolio may invest in zero coupon bonds, other original
discount   securities,    payment-in-kind    securities   and   principal   only
mortgage-backed  securities. The fund also may invest in fixed and floating rate
loans through  either  participations  in or  assignments of all or a portion of
loans made by banks.

      Strategic  Income  Portfolio  may  invest  up to 15% of its net  assets in
illiquid  securities.  The fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed delivery basis. The fund may lend its portfolio  securities to qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may  engage in  dollar  rolls  and  reverse  repurchase
agreements  for  investment  purposes  to  enhance  the  fund's  return.   These
transactions  are considered  borrowing.  The fund may also borrow from banks or
through reverse repurchase  agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but
the fund's  aggregate  borrowings for all purposes may not exceed 33 1/3% of its
total  assets,  plus an  additional  5% of its total  assets  for  temporary  or
emergency  purposes.  The fund may invest in the securities of other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      GLOBAL INCOME  PORTFOLIO'S  primary  investment  objective is high current
income  consistent  with prudent  investment  risk;  capital  appreciation  is a
secondary  objective.  The fund invests principally in high-quality bonds issued
or guaranteed by foreign  governments,  the U.S.  government,  their  respective
agencies or instrumentalities  or supranational  organizations or issued by U.S.
or foreign companies.

      Global  Income  Portfolio's  portfolio  consists  primarily of bonds rated
within one of the two highest grades assigned by S&P,  Moody's or another rating
agency or, if  unrated,  determined  by Mitchell  Hutchins  to be of  comparable
quality.  Normally,  at least 65% of the fund's  total  assets  consist of these
high-quality  bonds (and receivables from the sale of such bonds) denominated in
foreign  currencies or U.S.  dollars of issuers located in at least three of the
following countries:  Australia,  Austria,  Belgium,  Canada, Denmark,  Finland,
France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand,
Norway, Portugal,  Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and
the United  States.  No more than 40% of the fund's  total  assets are  normally
invested in  securities  of issuers  located in any one  country  other than the
United States.  The fund's  investments  may include zero coupon  securities and
other bonds sold with a  discount.  Up to 5% of the fund's  total  assets may be
invested in bonds convertible into equity securities.

      Global Income  Portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total assets in bonds
rated below the two highest grades assigned by a rating agency.  Except as noted
below, these securities must be investment grade (that is, rated at least BBB by
S&P, Baa by Moody's or comparably rated by another rating agency or, if unrated,
determined by Mitchell  Hutchins to be of comparable  quality).  Within this 35%
limitation,  the fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in bonds that are
rated below investment grade.  These bonds may be rated as low as D by S&P, C by
Moody's or  comparably  rated by another  rating agency or, in the case of bonds
assigned a short-term  debt rating,  as low as D by S&P or  comparably  rated by
another rating agency or, if not so rated, determined by Mitchell Hutchins to be
of comparable quality. Bonds rated D by S&P are in payment default or the rating
is assigned upon the filing of a bankruptcy  petition or the taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation  are  jeopardized.  Bonds rated C by Moody's
are in the lowest  rated  class and can be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor
prospects of attaining  any real  investment  standing.  Mitchell  Hutchins will
purchase  these  securities  for the  fund  only  when  it  concludes  that  the
anticipated  return  to the  fund on the  investment  warrants  exposure  to the
additional level of risk.  Lower-rated  bonds are often issued by businesses and
governments  in emerging  markets.  Because the fund may also invest in emerging
market bonds that are investment  grade, the fund's total investment in emerging
market bonds may exceed 20% of its total assets.


      Global  Income  Portfolio  may  invest  up to 35% of its  total  assets in
mortgage-backed  securities of U.S. or foreign  issuers that are rated in one of
the two highest rating  categories by S&P,  Moody's or another rating agency or,
if unrated,  determined by Mitchell Hutchins to be of comparable  quality. Up to
20% of the  fund's  total  assets may be  invested  in bonds that are not paying
current  income (a category  that does not include  zero coupon  bonds and other
bonds sold with a  discount).  The fund may  purchase  these  bonds if  Mitchell
Hutchins believes that they have a potential for capital appreciation.  The fund
also may invest in secured and  unsecured  fixed or  floating  rate loans in the
form of participations and assignments.



                                       5
<PAGE>


      Global  Income  Fund may  invest up to 35% of its total  assets in cash or
investment  grade money market  instruments  as part of its ordinary  investment
activities.  The fund's investment of cash collateral from securities lending in
these money market instruments is not subject to this 35% limitation,  and there
is no limitation on its investments in short-term  bonds  denominated in foreign
currencies.

      Global Income Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its net assets in illiquid
securities.  The  fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed
delivery  basis.  The  fund  may  lend its  portfolio  securities  to  qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total assets. The fund may borrow money from banks or through reverse repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 10% of its
total  assets.  The fund  may  invest  in the  securities  of  other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."


      HIGH INCOME  PORTFOLIO'S  investment  objective is to provide high income.
The fund  normally  invests  at least  65% of its  total  assets  in high  yield
corporate  bonds that, at the time of purchase,  are rated B or better by S&P or
Moody's,  are  comparably  rated by another  rating  agency or, if unrated,  are
considered  to be of  comparable  quality  by  Mitchell  Hutchins.  The fund may
include in this 65% of its total assets any equity securities  (including common
stocks and rights and  warrants  for equity  securities)  that are  attached  to
corporate bonds or are part of a unit including  corporate bonds, so long as the
corporate bonds meet these quality requirements.  The fund also may invest up to
35% of its total assets in (1) bonds that are rated below B (and rated as low as
D by S&P or C by Moody's)  or  comparable  unrated  bonds,  (2) U.S.  government
bonds,  (3)  equity  securities  and (4)  money  market  instruments,  including
repurchase agreements.


      Up to 35% of  High  Income  Portfolio's  net  assets  may be  invested  in
securities  of  foreign  issuers,  including  securities  that are  U.S.  dollar
denominated  but  whose  value is linked  to the  value of  foreign  currencies.
However, no more than 10% of the fund's net assets may be invested in securities
of foreign issuers that are denominated and traded in currencies  other than the
U.S. dollar.

      Up to 25% of High Income Portfolio's total assets may be invested in bonds
and equity  securities that are not paying current.  The fund may purchase these
securities  if Mitchell  Hutchins  believes  they have a  potential  for capital
appreciation.  High  Income  Portfolio  may invest in zero coupon  bonds,  other
original  discount  securities,  payment-in-kind  securities  and principal only
mortgage-backed  securities,  all  of  which  are  considered  income  producing
securities.  The fund also may  invest  up to 5% of its net  assets in fixed and
floating rate loans through either  participations in or assignments of all or a
portion of loans made by banks.

      High Income  Portfolio  may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid
securities.  The  fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed
delivery  basis.  The  fund  may  lend its  portfolio  securities  to  qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total assets. The fund may borrow money from banks or through reverse repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 33 1/3% of
its total  assets.  The fund may invest in the  securities  of other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      BALANCED  PORTFOLIO'S  investment  objective is high total return with low
volatility.  The fund invests primarily in a combination of three asset classes:
stocks  (equity  securities),  bonds  (investment  grade  bonds) and cash (money
market instruments) and maintains a fixed income allocation (including bonds and
cash) of at least 25%.

      Balanced Portfolio may invest in a broad range of equity securities issued
by  companies  believed by Mitchell  Hutchins  to have the  potential  for rapid
earnings growth, investment grade bonds, U.S. government securities, convertible
securities  and money  market  instruments.  The fund may invest in U.S.  dollar
denominated  securities of foreign  issuers that are traded on  recognized  U.S.
exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market. The fund may also invest up to
10%  of  its  assets  in  bonds  and  other  securities  (including  convertible
securities) rated below investment grade but rated at least B by S&P or Moody's,
comparably rated by another rating agency or, if unrated, determined by Mitchell
Hutchins to be of comparable  quality.  The fund's bond  investments may include
zero coupon bonds and other original issue discount securities.



                                       6
<PAGE>

      The money  market  instruments  in which  Balanced  Portfolio  may  invest
include U.S.  Treasury  bills and other  obligations  issued or guaranteed as to
interest   and   principal   by  the   U.S.   government,   its   agencies   and
instrumentalities;  obligations of U.S. banks (including certificates of deposit
and bankers'  acceptances) having total assets at the time of purchase in excess
of $1.5 billion;  commercial paper and other short-term  corporate  obligations;
variable and floating rate securities and repurchase  agreements;  participation
interests  in  these  money  market  instruments;  and the  securities  of other
investment  companies that invest exclusively in money market  instruments.  The
fund may also hold cash.


      The commercial paper and other short-term corporate  obligations purchased
by Balanced Portfolio will consist only of obligations of U.S. corporations that
are (1) rated at least Prime-2 by Moody's or A-2 by S&P, (2) comparably rated by
another rating agency or (3) unrated and  determined by Mitchell  Hutchins to be
of comparable  quality.  These  obligations  may include  variable amount master
demand notes, which are unsecured obligations redeemable upon notice that permit
investment  of  fluctuating  amounts at varying  rates of  interest  pursuant to
direct  arrangements  with the issuer of the  instrument.  Such  obligations are
usually unrated by a rating agency.


      Balanced  Portfolio  may  invest up to 10% of its net  assets in  illiquid
securities.  The  fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed
delivery  basis.  The  fund  may  lend its  portfolio  securities  to  qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 10% of its
total  assets.  The fund  may  invest  in the  securities  of  other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO'S  investment  objective is current income and
capital  growth.  The fund seeks to achieve  the capital  growth  portion of its
objective by investing,  under normal  circumstances,  at least 65% of its total
assets in equity securities  believed by Mitchell Hutchins to have the potential
for rapid earnings  growth.  The fund seeks to achieve the income portion of its
investment objective by investing,  under normal circumstances,  at least 65% of
its total  assets in income  producing  securities,  which may include  dividend
paying  equity  securities,  bonds and money  market  instruments.  The fund may
invest  up to 10% of its total  assets in  convertible  securities  rated  below
investment  grade but no lower  than B by S&P or  Moody's,  comparably  rated by
another rating agency or, if unrated,  determined by Mitchell  Hutchins to be of
comparable  quality.  The fund may invest up to 25% of its total  assets in U.S.
dollar  denominated  equity  securities  and bonds of foreign  issuers  that are
traded on recognized U.S. exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market.

      Growth  and  Income  Portfolio  may  invest up to 10% of its net assets in
illiquid  securities.  The fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed delivery basis. The fund may lend its portfolio  securities to qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 10% of its
total  assets.  The fund  may  invest  in the  securities  of  other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      TACTICAL  ALLOCATION  PORTFOLIO'S  investment  objective is total  return,
consisting of long-term capital  appreciation and current income. The fund seeks
to achieve its objective by using the Tactical  Allocation  Model,  a systematic
investment  strategy that  allocates its  investments  between an equity portion
designed to track the  performance  of the S&P 500  Composite  Stock Price Index
("S&P 500 Index") and a fixed income portion that generally will be comprised of
either five-year U.S. Treasury notes or 30-day U.S.
Treasury bills.

      Tactical  Allocation  Portfolio  seeks to achieve  total return during all
economic and financial market cycles, with lower volatility than that of the S&P
500 Index.  Mitchell Hutchins  allocates the fund's assets based on the Tactical
Allocation Model's quantitative  assessment of the projected rates of return for
each asset class. The fund seeks to achieve total return during all economic and
financial market cycles, with lower volatility than that of the Standard &Poor's
500 Compoiste  Stock Index ("S&P 500 Index").  Mitchell  Hutchins  allocates the
fund's  assets based on the Model's  quantitative  assessment  of the  projected
rates of return for each asset  class.  The Model  attempts to track the S&P 500
Index in periods of strongly positive market  performance but attempts to take a


                                       7
<PAGE>

more defensive  posture by  reallocating  assets to bonds or cash when the Model
signals  a  potential  bear  market,  prolonged  downtown  in  stock  prices  or
significant loss in value.


      The basic  premise  of the  Tactical  Allocation  Model is that  investors
accept the risk of owning stocks, measured as volatility of return, because they
expect a return  advantage.  This expected return  advantage of owning stocks is
called the equity risk premium  ("ERP").  The Model  projects the stock market's
expected ERP based on several factors, including the current price of stocks and
their expected future dividends and the  yield-to-maturity  of the one-year U.S.
Treasury  bill.  When the stock market's ERP is high, the Model signals the fund
to invest  100% in stocks.  Conversely,  when the ERP  decreases  below  certain
threshold  levels,  the Model signals the fund to reduce its exposure to stocks.
The Model can recommend stock allocations of 100%, 75%, 50%, 25% or 0%.

      If the Tactical  Allocation  Model  recommends a stock  allocation of less
than 100%, the Model also recommends a fixed income allocation for the remainder
of the fund's assets.  The Model will  recommend  either bonds  (five-year  U.S.
Treasury notes) or cash (30-day U.S. Treasury bills), but not both. To make this
determination,  the Model  calculates the risk premium  available for the notes.
This bond risk premium ("BRP") is calculated based on the  yield-to-maturity  of
the five-year U.S. Treasury note and the one-year U.S. Treasury bill.


      Tactical  Allocation  Portfolio  deviates from the  recommendations of the
Tactical  Allocation Model only to the extent necessary to maintain an amount in
cash,  not  expected  to exceed  2% of its  total  assets  under  normal  market
conditions, to pay fund operating expenses, dividends and other distributions on
its shares and to meet anticipated redemptions of shares.

      In its stock portion, Tactical Allocation Portfolio attempts to duplicate,
before the deduction of operating  expenses,  the investment  results of the S&P
500 Index.  Securities  in the S&P 500 Index are  selected,  and may change from
time to time,  based on a  statistical  analysis of such factors as the issuer's
market  capitalization  (the  S&P  500  Index  emphasizes  large  capitalization
stocks), the security's trading activity and its adequacy as a representative of
stocks in a particular  industry section.  The fund's investment results for its
stock  portion will not be  identical to those of the S&P 500 Index.  Deviations
from  the  performance  of the S&P 500  Index  may  result  from  purchases  and
redemptions of fund shares that may occur daily,  as well as from expenses borne
by the fund.  Instead,  the fund attempts to achieve a  correlation  of at least
0.95 between the  performance of the fund's stock portion,  before the deduction
of  operating  expenses,  and that of the S&P 500 Index (a  correlation  of 1.00
would mean that the net asset value of the stock portion  increased or decreased
in exactly the same  proportion  as changes in the S&P 500  Index).  The S&P 500
Index can include U.S. dollar  denominated equity securities of foreign issuers,
and the fund  invests  in those  securities  to the  extent  needed to track the
performance of the S&P 500 Index.

      Asset  reallocations  are made, if required,  on the first business day of
each month.  In addition to any  reallocation of assets directed by the Tactical
Allocation Model, any material amounts resulting from appreciation or receipt of
dividends,  other distributions,  interest payments and proceeds from securities
maturing in each of the asset classes are reallocated (or  "rebalanced")  to the
extent  practicable  to establish  the Model's  recommended  asset mix. Any cash
maintained to pay fund operating expenses, pay dividends and other distributions
and to meet share redemptions is invested on a daily basis. The fund may (but is
not required to) use options and futures and other  derivatives to effect all or
part of an asset  reallocation by adjusting the fund's exposure to the different
asset classes.

      Tactical  Allocation  Portfolio  may invest up to 15% of its net assets in
illiquid  securities.  The fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed delivery basis. The fund may lend its portfolio  securities to qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 20% of its
total  assets.  The fund  may  invest  in the  securities  of  other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      GROWTH PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is long-term capital appreciation.
The fund invests primarily in equity securities issued by companies  believed by
Mitchell Hutchins to have substantial potential for capital growth. Under normal
circumstances,  the fund  invests  at least  65% of its  total  assets in equity
securities.



                                       8
<PAGE>

      Growth  Portfolio  may  invest  up to 35%  of its  total  assets  in  U.S.
government  bonds and in corporate  bonds,  including  up to 10% in  convertible
bonds that are rated below  investment  grade.  These  convertible  bonds may be
rated no lower than B by S&P or  Moody's,  comparably  rated by  another  rating
agency or, if  unrated,  determined  by Mitchell  Hutchins  to be of  comparable
quality.  The fund may  invest  up to 25% of its  total  assets  in U.S.  dollar
denominated  equity  securities and bonds of foreign  issuers that are traded on
recognized U.S. exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market.

      Growth  Portfolio  may  invest  up to 10% of its net  assets  in  illiquid
securities.  The  fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed
delivery  basis.  The  fund  may  lend its  portfolio  securities  to  qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 10% of its
total  assets.  The fund  may  invest  in the  securities  of  other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is maximizing long-term
capital  appreciation.  The fund's  investments  are  managed by a  sub-adviser,
Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management.  Under normal market conditions, the fund
invests  at least 75% of its total  assets in common  stocks.  The fund  invests
primarily  in common  stocks of U.S.  companies  the assets and stock  prices of
which the sub-adviser  expects to grow faster than the average rate of companies
in the S&P 500 Index.  The fund is not restricted to investments in companies of
any  particular  size.  The fund may  invest  up to 25% of its  total  assets in
preferred and convertible  securities issued by similar growth  companies,  U.S.
government bonds and investment grade corporate bonds. The fund may invest up to
25% of its total assets in U.S. dollar  denominated  equity securities and bonds
of foreign issuers that are traded on recognized  U.S.  exchanges or in the U.S.
over-the-counter market.

      Aggressive  Growth  Portfolio  may  invest up to 15% of its net  assets in
illiquid  securities.  The fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or
delayed delivery basis. The fund may lend its portfolio  securities to qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an  amount up to 33 1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 20% of its
total  assets.  The fund  may  invest  in the  securities  of  other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      SMALL  CAP   PORTFOLIO'S   investment   objective  is  long-term   capital
appreciation.  The fund  invests  at least  65% of its  total  assets  in equity
securities of small capitalization ("small cap") companies, which are defined as
companies  having  market  capitalizations  of up to $1.5 billion at the time of
purchase. The fund may invest up to 35% of its total assets in equity securities
of companies that are larger than small cap  companies,  as well as in bonds and
money market instruments.  This includes up to 10% in convertible bonds that are
rated below investment  grade but no lower than B by S&P or Moody's,  comparably
rated by another rating agency or, if unrated,  determined by Mitchell  Hutchins
to be of comparable  quality.  The fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets
in U.S. dollar  denominated equity securities of foreign issuers that are traded
on recognized U.S. exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market.

      Small Cap  Portfolio  may invest up to 15% of its net  assets in  illiquid
securities.  The  fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed
delivery  basis.  The  fund  may  lend its  portfolio  securities  to  qualified
broker-dealers  or  institutional  investors  in an amount up to  33-1/3% of its
total  assets.  The fund may borrow  from banks or  through  reverse  repurchase
agreements for temporary or emergency purposes,  but not in excess of 33 1/3% of
its total  assets.  The fund may invest in the  securities  of other  investment
companies and may sell short "against the box."

      GLOBAL  EQUITY  PORTFOLIO'S  investment  objective  is  long-term  capital
appreciation. The fund invests primarily in common stocks issued by companies in
United States,  Europe, Japan and the Pacific Basin. Under normal circumstances,
the fund  invests  at  least  65% of its  total  assets  in  common  stocks  and
securities convertible into common stocks. The fund may also hold other types of
securities,  including non-convertible  investment grade bonds, government bonds
and money  market  securities  of U.S.  and foreign  issuers  and cash  (foreign
currencies or U.S. dollars).



                                       9
<PAGE>

      Mitchell Hutchins  allocates Global Equity Portfolio's assets between U.S.
investments  and foreign  investments  and manages the assets  allocated to U.S.
investments.  Mitchell  Hutchins has selected  Invista Capital  Management,  LLC
("Invista") to serve as the fund's sub-adviser to manage the assets allocated to
the fund's foreign investments.  Mitchell Hutchins reevaluates the allocation of
the fund's  assets  between  U.S.  and foreign  securities  monthly and does not
expect to reallocate the fund's assets to reflect relatively minor changes (that
is, less than 5%) in the asset allocation model employed. When Mitchell Hutchins
determines that a reallocation of the fund's assets is appropriate, the fund may
effect the reallocation by using cash available from the purchase of fund shares
or by  selectively  selling  securities  in a region  to meet  share  redemption
requests in addition to buying or selling portfolio  securities  specifically to
implement a reallocation. The fund also may use derivative instruments to adjust
its exposure to U.S. and foreign stock markets. Mitchell Hutchins determines the
extent to which the fund uses  derivative  instruments  for this  purpose and is
responsible for implementing these transactions.

      Under normal  circumstances,  Global Equity Portfolio invests at least 80%
of its total assets in  securities of issuers in the United States and countries
represented  in  the  Morgan  Stanley  Capital  International  ("MSCI")  Europe,
Australia  and Far East  Index  ("EAFE  Index").  The EAFE Index is a well known
index that reflects most major equity  markets  outside the United  States.  The
fund may invest up to 20% of its  assets in  securities  of  issuers  located in
other countries,  (for example,  Canada and emerging markets.) Mitchell Hutchins
may also invest, as part of the fund's U.S. investments, up to 10% of the fund's
total assets in U.S. dollar  denominated  equity securities and bonds of foreign
issuers that are traded on recognized U.S.
exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market.

      Global Equity Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its net assets in illiquid
securities.  The  fund may  purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed
delivery basis, but these  securities may not exceed 10% of its net assets.  The
fund  may  lend  its  portfolio   securities  to  qualified   broker-dealers  or
institutional investors in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets. The fund
may  borrow  money  from  banks or through  reverse  repurchase  agreements  for
temporary or emergency  purposes,  but not in excess of 10% of its total assets.
The fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies and may sell
short "against the box."


            THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS, RELATED RISKS AND LIMITATIONS


      The following  supplements the information contained in the Prospectus and
above concerning the funds' investments,  related risks and limitations.  Except
as otherwise  indicated in the Prospectus or the SAI, the funds have established
no policy  limitations  on their  ability to use the  investments  or techniques
discussed in these documents.

      EQUITY SECURITIES. Equity securities include common stocks, most preferred
stocks and securities that are  convertible  into them,  including  common stock
purchase warrants and rights,  equity interests in trusts,  partnerships,  joint
ventures or similar  enterprises and depositary  receipts.  Common stocks,  most
familiar type, represent an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation.

      Preferred  stock has  certain  fixed  income  features,  like a bond,  but
actually it is equity that is senior to a company's  common  stock.  Convertible
bonds may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock
of the same or a  different  issuer  within  a  particular  period  of time at a
specified  price or formula.  Some preferred stock also may be converted into or
exchanged for common stock. Depositary receipts typically are issued by banks or
trust companies and evidence ownership of underlying equity securities.

      While  past  performance   does  not  guarantee  future  results,   equity
securities historically have provided the greatest long-term growth potential in
a company.  However, their prices generally fluctuate more than other securities
and reflect changes in a company's financial condition and in overall market and
economic  conditions.  Common stocks generally represent the riskiest investment
in a  company.  It is  possible  that a fund may  experience  a  substantial  or
complete loss on an individual  equity  investment.  While this is possible with
bonds, it is less likely.

      BONDS are fixed or variable rate debt obligations, including bills, notes,
debentures,  money market  instruments  and similar  instruments and securities.
Mortgage- and  asset-backed  securities are types of bonds, and certain types of
income-producing,  non-convertible  preferred stocks may be treated as bonds for
investment purposes.  Bonds generally are used by corporations,  governments and


                                       10
<PAGE>

other  issuers to borrow  money from  investors.  The issuer pays the investor a
fixed or variable rate of interest and normally  must repay the amount  borrowed
on or before  maturity.  Many preferred stocks and some bonds are "perpetual" in
that they have no maturity date.

      Bonds are subject to interest  rate risk and credit  risk.  Interest  rate
risk is the risk that  interest  rates  will rise and  that,  as a result,  bond
prices  will  fall,  lowering  the value of a fund's  investments  in bonds.  In
general,  bonds having  longer  durations  are more  sensitive to interest  rate
changes than are bonds with shorter  durations.  Credit risk is the risk that an
issuer may be unable or unwilling to pay interest and/or  principal on the bond.
Credit risk can be affected by many factors,  including  adverse  changes in the
issuer's own financial condition or in economic conditions.

      CREDIT RATINGS;  NON-INVESTMENT GRADE BONDS. Moody's, S&P and other rating
agencies  are private  services  that provide  ratings of the credit  quality of
bonds and certain other  securities.  A description  of the ratings  assigned to
corporate  bonds by Moody's and S&P is included in the Appendix to this SAI. The
process  by  which  Moody's  and  S&P  determine  ratings  for   mortgage-backed
securities  includes  consideration of the likelihood of the receipt by security
holders of all  distributions,  the nature of the underlying  assets, the credit
quality of the  guarantor,  if any,  and the  structural,  legal and tax aspects
associated with these securities. Not even the highest such rating represents an
assessment of the likelihood that principal prepayments will be made by obligors
on the underlying assets or the degree to which such prepayments may differ from
that originally  anticipated,  nor do such ratings address the possibility  that
investors may suffer a lower than  anticipated  yield or that  investors in such
securities may fail to recoup fully their initial investment due to prepayments.


      Credit  ratings  attempt to evaluate the safety of principal  and interest
payments,  but they do not  evaluate  the  volatility  of a bond's  value or its
liquidity and do not guarantee the  performance of the issuer.  Rating  agencies
may fail to make timely  changes in credit  ratings in  response  to  subsequent
events, so that an issuer's current  financial  condition may be better or worse
than the rating  indicates.  There is a risk that rating  agencies may downgrade
the rating of a bond. Subsequent to a bond's purchase by a fund, it may cease to
be rated or its rating may be reduced  below the  minimum  rating  required  for
purchase by the fund. The funds may use these ratings in determining  whether to
purchase,  sell or hold a  security.  It should  be  emphasized,  however,  that
ratings are general and are not  absolute  standards  of quality.  Consequently,
bonds with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different market
prices.

      In  addition to ratings  assigned  to  individual  bond  issues,  Mitchell
Hutchins or the  applicable  sub-adviser  will analyze  interest rate trends and
developments  that may affect  individual  issuers,  including  factors  such as
liquidity, profitability and asset quality. The yields on bonds are dependent on
a variety  of  factors,  including  general  money  market  conditions,  general
conditions in the bond market,  the financial  condition of the issuer, the size
of the offering,  the maturity of the obligation and its rating. There is a wide
variation in the quality of bonds, both within a particular  classification  and
between classifications.  An issuer's obligations under its bonds are subject to
the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and
remedies of bond holders or other  creditors of an issuer;  litigation  or other
conditions  may also  adversely  affect  the power or ability of issuers to meet
their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their bonds.


      Investment  grade  bonds  are  rated  in one of the  four  highest  rating
categories by Moody's or S&P,  comparably  rated by another rating agency or, if
unrated,  determined by Mitchell Hutchins or the applicable sub-adviser to be of
comparable  quality.  Moody's  considers bonds rated Baa (its lowest  investment
grade rating) to have  speculative  characteristics.  This means that changes in
economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened
capacity to make  principal  and interest  payments  than is the case for higher
rated  bonds.  Bonds  rated D by S&P are in payment  default  or such  rating is
assigned  upon the filing of a  bankruptcy  petition  or the taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation  are  jeopardized.  Bonds rated C by Moody's
are in the lowest  rated  class and can be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor
prospects of attaining any real investment standing.

      Non-investment  grade bonds  (commonly known as "junk bonds" and sometimes
referred to as "high-yield" bonds) are rated Ba or lower by Moody's, BB or lower
by S&P, comparably rated by another rating agency or, if unrated,  determined by


                                       11
<PAGE>

Mitchell  Hutchins or the  sub-adviser  to be of  comparable  quality.  A fund's
investments  in  non-investment   grade  bonds  entail  greater  risk  than  its
investments  in higher rated bonds.  Non-investment  grade bonds are  considered
predominantly  speculative  with respect to the issuer's ability to pay interest
and repay  principal  and may  involve  significant  risk  exposure  to  adverse
conditions.  Non-investment  grade bonds  generally offer a higher current yield
than that available for investment grade issues;  however,  they involve greater
risks,  in that they are  especially  sensitive  to  adverse  changes in general
economic  conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged,  to
changes in the financial  condition of the issuers and to price  fluctuations in
response to changes in interest  rates.  During periods of economic  downturn or
rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience  financial stress
that could  adversely  affect  their  ability to make  payments of interest  and
principal and increase the possibility of default. In addition, such issuers may
not have more  traditional  methods of  financing  available  to them and may be
unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default
by such issuers is significantly  greater because such securities frequently are
unsecured by  collateral  and will not receive  payment until more senior claims
are paid in full.

      The market for  non-investment  grade bonds,  especially  those of foreign
issuers,  has  expanded  rapidly  in  recent  years,  which has been a period of
generally  expanding  growth  and  lower  inflation.  These  securities  will be
susceptible  to greater  risk when  economic  growth  slows or reverses and when
inflation increases or deflation occurs. This has been reflected in recent years
by volatility in emerging market securities. In the past, many lower rated bonds
experienced  substantial  price  declines  reflecting an  expectation  that many
issuers of such securities might experience financial difficulties. As a result,
the yields on lower rated bonds rose dramatically.  However, those higher yields
did not reflect the value of the income  stream that holders of such  securities
expected.  Rather, they reflected the risk that holders of such securities could
lose a  substantial  portion  of  their  value  due to  the  issuers'  financial
restructurings or defaults by the issuers.  There can be no assurance that those
declines will not recur.


      The market for  non-investment  grade bonds  generally is thinner and less
active than that for higher quality securities, which may limit a fund's ability
to sell such  securities  at fair value in response to changes in the economy or
financial markets.  Adverse publicity and investor  perceptions,  whether or not
based on  fundamental  analysis,  may also  decrease the values and liquidity of
non-investment grade bonds, especially in a thinly traded market.

      U.S.  GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES  include  direct  obligations  of the  U.S.
Treasury (such as Treasury bills,  notes or bonds) and  obligations  issued or
guaranteed  as to principal  and interest  (but not as to market value) by the
U.S.  government,  its  agencies  or its  instrumentalities.  U.S.  government
securities  include   mortgage-backed   securities  issued  or  guaranteed  by
government   agencies   or   government-sponsored   enterprises.   Other  U.S.
government  securities  may be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
government  or supported  primarily or solely by the  creditworthiness  of the
government-related  issuer or, in the case of mortgage-backed  securities,  by
pools of assets.

      U.S. government  securities also include separately traded principal and
interest  components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Treasury,
which are  traded  independently  under the  Separate  Trading  of  Registered
Interest and  Principal of  Securities  ("STRIPS")  program.  Under the STRIPS
programs,  the principal and interest components are individually numbered and
separately issued by the U.S. Treasury.


      Treasury   inflation   protected   securities   ("TIPS")  (also  known  as
"inflation-indexed  securities") are Treasury bonds on which the principal value
is adjusted  daily in  accordance  with  changes in the  Consumer  Price  Index.
Interest on TIPS is payable  semi-annually on the adjusted  principal value. The
principal  value of TIPS would  decline  during  periods of  deflation,  but the
principal  amount  payable at maturity  would not be less than the  original par
amount.  If inflation is lower than expected  while a fund holds TIPS,  the fund
may earn  less on the TIPS than it would on  conventional  Treasury  bonds.  Any
increase  in the  principal  value of TIPS is taxable  in the year the  increase
occurs,  even though  holders do not receive cash  representing  the increase at
that time. See "Taxes -- Other Information," below.


      ASSET-BACKED   SECURITIES.   Asset-backed   securities   have   structural
characteristics  similar to  mortgage-backed  securities,  as  discussed in more
detail below.  However,  the underlying assets are not first lien mortgage loans
or interests therein, but include assets such as motor vehicle installment sales
contracts,  other  installment  sales  contracts,  home equity loans,  leases of
various  types of real and personal  property  and  receivables  from  revolving


                                       12
<PAGE>

credit (credit card) agreements.  Such assets are securitized through the use of
trusts or special purpose  corporations.  Payments or distributions of principal
and interest  may be  guaranteed  up to a certain  amount and for a certain time
period  by a letter of credit or pool  insurance  policy  issued by a  financial
institution  unaffiliated with the issuer,  or other credit  enhancements may be
present.

      MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or
indirect  interests in pools of  underlying  mortgage  loans that are secured by
real  property.  U.S.  government   mortgage-backed  securities  are  issued  or
guaranteed  as to the payment of principal  and  interest  (but not as to market
value)  by  Ginnie  Mae  (also  known  as  the  Government   National   Mortgage
Association),   Fannie  Mae  (also  known  as  the  Federal  National   Mortgage
Association),  Freddie  Mac  (also  known  as the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage
Corporation)  or  other  government   sponsored   enterprises.   Other  domestic
mortgage-backed   securities  are  sponsored  or  issued  by  private  entities,
generally  originators  of and investors in mortgage  loans,  including  savings
associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers and special
purposes  entities  (collectively,  "Private  Mortgage  Lenders").  Payments  of
principal   and   interest   (but  not  the  market   value)  of  such   private
mortgage-backed  securities may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other
mortgage-backed  securities that are guaranteed,  directly or indirectly, by the
U.S.  government  or one of its  agencies or  instrumentalities,  or they may be
issued without any government  guarantee of the underlying  mortgage  assets but
with some form of non-government  credit  enhancement.  Foreign  mortgage-backed
securities  may be issued by mortgage  banks and other  private or  governmental
entities  outside the United  States and are  supported  by interests in foreign
real estate.

      Mortgage-backed  securities may be composed of one or more classes and may
be  structured  either  as  pass-through   securities  or  collateralized   debt
obligations. Multiple-class mortgage-backed securities are referred to herein as
"CMOs."  Some  CMOs are  directly  supported  by other  CMOs,  which in turn are
supported by mortgage pools.  Investors  typically  receive  payments out of the
interest  and  principal  on the  underlying  mortgages.  The  portions of these
payments  that  investors  receive,  as well as the  priority of their rights to
receive  payments,  are determined by the specific terms of the CMO class.  CMOs
involve special risk and evaluating them requires special knowledge.

      A major  difference  between  mortgage-backed  securities and  traditional
bonds is that interest and principal payments are made more frequently  (usually
monthly) and that  principal  may be repaid at any time  because the  underlying
mortgage  loans may be  prepaid  at any time.  When  interest  rates go down and
homeowners refinance their mortgages, mortgage-backed securities may be paid off
more quickly than investors  expect.  When interest rates rise,  mortgage-backed
securities may be paid off more slowly than originally expected.  Changes in the
rate or  "speed"  of these  prepayments  can cause the value of  mortgage-backed
securities to fluctuate rapidly.

      Mortgage-backed  securities  also may  decrease  in  value as a result  of
increases in interest rates and,  because of prepayments,  may benefit less than
other bonds from declining  interest  rates.  Reinvestments  of prepayments  may
occur at lower  interest  rates than the  original  investment,  thus  adversely
affecting a fund's yield. Actual prepayment  experience may cause the yield of a
mortgage-backed security to differ from what was assumed when the fund purchased
the  security.  Prepayments  at a slower rate than  expected  may  lengthen  the
effective  life of a  mortgage-backed  security.  The value of  securities  with
longer  effective lives generally  fluctuates more widely in response to changes
in interest rates than the value of securities with shorter effective lives.

      CMO classes may be specially structured in a manner that provides any of a
wide variety of investment  characteristics,  such as yield,  effective maturity
and  interest  rate  sensitivity.  As market  conditions  change,  however,  and
particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest
rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to
provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced.
These  changes  can  result  in  volatility  in the  market  value,  and in some
instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.


      Certain  classes  of  CMOs  and  other   mortgage-backed   securities  are
structured  in a manner  that  makes  them  extremely  sensitive  to  changes in
prepayment  rates.  Interest only ("IO") and  principal-only  ("PO") classes are
examples of this.  IOs are entitled to receive all or a portion of the interest,
but  none  (or  only a  nominal  amount)  of the  principal  payments,  from the
underlying  mortgage assets.  If the mortgage assets underlying an IO experience


                                       13
<PAGE>

greater  than  anticipated  principal  prepayments,  then the  total  amount  of
interest  payments  allocable  to the IO  class,  and  therefore  the  yield  to
investors,  generally will be reduced.  In some instances,  an investor in an IO
may fail to recoup all of his or her initial investment, even if the security is
government  issued or guaranteed or is rated AAA or the equivalent.  Conversely,
PO classes are entitled to receive all or a portion of the  principal  payments,
but none of the interest,  from the underlying  mortgage assets.  PO classes are
purchased at substantial  discounts from par, and the yield to investors will be
reduced if  principal  payments are slower than  expected.  Some IOs and POs, as
well as other CMO classes,  are structured to have special  protections  against
the effects of prepayments. These structural protections,  however, normally are
effective  only  within  certain  ranges of  prepayment  rates and thus will not
protect investors in all  circumstances.  Inverse floating rate CMO classes also
may be extremely  volatile.  These classes pay interest at a rate that decreases
when a specified index of market rates increases.


      The market for privately issued mortgage-backed  securities is smaller and
less  liquid  than the market for U.S.  government  mortgage-backed  securities.
Foreign  mortgage-backed  securities markets are substantially smaller than U.S.
markets,  but have been  established in several  countries,  including  Germany,
Denmark, Sweden, Canada and Australia,  and may be developed elsewhere.  Foreign
mortgage-backed  securities  generally are structured  differently than domestic
mortgage-backed  securities,  but they normally  present  substantially  similar
investment  risks as well as the other risks  normally  associated  with foreign
securities.


      During 1994,  the value and liquidity of many  mortgage-backed  securities
declined  sharply due primarily to increases in interest rates.  There can be no
assurance  that such  declines  will not  recur.  The  market  value of  certain
mortgage-backed  securities,  including  IO and PO  classes  of  mortgage-backed
securities, can be extremely volatile, and these securities may become illiquid.
Mitchell  Hutchins  or the  applicable  sub-adviser  seeks  to  manage  a fund's
investments  in  mortgage-backed  securities  so  that  the  volatility  of  its
portfolio,  taken as a whole,  is  consistent  with  its  investment  objective.
Management  of  portfolio  duration  is an  important  part  of  this.  However,
computing  the duration of  mortgage-backed  securities  is complex.  See,  "The
Funds'  Investments,  Related  Risks and  Limitations  -- Duration." If Mitchell
Hutchins  or the  applicable  sub-adviser  does  not  compute  the  duration  of
mortgage-backed  securities correctly,  the value of the fund's portfolio may be
either more or less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than intended.
In  addition,  if  market  interest  rates  or other  factors  that  affect  the
volatility of securities held by a fund change in ways that Mitchell Hutchins or
the applicable  sub-adviser does not anticipate,  the fund's ability to meet its
investment objective may be reduced.

      More  information  concerning  these  mortgage-backed  securities  and the
related  risks  of  investments  therein  is  set  forth  below.  New  types  of
mortgage-backed  securities  are  developed  and marketed from time to time and,
consistent  with their  investment  limitations,  the funds  expect to invest in
those new types of  mortgage-backed  securities  that  Mitchell  Hutchins or the
applicable   sub-adviser  believe  may  assist  the  funds  in  achieving  their
investment  objectives.  Similarly,  the  funds may  invest  in  mortgage-backed
securities issued by new or existing  governmental or private issuers other than
those  identified  herein.  The funds that may invest in foreign  securities may
invest  in  foreign   mortgage-backed   securities,   which  may  be  structured
differently than domestic mortgage-backed securities.


      GINNIE  MAE  CERTIFICATES  --  Ginnie  Mae  guarantees   certain  mortgage
pass-through certificates ("Ginnie Mae certificates") that are issued by Private
Mortgage Lenders and that represent  ownership  interests in individual pools of
residential  mortgage  loans.  These  securities are designed to provide monthly
payments of interest and principal to the investor.  Timely  payment of interest
and  principal  is backed by the full faith and  credit of the U.S.  government.
Each mortgagor's  monthly payments to his lending institution on his residential
mortgage are "passed through" to certificateholders  such as the funds. Mortgage
pools consist of whole mortgage loans or  participations in loans. The terms and
characteristics of the mortgage  instruments are generally uniform within a pool
but may vary among pools.  Lending institutions that originate mortgages for the
pools are subject to certain standards,  including credit and other underwriting
criteria for individual mortgages included in the pools.

      FANNIE MAE  CERTIFICATES  -- Fannie Mae  facilitates a national  secondary
market in residential  mortgage  loans insured or guaranteed by U.S.  government
agencies  and in  privately  insured or  uninsured  residential  mortgage  loans
(sometimes referred to as "conventional mortgage loans" or "conventional loans")
through its mortgage purchase and  mortgage-backed  securities sales activities.
Fannie Mae issues guaranteed  mortgage  pass-through  certificates  ("Fannie Mae


                                       14
<PAGE>

certificates"),  which  represent  pro rata shares of all interest and principal
payments made and owed on the underlying  pools.  Fannie Mae  guarantees  timely
payment of interest  and  principal on Fannie Mae  certificates.  The Fannie Mae
guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

      FREDDIE  MAC  CERTIFICATES  --  Freddie  Mac also  facilitates  a national
secondary  market  for  conventional  residential  and  U.S.  government-insured
mortgage  loans  through its mortgage  purchase and  mortgage-backed  securities
sales  activities.  Freddie  Mac  issues  two  types  of  mortgage  pass-through
securities:  mortgage participation certificates ("PCs") and guaranteed mortgage
certificates  ("GMCs").  Each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and
principal  payments made and owed on the underlying pool.  Freddie Mac generally
guarantees timely monthly payment of interest on PCs and the ultimate payment of
principal, but it also has a PC program under which it guarantees timely payment
of both  principal  and interest.  GMCs also  represent a pro rata interest in a
pool of mortgages.  These instruments,  however, pay interest  semi-annually and
return  principal once a year in guaranteed  minimum  payments.  The Freddie Mac
guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.


      PRIVATE MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES -- Mortgage-backed securities issued by
Private Mortgage  Lenders are structured  similarly to CMOs issued or guaranteed
by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Such  mortgage-backed  securities may
be  supported  by pools of U.S.  government  or  agency  insured  or  guaranteed
mortgage  loans or by other  mortgage-backed  securities  issued by a government
agency  or  instrumentality,  but  they  generally  are  supported  by  pools of
conventional (i.e.,  non-government guaranteed or insured) mortgage loans. Since
such mortgage-backed  securities normally are not guaranteed by an entity having
the credit standing of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, they normally are
structured  with  one or more  types of  credit  enhancement.  See  "The  Funds'
Investments,  Related Risks and Limitations--Types of Credit Enhancement." These
credit enhancements do not protect investors from changes in market value.

      COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS AND MULTI-CLASS MORTGAGE PASS-THROUGHS
- -- CMOs are  debt  obligations  that are  collateralized  by  mortgage  loans or
mortgage pass-through  securities  (collectively "Mortgage Assets"). CMOs may be
issued by Private Mortgage Lenders or by government  entities such as Fannie Mae
or Freddie Mac.  Multi-class mortgage  pass-through  securities are interests in
trusts that are  comprised  of Mortgage  Assets and that have  multiple  classes
similar to those in CMOs.  Unless the context  indicates  otherwise,  references
herein to CMOs include multi-class mortgage pass-through securities. Payments of
principal of, and interest on, the Mortgage Assets (and in the case of CMOs, any
reinvestment  income  thereon)  provide the funds to pay the debt service on the
CMOs or to make scheduled distributions on the multi-class mortgage pass-through
securities.


      In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes.
Each class of CMO,  also  referred  to as a  "tranche,"  is issued at a specific
fixed or floating  coupon rate and has a stated  maturity or final  distribution
date. Principal  prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause CMOs to be retired
substantially  earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates.
Interest  is  paid  or  accrued  on  all  classes  of  a  CMO  (other  than  any
principal-only  or "PO" class) on a monthly,  quarterly or semiannual basis. The
principal and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several
classes  of a CMO  in  many  ways.  In one  structure,  payments  of  principal,
including any principal  prepayments,  on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the
classes of a CMO in the order of their  respective  stated  maturities  or final
distribution  dates so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of
the CMO until all other  classes  having an  earlier  stated  maturity  or final
distribution  date  have  been paid in full.  In some CMO  structures,  all or a
portion of the  interest  attributable  to one or more of the CMO classes may be
added to the principal amounts attributable to such classes,  rather than passed
through to certificateholders on a current basis, until other classes of the CMO
are paid in full.

      Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide  payments of principal on each
payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous  payments are taken into
account in calculating  the stated maturity date or final  distribution  date of
each class,  which, as with other CMO structures,  must be retired by its stated
maturity date or final distribution date but may be retired earlier.


      Some CMO classes are structured to pay interest at rates that are adjusted
in accordance with a formula,  such as a multiple or fraction of the change in a
specified interest rate index, so as to pay at a rate that will be attractive in
certain interest rate  environments but not in others.  For example,  an inverse
floating  rate CMO class pays  interest at a rate that  increases as a specified


                                       15
<PAGE>

interest rate index decreases but decreases as that index  increases.  For other
CMO classes,  the yield may move in the same direction as market  interest rates
- -- i.e.,  the  yield  may  increase  as rates  increase  and  decrease  as rates
decrease--but may do so more rapidly or to a greater degree. The market value of
such securities generally is more volatile than that of a fixed-rate obligation.
Such interest rate formulas may be combined with other CMO characteristics.  For
example,  a CMO class may be an inverse interest only ("IO") class, on which the
holders are  entitled to receive no payments of  principal  and are  entitled to
receive  interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or a
multiple thereof.


      TYPES OF  CREDIT  ENHANCEMENT  -- To lessen  the  effect  of  failures  by
obligors on Mortgage  Assets to make  payments,  mortgage-backed  securities may
contain elements of credit  enhancement.  Such credit enhancement falls into two
categories:  (1) liquidity  protection and (2) loss protection.  Loss protection
relates to losses resulting after default by an obligor on the underlying assets
and collection of all amounts recoverable  directly from the obligor and through
liquidation of the collateral.  Liquidity  protection refers to the provision of
advances,  generally by the entity administering the pool of assets (usually the
bank,  savings  association or mortgage  banker that  transferred the underlying
loans to the issuer of the security),  to ensure that the receipt of payments on
the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Loss protection ensures ultimate
payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such
protection may be provided through guarantees,  insurance policies or letters of
credit  obtained by the issuer or sponsor,  from third parties,  through various
means  of  structuring   the  transaction  or  through  a  combination  of  such
approaches. A fund will not pay any additional fees for such credit enhancement,
although  the  existence  of  credit  enhancement  may  increase  the price of a
security.  Credit  enhancements do not provide protection against changes in the
market value of the security.  Examples of credit enhancement arising out of the
structure of the transaction include "senior-subordinated  securities" (multiple
class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the
payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults
on the  underlying  assets are borne  first by the  holders of the  subordinated
class),  creation  of  "spread  accounts"  or  "reserve  funds"  (where  cash or
investments,  sometimes  funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying
assets, are held in reserve against future losses) and  "over-collateralization"
(where the  scheduled  payments on, or the principal  amount of, the  underlying
assets  exceed  that  required  to make  payment of the  securities  and pay any
servicing or other  fees).  The degree of credit  enhancement  provided for each
issue generally is based on historical information regarding the level of credit
risk  associated  with the underlying  assets.  Delinquency or loss in excess of
that  anticipated  could adversely  affect the return on an investment in such a
security.

      SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF MORTGAGE- AND ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES -- The
yield characteristics of mortgage- and asset-backed securities differ from those
of traditiona1  debt securities.  Among the major  differences are that interest
and  principal  payments are made more  frequently,  usually  monthly,  and that
principal may be prepaid at any time because the  underlying  mortgage  loans or
other obligations generally may be prepaid at any time. Prepayments on a pool of
mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic,  geographic,  social and
other factors,  including  changes in mortgagors'  housing needs, job transfers,
unemployment,  mortgagors' net equity in the mortgaged  properties and servicing
decisions.  Generally,  however,  prepayments on fixed-rate  mortgage loans will
increase during a period of falling  interest rates and decrease during a period
of rising interest  rates.  Similar factors apply to prepayments on asset-backed
securities, but the receivables underlying asset-backed securities generally are
of a  shorter  maturity  and thus  are less  likely  to  experience  substantial
prepayments.  Such securities,  however, often provide that for a specified time
period the issuers  will  replace  receivables  in the pool that are repaid with
comparable obligations. If the issuer is unable to do so, repayment of principal
on the  asset-backed  securities may commence at an earlier date.  Mortgage- and
asset-backed  securities  may  decrease  in value as a result  of  increases  in
interest  rates and may benefit  less than other  fixed-income  securities  from
declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

      The rate of  interest  on  mortgage-backed  securities  is lower  than the
interest rates paid on the mortgages  included in the underlying pool due to the
annual  fees paid to the  servicer  of the  mortgage  pool for  passing  through
monthly  payments to  certificateholders  and to any  guarantor,  and due to any
yield  retained  by the  issuer.  Actual  yield to the  holder may vary from the
coupon rate, even if adjustable, if the mortgage-backed securities are purchased
or traded in the secondary market at a premium or discount.  In addition,  there
is normally some delay between the time the issuer  receives  mortgage  payments


                                       16
<PAGE>

from  the   servicer  and  the  time  the  issuer  makes  the  payments  on  the
mortgage-backed  securities,  and this delay reduces the effective  yield to the
holder of such securities.


      Yields on  pass-through  securities  are  typically  quoted by  investment
dealers and vendors based on the maturity of the underlying  instruments and the
associated  average  life  assumption.  The average life of  pass-through  pools
varies with the maturities of the underlying  mortgage  loans. A pool's term may
be shortened by  unscheduled  or early  payments of principal on the  underlying
mortgages.  Because  prepayment rates of individual pools vary widely, it is not
possible to predict  accurately  the average life of a particular  pool.  In the
past,  a common  industry  practice was to assume that  prepayments  on pools of
fixed-rate  30-year  mortgages  would  result in a 12-year  average life for the
pool.  At  present,  mortgage  pools,  particularly  those with loans with other
maturities or different characteristics,  are priced on an assumption of average
life determined for each pool. In periods of declining  interest rates, the rate
of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of a
pool of mortgage-related  securities.  Conversely, in periods of rising interest
rates, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease,  thereby lengthening the actual
average  life of the pool.  However,  these  effects may not be present,  or may
differ in degree,  if the mortgage loans in the pools have  adjustable  interest
rates or other  special  payment  terms,  such as a  prepayment  charge.  Actual
prepayment  experience  may  cause the yield of  mortgage-backed  securities  to
differ from the assumed  average life yield.  Reinvestment  of  prepayments  may
occur at lower  interest  rates than the  original  investment,  thus  adversely
affecting a fund's yield.

      ADJUSTABLE RATE MORTGAGE AND FLOATING RATE  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES --
Adjustable rate mortgage ("ARM") securities  (sometimes referred to as ARMs) are
mortgage-backed  securities that represent a right to receive interest  payments
at a rate that is adjusted to reflect the interest  earned on a pool of mortgage
loans  bearing  variable  or  adjustable   rates  of  interest.   Floating  rate
mortgage-backed  securities are classes of mortgage-backed  securities that have
been  structured  to represent the right to receive  interest  payments at rates
that  fluctuate in accordance  with an index but that generally are supported by
pools comprised of fixed-rate mortgage loans.  Because the interest rates on ARM
and floating rate mortgage-backed securities are reset in response to changes in
a  specified  market  index,  the  values  of  such  securities  tend to be less
sensitive  to  interest  rate   fluctuations   than  the  values  of  fixed-rate
securities. As a result, during periods of rising interest rates, ARMs generally
do not decrease in value as much as fixed-rate  securities.  Conversely,  during
periods of declining  rates,  ARMs generally do not increase in value as much as
fixed-rate securities.  ARMs represent a right to receive interest payments at a
rate that is  adjusted to reflect  the  interest  earned on a pool of ARM loans.
These mortgage loans  generally  specify that the borrower's  mortgage  interest
rate may not be adjusted  above a specified  lifetime  maximum  rate or, in some
cases,  below a minimum  lifetime  rate. In addition,  certain ARM loans specify
limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust
for any single adjustment period. These mortgage loans also may limit changes in
the maximum  amount by which the borrower's  monthly  payment may adjust for any
single adjustment  period. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient
to pay the interest  accruing on the ARM,  any such excess  interest is added to
the mortgage loan  ("negative  amortization"),  which is repaid  through  future
payments.  If the monthly payment exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the
applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment that would have been
necessary to amortize the outstanding  principal balance over the remaining term
of the loan,  the excess reduces the principal  balance of the  adjustable  rate
mortgage  loan.  Borrowers  under these  mortgage  loans  experiencing  negative
amortization may take longer to build up their equity in the underlying property
and may be more likely to default.

      ARM loans  also may be  subject  to a  greater  rate of  prepayments  in a
declining interest rate environment.  For example,  during a period of declining
interest rates,  prepayments on ARMs could increase  because the availability of
fixed-rate mortgage loans at competitive interest rates may encourage mortgagors
to "lock-in" at a lower  interest  rate.  Conversely,  during a period of rising
interest  rates,  prepayments on adjustable  rate mortgage loans might decrease.
The rate of  prepayments  with  respect  to ARM loans has  fluctuated  in recent
years.


      The rates of interest  payable on certain  adjustable rate mortgage loans,
and  therefore  on certain ARM  securities,  are based on  indices,  such as the
one-year  constant  maturity  Treasury  rate,  that  reflect  changes  in market
interest rates.  Others are based on indices,  such as the 11th District Federal
Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds Index ("COFI"),  that tend to lag behind changes in
market interest rates. The values of ARM securities supported by adjustable rate
mortgage  loans that adjust based on lagging  indices  tend to be somewhat  more
sensitive to interest rate fluctuations  than those reflecting  current interest


                                       17
<PAGE>

rate levels,  although the values of such ARM  securities  still tend to be less
sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than fixed-rate securities.

      Floating rate  mortgage-backed  securities are classes of  mortgage-backed
securities that have been structured to represent the right to receive  interest
payments at rates that fluctuate in accordance  with an index but that generally
are  supported by pools  comprised of  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans.  As with ARM
securities,   interest  rate   adjustments  on  floating  rate   mortgage-backed
securities  may be based on  indices  that lag  behind  market  interest  rates.
Interest  rates  on  floating  rate  mortgage-backed  securities  generally  are
adjusted  monthly.  Floating  rate  mortgage-backed  securities  are  subject to
lifetime  interest rate caps,  but they generally are not subject to limitations
on monthly or other periodic changes in interest rates or monthly payments.


      INVESTING  IN FOREIGN  SECURITIES.  Investing  in foreign  securities  may
involve  more  risks than  investing  in U.S.  securities.  The value of foreign
securities  is subject to economic and political  developments  in the countries
where the issuers operate and to changes in foreign currency values. Investments
in foreign securities  involve risks relating to political,  social and economic
developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the
regulations  to which U.S. and foreign  issuers and markets are  subject.  These
risks may include  expropriation,  confiscatory  taxation,  withholding taxes on
interest and/or dividends,  limitations on the use of or transfer of fund assets
and  political  or social  instability  or  diplomatic  developments.  Moreover,
individual  foreign  economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S.
economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation,
capital  reinvestment,   resource   self-sufficiency  and  balance  of  payments
position. In those European countries that have begun using the Euro as a common
currency unit,  individual  national  economies may be adversely affected by the
inability of national  governments  to use monetary  policy to address their own
economic or political concerns.

      Securities  of many foreign  companies may be less liquid and their prices
more volatile than  securities of comparable U.S.  companies.  From time to time
foreign  securities may be difficult to liquidate rapidly without  significantly
depressing  the  price  of  such  securities.  Foreign  markets  have  different
clearance  and  settlement  procedures,  and in certain  markets there have been
times when  settlements  have failed to keep pace with the volume of  securities
transactions,  making it  difficult  to  conduct  such  transactions.  Delays in
settlement  could result in temporary  periods when some of a fund's  assets are
uninvested  and no return is earned  thereon.  The  inability  of a fund to make
intended security  purchases due to settlement  problems could cause the fund to
miss attractive  investment  opportunities.  Inability to dispose of a portfolio
security due to  settlement  problems  could result either in losses to the fund
due to subsequent  declines in the value of such  portfolio  security or, if the
fund has entered into a contract to sell the security,  could result in possible
liability to the purchaser.  Foreign  securities  trading  practices,  including
those involving securities settlement where fund assets may be released prior to
receipt of  payment,  may expose the funds to  increased  risk in the event of a
failed trade or the  insolvency of a foreign  broker-dealer.  Legal remedies for
defaults and disputes may have to be pursued in foreign courts, whose procedures
differ substantially from those of U.S. courts.


      The costs of investing  outside the United  States  frequently  are higher
than those attributable to investing in the United States.  This is particularly
true  with  respect  to  emerging  capital  markets.  For  example,  the cost of
maintaining  custody of foreign  securities exceeds custodian costs for domestic
securities, and transaction and settlement costs of foreign investing frequently
are higher than those attributable to domestic investing.  Costs associated with
the exchange of  currencies  also make foreign  investing  more  expensive  than
domestic investing.


      Securities of foreign  issuers may not be registered with the SEC, and the
issuers thereof may not be subject to its reporting  requirements.  Accordingly,
there may be less publicly available  information  concerning foreign issuers of
securities held by a fund than is available  concerning U.S. companies.  Foreign
companies  are  not  generally  subject  to  uniform  accounting,  auditing  and
financial reporting standards or to other regulatory  requirements comparable to
those applicable to U.S. companies.

      The funds may  invest  in  foreign  securities  by  purchasing  depositary
receipts,  including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"),  European Depositary
Receipts ("EDRs") and Global Depositary  Receipts ("GDRs"),  or other securities
convertible  into  securities  of  issuers  based in  foreign  countries.  These
securities  may not  necessarily  be  denominated  in the same  currency  as the


                                       18
<PAGE>

securities into which they may be converted.  ADRs are receipts typically issued
by a  U.S.  bank  or  trust  company  evidencing  ownership  of  the  underlying
securities.  They  generally are in registered  form,  are  denominated  in U.S.
dollars  and are  designed  for use in the  U.S.  securities  markets.  EDRs are
European receipts evidencing a similar arrangement,  may be denominated in other
currencies  and are designed for use in European  securities  markets.  GDRs are
similar  to EDRs and are  designed  for use in several  international  financial
markets.  For purposes of each fund's investment  policies,  depositary receipts
generally  are  deemed  to  have  the  same  classification  as  the  underlying
securities they represent.  Thus, a depositary receipt representing ownership of
common stock will be treated as common stock.

      ADRs are publicly  traded on exchanges or  over-the-counter  in the United
States and are issued through  "sponsored" or "unsponsored"  arrangements.  In a
sponsored ADR arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some
or all of the  depositary's  transaction  fees,  whereas  under  an  unsponsored
arrangement,  the foreign  issuer assumes no  obligations  and the  depositary's
transaction  fees  are paid  directly  by the ADR  holders.  In  addition,  less
information  is available in the United  States  about an  unsponsored  ADR than
about a sponsored ADR.


      The funds that invest  outside  the United  States  anticipate  that their
brokerage transactions  involving foreign securities of companies  headquartered
in countries  other than the United  States will be  conducted  primarily on the
principal  exchanges  of such  countries.  Although  each fund will  endeavor to
achieve  the  best  net  results  in  effecting  its   portfolio   transactions,
transactions on foreign  exchanges are usually subject to fixed commissions that
are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. transactions.  There is
generally less government supervision and regulation of exchanges and brokers in
foreign countries than in the United States.


      Substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to the
funds'  ability to  repatriate  investment  capital or the  proceeds of sales of
securities.

      FOREIGN CURRENCY RISKS.  Currency risk is the risk that changes in foreign
exchange rates may reduce the U.S. dollar value of a fund's foreign investments.
If the value of a foreign  currency rises against the value of the U.S.  dollar,
the value of a fund's  investments  that are  denominated in, or linked to, that
currency will increase.  Conversely, if the value of a foreign currency declines
against the value of the U.S.  dollar,  the value of such fund  investments will
decrease.  These  changes  may have a  significant  impact  on the value of fund
shares. In some instances, a fund may use derivative strategies to hedge against
changes  in  foreign   currency  value.   (See   "Strategies   Using  Derivative
Instruments," below.) However,  opportunities to hedge against currency risk may
not exist in certain  markets,  particularly  with  respect to  emerging  market
currencies,  and even when appropriate  hedging  opportunities are available,  a
fund may choose not to hedge against currency risk.


      Generally,  currency exchange rates are determined by supply and demand in
the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different
countries. In the case of those European countries that use the Euro as a common
currency unit, the relative  merits of investments in the common market in which
they  participate,  rather  than the  merits of  investments  in the  individual
country,  will be a determinant of currency  exchange rates.  Currency  exchange
rates  also  can  be  affected  by the  intervention  of the  U.S.  and  foreign
governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls,  speculation,
devaluation or other political or economic  developments  inside and outside the
United States.


      Each fund  values its assets  daily in U.S.  dollars,  and funds that hold
foreign  currencies  do not  intend to convert  them to U.S.  dollars on a daily
basis.  From time to time a fund's  foreign  currencies  may be held as "foreign
currency call accounts" at foreign branches of foreign or domestic banks.  These
accounts bear interest at negotiated rates and are payable upon relatively short
demand periods.  If a bank became insolvent,  a fund could suffer a loss of some
or all of the amounts deposited.  Each fund may convert foreign currency to U.S.
dollars from time to time.

      The U.S.  dollar  value of fund  assets  that are  denominated  in foreign
currencies may be affected  favorably or unfavorably by fluctuations in currency
rates and  exchange  control  regulations.  Further,  a fund may incur  costs in
connection  with  conversions  between  various  currencies.  Currency  exchange
dealers  realize a profit  based on the  difference  between the prices at which
they are buying and selling  various  currencies.  Thus, a dealer  normally will
offer to sell a foreign  currency to a fund at one rate, while offering a lesser
rate of exchange should a fund desire immediately to resell that currency to the


                                       19
<PAGE>

dealer. Funds that conduct currency exchange transactions do so either on a spot
(i.e.,  cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange
market or  through  entering  into  forward,  futures or  options  contracts  to
purchase or sell foreign currencies.

      EMERGING  MARKET  INVESTMENTS.  The special  risks of investing in foreign
securities are heightened in emerging markets. For example, many emerging market
currencies recently have experienced  significant  devaluations  relative to the
U.S. dollar in recent years.  Emerging market countries  typically have economic
and  political  systems that are less fully  developed and can be expected to be
less stable than those of developed  countries.  Emerging  market  countries may
have policies that restrict investment by foreigners, and there is a higher risk
of  government   expropriation  or  nationalization  of  private  property.  The
possibility of low or nonexistent  trading volume in the securities of companies
in  emerging  markets  also  may  result  in a lack of  liquidity  and in  price
volatility.  Issuers in  emerging  markets  typically  are  subject to a greater
degree of change in earnings and business  prospects  than are companies in more
developed markets.


      INVESTMENT  AND  REPATRIATION  RESTRICTIONS  -- Foreign  investment in the
securities  markets  of several  emerging  market  countries  is  restricted  or
controlled to varying degrees.  These restrictions may limit a fund's investment
in these countries and may increase its expenses. For example, certain countries
may require  governmental  approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a
particular  company or industry sector or limit investment by foreign persons to
only  a  specific  class  of  securities  of a  company,  which  may  have  less
advantageous  terms (including  price) than securities of the company  available
for purchase by nationals. Certain countries may restrict or prohibit investment
opportunities in issuers or industries  deemed important to national  interests.
In addition,  the  repatriation of both investment  income and capital from some
emerging  market  countries  is  subject to  restrictions,  such as the need for
certain  government  consents.  Even where there is no outright  restriction  on
repatriation  of capital,  the  mechanics  of  repatriation  may affect  certain
aspects of a fund's  operations.  These  restrictions  may in the future make it
undesirable  to invest in the  countries to which they apply.  In  addition,  if
there is a  deterioration  in a  country's  balance  of  payments  or for  other
reasons,  a country  may  impose  restrictions  on foreign  capital  remittances
abroad. A fund could be adversely  affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant,
any  required  governmental  approval  for  repatriation,  as  well  as  by  the
application to it of other restrictions on investments.


      If, because of restrictions  on  repatriation  or conversion,  a fund were
unable to  distribute  substantially  all of its net  investment  income and net
short-term and long-term capital gains within applicable time periods,  the fund
would be subject to federal  income and/or excise taxes that would not otherwise
be incurred and could cease to qualify for the favorable tax treatment  afforded
to regulated  investment  companies  under the Internal  Revenue Code. If it did
cease to qualify for that  treatment,  it would become subject to federal income
tax on all of its  income  and net  gains.  See  "Taxes  --  Qualification  as a
Regulated Investment Company," below.

      DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE U.S. AND EMERGING MARKET SECURITIES MARKETS.  Most
of the securities  markets of emerging market countries have  substantially less
volume than the New York Stock Exchange, and equity securities of most companies
in  emerging  market  countries  are less liquid and more  volatile  than equity
securities of U.S.  companies of comparable size. Some of the stock exchanges in
emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development.  As a
result,  securities  settlements  may in some instances be subject to delays and
related administrative uncertainties. Many companies whose securities are traded
on securities  markets in emerging market countries are smaller,  newer and less
seasoned than companies whose securities are traded on securities markets in the
United States.  Investments in smaller  companies  involve  greater risk than is
customarily associated with investing in larger companies. Smaller companies may
have limited product lines, markets or financial or managerial resources and may
be  more   susceptible  to  losses  and  risks  of   bankruptcy.   Additionally,
market-making  and arbitrage  activities  are generally  less  extensive in such
markets,  which may contribute to increased  volatility and reduced liquidity of
such  markets.  Accordingly,  each of these  markets  may be  subject to greater
influence  by  adverse  events  generally  affecting  the  market,  and by large
investors trading significant blocks of securities,  than is usual in the United
States.  To the  extent  that  an  emerging  market  country  experiences  rapid
increases  in  its  money  supply  and  investment  in  equity   securities  for
speculative purposes,  the equity securities traded in that country may trade at
price-earnings  multiples higher than those of comparable  companies  trading on
securities markets in the United States, which may not be sustainable.



                                       20
<PAGE>

      GOVERNMENT  SUPERVISION  OF  EMERGING  MARKET  SECURITIES  MARKETS;  LEGAL
SYSTEMS.  There is also less government supervision and regulation of securities
exchanges, listed companies and brokers in emerging market countries than exists
in the United States.  Therefore,  less  information  may be available to a fund
than with  respect to  investments  in the United  States.  Further,  in certain
countries,  less  information  may be  available  to a fund than to local market
participants. Brokers in other countries may not be as well capitalized as those
in the United States,  so that they are more susceptible to financial failure in
times of market,  political or economic stress.  In addition,  existing laws and
regulations are often  inconsistently  applied.  As legal systems in some of the
emerging market countries  develop,  foreign investors may be adversely affected
by new laws and  regulations,  changes  to  existing  laws and  regulations  and
preemption of local laws and  regulations  by national  laws.  In  circumstances
where adequate laws exist,  it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable
enforcement of the law.

      SOCIAL,  POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC  FACTORS -- Many emerging market countries
may be subject to a greater degree of social, political and economic instability
than is the case in the United States.  Any change in the leadership or policies
of these  countries may halt the expansion of or reverse any  liberalization  of
foreign  investment  policies now occurring.  Such  instability may result from,
among other things,  the following:  (1)  authoritarian  governments or military
involvement in political and economic decision making, and changes in government
through  extra-constitutional  means; (2) popular unrest associated with demands
for  improved   political,   economic  and  social   conditions;   (3)  internal
insurgencies;  (4) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (5) ethnic,
religious  and  racial  disaffection.   Such  social,   political  and  economic
instability could significantly disrupt the financial markets in those countries
and  elsewhere  and could  adversely  affect  the value of a fund's  assets.  In
addition,  there  may be the  possibility  of  asset  expropriations  or  future
confiscatory levels of taxation affecting a fund.

      The  economies  of  many  emerging  markets  are  heavily  dependent  upon
international  trade and are accordingly  affected by protective  trade barriers
and the economic  conditions of their trading  partners,  principally the United
States,  Japan, China and the European Union. The enactment by the United States
or  other  principal  trading  partners  of  protectionist   trade  legislation,
reduction of foreign  investment in the local economies and general  declines in
the  international  securities  markets could have a significant  adverse effect
upon the securities  markets of these countries.  In addition,  the economies of
some  countries are  vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their  commodity
exports,  including crude oil. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few
commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the international  price of such
commodities.

      Emerging markets include formerly  communist  countries of Eastern Europe,
Russia and the other  countries  that once formed the Soviet  Union,  and China.
Upon the accession to power of communist  regimes  approximately  50 to 80 years
ago, the  governments  of a number of these  countries  seized a large amount of
property.  The claims of many property  owners  against those  governments  were
never finally  settled.  There can be no guarantee that a fund's  investments in
these  countries,  if any, would not also be seized or otherwise  taken away, in
which case the fund could lose its entire investment in the country involved.


      FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  AND LEGAL  STANDARDS -- Issuers in emerging market
countries generally are subject to accounting,  auditing and financial standards
and requirements that differ, in some cases significantly, from those applicable
to U.S.  issuers.  In  particular,  the  assets  and  profits  appearing  on the
financial  statements of an emerging market issuer may not reflect its financial
position or results of  operations  in the way they would be  reflected  had the
financial  statements been prepared in accordance with U.S.  generally  accepted
accounting principles.  In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records
in local  currency,  inflation  accounting  rules may require,  for both tax and
accounting  purposes,  that certain  assets and  liabilities  be restated on the
issuer's  balance  sheet in  order to  express  items  in terms of  currency  of
constant purchasing power.  Inflation  accounting may indirectly generate losses
or  profits.  Consequently,   financial  data  may  be  materially  affected  by
restatements for inflation and may not accurately  reflect the real condition of
those issuers and securities markets.

      In  addition,  existing  laws and  regulations  are  often  inconsistently
applied.  As legal  systems in some of the emerging  market  countries  develop,
foreign investors may be adversely affected by new laws and regulations, changes
to existing laws and regulations and preemption of local laws and regulations by


                                       21
<PAGE>

national  laws.  In  circumstances  where  adequate  laws  exist,  it may not be
possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

      FOREIGN  SOVEREIGN DEBT.  Sovereign debt includes bonds that are issued by
foreign   governments  or  their   agencies,   instrumentalities   or  political
subdivisions or by foreign  central banks.  Sovereign debt also may be issued by
quasi-governmental  entities that are owned by foreign  governments  but are not
backed by their full faith and credit or general  taxing  powers.  Investment in
sovereign  debt  involves   special  risks.  The  issuer  of  the  debt  or  the
governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or
unwilling to repay  principal  and/or  interest when due in accordance  with the
terms of such debt,  and the funds may have limited legal  recourse in the event
of a default.

      Sovereign debt differs from debt obligations issued by private entities in
that,  generally,  remedies  for  defaults  must be pursued in the courts of the
defaulting party.  Legal recourse is therefore  somewhat  diminished.  Political
conditions, especially a sovereign entity's willingness to meet the terms of its
debt  obligations,  are of  considerable  significance.  Also,  there  can be no
assurance that the holders of commercial  bank debt issued by the same sovereign
entity may not contest payments to the holders of sovereign debt in the event of
default under commercial bank loan agreements.

      A  sovereign  debtor's  willingness  or  ability  to repay  principal  and
interest due in a timely  manner may be affected by,  among other  factors,  its
cash flow situation,  the extent of its foreign  reserves,  the  availability of
sufficient  foreign  exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of
the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor's policy
toward principal  international lenders and the political constraints to which a
sovereign  debtor may be subject.  A country whose exports are concentrated in a
few commodities could be vulnerable to a decline in the  international  price of
such  commodities.  Increased  protectionism on the part of a country's  trading
partners,  or political changes in those countries,  could also adversely affect
its exports.  Such events could diminish a country's trade account  surplus,  if
any, or the credit standing of a particular local government or agency.  Another
factor bearing on the ability of a country to repay  sovereign debt is the level
of the  country's  international  reserves.  Fluctuations  in the level of these
reserves  can  affect  the  amount of foreign  exchange  readily  available  for
external debt payments  and,  thus,  could have a bearing on the capacity of the
country to make payments on its sovereign debt.

      The occurrence of political,  social or diplomatic  changes in one or more
of the  countries  issuing  sovereign  debt  could  adversely  affect the funds'
investments.  Political  changes  or a  deterioration  of a  country's  domestic
economy or balance of trade may affect the  willingness  of countries to service
their  sovereign  debt.  While Mitchell  Hutchins or the  sub-adviser  manages a
fund's  portfolio  in a manner that is intended to minimize the exposure to such
risks,  there can be no assurance that adverse  political changes will not cause
the funds to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its sovereign debt
holdings.

      With  respect to  sovereign  debt of emerging  market  issuers,  investors
should be aware that certain  emerging  market  countries  are among the largest
debtors to  commercial  banks and  foreign  governments.  Some  emerging  market
countries have from time to time declared  moratoria on the payment of principal
and interest on external debt.

      Some emerging market  countries have  experienced  difficulty in servicing
their  sovereign  debt on a  timely  basis  which  led to  defaults  on  certain
obligations  and  the  restructuring  of  certain  indebtedness.   Restructuring
arrangements  have  included,  among other  things,  reducing  and  rescheduling
interest and principal  payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements
or  converting   outstanding  principal  and  unpaid  interest  to  Brady  Bonds
(discussed  below),  and  obtaining  new  credit to finance  interest  payments.
Holders of sovereign debt,  including the funds, may be requested to participate
in the  rescheduling  of such  debt and to  extend  further  loans to  sovereign
debtors.  The interests of holders of sovereign debt could be adversely affected
in the course of restructuring arrangements or by certain other factors referred
to below.  Furthermore,  some of the  participants  in the secondary  market for
sovereign debt may also be directly  involved in negotiating  the terms of these
arrangements  and may,  therefore,  have access to information  not available to
other  market   participants.   Obligations   arising  from  past  restructuring
agreements  may  affect  the  economic  performance  and  political  and  social
stability  of  certain  issuers  of  sovereign  debt.  There  is  no  bankruptcy


                                       22
<PAGE>

proceeding  by which  sovereign  debt on which a sovereign  has defaulted may be
collected in whole or in part.

      Foreign  investment in certain  sovereign debt is restricted or controlled
to  varying  degrees.  These  restrictions  or  controls  may at times  limit or
preclude  foreign  investment in such  sovereign debt and increase the costs and
expenses  of a fund.  Certain  countries  in  which a fund  may  invest  require
governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons,  limit the amount
of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by
foreign  persons only to a specific  class of  securities  of an issuer that may
have less  advantageous  rights  than the  classes  available  for  purchase  by
domiciliaries of the countries or impose additional taxes on foreign  investors.
Certain  issuers may  require  governmental  approval  for the  repatriation  of
investment  income,  capital or the proceeds of sales of  securities  by foreign
investors.  In addition,  if a  deterioration  occurs in a country's  balance of
payments the country  could impose  temporary  restrictions  on foreign  capital
remittances.  A fund could be  adversely  affected by delays in, or a refusal to
grant, any required  governmental  approval for repatriation of capital, as well
as by the application to the fund of any restrictions on investments.  Investing
in local  markets may  require a fund to adopt  special  procedures,  seek local
government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional
costs to the fund.

      BRADY BONDS -- Brady Bonds are sovereign  bonds issued under the framework
of the Brady Plan, an  initiative  announced by former U.S.  Treasury  Secretary
Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their
outstanding external commercial bank indebtedness. In restructuring its external
debt  under  the Brady  Plan  framework,  a debtor  nation  negotiates  with its
existing  bank  lenders  as  well  as  multilateral  institutions  such  as  the
International  Monetary  Fund  ("IMF").  The  Brady  Plan  framework,  as it has
developed,  contemplates  the exchange of commercial  bank debt for newly issued
Brady  Bonds.  Brady  Bonds  may also be issued in  respect  of new money  being
advanced by existing  lenders in  connection  with the debt  restructuring.  The
World Bank and the IMF support the  restructuring by providing funds pursuant to
loan  agreements  or other  arrangements  which  enable  the  debtor  nation  to
collateralize  the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase  outstanding  bank debt at a
discount.


      Brady Bonds do not have a long  payment  history.  Agreements  implemented
under the Brady  Plan to date are  designed  to  achieve  debt and  debt-service
reduction  through  specific  options  negotiated  by a debtor  nation  with its
creditors.  As a result,  the financial packages offered by each country differ.
The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding  commercial  bank
debt  for  bonds  issued  at 100% of face  value  of such  debt,  which  carry a
below-market  stated rate of  interest  (generally  known as par  bonds),  bonds
issued  at a  discount  from the face  value of such  debt  (generally  known as
discount  bonds),  bonds bearing an interest rate which  increases over time and
bonds issued in exchange for the  advancement of new money by existing  lenders.
Regardless  of the stated  face amount and stated  interest  rate of the various
types of Brady Bonds,  a fund will  purchase  Brady Bonds in which the price and
yield to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase.


      Certain  Brady  Bonds  have been  collateralized  as to  principal  due at
maturity by U.S.  Treasury zero coupon bonds with maturities  equal to the final
maturity of such Brady Bonds.  Collateral purchases are financed by the IMF, the
World  Bank and the debtor  nations'  reserves.  In the event of a default  with
respect  to  collateralized  Brady  Bonds  as a  result  of  which  the  payment
obligations  of the  issuer  are  accelerated,  the U.S.  Treasury  zero  coupon
obligations  held as  collateral  for  the  payment  of  principal  will  not be
distributed  to investors,  nor will such  obligations  be sold and the proceeds
distributed.  The  collateral  will be held by the  collateral  agent  until the
scheduled  maturity of the  defaulted  Brady  Bonds,  which will  continue to be
outstanding,  at which  time the face  amount of the  collateral  will equal the
principal  payments  that  would  have then  been due on the Brady  Bonds in the
normal course.  Interest payments on Brady Bonds may be wholly  uncollateralized
or may be  collateralized  by cash or high  grade  securities  in  amounts  that
typically  represent  between  12 and 18 months of  interest  accruals  on these
instruments, with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized.


      Brady Bonds are often viewed as having several valuation  components:  (1)
the collateralized  repayment of principal,  if any, at final maturity,  (2) the
collateralized  interest  payments,  if any, (3) the  uncollateralized  interest
payments and (4) any uncollateralized  repayment of principal at maturity (these
uncollateralized  amounts  constitute  the  "residual  risk").  In  light of the
residual risk of Brady Bonds and, among other  factors,  the history of defaults
with  respect  to  commercial  bank  loans by public  and  private  entities  of
countries  issuing Brady Bonds,  investments  in Brady Bonds are to be viewed as
speculative.   A  fund   may   purchase   Brady   Bonds   with  no  or   limited


                                       23
<PAGE>

collateralization and will be relying for payment of interest and (except in the
case of principal  collateralized  Brady Bonds) repayment of principal primarily
on the  willingness  and ability of the foreign  government  to make  payment in
accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds.

      STRUCTURED FOREIGN INVESTMENTS. This term generally refers to interests in
U.S.  and foreign  entities  organized  and  operated  solely for the purpose of
securitizing  or  restructuring  the  investment   characteristics   of  foreign
securities.  This type of securitization  or restructuring  usually involves the
deposit with or purchase by a U.S. or foreign  entity,  such as a corporation or
trust, of specified  instruments  (such as commercial bank loans or Brady Bonds)
and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities  backed by,
or representing interests in, the underlying  instruments.  The cash flow on the
underlying  instruments  may be  apportioned  among the newly issued  structured
foreign   investments   to   create   securities   with   different   investment
characteristics such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate
provisions,  and the extent of the  payments  made with  respect  to  structured
foreign  investments  is often  dependent  on the extent of the cash flow on the
underlying instruments.


      Structured foreign  investments  frequently involve no credit enhancement.
Accordingly,  their  credit risk  generally  will be  equivalent  to that of the
underlying instruments.  In addition,  classes of structured foreign investments
may be  subordinated  to the right of  payment of  another  class.  Subordinated
structured foreign investments  typically have higher yields and present greater
risks that  unsubordinated  structured foreign  investments.  Structured foreign
investments  are typically  sold in private  placement  transactions,  and there
currently is no active trading market for structured foreign investments.

      CURRENCY-LINKED  INVESTMENTS.  The principal amount of securities that are
indexed to specific foreign  currency  exchange rates may be adjusted up or down
(but not below zero) at maturity to reflect changes in the exchange rate between
two  currencies.   A  fund  may  experience  loss  of  principal  due  to  these
adjustments.


      INVESTMENTS  IN  OTHER  INVESTMENT  COMPANIES.  Each  fund may  invest  in
securities  of other  investment  companies,  subject to  limitations  under the
Investment Company Act. Among other things, these limitations currently restrict
a fund's aggregate investments in other investment companies to no more than 10%
of its total assets. A fund's investments in certain private investment vehicles
are not subject to this  restriction.  The shares of other investment  companies
are subject to the management  fees and other expenses of those  companies,  and
the  purchase of shares of some  investment  companies  requires  the payment of
sales  loads  and (in the case of  closed-end  investment  companies)  sometimes
substantial premiums above the value of those companies'  portfolio  securities.
At the same  time,  a fund would  continue  to pay its own  management  fees and
expenses  with  respect  to all  its  investments,  including  shares  of  other
investment  companies.  Each fund may invest in the  shares of other  investment
companies  when,  in the  judgment  of its  investment  adviser,  the  potential
benefits  of the  investment  outweigh  the payment of any  management  fees and
expenses and, where applicable, premium or sales load.

      From time to time,  investments in other  investment  companies may be the
most effective  available means for a fund to invest a portion of its assets. In
some cases,  investment in another  investment company may be the most practical
way for a fund to invest in  securities of issuers in certain  countries.  These
investments  may include  World Equity  Benchmark  SharesSM  (commonly  known as
"WEBS"),  which are  exchange-traded  shares of series of an investment  company
that are designed to  replicate  the  composition  and  performance  of publicly
traded issuers in particular foreign  countries.  A fund's investment in another
investment  company  is  subject  to the  risks  of  that  investment  company's
underlying portfolio securities.


      Money Market  Portfolio may invest in the securities of other money market
funds when  Mitchell  Hutchins  believes that (1) the amounts to be invested are
too small or are  available  too late in the day to be  effectively  invested in
money market instruments, (2) shares of other money market funds otherwise would
provide a better return than direct  investment in money market  instruments  or
(3) such  investments  would enhance the fund's  liquidity.  The other funds may
invest in the securities of money market funds for similar reasons. In addition,
from time to time,  investments  in other  investment  companies also may be the
most effective  available means for a fund to invest a portion of its assets. In
some cases,  investment in another  investment company may be the only practical
way for a fund to invest in securities of issuers in certain countries.



                                       24
<PAGE>


      ZERO  COUPON  AND  OTHER  OID  SECURITIES;  PIK  SECURITIES.  Zero  coupon
securities  are securities on which no periodic  interest  payments are made but
instead are issued at a deep discount from their  maturity  value.  The buyer of
these  securities  receives a rate of return by the gradual  appreciation of the
security,  which  results  from the fact that it will be paid at face value on a
specified  maturity date. There are many types of zero coupon  securities.  Some
are issued in zero coupon form,  including  Treasury bills, notes and bonds that
have  been  stripped  of  (separated  from)  their  unmatured  interest  coupons
(unmatured   interest  payments)  and  receipts  or  certificates   representing
interests in such stripped debt  obligations and coupons.  Others are created by
brokerage firms that strip the coupons from  interest-paying  bonds and sell the
principal and the coupons separately.

      Other  securities  that are sold with  original  issue  discount  ("OID"),
(i.e.,  the  difference  between the issue price and the value at maturity)  may
provide  for  some  interest  to  be  paid  prior  to  maturity.   In  addition,
payment-in-kind ("PIK") securities pay interest in additional securities, not in
cash. OID and PIK securities usually trade at a discount from their face value.


      Zero coupon securities are generally more sensitive to changes in interest
rates than debt obligations of comparable  maturities that make current interest
payments.  This means that when  interest  rates fall,  the value of zero coupon
securities  rises more  rapidly  than  securities  paying  interest on a current
basis.  However,  when interest rates rise, their value falls more dramatically.
Other OID securities and PIK securities also are subject to greater fluctuations
in market value in response to changing  interest rates than bonds of comparable
maturities that make current distributions of interest in cash.


      Because  federal tax law requires  that accrued OID and  "interest" on PIK
securities must be included in a fund's current income (see "Taxes,"  below),  a
fund might be required to  distribute  a dividend an amount that is greater than
the total amount of cash it actually receives. These distributions would have to
be made from the fund's cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales
of  portfolio  securities.  A fund  would  not be  able to  purchase  additional
securities with cash used to make these distributions and its current income and
the value of its shares would ultimately be reduced as a result.


      Certain zero coupon securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds that have
been stripped of their  unmatured  interest coupon receipts or interests in such
U.S.  Treasury  securities or coupons.  The staff of the SEC currently takes the
position that "stripped" U.S. government  securities that are not issued through
the  U.S.  Treasury  are not  U.S.  government  securities.  This  technique  is
frequently used with U.S.  Treasury bonds to create CATS (Certificate of Accrual
Treasury  Securities),  TIGRs  (Treasury  Income  Growth  Receipts)  and similar
securities.

      CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note,
preferred  stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a
prescribed  amount of common  stock of the same or a different  issuer  within a
particular  period  of time at a  specified  price  or  formula.  A  convertible
security  entitles  the  holder  to  receive  interest  or  dividends  until the
convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible
securities  have unique  investment  characteristics  in that they generally (1)
have  higher  yields  than  common  stocks,  but lower  yields  than  comparable
non-convertible  securities,  (2) are less subject to  fluctuation in value than
the  underlying  stock  because they have fixed income  characteristics  and (3)
provide  the  potential  for  capital  appreciation  if the market  price of the
underlying  common stock  increases.  While no securities  investment is without
some risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than
the issuer's  common  stock.  However,  the extent to which such risk is reduced
depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells
above its value as a fixed income security.


      A  convertible  security may be subject to redemption at the option of the
issuer  at  a  price  established  in  the  convertible   security's   governing
instrument.  If a convertible  security held by a fund is called for redemption,
the fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the  security,  convert
it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party.


      LOAN  PARTICIPATIONS AND ASSIGNMENTS.  Investments in secured or unsecured
fixed or floating rate loans ("Loans")  arranged  through  private  negotiations
between a  borrowing  corporation,  government  or other  entity and one or more
financial  institutions  ("Lenders")  may  be  in  the  form  of  participations
("Participations")  in Loans or assignments  ("Assignments") of all or a portion


                                       25
<PAGE>

of Loans  from  third  parties.  Participations  typically  result in the fund's
having a contractual relationship only with the Lender, not with the borrower. A
fund has the right to receive  payments of  principal,  interest and any fees to
which it is entitled  only from the Lender  selling the  Participation  and only
upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with
purchasing  Participations,  a fund  generally  has no direct  right to  enforce
compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement  relating to the
Loan,  nor any  rights  of  set-off  against  the  borrower,  and a fund may not
directly  benefit  from  any  collateral  supporting  the  Loan in  which it has
purchased the Participation. As a result, a fund assumes the credit risk of both
the borrower and the Lender that is selling the  Participation.  In the event of
the  insolvency  of the  selling  Lender,  the fund may be  treated as a general
creditor of that Lender and may not benefit from any set-off  between the Lender
and the borrower.  A fund will acquire  Participations only if Mitchell Hutchins
or  the   applicable   sub-adviser   determines   that  the  selling  Lender  is
creditworthy.

      When a fund purchases  Assignments from Lenders, it acquires direct rights
against the  borrower  on the Loan.  In an  Assignment,  the fund is entitled to
receive payments directly from the borrower and,  therefore,  does not depend on
the  selling  bank to pass  these  payments  onto  the  fund.  However,  because
Assignments  are  arranged  through  private   negotiations   between  potential
assignees and assignors,  the rights and obligations acquired by the fund as the
purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held
by the assigning Lender.


      Assignments  and  Participations  are generally not  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended  ("Securities  Act"), and thus may be subject
to a fund's limitation on investment in illiquid  securities.  Because there may
be no liquid market for such  securities,  such securities may be sold only to a
limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market
could have an  adverse  impact on the value of such  securities  and on a fund's
ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to
meet the fund's  liquidity  needs or in response to a specific  economic  event,
such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

      TEMPORARY AND DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS;  MONEY MARKET INVESTMENTS.  Each fund
may invest in money market investments for temporary or defensive  purposes,  to
reinvest cash  collateral from its securities  lending  activities or as part of
its normal  investment  program.  Except for Money Market Portfolio and Balanced
Fund (whose money market investments are described elsewhere),  such investments
include,  among other things,  (1)  securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities,  (2) debt obligations of
banks, savings and loan institutions,  insurance companies and mortgage bankers,
(3) commercial paper and notes, including those with variable and floating rates
of  interest,  (4) debt  obligations  of foreign  branches of U.S.  banks,  U.S.
branches of foreign  banks,  and foreign  branches  of foreign  banks,  (5) debt
obligations  issued or guaranteed by one or more foreign  governments  or any of
their foreign political subdivisions,  agencies or instrumentalities,  including
obligations of supranational  entities, (6) bonds issued by foreign issuers, (7)
repurchase agreements and (8) other investment companies that invest exclusively
in money market instruments and similar private investment vehicles.  Only those
funds  that may invest  outside  the  United  States may invest in money  market
instruments that are denominated in foreign currencies.


      WARRANTS. Warrants are securities permitting, but not obligating,  holders
to subscribe for other securities.  Warrants do not carry with them the right to
dividends  or voting  rights with  respect to the  securities  that they entitle
their holder to purchase,  and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
the issuer.  As a result,  warrants  may be  considered  more  speculative  than
certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not
necessarily  change with the value of the underlying  securities,  and a warrant
ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.


      ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  The term "illiquid  securities" for purposes of the
Prospectus and SAI means securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days
in the ordinary course of business at  approximately  the amount at which a fund
has  valued  the  securities  and  includes,   among  other  things,   purchased
over-the-counter options, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days
and restricted  securities other than those Mitchell  Hutchins or the applicable
sub-adviser has determined are liquid pursuant to guidelines  established by the
board. The assets used as cover for  over-the-counter  options written by a fund
will be  considered  illiquid  unless the  over-the-counter  options are sold to
qualified  dealers that agree that the fund may repurchase any  over-the-counter


                                       26
<PAGE>

options it writes at a maximum  price to be calculated by a formula set forth in
the option agreements.  The cover for an over-the-counter option written subject
to this  procedure  would be  considered  illiquid  only to the extent  that the
maximum  repurchase  price under the formula  exceeds the intrinsic value of the
option. Under current SEC guidelines, interest only and interest only classes of
mortgage-backed securities generally are considered illiquid. However, IO and PO
classes of fixed-rate  mortgage-backed  securities issued by the U.S. government
or one of its agencies or  instrumentalities  will not be considered illiquid if
Mitchell  Hutchins or the applicable  sub-adviser  has determined  that they are
liquid  pursuant to guidelines  established by the board. A fund may not be able
to readily liquidate its investments in illiquid securities and may have to sell
other  investments if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.  The lack
of a liquid secondary market for illiquid  securities may make it more difficult
for a fund to assign a value to those  securities  for  purposes  of valuing its
portfolio and calculating its net asset value.


      Restricted  securities are not registered under the Securities Act and may
be sold only in privately  negotiated or other exempted  transactions or after a
Securities Act registration  statement has become effective.  Where registration
is  required,  a fund may be  obligated  to pay all or part of the  registration
expenses and a  considerable  period may elapse between the time of the decision
to sell  and the  time a fund  may be  permitted  to sell a  security  under  an
effective  registration  statement.  If,  during such a period,  adverse  market
conditions  were to develop,  a fund might  obtain a less  favorable  price than
prevailed when it decided to sell.


      Not all  restricted  securities  are illiquid.  If foreign  securities are
freely  tradeable  in the  country in which they are  principally  traded,  they
generally are not considered illiquid, even if they are restricted in the United
States.  A large  institutional  market has  developed for many U.S. and foreign
securities  that are not  registered  under the  Securities  Act.  Institutional
investors  generally  will not seek to sell  these  instruments  to the  general
public,  but instead  will often  depend  either on an  efficient  institutional
market in which such  unregistered  securities  can be  readily  resold or on an
issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. Therefore, the fact that there
are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or certain
institutions is not dispositive of the liquidity of such investments.

      Institutional  markets for restricted  securities also have developed as a
result of Rule 144A,  which  establishes a "safe  harbor" from the  registration
requirements  of the  Securities  Act  for  resales  of  certain  securities  to
qualified  institutional  buyers. Such markets include automated systems for the
trading,  clearance and  settlement of  unregistered  securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by the National Association
of Securities Dealers,  Inc. An insufficient  number of qualified  institutional
buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A-eligible restricted securities held by
a fund,  however,  could affect  adversely  the  marketability  of the portfolio
securities,  and the fund  might be unable to  dispose  of them  promptly  or at
favorable prices.


      The board has delegated the function of making  day-to-day  determinations
of  liquidity to Mitchell  Hutchins or the  applicable  sub-adviser  pursuant to
guidelines  approved by the board.  Mitchell  Hutchins or the sub-adviser  takes
into account a number of factors in reaching liquidity decisions,  including (1)
the  frequency of trades for the  security,  (2) the number of dealers that make
quotes for the security,  (3) the number of dealers that have undertaken to make
a market in the security,  (4) the number of other potential  purchasers and (5)
the nature of the security and how trading is effected (e.g., the time needed to
sell the  security,  how bids are  solicited  and the  mechanics  of  transfer).
Mitchell  Hutchins or the  sub-adviser  monitors  the  liquidity  of  restricted
securities in each fund's  portfolio and reports  periodically on such decisions
to the board.


      Mitchell  Hutchins and (where  applicable)  the  sub-adviser  monitor each
fund's overall holdings of illiquid securities. If a fund's holdings of illiquid
securities exceeds its limitation on investments in illiquid  securities for any
reason (such as a particular  security  becoming  illiquid,  changes in relative
market  values  of liquid  and  illiquid  portfolio  securities  or  shareholder
redemptions),  Mitchell  Hutchins and the sub-adviser  will consider what action
would be in the best interest of the fund and its shareholders.


      REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a
fund purchases  securities or other obligations from a bank or securities dealer
(or its affiliate) and simultaneously commits to resell them to the counterparty
at an agreed-upon date or upon demand and at a price reflecting a market rate of
interest unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased  obligations.
A  fund  maintains  custody  of  the  underlying   obligations  prior  to  their


                                       27
<PAGE>

repurchase,   either  through  its  regular   custodian  or  through  a  special
"tri-party" custodian or sub-custodian that maintains separate accounts for both
the fund and its  counterparty.  Thus, the obligation of the counterparty to pay
the repurchase price on the date agreed to or upon demand is, in effect, secured
by such obligations.


      Repurchase  agreements  carry  certain  risks not  associated  with direct
investments in securities,  including a possible  decline in the market value of
the underlying  obligations.  Repurchase  agreements involving obligations other
than U.S.  government  securities (such as commercial paper and corporate bonds)
may be  subject  to  special  risks  and may not have  the  benefit  of  certain
protections  in the event of the  counterparty's  insolvency.  If the  seller or
guarantor  becomes  insolvent,  the fund may suffer  delays,  costs and possible
losses in connection with the disposition of collateral.  If their value becomes
less than the repurchase  price,  plus any agreed-upon  additional  amount,  the
counterparty  must  provide  additional  collateral  so  that at all  times  the
collateral  is at  least  equal to the  repurchase  price  plus any  agreed-upon
additional  amount.  The difference between the total amount to be received upon
repurchase  of the  obligations  and the  price  that  was  paid by a fund  upon
acquisition  is accrued as interest and included in its net  investment  income.
Each fund intends to enter into repurchase  agreements only with  counterparties
in transactions  believed by Mitchell Hutchins or the applicable  sub-adviser to
present minimum credit risks.

      REVERSE REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the
sale of securities  held by a fund subject to its  agreement to  repurchase  the
securities  at an  agreed-upon  date or upon demand and at a price  reflecting a
market  rate of  interest.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements  are subject to each
fund's  limitation  on  borrowings  and may be  entered  into only with banks or
securities dealers or their affiliates.  While a reverse repurchase agreement is
outstanding,  a fund will maintain,  in a segregated account with its custodian,
cash or liquid  securities,  marked to market daily, in an amount at least equal
to its  obligations  under the  reverse  repurchase  agreement.  See "The Funds'
Investments, Related Risks and Limitations -- Segregated Accounts."

      Reverse  repurchase  agreements  involve  the risk  that the  buyer of the
securities  sold by a fund might be unable to deliver  them when that fund seeks
to repurchase.  If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase  agreement
files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent,  the buyer or trustee or receiver may
receive  an  extension  of time to  determine  whether to  enforce  that  fund's
obligation to repurchase the  securities,  and the fund's use of the proceeds of
the reverse  repurchase  agreement may  effectively  be restricted  pending such
decision.

      WHEN-ISSUED  AND  DELAYED  DELIVERY  SECURITIES.  Each  fund may  purchase
securities  on a  "when-issued"  basis or may  purchase or sell  securities  for
delayed  delivery,  i.e.,  for  issuance  or delivery to the fund later than the
normal  settlement  date at a stated  price and yield.  When  issued  securities
include  TBA  ("to  be  announced")  securities.   TBA  securities  are  usually
mortgage-backed securities that are purchased on a forward commitment basis with
an  approximate  principal  amount  and no  defined  maturity  date.  The actual
principal  amount and maturity  date are  determined  upon  settlement  when the
specific  mortgage pools are assigned.  A fund generally  would not pay for such
securities or start earning  interest on them until they are received.  However,
when  a fund  undertakes  a  when-issued  or  delayed  delivery  obligation,  it
immediately  assumes  the  risks  of  ownership,  including  the  risks of price
fluctuation.  Failure of the issuer to deliver a security purchased by a fund on
a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis may result in the fund's  incurring or
missing an opportunity to make an  alternative  investment.  Depending on market
conditions, a fund's when-issued and delayed-delivery purchase commitments could
cause its net asset value per share to be more volatile, because such securities
may increase the amount by which the fund's total assets, including the value of
when-issued and  delayed-delivery  securities held by that fund, exceeds its net
assets.

      A  security  purchased  on a  when-issued  or  delayed  delivery  basis is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value,  generally  based upon  changes  in the level of  interest  rates.  Thus,
fluctuation  in the value of the security from the time of the  commitment  date
will affect a fund's net asset value. When a fund commits to purchase securities
on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, its custodian  segregates  assets to
cover the amount of the commitment.  See "The Funds' Investments,  Related Risks
and Limitations -- Segregated Accounts."



                                       28
<PAGE>

      DOLLAR ROLLS. In a dollar roll, a fund sells TBA  mortgage-backed or other
securities for delivery on the next regular settlement date for those securities
and, simultaneously,  contracts to purchase substantially similar securities for
delivery on a later settlement  date.  Dollar rolls also are subject to a fund's
limitation on borrowings.

      DURATION.  Duration  is a  measure  of the  expected  life  of a bond on a
present value basis.  Duration  incorporates  the bond's yield,  coupon interest
payments,  final  maturity and call features into one measures and is one of the
fundamental  tools used by Mitchell  Hutchins or the  applicable  sub-adviser in
portfolio  selection  and yield curve  positioning  a fund's  bond  investments.
Duration was  developed as a more precise  alternative  to the concept  "term to
maturity."  Traditionally,  a bond's "term to maturity" has been used as a proxy
for the  sensitivity  of the bond's price to changes in interest rates (which is
the  "interest  rate  risk" or  "volatility"  of the  bond).  However,  "term to
maturity"  measures only the time until the scheduled final payment on the bond,
taking no account of the pattern of payments prior to maturity.

      Duration takes the length of the time  intervals  between the present time
and the time that the interest and  principal  payments are scheduled or, in the
case of a callable  bond,  expected to be made,  and weights them by the present
values of the cash to be  received at each  future  point in time.  For any bond
with interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal,  duration is
always less than maturity. For example, depending on its coupon and the level of
market  yields,  a Treasury  note with a remaining  maturity of five years might
have a duration of 4.5 years. For  mortgage-backed and other securities that are
subject  to  prepayments,  put or  call  features  or  adjustable  coupons,  the
difference  between the remaining  stated maturity and the duration is likely to
be much greater.

      Duration  allows Mitchell  Hutchins or the applicable  sub-adviser to make
certain predictions as to the effect that changes in the level of interest rates
will have on the value of a fund's  portfolio of bonds.  For  example,  when the
level of interest  rates  increases by 1%, a bond having a positive  duration of
three years  generally  will  decrease by  approximately  3%. Thus,  if Mitchell
Hutchins or a sub-adviser calculates the duration of a fund's portfolio of bonds
as three years,  it normally  would  expect the  portfolio to change in value by
approximately  3% for every 1% change in the level of interest  rates.  However,
various factors,  such as changes in anticipated  prepayment rates,  qualitative
considerations and market supply and demand, can cause particular  securities to
respond somewhat  differently to changes in interest rates than indicated in the
above  example.  Moreover,  in the case of  mortgage-backed  and  other  complex
securities,  duration  calculations  are estimates and are not precise.  This is
particularly  true during  periods of market  volatility.  Accordingly,  the net
asset  value of a fund's  portfolio  of bonds may vary in  relation  to interest
rates by a greater or lesser percentage than indicated by the above example.


      Futures,  options and options on futures have durations  that, in general,
are  closely  related to the  duration of the  securities  that  underlie  them.
Holding long futures or call option positions will lengthen  portfolio  duration
by  approximately  the same amount as would holding an equivalent  amount of the
underlying securities. Short futures or put options have durations roughly equal
to the negative  duration of the securities that underlie these  positions,  and
have the effect of reducing  portfolio duration by approximately the same amount
as would selling an equivalent amount of the underlying securities.


      There are some situations in which the standard duration  calculation does
not properly reflect the interest rate exposure of a bond. For example, floating
and  variable  rate  bonds  often have final  maturities  of ten or more  years;
however, their interest rate exposure corresponds to the frequency of the coupon
reset. Another example where the interest rate exposure is not properly captured
by the standard duration calculation is the case of mortgage-backed  securities.
The stated final maturity of such securities is generally 30 years,  but current
prepayment  rates are critical in  determining  the  securities'  interest  rate
exposure.  In these and  other  similar  situations,  Mitchell  Hutchins  or the
applicable  sub-adviser will use more sophisticated  analytical  techniques that
incorporate  the  economic  life of a  security  into the  determination  of its
duration and, therefore, its interest rate exposure.

      LENDING  OF  PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  Each fund is  authorized  to lend its
portfolio  securities  in an  amount  up to  33-1/3%  of  its  total  assets  to
broker-dealers   or  institutional   investors  that  Mitchell   Hutchins  deems
qualified.  Lending  securities  enables a fund to earn additional  income,  but
could result in a loss or delay in recovering these securities.  The borrower of
a fund's  portfolio  securities  must maintain  acceptable  collateral  with the


                                       29
<PAGE>

fund's  custodian in an amount,  marked to market  daily,  at least equal to the
market value of the  securities  loaned,  plus accrued  interest and  dividends.
Acceptable  collateral  is  limited  to cash,  U.S.  government  securities  and
irrevocable  letters  of credit  that meet  certain  guidelines  established  by
Mitchell  Hutchins.  Each fund may reinvest any cash  collateral in money market
investments or other short-term  liquid  investments  including other investment
companies.  A fund also may  reinvest  cash  collateral  in  private  investment
vehicles  similar to money  market  funds,  including  one  managed by  Mitchell
Hutchins.   In   determining   whether  to  lend   securities  to  a  particular
broker-dealer or institutional  investor,  Mitchell Hutchins will consider,  and
during  the  period  of  the  loan  will   monitor,   all  relevant   facts  and
circumstances,  including the  creditworthiness of the borrower.  Each fund will
retain  authority to terminate  any of its loans at any time.  Each fund may pay
reasonable  fees in  connection  with a loan and may pay the borrower or placing
broker a negotiated  portion of the interest earned on the  reinvestment of cash
held as  collateral.  A fund will receive  amounts  equivalent to any dividends,
interest or other  distributions on the securities loaned. Each fund will regain
record ownership of loaned  securities to exercise  beneficial  rights,  such as
voting and subscription  rights,  when regaining such rights is considered to be
in the fund's interest.


      Pursuant  to  procedures  adopted  by  the  board  governing  each  fund's
securities  lending  program,  PaineWebber has been retained to serve as lending
agent for each  fund.  The  boards  also have  authorized  the  payment  of fees
(including  fees  calculated  as a percentage of invested  cash  collateral)  to
PaineWebber for these services.  Each board  periodically  reviews all portfolio
securities  loan  transactions  for which  PaineWebber  acted as lending  agent.
PaineWebber  also has been approved as a borrower  under each fund's  securities
lending program.

      SHORT  SALES  "AGAINST  THE  BOX."  Each fund  (other  than  Money  Market
Portfolio)  may engage in short sales of  securities it owns or has the right to
acquire at no added cost through  conversion or exchange of other  securities it
owns (short sales  "against the box").  To make  delivery to the  purchaser in a
short sale,  the executing  broker  borrows the  securities  being sold short on
behalf of a fund, and that fund is obligated to replace the securities  borrowed
at a date in the  future.  When a fund  sells  short,  it  establishes  a margin
account with the broker  effecting the short sale and deposits  collateral  with
the broker. In addition,  the fund maintains,  in a segregated  account with its
custodian,  the securities that could be used to cover the short sale. Each fund
incurs  transaction  costs,  including  interest  expense,  in  connection  with
opening, maintaining and closing short sales "against the box."

      A fund might make a short sale "against the box" to hedge  against  market
risks when  Mitchell  Hutchins  or a  sub-adviser  believes  that the price of a
security may decline, thereby causing a decline in the value of a security owned
by the fund or a security  convertible into or exchangeable for a security owned
by the fund. In such case,  any loss in the fund's long position after the short
sale  should  be  reduced  by  a  corresponding  gain  in  the  short  position.
Conversely, any gain in the long position after the short sale should be reduced
by a  corresponding  loss in the short  position.  The extent to which  gains or
losses in the long  position  are  reduced  will  depend  upon the amount of the
securities  sold short  relative  to the amount of the  securities  a fund owns,
either directly or indirectly,  and in the case where the fund owns  convertible
securities,  changes in the  investment  values or  conversion  premiums of such
securities.


      SEGREGATED  ACCOUNTS.  When a fund enters into certain  transactions  that
involve  obligations  to make future  payments to third  parties,  including the
purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery basis,  and reverse
repurchase  agreements,  it  will  maintain  with  an  approved  custodian  in a
segregated  account cash or liquid  securities,  marked to market  daily,  in an
amount  at  least  equal to the  fund's  obligation  or  commitment  under  such
transactions.   As   described   below  under   "Strategies   Using   Derivative
Instruments,"  segregated  accounts  may also be  required  in  connection  with
certain  transactions  involving options,  futures or forward currency contracts
and swaps.


INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS OF THE FUNDS


      FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS.  The following fundamental investment limitations
cannot be changed for a fund without the  affirmative  vote of the lesser of (a)
more  than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of the fund or (b) 67% or more of the
shares of the fund  present at a  shareholders'  meeting if more than 50% of the
outstanding  shares are  represented at the meeting in person or by proxy.  If a
percentage   restriction  is  adhered  to  at  the  time  of  an  investment  or
transaction,  later changes in percentage  resulting  from a change in values of
portfolio  securities  or  amount  of  total  assets  will not be  considered  a
violation of any of the  following  limitations.  With regard to the  borrowings


                                       30
<PAGE>

limitation  in  fundamental  limitation  (2),  each  fund will  comply  with the
applicable restrictions of Section 18 of the Investment Company Act.


      Each fund will not:

      (1) purchase any security if, as a result of that purchase, 25% or more of
the fund's total assets would be invested in securities of issuers  having their
principal business activities in the same industry,  except that this limitation
does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  government,  its
agencies or  instrumentalities  or to municipal  securities  (or, in the case of
Money Market Portfolio,  to certificates of deposit and bankers'  acceptances of
domestic branches of U.S. banks).

      For Money Market Portfolio only - the following  interpretations apply to,
but are not a part of, this  fundamental  restriction:  (a) with respect to this
limitation,  domestic  and foreign  banking will be  considered  to be different
industries and (b)  asset-backed  securities will be grouped in industries based
upon their underlying assets and not treated as constituting a single,  separate
industry.

      (2) issue senior securities or borrow money, except as permitted under the
Investment  Company  Act and then not in excess of 33 1/3% of the  fund's  total
assets  (including the amount of the senior securities issued but reduced by any
liabilities not constituting  senior  securities) at the time of the issuance or
borrowing,  except that the fund may borrow up to an  additional 5% of its total
assets (not including the amount borrowed) for temporary or emergency purposes.

      (3) make loans,  except  through loans of portfolio  securities or through
repurchase  agreements,  provided  that for  purposes of this  restriction,  the
acquisition of bonds, debentures,  other bonds or instruments, or participations
or other interests therein and investments in government obligations, commercial
paper, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances or similar instruments will
not be considered the making of a loan.


      The  following   interpretation  applies  to  but  is  not  part  of  this
fundamental  restriction:  A fund's  investments  in master  notes  and  similar
instruments will not be considered to be the making of a loan.


      (4) engage in the business of  underwriting  securities of other  issuers,
except to the extent that the fund might be considered an underwriter  under the
federal  securities  laws  in  connection  with  its  disposition  of  portfolio
securities.

      (5) purchase or sell real estate, except that investments in securities of
issuers  that  invest  in  real  estate  and   investments  in   mortgage-backed
securities,  mortgage participations or other instruments supported by interests
in real estate are not subject to this limitation,  and except that the fund may
exercise  rights under  agreements  relating to such  securities,  including the
right to enforce  security  interests and to hold real estate acquired by reason
of such  enforcement  until  that real  estate can be  liquidated  in an orderly
manner.

      (6) purchase or sell physical  commodities  unless acquired as a result of
owning securities or other instruments, but the fund may purchase, sell or enter
into financial options and futures,  forward and spot currency  contracts,  swap
transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments.

      The following  investment  restriction  applies to all funds except Global
Income Portfolio and Strategic Income Portfolio:

      (7) purchase securities of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of
the fund's total assets  would be invested in  securities  of that issuer or the
fund would own or hold more than 10% of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of
that  issuer,  except that up to 25% of the fund's  total assets may be invested
without  regard to this  limitation,  and except that this  limitation  does not
apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  government,  its agencies
and instrumentalities or to securities issued by other investment companies.



                                       31
<PAGE>

      The  following  interpretation  applies  to,  but is not a part  of,  this
fundamental  restriction:  Mortgage-  and  asset-backed  securities  will not be
considered  to have been issued by the same  issuer by reason of the  securities
having the same sponsor,  and mortgage- and asset-backed  securities issued by a
finance or other  special  purpose  subsidiary  that are not  guaranteed  by the
parent  company will be  considered  to be issued by a separate  issuer from the
parent company.


      NON-FUNDAMENTAL  LIMITATIONS.  The following  investment  restrictions are
non-fundamental  and may be changed by the vote of the board without shareholder
approval. If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment
or transaction, later changes in percentage resulting from a change in values of
portfolio  securities  or  amount  of  total  assets  will not be  considered  a
violation of any of the following limitations.


      Each fund will not:


      (1) hold assets of any  issuers,  at the end of any  calendar  quarter (or
within 30 days thereafter), to the extent those holdings would cause the fund to
fail to satisfy the  diversification  requirements  imposed by section 817(h) of
the Internal  Revenue Code and the Treasury  regulations  issued  thereunder  on
segregated  asset accounts used to fund variable  annuity  and/or  variable life
insurance  contracts  (which  requirements  must be satisfied by the fund as the
investment vehicle underlying those accounts);


      (2) purchase portfolio  securities while borrowings in excess of 5% of its
total assets are outstanding;

      (3) purchase securities on margin,  except for short-term credit necessary
for clearance of portfolio transactions and except that the fund may make margin
deposits in connection  with its use of financial  options and futures,  forward
and spot currency contracts,  swap transactions and other financial contracts or
derivative instruments;

      (4) engage in short  sales of  securities  or  maintain a short  position,
except that the fund may (a) sell short "against the box" and (b) maintain short
positions in connection with its use of financial  options and futures,  forward
and spot currency contracts,  swap transactions and other financial contracts or
derivative instruments; or

      (5)  purchase  securities  of other  investment  companies,  except to the
extent  permitted by the Investment  Company Act and except that this limitation
does not apply to securities  received or acquired as dividends,  through offers
of exchange, or as a result of reorganization, consolidation, or merger.



                     STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS


      GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS.  Each fund other than Money
Market  Portfolio  is  authorized  to use a  variety  of  financial  instruments
("Derivative   Instruments"),   including  certain  options,  futures  contracts
(sometimes  referred  to as  "futures"),  and options on futures  contracts,  to
attempt to hedge its portfolio  and also to attempt to enhance  income or return
or realize  gains and (for funds that invest in bonds) to manage the duration of
its portfolio. For funds that are permitted to invest outside the United States,
Mitchell  Hutchins or the sub-adviser also may use forward  currency  contracts,
foreign currency  options and futures and options on foreign  currency  futures.
Funds that  invest  primarily  in bonds also may enter into  interest  rate swap
transactions.  A fund may enter into transactions involving one or more types of
Derivative  Instruments  under which the full value of its portfolio is at risk.
Under normal  circumstances,  however, each fund's use of these instruments will
place at risk a much smaller  portion of its assets.  In  particular,  each fund
except Money  Market  Portfolio  may use the  Derivative  Instruments  described
below.

      A fund might not use any derivative  instruments or strategies,  and there
can be no assurance that using any strategy will succeed.  If Mitchell  Hutchins
or a sub-adviser,  as applicable, is incorrect in its judgment on market values,
interest  rates or other  economic  factors in using a derivative  instrument or
strategy, a fund may have lower net income and a net loss on the investment.




                                       32
<PAGE>

      OPTIONS  ON  SECURITIES  AND  FOREIGN   CURRENCIES--A  call  option  is  a
short-term contract pursuant to which the purchaser of the option, in return for
a premium,  has the right to buy the security or currency  underlying the option
at a specified  price at any time during the term of the option or at  specified
times or at the  expiration  of the  option,  depending  on the  type of  option
involved.  The writer of the call option,  who  receives  the  premium,  has the
obligation,  upon  exercise of the option during the option term, to deliver the
underlying  security or currency  against  payment of the exercise  price. A put
option is a similar contract that gives its purchaser,  in return for a premium,
the right to sell the  underlying  security or  currency  at a  specified  price
during the option term or at specified times or at the expiration of the option,
depending  on the type of option  involved.  The writer of the put  option,  who
receives the premium, has the obligation, upon exercise of the option during the
option term, to buy the underlying security or currency at the exercise price.

      OPTIONS ON SECURITIES  INDICES--A securities index assigns relative values
to the  securities  included  in the index and  fluctuates  with  changes in the
market values of those  securities.  A securities  index option  operates in the
same way as a more  traditional  securities  option,  except that  exercise of a
securities  index  option is  effected  with cash  payment  and does not involve
delivery of securities.  Thus, upon exercise of a securities  index option,  the
purchaser  will  realize,  and the  writer  will  pay,  an  amount  based on the
difference  between the exercise  price and the closing price of the  securities
index.

      SECURITIES INDEX FUTURES CONTRACTS--A securities index futures contract is
a  bilateral  agreement  pursuant to which one party  agrees to accept,  and the
other party  agrees to make,  delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified
dollar amount times the  difference  between the  securities  index value at the
close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures  contract is
originally  struck. No physical delivery of the securities  comprising the index
is made. Generally, contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the
contract.

      INTEREST RATE AND FOREIGN  CURRENCY FUTURES  CONTRACTS--Interest  rate and
foreign currency futures  contracts are bilateral  agreements  pursuant to which
one party agrees to make,  and the other party  agrees to accept,  delivery of a
specified type of debt security or currency at a specified  future time and at a
specified price.  Although such futures contracts by their terms call for actual
delivery or  acceptance  of bonds or currency,  in most cases the  contracts are
closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery.

      OPTIONS ON FUTURES  CONTRACTS--Options on futures contracts are similar to
options on securities or currency,  except that an option on a futures  contract
gives the purchaser the right,  in return for the premium,  to assume a position
in a  futures  contract  (a long  position  if the  option is a call and a short
position if the option is a put),  rather than to purchase or sell a security or
currency, at a specified price at any time during the option term. Upon exercise
of the option,  the delivery of the futures position to the holder of the option
will be accompanied by delivery of the  accumulated  balance that represents the
amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of
a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the option
on the  future.  The writer of an option,  upon  exercise,  will  assume a short
position in the case of a call and a long position in the case of a put.

      FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS--A  forward  currency  contract  involves  an
obligation to purchase or sell a specific  currency at a specified  future date,
which may be any fixed number of days from the contract  date agreed upon by the
parties, at a price set at the time the contract is entered into.


      GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS. A fund may
use Derivative Instruments to attempt to hedge its portfolio and also to attempt
to enhance  income or return or realize  gains and to manage the duration of its
bond portfolio.  A fund may use Derivative  Instruments to maintain  exposure to
stocks or bonds while  maintaining a cash balance for fund  management  purposes
(such as to provide  liquidity  to meet  anticipated  shareholder  sales of fund
shares and for fund operating expenses),  to facilitate trading or to adjust its
exposure to different  asset  classes.  For example,  Global Equity Fund may use
Derivative Instruments to adjust its exposure to U.S. and foreign equity markets
in connection  with a reallocation  or rebalancing of the fund's assets.  A fund
also may use Derivative  Instruments on currencies,  including  forward currency
contracts,  to hedge against  price  changes of  securities  that a fund owns or
intends  to  acquire  that  are  attributable  to  changes  in the  value of the


                                       33
<PAGE>

currencies  in  which  the  securities  are  denominated.  A fund  may  also use
Derivative  Instruments  on  currencies  to shift  exposure from one currency to
another or to attempt to realize gains from favorable changes in exchange rates.

      Hedging strategies can be broadly  categorized as "short hedges" and "long
hedges." A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Derivative Instrument intended
partially  or fully to  offset  potential  declines  in the value of one or more
investments  held in a fund's  portfolio.  Thus, in a short hedge a fund takes a
position  in a  Derivative  Instrument  whose  price is  expected to move in the
opposite  direction of the price of the investment being hedged.  For example, a
fund might  purchase a put option on a  security  to hedge  against a  potential
decline in the value of that  security.  If the price of the  security  declined
below the  exercise  price of the put,  a fund could  exercise  the put and thus
limit its loss below the  exercise  price to the premium  paid plus  transaction
costs. In the  alternative,  because the value of the put option can be expected
to increase as the value of the underlying  security  declines,  a fund might be
able to close out the put option and realize a gain to offset the decline in the
value of the security.


      Conversely,  a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Derivative Instrument
intended  partially or fully to offset  potential  increases in the  acquisition
cost of one or more investments that a fund intends to acquire.  Thus, in a long
hedge,  a fund  takes a  position  in a  Derivative  Instrument  whose  price is
expected  to  move  in the  same  direction  as  the  price  of the  prospective
investment being hedged.  For example,  a fund might purchase a call option on a
security  it intends to  purchase  in order to hedge  against an increase in the
cost of the security.  If the price of the security increased above the exercise
price of the call, a fund could exercise the call and thus limit its acquisition
cost to the  exercise  price  plus  the  premium  paid and  transactions  costs.
Alternatively,  a fund might be able to offset the price increase by closing out
an appreciated call option and realizing a gain.

      A fund may purchase and write (sell) straddles on securities or indices of
securities.  A  long  straddle  is a  combination  of a  call  and a put  option
purchased  on the same  security  or on the same  futures  contract,  where  the
exercise  price of the put is equal to the  exercise  price of the call.  A fund
might  enter  into a long  straddle  when  Mitchell  Hutchins  or a  sub-adviser
believes  it likely  that the  prices of the  securities  will be more  volatile
during the term of the option than the option pricing implies.  A short straddle
is a  combination  of a call and a put  written on the same  security  where the
exercise  price of the put is equal to the  exercise  price of the call.  A fund
might  enter into a short  straddle  when  Mitchell  Hutchins  or a  sub-adviser
believes  it  unlikely  that the prices of the  securities  will be as  volatile
during the term of the option as the option pricing implies.

      Derivative  Instruments on securities  generally are used to hedge against
price movements in one or more particular  securities positions that a fund owns
or intends to acquire.  Derivative  Instruments on stock  indices,  in contrast,
generally  are used to hedge  against  price  movements in broad  equity  market
sectors  in  which  a  fund  has  invested  or  expects  to  invest.  Derivative
Instruments on bonds may be used to hedge either individual  securities or broad
fixed income market sectors.

      Income strategies using Derivative  Instruments may include the writing of
covered options to obtain the related option premiums. Return or gain strategies
may  include  using  Derivative  Instruments  to  increase  or decrease a fund's
exposure to different  asset classes  without  buying or selling the  underlying
instruments.  A fund also may use derivatives to simulate full investment by the
fund while  maintaining a cash balance for fund management  purposes (such as to
provide  liquidity to meet anticipated  shareholder sales of fund shares and for
fund operating expenses).

      The use of Derivative  Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of
the SEC, the several  options and futures  exchanges  upon which they are traded
and the Commodity Futures Trading  Commission  ("CFTC").  In addition,  a fund's
ability to use Derivative Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.  See
"Taxes."


      In addition to the products,  strategies and risks  described below and in
the Prospectus,  Mitchell Hutchins and the sub-advisers may discover  additional
opportunities  in  connection  with  Derivative  Instruments  and with  hedging,
income, return and gain strategies. These new opportunities may become available
as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new
Derivative  Instruments and techniques are developed.  Mitchell  Hutchins or the
applicable sub-adviser may use these opportunities for a fund to the extent that
they are consistent  with the fund's  investment  objective and permitted by its


                                       34
<PAGE>

investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities.  The Prospectus or
SAI will be supplemented  to the extent that new products or techniques  involve
materially different risks than those described below or in the Prospectus.


      SPECIAL  RISKS OF  STRATEGIES  USING  DERIVATIVE  INSTRUMENTS.  The use of
Derivative  Instruments involves special  considerations and risks, as described
below.  Risks pertaining to particular  Derivative  Instruments are described in
the sections that follow.

      (1) Successful use of most Derivative Instruments depends upon the ability
of Mitchell  Hutchins or the applicable  sub-adviser to predict movements of the
overall securities,  interest rate or currency exchange markets,  which requires
different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities.
While  Mitchell  Hutchins and the  sub-advisers  are  experienced  in the use of
Derivative  Instruments,  there can be no assurance that any particular strategy
adopted will succeed.

      (2) There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation,  between
price  movements  of  a  Derivative   Instrument  and  price  movements  of  the
investments  that are being  hedged.  For example,  if the value of a Derivative
Instrument  used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of
the hedged investment,  the hedge would not be fully successful.  Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors affecting the markets in which Derivative
Instruments are traded,  rather than the value of the investments  being hedged.
The effectiveness of hedges using Derivative  Instruments on indices will depend
on the degree of  correlation  between  price  movements  in the index and price
movements in the securities being hedged.

      (3) Hedging strategies,  if successful,  can reduce risk of loss by wholly
or partially  offsetting the negative  effect of unfavorable  price movements in
the  investments  being  hedged.  However,  hedging  strategies  can also reduce
opportunity  for gain by  offsetting  the  positive  effect of  favorable  price
movements in the hedged investments. For example, if a fund entered into a short
hedge  because  Mitchell  Hutchins or a  sub-adviser  projected a decline in the
price of a security in that  fund's  portfolio,  and the price of that  security
increased  instead,  the gain from that  increase  might be wholly or  partially
offset by a decline in the price of the Derivative Instrument.  Moreover, if the
price of the  Derivative  Instrument  declined by more than the  increase in the
price of the security,  the fund could suffer a loss.  In either such case,  the
fund would have been in a better position had it not hedged at all.

      (4) As  described  below,  a fund might be required to maintain  assets as
"cover,"  maintain  segregated  accounts or make margin  payments  when it takes
positions in  Derivative  Instruments  involving  obligations  to third  parties
(i.e.,  Derivative  Instruments other than purchased  options).  If the fund was
unable to close out its positions in such  Derivative  Instruments,  it might be
required to continue to maintain  such assets or accounts or make such  payments
until the positions expired or matured. These requirements might impair a fund's
ability to sell a  portfolio  security or make an  investment  at a time when it
would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the fund sell a portfolio
security at a disadvantageous  time. A fund's ability to close out a position in
a Derivative Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence
of a liquid  secondary  market or, in the absence of such a market,  the ability
and  willingness of a counterparty  to enter into a transaction  closing out the
position.  Therefore,  there is no  assurance  that any hedging  position can be
closed out at a time and price that is favorable to a fund.

      COVER FOR STRATEGIES  USING  DERIVATIVE  INSTRUMENTS.  Transactions  using
Derivative  Instruments,  other than purchased  options,  expose the funds to an
obligation to another  party.  A fund will not enter into any such  transactions
unless it owns either (1) an  offsetting  ("covered")  position  in  securities,
currencies  or  other  options  or  futures  contracts  or (2)  cash  or  liquid
securities,  with a  value  sufficient  at all  times  to  cover  its  potential
obligations  to the extent not covered as provided in (1) above.  Each fund will
comply with SEC guidelines  regarding cover for such  transactions  and will, if
the guidelines so require,  set aside cash or liquid  securities in a segregated
account with its custodian in the prescribed amount.

      Assets used as cover or held in a segregated  account cannot be sold while
the position in the corresponding Derivative Instrument is open, unless they are
replaced  with similar  assets.  As a result,  committing  a large  portion of a
fund's  assets  to  cover  positions  or to  segregated  accounts  could  impede
portfolio  management or the fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other
current obligations.



                                       35
<PAGE>


      OPTIONS.  The funds may  purchase put and call  options,  and write (sell)
covered  put or call  options on  securities  in which they  invest and  related
indices.  Funds that may invest  outside the United States also may purchase put
and call options and write covered options on foreign  currencies.  The purchase
of call  options may serve as a long hedge,  and the purchase of put options may
serve as a short hedge.  In addition,  a fund may also use options to attempt to
enhance  return or realize  gains by  increasing  or reducing its exposure to an
asset class without  purchasing or selling the  underlying  securities.  Writing
covered put or call options can enable a fund to enhance income by reason of the
premiums paid by the  purchasers of such options.  Writing  covered call options
serves as a limited  short  hedge,  because  declines in the value of the hedged
investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the
option. However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise
price of the call option,  it can be expected  that the option will be exercised
and the  affected  fund will be  obligated to sell the security at less than its
market value. Writing covered put options serves as a limited long hedge because
increases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of
the  premium  received  for  writing  the  option.   However,  if  the  security
depreciates to a price lower than the exercise  price of the put option,  it can
be expected that the put option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated
to purchase the security at more than its market value.  The securities or other
assets  used as cover for  over-the-counter  options  written by a fund would be
considered  illiquid  to the  extent  described  under  "The  Funds'  Investment
Policies, Related Risks and Limitations--Illiquid Securities."

      The value of an option  position  will reflect,  among other  things,  the
current market value of the  underlying  investment,  the time  remaining  until
expiration,  the  relationship  of the exercise price to the market price of the
underlying  investment,  the  historical  price  volatility  of  the  underlying
investment and general market conditions. Options normally have expiration dates
of up to nine  months.  Generally,  over-the-counter  debt  options  or  foreign
currency options used by the funds are European-style  options.  This means that
the option is only exercisable  immediately prior to its expiration.  This is in
contrast to  American-style  options which are  exercisable at any time prior to
the  expiration  date of the option.  There are also other types of options that
may be exercised on certain  specified  dates  before  expiration.  Options that
expire unexercised have no value.


      A fund may effectively  terminate its right or obligation  under an option
by entering into a closing  transaction.  For example,  a fund may terminate its
obligation  under a call or put  option  that it had  written by  purchasing  an
identical call or put option;  this is known as a closing purchase  transaction.
Conversely,  a fund may  terminate  a  position  in a put or call  option it had
purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing
sale transaction. Closing transactions permit a fund to realize profits or limit
losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

      The funds may purchase and write both exchange-traded and over-the-counter
options.  Currently,  many  options on equity  securities  are  exchange-traded.
Exchange  markets  for  options on bonds and  foreign  currencies  exist but are
relatively   new,   and  these   instruments   are   primarily   traded  on  the
over-the-counter market. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued
by a clearing  organization  affiliated with the exchange on which the option is
listed which, in effect,  guarantees completion of every exchange-traded  option
transaction. In contrast,  over-the-counter options are contracts between a fund
and its  counterparty  (usually a securities  dealer or a bank) with no clearing
organization   guarantee.   Thus,   when  a  fund   purchases   or   writes   an
over-the-counter  option, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery
of the  underlying  investment  upon  exercise  of the  option.  Failure  by the
counterparty  to do so would  result in the loss of any premium paid by the fund
as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

      The funds' ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
options  depends  on the  existence  of a liquid  market.  The  funds  intend to
purchase or write only those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to
be a liquid  secondary  market.  However,  there can be no assurance that such a
market will exist at any particular time.  Closing  transactions can be made for
over-the-counter options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty,  or
by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although the
funds will enter into over-the-counter options only with counterparties that are
expected to be capable of entering  into  closing  transactions  with the funds,
there  is no  assurance  that a fund  will  in fact  be  able  to  close  out an
over-the-counter  option position at a favorable  price prior to expiration.  In
the event of insolvency of the counterparty, a fund might be unable to close out
an over-the-counter option position at any time prior to its expiration.



                                       36
<PAGE>

      If a fund were unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had
purchased,  it would have to  exercise  the option to realize  any  profit.  The
inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered put or call
option written by the fund could cause material losses because the fund would be
unable to sell the  investment  used as cover for the written  option  until the
option expires or is exercised.

      A fund may  purchase and write put and call options on indices in much the
same manner as the more traditional  options  discussed above,  except the index
options may serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in a securities market
(or market sector) rather than  anticipated  increases or decreases in the value
of a particular security.

      LIMITATIONS  ON THE USE OF OPTIONS.  The funds' use of options is governed
by  the  following  guidelines,  which  can be  changed  by  the  board  without
shareholder vote:

      (1) A fund may  purchase a put or call option,  including  any straddle or
spread,  only if the value of its premium,  when aggregated with the premiums on
all other options held by the fund, does not exceed 5% of its total assets.

      (2) The aggregate value of securities  underlying put options written by a
fund, determined as of the date the put options are written, will not exceed 50%
of its net assets.

      (3) The  aggregate  premiums  paid on all  options  (including  options on
securities,  foreign  currencies and  securities  indices and options on futures
contracts)  purchased by a fund that are held at any time will not exceed 20% of
its net assets.


      FUTURES.  The  funds  may  purchase  and  sell  securities  index  futures
contracts,   interest  rate  futures  contracts,  debt  security  index  futures
contracts and (for those funds that invest  outside the United  States)  foreign
currency futures contracts.  A fund may also purchase put and call options,  and
write covered put and call options, on futures in which it is allowed to invest.
The purchase of futures or call options  thereon can serve as a long hedge,  and
the sale of futures or the purchase of put options  thereon can serve as a short
hedge.  Writing covered call options on futures contracts can serve as a limited
short hedge, and writing covered put options on futures contracts can serve as a
limited long hedge,  using a strategy  similar to that used for writing  covered
options on  securities  or indices.  In  addition,  a fund may  purchase or sell
futures contracts or purchase options thereon to increase or reduce its exposure
to an asset class without purchasing or selling the underlying securities either
as a hedge or to enhance return or realize gains.


      Futures  strategies  also can be used to manage the average  duration of a
fund's portfolio.  If Mitchell Hutchins or the applicable  sub-adviser wishes to
shorten the average duration of a fund's portfolio,  the fund may sell a futures
contract or a call  option  thereon,  or  purchase a put option on that  futures
contract. If Mitchell Hutchins or the sub-adviser wishes to lengthen the average
duration of the fund's portfolio,  the fund may buy a futures contract or a call
option thereon, or sell a put option thereon.

      A fund may also write put options on futures  contracts  while at the same
time   purchasing   call  options  on  the  same  futures   contracts  in  order
synthetically  to create a long futures  contract  position.  Such options would
have the same strike  prices and  expiration  dates.  A fund will engage in this
strategy  only when it is more  advantageous  to a fund than is  purchasing  the
futures contract.

      No price is paid upon entering into a futures  contract.  Instead,  at the
inception  of a futures  contract a fund is required to deposit in a  segregated
account with its  custodian,  in the name of the futures broker through whom the
transaction was effected,  "initial margin"  consisting of cash,  obligations of
the United States or obligations  fully  guaranteed as to principal and interest
by the  United  States,  in an  amount  generally  equal  to 10% or  less of the
contract  value.  Margin must also be deposited  when writing a call option on a
futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in
securities transactions,  initial margin on futures contracts does not represent
a borrowing,  but rather is in the nature of a  performance  bond or  good-faith
deposit that is returned to a fund at the  termination of the transaction if all
contractual obligations have been satisfied.  Under certain circumstances,  such


                                       37
<PAGE>

as periods of high volatility, a fund may be required by an exchange to increase
the level of its initial margin payment,  and initial margin  requirements might
be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

      Subsequent  "variation  margin"  payments are made to and from the futures
broker daily as the value of the futures  position  varies,  a process  known as
"marking to market."  Variation  margin does not involve  borrowing,  but rather
represents a daily  settlement of each fund's  obligations  to or from a futures
broker.  When a fund  purchases  an option on a future,  the  premium  paid plus
transaction costs is all that is at risk. In contrast,  when a fund purchases or
sells a futures contract or writes a call option thereon, it is subject to daily
variation  margin calls that could be  substantial in the event of adverse price
movements.  If a fund  has  insufficient  cash to meet  daily  variation  margin
requirements,  it might  need to sell  securities  at a time when such sales are
disadvantageous.

      Holders and writers of futures  positions and options on futures can enter
into  offsetting  closing  transactions,  similar  to  closing  transactions  on
options, by selling or purchasing,  respectively, an instrument identical to the
instrument  held or written.  Positions in futures and options on futures may be
closed only on an exchange or board of trade that  provides a secondary  market.
The funds intend to enter into futures  transactions only on exchanges or boards
of trade where there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can
be no  assurance  that such a market will exist for a  particular  contract at a
particular time.

      Under certain circumstances,  futures exchanges may establish daily limits
on the  amount  that the price of a future or  related  option can vary from the
previous day's settlement  price;  once that limit is reached,  no trades may be
made that day at a price  beyond  the  limit.  Daily  price  limits do not limit
potential  losses  because  prices  could  move to the daily  limit for  several
consecutive days with little or no trading,  thereby  preventing  liquidation of
unfavorable positions.

      If a fund were unable to liquidate a futures or related  options  position
due to the  absence  of a liquid  secondary  market or the  imposition  of price
limits, it could incur  substantial  losses. A fund would continue to be subject
to market risk with respect to the position. In addition,  except in the case of
purchased  options, a fund would continue to be required to make daily variation
margin  payments and might be required to maintain the position  being hedged by
the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

      Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
movements  in the  prices of futures  contracts  or  related  options  might not
correlate  perfectly  with  movements  in the  prices of the  investments  being
hedged. For example, all participants in the futures and related options markets
are subject to daily variation  margin calls and might be compelled to liquidate
futures or related  options  positions  whose prices are moving  unfavorably  to
avoid being subject to further calls.  These  liquidations  could increase price
volatility of the instruments and distort the normal price relationship  between
the futures or options and the investments being hedged.  Also,  because initial
margin deposit  requirements  in the futures market are less onerous than margin
requirements in the securities markets,  there might be increased  participation
by  speculators  in the futures  markets.  This  participation  also might cause
temporary price  distortions.  In addition,  activities of large traders in both
the futures and securities  markets involving  arbitrage,  "program trading" and
other investment strategies might result in temporary price distortions.


      LIMITATIONS ON THE USE OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS.  The use of futures
and  related  options is  governed  by the  following  guidelines,  which can be
changed by the board without shareholder vote:

      (1) The  aggregate  initial  margin and premiums on futures  contracts and
options on futures  positions  that are not for bona fide  hedging  purposes (as
defined by the CFTC),  excluding the amount by which options are "in-the-money",
may not exceed 5% of a fund's net assets.

      (2) The  aggregate  premiums  paid on all  options  (including  options on
securities,  foreign  currencies and  securities  indices and options on futures
contracts)  purchased by a fund that are held at any time will not exceed 20% of
its net assets.



                                       38
<PAGE>

      (3) The  aggregate  margin  deposits on all futures  contracts and options
thereon held at any time by a fund will not exceed 5% of its total assets.


      FOREIGN CURRENCY  HEDGING  STRATEGIES--SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS.  Each fund
that may invest outside the United States may use options and futures on foreign
currencies,  as described above, and forward  currency  contracts,  as described
below,  to hedge  against  movements in the values of the foreign  currencies in
which the fund's  securities are  denominated.  Such currency hedges can protect
against price movements in a security a fund owns or intends to acquire that are
attributable to changes in the value of the currency in which it is denominated.
Such hedges do not,  however,  protect against price movements in the securities
that are attributable to other causes.

      A fund might seek to hedge  against  changes in the value of a  particular
currency when no Derivative  Instruments  on that currency are available or such
Derivative  Instruments are considered  expensive.  In such cases,  the fund may
hedge  against price  movements in that  currency by entering into  transactions
using Derivative Instruments on another currency or a basket of currencies,  the
value of which  Mitchell  Hutchins or the applicable  sub-adviser  believes will
have a  positive  correlation  to the value of the  currency  being  hedged.  In
addition, a fund may use forward currency contracts to shift exposure to foreign
currency  fluctuations from one country to another. For example, if a fund owned
securities  denominated  in a foreign  currency  and  Mitchell  Hutchins  or the
sub-adviser  believed that currency would decline relative to another  currency,
it might  enter into a forward  contract  to sell an  appropriate  amount of the
first foreign currency,  with payment to be made in the second foreign currency.
Transactions that use two foreign currencies are sometimes referred to as "cross
hedging." Use of a different foreign currency  magnifies the risk that movements
in the price of the Derivative  Instrument  will not correlate or will correlate
unfavorably with the foreign currency being hedged.

      The value of Derivative  Instruments on foreign  currencies depends on the
value of the underlying  currency  relative to the U.S. dollar.  Because foreign
currency   transactions   occurring  in  the  interbank   market  might  involve
substantially  larger amounts than those involved in the use of such  Derivative
Instruments,  a fund  could be  disadvantaged  by having to deal in the  odd-lot
market  (generally  consisting of  transactions of less than $1 million) for the
underlying  foreign  currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round
lots.

      There is no  systematic  reporting  of last sale  information  for foreign
currencies or any  regulatory  requirement  that  quotations  available  through
dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.  Quotation
information  generally  is  representative  of very  large  transactions  in the
interbank  market and thus might not reflect  odd-lot  transactions  where rates
might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global,
round-the-clock  market.  To the extent the U.S.  options or futures markets are
closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open,  significant
price and rate movements might take place in the underlying  markets that cannot
be reflected in the markets for the Derivative Instruments until they reopen.

      Settlement of Derivative Instruments involving foreign currencies might be
required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus,
the funds might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying foreign
currency  in  accordance  with any U.S.  or foreign  regulations  regarding  the
maintenance  of foreign  banking  arrangements  by U.S.  residents  and might be
required  to pay any  fees,  taxes and  charges  associated  with such  delivery
assessed in the issuing country.

      FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  Funds  that may invest  outside  the United
States may enter into  forward  currency  contracts  to purchase or sell foreign
currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency.  Such
transactions  may  serve as long  hedges--for  example,  a fund may  purchase  a
forward  currency  contract  to lock in the  U.S.  dollar  price  of a  security
denominated  in a foreign  currency  that the fund  intends to acquire.  Forward
currency contract  transactions may also serve as short hedges--for  example,  a
fund may sell a forward currency  contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent
of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security denominated in a foreign
currency.

      The cost to a fund of engaging in forward  currency  contracts varies with
factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the
market  conditions  then  prevailing.  Because  forward  currency  contracts are
usually entered into on a principal  basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
When  a  fund  enters  into  a  forward  currency  contract,  it  relies  on the


                                       39
<PAGE>

counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity
of the contract.  Failure by the  counterparty to do so would result in the loss
of any expected benefit of the transaction.

      As is the  case  with  futures  contracts,  parties  to  forward  currency
contracts can enter into  offsetting  closing  transactions,  similar to closing
transactions  on  futures,  by  entering  into an  instrument  identical  to the
instrument  purchased or sold, but in the opposite direction.  Secondary markets
generally  do not exist for  forward  currency  contracts,  with the result that
closing  transactions  generally can be made for forward currency contracts only
by negotiating  directly with the counterparty.  Thus, there can be no assurance
that a fund will in fact be able to close out a forward  currency  contract at a
favorable  price prior to maturity.  In addition,  in the event of insolvency of
the  counterparty,  a fund  might be  unable  to close  out a  forward  currency
contract at any time prior to maturity. In either event, the fund would continue
to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to
be required to maintain a position in the securities or currencies  that are the
subject of the hedge or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

      The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of
the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such
securities,  measured in the  foreign  currency,  will change  after the foreign
currency contract has been  established.  Thus, a fund might need to purchase or
sell  foreign  currencies  in the spot (cash)  market to the extent such foreign
currencies  are not covered by forward  contracts.  The projection of short-term
currency market movements is extremely  difficult,  and the successful execution
of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

      LIMITATIONS  ON THE USE OF  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  A fund that may
invest  outside the United States may enter into forward  currency  contracts or
maintain a net exposure to such  contracts only if (1) the  consummation  of the
contracts  would not obligate the fund to deliver an amount of foreign  currency
in excess of the value of the position being hedged by such contracts or (2) the
fund  segregates  with its custodian cash or liquid  securities in an amount not
less than the value of its total  assets  committed to the  consummation  of the
contract and not covered as provided in (1) above, as marked to market daily.


      SWAP  TRANSACTIONS.  Swap  transactions  include swaps,  caps,  floors and
collars relating to interest rates, currencies, securities or other instruments.
A  fund  that  invests   primarily  in  bonds  may  enter  into   interest  swap
transactions,  including swaps,  caps,  floors and collars.  Interest rate swaps
involve an agreement  between two parties to exchange  payments  that are based,
for example,  on variable and fixed-rates of interest and that are calculated on
the basis of a specified amount of principal (the "notional  principal  amount")
for a specified period of time. Interest rate cap and floor transactions involve
an  agreement  between  two  parties  in which  the first  party  agrees to make
payments to the counterparty  when a designated  market interest rate goes above
(in the case of a cap) or below (in the case of a floor) a  designated  level on
predetermined  dates or during a specified  time  period.  Interest  rate collar
transactions involve an agreement between two parties in which payments are made
when a designated  market  interest rate either goes above a designated  ceiling
level or goes below a designated floor level on predetermined  dates or during a
specified time period.  Currency swaps,  caps, floors and collars are similar to
interest rate swaps,  caps,  floors and collars,  but they are based on currency
exchange  rates than  interest  rates.  Equity swaps or other swaps  relating to
securities or other instruments are also similar,  but they are based on changes
in the value of the underlying securities or instruments. For example, an equity
swap  might  involve  an  exchange  of the  value of a  particular  security  or
securities  index in a certain notional amount for the value of another security
or index or for the value of  interest  on that  notional  amount at a specified
fixed or variable rate.

      A fund may enter into interest rate swap transactions to preserve a return
or spread on a particular  investment  or portion of its portfolio or to protect
against any increase in the price of securities it  anticipates  purchasing at a
later date. A fund may use interest  rate swaps,  caps,  floors and collars as a
hedge on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it
is hedging  its  assets or  liabilities.  Interest  rate swap  transactions  are
subject to risks  comparable  to those  described  above  with  respect to other
derivatives strategies.

      A fund will usually enter into  interest rate swaps on a net basis,  i.e.,
the two payment streams are netted out, with a fund receiving or paying,  as the
case  may be,  only  the net  amount  of the two  payments.  Because  segregated


                                       40
<PAGE>

accounts  will be  established  with  respect  to these  transactions,  Mitchell
Hutchins and the  sub-advisers  (if applicable)  believe such obligations do not
constitute  senior  securities  and,  accordingly,  will not treat them as being
subject to a fund's  borrowing  restrictions.  The net amount of the excess,  if
any, of a fund's obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest
rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis,  and appropriate  fund assets having
an  aggregate  net asset  value at least  equal to the  accrued  excess  will be
maintained  in  a  segregated   account  as  described   above  in  "The  Funds'
Investments,  Related Risks and  Limitations--Segregated  Accounts." A fund also
will establish and maintain such  segregated  accounts with respect to its total
obligations  under any swaps that are not  entered  into on a net basis and with
respect to any caps, floors and collars that are written by the fund.

      A fund will enter into interest rate swap  transactions only with banks or
recognized  securities dealers or their affiliates believed by Mitchell Hutchins
or the applicable  sub-adviser to present minimal credit risk in accordance with
guidelines  established by the fund's board.  If there is a default by the other
party  to such a  transaction,  a fund  will  have  to  rely on its  contractual
remedies  (which may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or similar  laws)
pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

    ORGANIZATION; TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS; PRINCIPAL HOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT
                             OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES


      The Trust was formed on November  21,  1986 as a business  trust under the
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has thirteen operating series. The
Trust is governed  by a board of  trustees,  which is  authorized  to  establish
additional  series  and to issue an  unlimited  number of  shares of  beneficial
interest of each  existing or future  series,  par value  $0.001 per share.  The
board oversees each fund's operations.

      The trustees and  executive  officers of the Trust,  their ages,  business
addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are:


                          POSITION WITH        BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE        TRUST                  DIRECTORSHIPS
  ---------------------        -----                  -------------

Margo N. Alexander*+; 53    Trustee and   Mrs.  Alexander  is  Chairman  (since
                             President    March 1999),  chief executive officer
                                          and a director  of  Mitchell  Hutchins
                                          (since January 1995), and an executive
                                          vice   president   and   director   of
                                          PaineWebber  (since March 1984).  Mrs.
                                          Alexander is president and director or
                                          trustee of 31 investment companies for
                                          which Mitchell  Hutchins,  PaineWebber
                                          or one of their  affiliates  serves as
                                          investment adviser.

Richard Q. Armstrong; 64      Trustee     Mr.   Armstrong   is   chairman   and
R.Q.A. Enterprises                        principal   of   R.Q.A.   Enterprises
One Old Church Road                       (management  consulting  firm) (since
Unit #6                                   April 1991 and  principal  occupation
Greenwich, CT 06830                       since  March  1995).   Mr.  Armstrong
                                          was  chairman  of  the  board,   chief
                                          executive   officer  and  co-owner  of
                                          Adirondack   Beverages  (producer  and
                                          distributor   of   soft   drinks   and
                                          sparkling/still    waters)    (October
                                          1993-March  1995). He was a partner of
                                          The  New  England   Consulting   Group
                                          (management consulting firm) (December
                                          1992-September  1993). He was managing
                                          director  of  LVMH  U.S.   Corporation
                                          (U.S.  subsidiary of the French luxury
                                          goods conglomerate, Louis Vuitton Moet
                                          Hennessey Corporation) (1987-1991) and
                                          chairman   of  its  wine  and  spirits
                                          subsidiary,   Schieffelin  &  Somerset
                                          Company (1987-1991).  Mr. Armstrong is
                                          a director or trustee of 30 investment
                                          companies for which Mitchell Hutchins,
                                          PaineWebber or one of their affiliates
                                          serves as investment adviser.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                          POSITION WITH        BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE        TRUST                  DIRECTORSHIPS
  ---------------------        -----                  -------------

E. Garrett Bewkes,          Trustee and   Mr.  Bewkes  is a  director  of Paine
Jr.**+; 73                  Chairman of   Webber   Group   Inc.    ("PW Group")
                           the Board of   (holding  company of PaineWebber  and
                             Trustees     Mitchell    Hutchins).    Prior    to
                                          December  1995, he was a consultant to
                                          PW  Group.   Prior  to  1988,  he  was
                                          chairman of the board,  president  and
                                          chief  executive  officer of  American
                                          Bakeries  Company.  Mr.  Bewkes  is  a
                                          director   of   Interstate    Bakeries
                                          Corporation.  Mr. Bewkes is a director
                                          or trustee of 34 investment  companies
                                          for    which    Mitchell     Hutchins,
                                          PaineWebber or one of their affiliates
                                          serves as investment adviser.

Richard R. Burt; 53           Trustee     Mr.   Burt   is   chairman   of   IEP
1275 Pennsylvania Ave,                    Advisors,      LLP     (international
N.W.                                      investments   and  consulting   firm)
Washington, DC  20004                     (since  March  1994),  a  partner  of
                                          McKinsey &    Company     (management
                                          consulting  firm)  (since  1991).  He
                                          is     also     a     director     of
                                          Archer-Daniels-Midland            Co.
                                          (agricultural           commodities),
                                          Hollinger      International      Co.
                                          (publishing)   and  Homestake  Mining
                                          Corp.  (gold  mining),  vice chairman
                                          of    Anchor     Gaming     (provides
                                          technology  to  gaming  and  wagering
                                          industry)  (since  July  1999),  nine
                                          investment   companies  in  the  Flag
                                          Investors   Family  of   Funds,   The
                                          Central   European  Fund,  Inc.,  The
                                          Germany  Fund,  Inc.  and chairman of
                                          Weirton   Steel   Corp.   (makes  and
                                          finishes   steel   products)   (since
                                          April   1996).   He  was  the   chief
                                          negotiator  in  the  Strategic   Arms
                                          Reduction   Talks   with  the  former
                                          Soviet  Union   (1989-1991)  and  the
                                          U.S.   Ambassador   to  the   Federal
                                          Republic   of  Germany   (1985-1989).
                                          Mr. Burt  is a director or trustee of
                                          30  investment  companies  for  which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

Mary C. Farrell**+; 50        Trustee     Ms.  Farrell is a managing  director,
                                          senior   investment   strategist  and
                                          member  of  the   Investment   Policy
                                          Committee   of    PaineWebber.    Ms.
                                          Farrell  joined  PaineWebber in 1982.
                                          She  is a  member  of  the  Financial
                                          Women's   Association   and   Women's
                                          Economic  Roundtable and appears as a
                                          regular  panelist on Wall $treet Week
                                          with   Louis   Rukeyser.   She   also
                                          serves on the Board of  Overseers  of
                                          New York  University's  Stern  School
                                          of   Business.   Ms.   Farrell  is  a
                                          director or trustee of 29  investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.


                                       42
<PAGE>

                          POSITION WITH        BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE        TRUST                  DIRECTORSHIPS
  ---------------------        -----                  -------------

Meyer Feldberg; 58            Trustee     Mr.  Feldberg  is Dean and  Professor
Columbia University                       of Management of the Graduate  School
101 Uris Hall                             of  Business,   Columbia  University.
New York, NY  10027                       Prior to 1989,  he was  president  of
                                          the     Illinois     Institute     of
                                          Technology.  Dean  Feldberg is also a
                                          director     of     Primedia     Inc.
                                          (publishing),   Federated  Department
                                          Stores,  Inc. (operator of department
                                          stores)     and     Revlon,      Inc.
                                          (cosmetics).   Dean   Feldberg  is  a
                                          director or trustee of 33  investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

George W. Gowen; 70           Trustee     Mr.  Gowen  is a  partner  in the law
666 Third Avenue                          firm   of   Dunnington,   Bartholow &
New York, NY  10017                       Miller.  Prior to May 1994,  he was a
                                          partner in the law firm of Fryer, Ross
                                          & Gowen.  Mr.  Gowen is a director  or
                                          trustee of 33 investment companies for
                                          which Mitchell  Hutchins,  PaineWebber
                                          or one of their  affiliates  serves as
                                          investment adviser.

Frederic V. Malek; 63         Trustee     Mr.   Malek  is  chairman  of  Thayer
1455 Pennsylvania Ave,                    Capital Partners  (merchant bank) and
N.W.                                      chairman  of Thayer  Hotel  Investors
Suite 350                                 II  and  Lodging  Opportunities  Fund
Washington, DC  20004                     (hotel   investment    partnerships).
                                          From January  1992 to November  1992,
                                          he   was    campaign    manager    of
                                          Bush-Quayle  '92.  From 1990 to 1992,
                                          he was vice  chairman  and, from 1989
                                          to   1990,   he  was   president   of
                                          Northwest  Airlines Inc. and NWA Inc.
                                          (holding    company   of    Northwest
                                          Airlines  Inc.).  Prior to  1989,  he
                                          was    employed   by   the   Marriott
                                          Corporation   (hotels,   restaurants,
                                          airline    catering    and   contract
                                          feeding),  where he most recently was
                                          an  executive   vice   president  and
                                          president  of  Marriott   Hotels  and
                                          Resorts.   Mr.   Malek   is   also  a
                                          director  of  Aegis   Communications,
                                          Inc.    (tele-services),     American
                                          Management Systems,  Inc. (management
                                          consulting   and   computer   related
                                          services),       Automatic       Data
                                          Processing,      Inc.,     (computing
                                          services),  CB  Richard  Ellis,  Inc.
                                          (real  estate  services),  FPL Group,
                                          Inc.  (electric   services),   Global
                                          Vacation Group (packaged  vacations),
                                          HCR/Manor Care,  Inc.  (health care),
                                          SAGA    Systems,    Inc.    (software
                                          company)   and   Northwest   Airlines
                                          Inc.   Mr. Malek  is  a  director  or
                                          trustee  of 30  investment  companies
                                          for    which    Mitchell    Hutchins,
                                          PaineWebber    or   one   of    their
                                          affiliates   serves   as   investment
                                          adviser.


                                       43
<PAGE>

                          POSITION WITH        BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE        TRUST                  DIRECTORSHIPS
  ---------------------        -----                  -------------

Carl W. Schafer; 64           Trustee     Mr.   Schafer  is  president  of  the
66 Witherspoon Street,                    Atlantic    Foundation    (charitable
#1100                                     foundation      supporting     mainly
Princeton, NJ  08542                      oceanographic     exploration     and
                                          research).   He  is  a  director   of
                                          Labor    Ready,    Inc.    (temporary
                                          employment),  Roadway  Express,  Inc.
                                          (trucking),  The  Guardian  Group  of
                                          Mutual  Funds,  the Harding,  Loevner
                                          Funds,     E.I.I.     Realty    Trust
                                          (investment company),  Evans Systems,
                                          Inc.   (motor   fuels,    convenience
                                          store   and   diversified   company),
                                          Electronic   Clearing   House,   Inc.
                                          (financial transactions  processing),
                                          Frontier    Oil    Corporation    and
                                          Nutraceutix,    Inc.   (biotechnology
                                          company).  Prior to January  1993, he
                                          was   chairman   of  the   Investment
                                          Advisory   Committee  of  the  Howard
                                          Hughes   Medical    Institute.    Mr.
                                          Schafer is a  director  or trustee of
                                          30  investment  companies  for  which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

Brian M. Storms*+; 45         Trustee     Mr.  Storms  is  president  and chief
                                          operating    officer   of    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins  (since  March  1999).   Mr.
                                          Storms was  president  of  Prudential
                                          Investments  (1996-1999).   Prior  to
                                          joining  Prudential he was a managing
                                          director  at  Fidelity   Investments.
                                          Mr.  Storms is a director  or trustee
                                          of 30 investment  companies for which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

T. Kirkham Barneby*; 53   Vice President  Mr.  Barneby is a  managing  director
                                          and         chief          investment
                                          officer--quantitative  investments  of
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins.  Mr. Barneby is a
                                          vice  president  of seven  investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

Tom Disbrow**; 34         Vice President  Mr.   Disbrow   is   a   first   vice
                           and Assistant  president  and a  senior  manager  of
                             Treasurer    the mutual  fund  finance  department
                                          of   Mitchell   Hutchins.   Prior  to
                                          November   1999,   he   was  a   vice
                                          president of  Zweig/Glaser  Advisers.
                                          Mr.  Disbrow is a vice  president and
                                          assistant  treasurer of 31 investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

Ellen R. Harris*; 53      Vice President  Ms.  Harris  is a  managing  director
                                          and a  portfolio  manager of Mitchell
                                          Hutchins.   Ms.   Harris  is  a  vice
                                          president    of    two     investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.



                                       44
<PAGE>

                          POSITION WITH        BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE        TRUST                  DIRECTORSHIPS
  ---------------------        -----                  -------------

Donald R. Jones*; 39      Vice President  Mr. Jones is a senior vice  president
                                          and a  portfolio  manager of Mitchell
                                          Hutchins.  Prior  to  February  1996,
                                          he was a vice  president in the asset
                                          management  group of  First  Fidelity
                                          Bancorporation.  Mr.  Jones is a vice
                                          president    of    two     investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

James F. Keegan*; 39      Vice President  Mr.   Keegan   is   a   senior   vice
                                          president and a portfolio  manager of
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins.  Prior  to  March
                                          1996,   he  was   director  of  fixed
                                          income   strategy   and  research  of
                                          Merrion  Group,  L.P. Mr. Keegan is a
                                          vice   president  of  six  investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

John J. Lee**; 31         Vice President  Mr.  Lee  is a vice  president  and a
                                and       manager  of the mutual  fund  finance
                             Assistant    department   of  Mitchell   Hutchins.
                             Treasurer    Prior to  September  1997,  he was an
                                          audit   manager   in  the   financial
                                          services  practice  of  Ernst & Young
                                          LLP. Mr. Lee is a vice  president and
                                          assistant  treasurer of 31 investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

Kevin J. Mahoney**; 34    Vice President  Mr.   Mahoney   is   a   first   vice
                                and       president  and a  senior  manager  of
                             Assistant    the mutual  fund  finance  department
                             Treasurer    of  Mitchell  Hutchins.  From  August
                                          1996 through  March 1999,  he was the
                                          manager of the mutual  fund  internal
                                          control   group  of   Salomon   Smith
                                          Barney.  Prior  to  August  1996,  he
                                          was  an   associate   and   assistant
                                          treasurer  for  BlackRock   Financial
                                          Management  L.P.  Mr.  Mahoney  is  a
                                          vice    president    and    assistant
                                          treasurer of 31 investment  companies
                                          for    which    Mitchell    Hutchins,
                                          PaineWebber    or   one   of    their
                                          affiliates   serves   as   investment
                                          adviser.

Dennis McCauley*; 53      Vice President  Mr.  McCauley is a managing  director
                                          and  chief  investment  officer--fixed
                                          income  of  Mitchell  Hutchins.   Mr.
                                          McCauley  is a vice  president  of 22
                                          investment    companies   for   which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

Ann E. Moran**; 42        Vice President  Ms. Moran is a vice  president  and a
                                and       manager  of the mutual  fund  finance
                             Assistant    department of Mitchell Hutchins.  Ms.
                             Treasurer    Moran   is  a  vice   president   and
                                          assistant  treasurer of 31 investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.


                                       45
<PAGE>

                          POSITION WITH        BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE        TRUST                  DIRECTORSHIPS
  ---------------------        -----                  -------------

Dianne E. O'Donnell**; 47 Vice President  Ms.   O'Donnell   is  a  senior  vice
                           and Secretary  president and deputy general  counsel
                                          of Mitchell  Hutchins.  Ms. O'Donnell
                                          is a vice  president and secretary of
                                          30  investment  companies  and a vice
                                          president and assistant  secretary of
                                          one  investment   company  for  which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

Emil Polito*; 39          Vice President  Mr.   Polito   is   a   senior   vice
                                          president  and director of operations
                                          and  control for  Mitchell  Hutchins.
                                          Mr. Polito is a vice  president of 31
                                          investment    companies   for   which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

Susan Ryan; 40*           Vice President  Ms. Ryan is a senior  vice  president
                                          and  portfolio  manager  of  Mitchell
                                          Hutchins  and has been with  Mitchell
                                          Hutchins  since  1982.  Ms. Ryan is a
                                          vice  president  of  five  investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

Victoria E. Schonfeld**;  Vice President  Ms. Schonfeld is a managing  director
49                                        and   general   counsel  of  Mitchell
                                          Hutchins  and  (since  July  1995)  a
                                          senior     vice      president     of
                                          PaineWebber.  Ms. Schonfeld is a vice
                                          president of 30 investment  companies
                                          and a vice  president  and  secretary
                                          of one  investment  company for which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

Paul H. Schubert**; 37    Vice President  Mr.   Schubert   is  a  senior   vice
                           and Treasurer  president  and director of the mutual
                                          fund finance  department  of Mitchell
                                          Hutchins.  Mr.  Schubert  is  a  vice
                                          president   and   treasurer   of   31
                                          investment    companies   for   which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.

Nirmal Singh*; 44         Vice President  Mr. Singh is a senior vice  president
                                          and a  portfolio  manager of Mitchell
                                          Hutchins.   Mr.   Singh   is  a  vice
                                          president    of    four    investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

Barney A.                 Vice President  Mr.  Taglialatela is a vice president
Taglialatela**; 39              and       and a  manager  of  the  mutual  fund
                             Assistant    finance    department   of   Mitchell
                             Treasurer    Hutchins.  Mr. Taglialatela is a vice
                                          president and  assistant  treasurer of
                                          31  investment   companies  for  which
                                          Mitchell Hutchins,  PaineWebber or one
                                          of   their   affiliates    serves   as
                                          investment adviser.

Mark A. Tincher*; 44      Vice President  Mr.  Tincher is a  managing  director
                                          and         chief          investment
                                          officer--equities      of     Mitchell
                                          Hutchins.   Mr.  Tincher  is  a  vice
                                          president of 12 investment  companies
                                          for    which    Mitchell    Hutchins,
                                          PaineWebber    or   one   of    their
                                          affiliates   serves   as   investment
                                          adviser.


                                       46
<PAGE>

                          POSITION WITH        BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE        TRUST                  DIRECTORSHIPS
  ---------------------        -----                  -------------

Stuart Waugh*; 44         Vice President  Mr. Waugh is a managing  director and
                                          a   portfolio   manager  of  Mitchell
                                          Hutchins   responsible   for   global
                                          fixed    income    investments    and
                                          currency  trading.  Mr.  Waugh  is  a
                                          vice  president  of  five  investment
                                          companies    for    which    Mitchell
                                          Hutchins,   PaineWebber   or  one  of
                                          their     affiliates     serves    as
                                          investment adviser.

Keith A. Weller**; 38     Vice President  Mr. Weller is a first vice  president
                                and       and  associate   general  counsel  of
                             Assistant    Mitchell   Hutchins.   Prior  to  May
                             Secretary    1995,  he was an  attorney in private
                                          practice.   Mr.   Weller  is  a  vice
                                          president and assistant  secretary of
                                          30  investment  companies  for  which
                                          Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber  or
                                          one of  their  affiliates  serves  as
                                          investment adviser.
- -------------
* This  person's  business  address is 51 West 52nd Street,  New York,  New York
10019-6114.

** This person's business address is 1285 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New
York 10019.

+     Mrs.  Alexander,  Mr. Bewkes, Ms. Farrell and Mr. Storms are "interested
      persons"  of each  fund as  defined  in the  Investment  Company  Act by
      virtue of their positions with Mitchell  Hutchins,  PaineWebber,  and/or
      PW Group.



      The Trust pays each board member who is not an "interested  person" of the
Trust $500 annually for each fund and an additional up to $150 per fund for each
board  meeting  and  each  separate  meeting  of a board  committee.  The  Trust
presently has 13 series and thus pays each such trustee  $6,500  annually,  plus
any additional amounts due for board or committee meetings. Each chairman of the
audit and contract review  committees of individual funds within the PaineWebber
fund complex receives  additional  compensation,  aggregating  $15,000 annually,
from the  relevant  funds.  All board  members are  reimbursed  for any expenses
incurred in attending meetings.  Because PaineWebber,  Mitchell Hutchins and, as
applicable,  a sub-adviser perform  substantially all the services necessary for
the operation of the Trust and each fund,  the Trust  requires no employees.  No
officer,  director or employee of  Mitchell  Hutchins or  PaineWebber  presently
receives  any  compensation  from the  Trust  for  acting  as a board  member or
officer.














                                       47
<PAGE>


      The table below includes certain information  relating to the compensation
of the current  board members and the  compensation  of those board members from
all PaineWebber funds during the year ended December 31, 1999.

                               COMPENSATION TABLE+


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMPENSATION TABLE+


                                                                              TOTAL COMPENSATION FROM
                                                AGGREGATE COMPENSATION FROM    THE TRUST AND THE FUND
              NAME OF PERSON, POSITION                   THE TRUST*                  COMPLEX
              ------------------------                   ----------                  -------
<S>                                                            <C>                          <C>

       Richard Q. Armstrong,
       Trustee..........................................       $16,640                      $104,650
       Richard R. Burt,
       Trustee..........................................        16,250                       102,850
       Meyer Feldberg,
       Trustee..........................................        16,640                       119,650
       George W. Gowen,
       Trustee..........................................        21,806                       119,650
       Frederic V. Malek,
       Trustee..........................................        16,640                       104,650
       Carl W. Schafer,
       Trustee..........................................        16,640                       104,650
</TABLE>

- --------------------
+  Only  independent  board members are  compensated by the Trust and identified
   above;  board  members  who  are  "interested  persons,"  as  defined  by the
   Investment Company Act, do not receive compensation.

*  Represents  fees  paid to each  Trustee  from the  Trust  for the year  ended
   December 31, 1999.

** Represents  total  compensation  paid during the calendar year ended December
   31, 1999 to each board member by 31  investment  companies (34 in the case of
   Messrs.  Feldberg and Gowen) for which Mitchell Hutchins,  PaineWebber or one
   of  their  affiliates  served  as  investment  adviser.  No fund  within  the
   PaineWebber fund complex has a bonus,  pension,  profit sharing or retirement
   plan.

           PRINCIPAL HOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

      As of March 3, 2000,  trustees and officers  owned in the  aggregate  less
than 1% of the outstanding shares of any class of each fund.

      The following shareholders are shown in the Trust's records as owning more
than 5% of the  outstanding  Class H and Class I shares of the funds as of March
3, 2000, as indicated below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FUND                        PERCENTAGE OWNED  SHAREHOLDER

<S>                              <C>          <C>
AGGRESSIVE GROWTH PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares                 100%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.

BALANCED PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               32.58%         American Republic Insurance Company
                               58.02%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.
                                6.45%         AIG Life Paradigm Variable Annuity

GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               32.73%         American Republic Insurance Company
                               66.42%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.



                                       48
<PAGE>

FUND                        PERCENTAGE OWNED  SHAREHOLDER

GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               49.89%         American Republic Insurance Company
                               43.45%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.

GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               24.26%         American Republic Insurance Company
                               39.88%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.
                               28.93%         AIG Life Paradigm Variable Annuity

- --Class I shares               61.30%         Hartford Life Insurance Company
                               13.43%         Aetna Life Insurance & Annuity Co.
                               14.10%         Keyport Life Insurance
                               11.15%         The Ohio National Life Insurance
                                              Co.

GROWTH PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               48.11%         American Republic Insurance Company
                               44.60%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.
                                6.01%         AIG Life Paradigm Variable Annuity

HIGH GRADE FIXED INCOME
PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares                 100%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.

HIGH INCOME PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               10.16%         AIG Life Paradigm Variable Annuity
                               88.01%         PaineWebber Capital

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               25.27%         American Republic Insurance Company
                               73.27%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.

SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               11.48%         AIG Life Paradigm Variable Annuity
                               86.15%         PaineWebber Capital

STRATEGIC FIXED INCOME
- --Class H shares               40.49%         American Republic Insurance Company
                               56.62%         PaineWebber Life Insurance Co.


STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares                8.10%         AIG Life Paradigm Variable Annuity
                               90.93%         PaineWebber Capital

- --Class I shares               75.43%         Hartford Life Insurance Company
                               12.23%         Keyport Life Insurance
                               12.32%         The Ohio National Life Insurance
                                              Co.

TACTICAL ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
- --Class H shares               85.39%         AIG Life Paradigm Variable Annuity
                               13.27%         AIG Life Paradigm ADB



                                       49
<PAGE>

FUND                        PERCENTAGE OWNED  SHAREHOLDER

- --Class I shares               41.18%         Hartford Life Insurance Company
                               12.49%         Aetna Life Insurance & Annuity Co.
                               41.10%         Keyport Life Insurance
                                5.20%         The Ohio National Life Insurance
                                              Co.
</TABLE>



      INVESTMENT ADVISORY; ADMINISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

      INVESTMENT  ADVISORY AND  ADMINISTRATION  ARRANGEMENTS.  Mitchell Hutchins
acts as the  investment  adviser  and  administrator  of each fund  pursuant  to
separate  contracts  (each an  "Advisory  Contract")  with the Trust.  Under the
applicable Advisory Contract,  the Trust pays Mitchell Hutchins a fee (expressed
as a percentage of the fund's average daily net assets)  computed daily and paid
monthly,  at the annual rates indicated below. The table also shows the advisory
fees earned (or accrued) by Mitchell Hutchins during the periods shown.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     ANNUAL RATE OF ADVISORY FEE
                                      AS A PERCENTAGE OF FUND'S
                                             AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS         ADVISORY FEES PAID OR ACCRUED
                                                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 1999            1998         1997
                                                                                 ----            ----         ----
<S>                                                   <C>                     <C>            <C>          <C>
Money Market Portfolio.................               0.50%                   $35,628        $ 47,751     $ 56,346
High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio......               0.50%                    30,260          38,332       39,763
Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio.......               0.50%                    40,308          52,424       53,270
Strategic Income Portfolio *...........               0.75%                    87,217          16,271          n/a
Global Income Portfolio................               0.75%                    88,569         127,634      165,480
High Income Portfolio *................               0.50%                    61,666          12,017          n/a
Balanced Portfolio.....................               0.75%                   198,050         249,460      252,729
Growth and Income Portfolio............               0.70%                   180,762         167,394      138,089
Tactical Allocation Portfolio *........               0.50%                   221,102          18,444          n/a
Growth Portfolio.......................               0.75%                   278,216         286,582      299,373
Aggressive Growth Portfolio............               0.80%                   137,591         172,407      170,723
Small Cap Portfolio *..................               1.00%                    41,972           8,635          n/a
Global Equity Portfolio................               0.75%                   115,797         151,440      182,141
</TABLE>

- -------------------
*     These funds commenced operations on September 28, 1998.








                                       50
<PAGE>


      For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, Mitchell Hutchins voluntarily
waived  the  portion  of its fee  shown  below  under  the  applicable  Advisory
Contracts in connection  with certain funds'  investment of cash collateral from
securities lending in a private investment vehicle managed by Mitchell Hutchins.

                                                AMOUNT OF FEE WAIVED UNDER
FUND                                                 ADVISORY CONTRACT
- ----                                                 -----------------
Money Market Portfolio.................             $         0
High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio......                       0
Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio.......                       0
Strategic Income Portfolio *...........                       0
Global Income Portfolio................                       0
High Income Portfolio *................                       0
Balanced Portfolio.....................                      80
Growth and Income Portfolio............                      23
Tactical Allocation Portfolio *........                     451
Growth Portfolio.......................                     196
Aggressive Growth Portfolio............                       0
Small Cap Portfolio *..................                      14
Global Equity Portfolio................                      72



      The Advisory  Contracts  authorize Mitchell Hutchins to retain one or more
sub-advisers  but do not require Mitchell  Hutchins to do so. Mitchell  Hutchins
has entered into sub-advisory contracts ("Sub-Advisory  Contracts") with respect
to Strategic Fixed Income  Portfolio,  Aggressive  Growth  Portfolio and for the
foreign  investment  segment of Global Equity  Portfolio,  as described  further
below.

      Mitchell  Hutchins has entered into a  Sub-Advisory  Contract with Pacific
Investment  Management  Company  ("PIMCO")  pursuant  to which  PIMCO  serves as
sub-adviser for Strategic  Fixed Income  Portfolio.  Mitchell  Hutchins (not the
fund) pays PIMCO for its services under the  Sub-Advisory  Contract a fee in the
annual  amount of 0.25% of the fund's  average  daily net assets.  For the years
ended  December  31, 1999,  December  31, 1998 and  December 31, 1997,  Mitchell
Hutchins  paid or accrued  sub-advisory  fees to PIMCO of  $20,153,  $26,212 and
$26,635,  respectively.  PIMCO, a Delaware general partnership,  is a registered
investment  adviser and a subsidiary  partnership of PIMCO Advisors L.P. ("PIMCO
Advisors").  The general  partners of PIMCO Advisors are PIMCO Advisors  Holding
L.P.  ("PAH"),  a publicly  traded company listed on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol "PA", and PIMCO Partners,  G.P., a general  partnership between
Pacific Life  Insurance  Company and PIMCO  Partners,  LLC, a limited  liability
company controlled by the PIMCO managing directors.  PIMCO is one of the largest
fixed  income   management   firms  in  the  nation.   Included   among  PIMCO's
institutional  clients are many  "Fortune  500"  companies.  On October 31 1999,
PIMCO Advisors, PAH and Allianz AG ("Allianz") announced that they had reached a
definitive  agreement  pursuant to which Allianz will acquire majority ownership
of  PIMCO  Advisors  and  its   subsidiaries,   including  PIMCO  (the  "Allianz
Transaction").  Under the terms of the transaction,  Allianz will acquire all of
PAH,  the  publicly  traded  general  partner of PIMCO  Advisors.  Pacific  Life
Insurance Company will retain an approximate 30% interest in PIMCO Advisors. The
Allianz  Transaction is currently expected to be completed in the second quarter
of 2000.

      Mitchell   Hutchins  has  entered  into  a   Sub-Advisory   Contract  with
Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management  ("Nicholas-Applegate")  pursuant to which
Nicholas-Applegate  serves  as  sub-adviser  for  Aggressive  Growth  Portfolio.
Mitchell Hutchins (not the fund) pays  Nicholas-Applegate for its services under
the  Sub-Advisory  Contract  a fee in the  annual  amount of 0.50% of the fund's
average daily net assets.  For the years ended  December 31, 1999,  December 31,
1998 and December 31, 1997, Mitchell Hutchins paid or accrued  sub-advisory fees
to   Nicholas-Applegate  of  $85,994,   $107,754  and  $106,702,   respectively.
Nicholas-Applegate  is a California limited partnership.  Its general partner is
Nicholas-Applegate  Capital  Management  Holdings,  L.P., a  California  limited
partnership controlled by Arthur E. Nicholas.



                                       51
<PAGE>

      Mitchell  Hutchins has entered into a  Sub-Advisory  Contract with Invista
Capital  Management  LLC  ("Invista")   pursuant  to  which  Invista  serves  as
sub-adviser  for the foreign  investments  segment of Global  Equity  Portfolio.
Mitchell  Hutchins  (not the  fund)  pays  Invista  for its  services  under the
Sub-Advisory  Contract a fee in the annual amount of 0.29% of the fund's average
daily net  assets.  For the year  ended  December  31,  1999 and for the  period
November  2, 1998 to  December  31,  1998,  Mitchell  Hutchins  paid or  accrued
sub-advisory fees to Invista of $27,039 and $4,556, respectively. Invista, which
was founded in 1984, is an indirect  wholly owned  subsidiary of Principal  Life
Insurance  Company and manages  substantially  all of Principal  Life  Insurance
Company's equity accounts,  in addition to providing  investment advice to other
affiliated and non-affiliated customers.

      Prior to November 2, 1998, GE Investment Management  Incorporated ("GEIM")
served as investment  sub-adviser for all investments of Global Equity Portfolio
and Mitchell Hutchins (not the fund) paid GEIM for its services under this prior
Sub-Advisory  Contract a fee in the annual amount of 0.29% of the fund's average
daily net  assets.  For the period  January 1, 1998 to  November 1, 1998 and the
year ended  December 31, 1997,  Mitchell  Hutchins paid or accrued  sub-advisory
fees to GEIM of $49,623 and $70,428, respectively.


      Under the terms of the  Advisory  Contracts,  each fund bears all expenses
incurred  in its  operation  that  are  not  specifically  assumed  by  Mitchell
Hutchins. General expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to
one of the funds are allocated  among the funds by or under the direction of the
Trust's board in such manner as the board  determines to be fair and  equitable.
Expenses borne by each fund include the following (or the fund's allocable share
of the following):  (1) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities
purchased or sold by the fund and any losses  incurred in connection  therewith;
(2) fees  payable to and  expenses  incurred  on behalf of the fund by  Mitchell
Hutchins; (3) organizational  expenses; (4) filing fees and expenses relating to
the registration and  qualification of the fund's shares under federal and state
securities laws and maintenance of such  registrations and  qualifications;  (5)
fees and salaries  payable to board members and officers who are not  interested
persons  (as  defined in the  Investment  Company  Act) of the Trust or Mitchell
Hutchins;  (6) all  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with the board  members'
services,  including  travel  expenses;  (7)  taxes  (including  any  income  or
franchise   taxes)  and   governmental   fees;   (8)  costs  of  any  liability,
uncollectible  items of deposit and other insurance or fidelity  bonds;  (9) any
costs,  expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or
other relief  asserted  against the Trust or fund for violation of any law; (10)
legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel
for the independent board members;  (11) charges of custodians,  transfer agents
and other agents; (12) costs of preparing share  certificates;  (13) expenses of
setting in type and printing prospectuses,  statements of additional information
and supplements thereto,  reports and proxy materials for existing shareholders,
and costs of mailing such  materials  to  shareholders;  (14) any  extraordinary
expenses  (including fees and  disbursements  of counsel)  incurred by the fund;
(15) fees, voluntary  assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with
membership  in  investment  company  organizations;  (16) costs of  mailing  and
tabulating  proxies  and costs of meetings  of  shareholders,  the board and any
committees  thereof;  (17) the cost of investment  company  literature and other
publications provided to board members and officers;  and (18) costs of mailing,
stationery and communications equipment.

      Under each Advisory Contract, Mitchell Hutchins will not be liable for any
error of judgment  or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered by the Trust or a
fund in connection with the performance of the Advisory Contract,  except a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of
Mitchell Hutchins in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of
its  duties  and  obligations  thereunder.  Each  Advisory  Contract  terminates
automatically  upon  assignment and is terminable  with respect to a fund at any
time without penalty by the board or by vote of the holders of a majority of the
fund's  outstanding  voting  securities on 60 days'  written  notice to Mitchell
Hutchins, or by Mitchell Hutchins on 60 days' written notice to the Trust.

      Under each Sub-Advisory  Contract,  the sub-adviser will not be liable for
any error of judgment  or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered by the Trust,
the  fund,  its  shareholders  or  Mitchell  Hutchins  in  connection  with  the
Sub-Advisory  Contract,  except  any  liability  to any of  them  to  which  the
sub-adviser  would  otherwise be subject by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith or gross  negligence on its part in the  performance of its duties or from
reckless  disregard by it of its obligations  and duties under the  Sub-Advisory
Contract.   Each  Sub-Advisory   Contract  terminates   automatically  upon  its
assignment or the termination of the Advisory  Contract and is terminable at any
time without penalty by the board or by vote of the holders of a majority of the
applicable  fund's  outstanding  voting  securities  on 60 days'  notice  to the


                                       52
<PAGE>

sub-adviser,  or by the  sub-adviser  on 120 days'  written  notice to  Mitchell
Hutchins. Each Sub-Advisory Contract also may be terminated by Mitchell Hutchins
(1)  upon  material  breach  by  the  sub-adviser  of  its  representations  and
warranties,  which breach shall not have been cured within a 20 day period after
notice of such breach;  (2) if the  sub-adviser  becomes unable to discharge its
duties and obligations  under the Sub-Advisory  Contract;  or (3) upon 120 days'
notice to the sub-adviser.


      SECURITIES  LENDING.  During the fiscal  years ended  December  31,  1999,
December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997,  the  indicated  fund paid (or accrued)
the following fees to PaineWebber for its services as securities lending agent:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        FUND                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
        ----                                                       ------------------------------
                                                                 1999            1998            1997
                                                                 ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>             <C>
        Money Market Portfolio................................    $0              $0              $0
        High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio.....................     0               0               0
        Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio......................     0               0               0
        Strategic Income Portfolio *..........................     0               0             n/a
        Global Income Portfolio ..............................     0             171             213
        High Income Portfolio *...............................     0               0             n/a
        Balanced Portfolio....................................   512           1,725             867
        Growth and Income Portfolio...........................   100             420             437
        Tactical Allocation Portfolio *....................... 1,039               0             n/a
        Growth Portfolio...................................... 2,898           2,936           9,945
        Aggressive Growth Portfolio........................... 1,428             555           2,060
        Small Cap Portfolio *.................................   164               0             n/a
        Global Equity Portfolio...............................   708           1,377             809
</TABLE>

    ------------------
         *        These funds commenced operations on September 28, 1998.

      NET ASSETS.  The following  table shows the  approximate  net assets as of
February 29, 2000, sorted by category of investment objective, of the investment
companies as to which Mitchell  Hutchins  serves as adviser or  sub-adviser.  An
investment company may fall into more than one of the categories below.

                                                                 NET ASSETS
                        INVESTMENT CATEGORY                       ($MIL)
                        -------------------                       ------
      Domestic (excluding Money Market)......................     $9,931.5
      Global.................................................      4,757.8
      Equity/Balanced........................................     10,115.9
      Fixed Income (excluding Money Market)..................      4,573.4
            Taxable Fixed Income.............................      3,146.1
            Tax-Free Fixed Income............................      1,427.3
      Money Market Funds.....................................     39,977.1


      PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES.  The funds,  their investment adviser and their
principal underwriter each have adopted a code of ethics under rule 17j-1 of the
Investment Company Act, which permits personnel covered by the Code to invest in
securities  that may be purchased or held by a fund,  but prohibits  fraudulent,
deceptive or manipulative  conduct in connection  with that personal  investing.
Each sub-adviser also has adopted a code of ethics under rule 17j-1.

      DISTRIBUTION  ARRANGEMENTS.  Mitchell  Hutchins acts as the distributor of
the Class I shares of each fund under a separate  distribution contract with the
Trust  ("Distribution  Contract").  The Distribution  Contract requires Mitchell
Hutchins to use its best efforts,  consistent with its other businesses, to sell
Class I shares of each fund.  Class H shares have no distributor or distribution
contract.  Class H and Class I shares of each fund are offered  continuously  to


                                       53
<PAGE>

separate  accounts of insurance  companies.  Mitchell  Hutchins is located at 51
West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019-6114.


      Under a plan of distribution pertaining to the Class I shares of each fund
adopted  by the  Trust in the  manner  prescribed  under  Rule  12b-1  under the
Investment  Company  Act  ("Class I Plan" or  "Plan"),  each fund pays  Mitchell
Hutchins a distribution  fee, accrued daily and payable  monthly,  at the annual
rate of 0.25% of the  average  daily  net  assets  attributable  to its  Class I
shares.  Mitchell  Hutchins  uses  these  distribution  fees  to  pay  insurance
companies    whose   separate    accounts    purchase   Class   I   shares   for
distribution-related  services that the insurance companies provide with respect
to the Class I shares.  These  services  include (1) the printing and mailing of
fund prospectuses, statements of additional information, related supplements and
shareholder  reports  to  current  and  prospective  contract  owners,  (2)  the
development  and  preparation of sales  material,  including  sales  literature,
relating to Class I shares, (3) materials and activities intended to educate and
train insurance company sales personnel concerning the funds and Class I shares,
(4)  obtaining  information  and  providing   explanations  to  contract  owners
concerning the funds,  (5) compensating  insurance  company sales personnel with
respect to services that result in the sale or retention of Class I shares,  (6)
providing  personal  services  and/or account  maintenance  services to contract
owners with respect to insurance  company  separate  accounts  that hold Class I
shares,  and (7)  financing  other  activities  that the  board  determines  are
primarily intended to result in the sale of Class I shares.

      The Plan and the related Distribution  Contract for Class I shares specify
that the distribution fees paid to Mitchell Hutchins are not  reimbursements for
specific  expenses  incurred.  Therefore,  even if Mitchell  Hutchins'  expenses
exceed the distribution fees it receives, the funds will not be obligated to pay
more than those fees. On the other hand, if Mitchell Hutchins' expenses are less
than such fees,  it will retain its full fees and realize a profit.  Expenses in
excess of distribution  fees received or accrued through the termination date of
the Class I Plan will be Mitchell Hutchins' sole  responsibility and not that of
the  funds.  The  board  reviews  the  Class  I  Plan  and  Mitchell   Hutchins'
corresponding expenses annually.

      Among other things,  the Class I Plan provides that (1) Mitchell  Hutchins
will submit to the board at least quarterly,  and the board members will review,
reports  regarding all amounts  expended under the Class I Plan and the purposes
for which such  expenditures  were made,  (2) the Class I Plan will  continue in
effect  only so long as it is  approved  at  least  annually,  and any  material
amendment thereto is approved,  by the board,  including those board members who
are not  "interested  persons"  of the Trust and who have no direct or  indirect
financial  interest in the operation of the Plan or any agreement related to the
Plan,  acting in person at a meeting called for that purpose,  (3) payments by a
fund  under  the Class I Plan  shall not be  materially  increased  without  the
affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of the
relevant  class and (4) while the Class I Plan remains in effect,  the selection
and  nomination of board members who are not  "interested  persons" of the Trust
shall  be  committed  to the  discretion  of  the  board  members  who  are  not
"interested persons" of that Trust.












                                       54
<PAGE>


      During the year ended  December 31,  1999,  the funds paid (or accrued) to
Mitchell Hutchins the following distribution fees for their Class I shares under
the Plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FEES WAIVED BY
FUND                                          FEES PAID BY FUND          MITCHELL HUTCHINS
- ----                                          -----------------          -----------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>
Money Market Portfolio.................         $         0            $        0
High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio......                   0                     0
Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio.......                   0                     0
Strategic Income Portfolio ............                   0                 1,524
Global Income Portfolio................                   0                     0
High Income Portfolio..................                   0                     0
Balanced Portfolio.....................                   0                   364
Growth and Income Portfolio............                   0                 6,549
Tactical Allocation Portfolio..........                   0                43,639
Growth Portfolio.......................                   0                 1,461
Aggressive Growth Portfolio............                   0                     0
Small Cap Portfolio....................                   0                   181
Global Equity Portfolio................                   0                   107
</TABLE>


      In approving the Class I Plan for each fund, the board  considered all the
features of the  distribution  system for the Class I shares,  including (1) the
expectation that Class I shares would be sold primarily to the separate accounts
of insurance companies  unaffiliated with Mitchell Hutchins or PaineWebber,  (2)
the expenses  those  unaffiliated  insurance  companies  were likely to incur in
marketing  Class I shares to the owners of  contracts  issued by their  separate
accounts,  (3) the need to encourage those unaffiliated  insurance  companies to
educate  their agents  concerning  the fund and to  compensate  their agents for
selling  Class I  shares  and  (4) the  need  to  encourage  those  unaffiliated
insurance  companies to educate their contract owners concerning the fund and to
provide  personal  and account  maintenance  services  to  contract  owners with
respect to the fund's Class I shares attributable to their accounts.

      The board also considered all  compensation  that Mitchell  Hutchins would
receive  under the Class I Plan and the  Distribution  Contract and the benefits
that would accrue to Mitchell  Hutchins  under the Class I Plan in that Mitchell
Hutchins would receive  distribution and advisory fees that are calculated based
upon a percentage of the average net assets of a fund, which fees would increase
if the  Class I Plan  were  successful  and the  fund  attained  and  maintained
significant asset levels.

                             PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

      Subject to policies  established  by the board,  Mitchell  Hutchins or the
applicable sub-adviser is responsible for the execution of each fund's portfolio
transactions  and  the  allocation  of  brokerage  transactions.   In  executing
portfolio transactions, Mitchell Hutchins or the sub-adviser seeks to obtain the
best net  results  for a fund,  taking into  account  such  factors as the price
(including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order,
difficulty of execution and operational  facilities of the firm involved.  While
Mitchell  Hutchins or the  sub-adviser  generally seeks  reasonably  competitive
commission rates, payment of the lowest commission is not necessarily consistent
with  obtaining  the best net  results.  Prices  paid to  dealers  in  principal
transactions  generally include a "spread," which is the difference  between the
prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase  and sell a specific  security
at the time.  Generally,  bonds are traded on the  over-the-counter  market on a
"net" basis without a stated  commission  through  dealers  acting for their own
accounts and not through brokers.  Each fund may invest in securities  traded in
the over-the-counter markets and will engage primarily with the dealers who make
markets in such securities, unless a better price or execution could be obtained
by using a broker.


      During  the  fiscal  years   indicated,   the  funds  paid  the  brokerage
commissions set forth below:



                                       55
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                1999               1998              1997
                                                                ----               ----              ----
<S>                                                        <C>                <C>               <C>
       Money Market Portfolio..........................    $       0          $       0         $       0
       High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio...............            0                  0                 0
       Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio................            0                 64             1,149
       Strategic Income Portfolio *....................            0                  0               n/a
       Global Income Portfolio.........................            0                  0                 0
       High Income Portfolio *.........................            0                  0               n/a
       Balanced Portfolio..............................       33,068             47,323            51,556
       Growth and Income Portfolio.....................       34,313             33,107            39,178
       Tactical Allocation Portfolio *.................       40,444              7,579               n/a
       Growth Portfolio................................       26,525             45,109            71,334
       Aggressive Growth Portfolio.....................       33,597             46,977            47,838
       Small Cap Portfolio *...........................        8,737              6,471               n/a
       Global Equity Portfolio.........................       11,456            137,373           113,093
</TABLE>


         ------------------
         *     These funds commenced operations on September 28, 1998.

      The funds have no  obligation  to deal with any broker or group of brokers
in  the  execution  of  portfolio  transactions.  The  funds  contemplate  that,
consistent  with  the  policy  of  obtaining  the best  net  results,  brokerage
transactions  may be  conducted  through  Mitchell  Hutchins or its  affiliates,
including  PaineWebber,  or brokerage  affiliates of a fund's  sub-adviser.  The
board has adopted  procedures in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment
Company Act to ensure that all  brokerage  commissions  paid to  PaineWebber  or
brokerage  affiliates of a fund's sub-adviser are reasonable and fair.  Specific
provisions in the Advisory  Contracts and the Sub-Advisory  Contracts  authorize
Mitchell  Hutchins  and  each  sub-adviser,   respectively,  and  any  of  their
affiliates  that is a  member  of a  national  securities  exchange,  to  effect
portfolio  transactions  for the applicable  fund on such exchange and to retain
compensation in connection with such transactions. Any such transactions will be
effected and related  compensation  paid only in accordance  with applicable SEC
regulations.


      During the fiscal years indicated, the funds paid brokerage commissions to
PaineWebber  or, as  applicable,  brokerage  affiliates  of the  sub-adviser  as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   --------------------------------
                                                                1999               1998              1997
                                                                ----               ----              ----
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>                <C>
       Money Market Portfolio.........................    $        0        $         0        $        0
       High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio..............             0                  0                 0
       Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio...............             0                  0                 0
       Strategic Income Portfolio *...................             0                  0               n/a
       Global Income Portfolio........................             0                  0                 0
       High Income Portfolio *........................             0                  0               n/a
       Balanced Portfolio.............................         1,674                 54             1,992
       Growth and Income Portfolio....................         2,009                714               558
       Tactical Allocation Portfolio *................            12                  0               n/a
       Growth Portfolio...............................         1,996              4,212             4,020
       Aggressive Growth Portfolio....................         3,306                  0             1,621
       Small Cap Portfolio *..........................             0                  0               n/a
       Global Equity Portfolio........................           589                 12                 0
</TABLE>


         ------------------
         *     These funds commenced operations on September 28, 1998.



                                       56
<PAGE>


      These  brokerage  commissions  paid for the year ended  December  31, 1999
represented for each fund the percentages of total  brokerage  commissions  paid
and of the dollar  amount  representing  the fund's  transactions  involving the
payment of brokerage commissions set forth below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PERCENTAGE OF DOLLAR
                                               PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL         AMOUNT OF TRANSACTIONS
                                              BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS         INVOLVING PAYMENT OF
                                                       PAID                 BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
<S>                                                          <C>                           <C>
   Money Market Portfolio..................                      0                             0
   High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio.......                      0                             0
   Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio........                      0                             0
   Strategic Income Portfolio..............                      0                             0
   Global Income Portfolio.................                      0                             0
   High Income Portfolio ..................                      0                             0
   Balanced Portfolio......................                  5.06%                         4.29%
   Growth and Income Portfolio.............                  5.85%                         5.14%
   Tactical Allocation Portfolio ..........                  0.03%                         0.02%
   Growth Portfolio........................                  7.52%                         7.11%
   Aggressive Growth Portfolio.............                  9.84%                         8.48%
   Small Cap Portfolio.....................                      0                             0
   Global Equity Portfolio.................                  5.14%                         4.45%
</TABLE>



      Transactions in futures contracts are executed through futures  commission
merchants ("FCMs"),  who receive brokerage  commissions for their services.  The
funds'  procedures in selecting  FCMs to execute their  transactions  in futures
contracts,  including procedures permitting the use of Mitchell Hutchins and its
affiliates or brokerage  affiliates of the sub-adviser,  are similar to those in
effect with respect to brokerage transactions in securities.


      In selecting brokers, Mitchell Hutchins or a sub-adviser will consider the
full range and quality of a broker's services.  Consistent with the interests of
the funds and  subject  to the  review of each  board,  Mitchell  Hutchins  or a
sub-adviser may cause a fund to purchase and sell portfolio  securities  through
brokers who provide  Mitchell  Hutchins or the  sub-adviser  with  brokerage  or
research services.  The funds may pay those brokers a higher commission than may
be charged by other brokers,  provided that Mitchell Hutchins or the sub-adviser
determines  in good faith that such  commission is reasonable in terms either of
that  particular  transaction  or of  the  overall  responsibility  of  Mitchell
Hutchins or the sub-adviser, as applicable, to that fund and its other clients.

      Research  services  obtained  from  brokers may include  written  reports,
pricing and appraisal  services,  analysis of issues raised in proxy statements,
educational  seminars,  subscriptions,   portfolio  attribution  and  monitoring
services, and computer hardware,  software and access charges which are directly
related to investment research. Research services may be received in the form of
written reports, online services,  telephone contacts and personal meetings with
securities  analysts,  economists,  corporate  and  industry  spokespersons  and
government representatives.









                                       57
<PAGE>


      For the year ended  December 31, 1999,  the funds  directed the  portfolio
transactions  indicated  below to brokers chosen because they provide  research,
analysis,  advice and similar  services,  for which the funds paid the brokerage
commissions indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         FUND                                              AMOUNT OF PORTFOLIO      BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
                                                               TRANSACTIONS                  PAID
<S>                                                            <C>                        <C>
         Money Market Portfolio.........................                0                       0
         High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio..............                0                       0
         Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio...............                0                       0
         Strategic Income Portfolio.....................                0                       0
         Global Income Portfolio........................                0                       0
         High Income Portfolio..........................                0                       0
         Balanced Portfolio.............................       87,238,383                 116,186
         Growth and Income Portfolio....................       58,094,080                 118,987
         Tactical Allocation Portfolio..................                0                       0
         Growth Portfolio...............................       12,940,269                  11,507
         Aggressive Growth Portfolio....................       25,826,257                  40,735
         Small Cap Portfolio............................        3,519,318                   7,788
         Global Equity Portfolio........................          536,737                   1,661
</TABLE>

      For  purchases or sales with  broker-dealer  firms that act as  principal,
Mitchell Hutchins or the applicable  sub-adviser seeks best execution.  Although
Mitchell  Hutchins or a sub-adviser  may receive  certain  research or execution
services  in  connection  with these  transactions,  Mitchell  Hutchins  and the
sub-adviser will not purchase securities at a higher price or sell securities at
a lower price than would  otherwise be paid if no weight was  attributed  to the
services provided by the executing dealer.  Mitchell Hutchins or the sub-adviser
may engage in agency transactions in over-the-counter equity and debt securities
in return for research and execution  services.  These  transactions are entered
into only in compliance with procedures ensuring that the transaction (including
commissions) is at least as favorable as it would have been if effected directly
with a market-maker that did not provide research or execution services.

      Research  services  obtained  from  brokers may include  written  reports,
pricing and appraisal  services,  analysis of issues raised in proxy statements,
educational  seminars,  subscriptions,   portfolio  attribution  and  monitoring
services, and computer hardware,  software and access charges which are directly
related to investment research. Research services may be received in the form of
written reports, online services,  telephone contacts and personal meetings with
securities  analysts,  economists,  corporate  and  industry  spokespersons  and
government representatives.

      Investment  decisions for a fund and for other investment accounts managed
by Mitchell Hutchins or by the applicable  sub-adviser are made independently of
each  other in light  of  differing  considerations  for the  various  accounts.
However,  the same investment  decision may  occasionally be made for a fund and
one or more of such  accounts.  In such  cases,  simultaneous  transactions  are
inevitable.  Purchases  or sales are then  averaged  as to price  and  allocated
between that fund and such other  account(s) as to amount according to a formula
deemed  equitable  to the fund and such  account(s).  While in some  cases  this
practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security
as far as a fund is concerned, or upon its ability to complete its entire order,
in other cases it is believed that  coordination  and the ability to participate
in volume transactions will be beneficial to the fund.

      The funds will not purchase  securities that are offered in  underwritings
in which PaineWebber,  an applicable sub-adviser or any of their affiliates is a
member of the  underwriting  or selling  group,  except  pursuant to  procedures
adopted by the board  pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the  Investment  Company Act.
Among other things,  these procedures require that the spread or commission paid
in connection  with such a purchase be reasonable  and fair,  the purchase be at
not more than the public  offering  price prior to the end of the first business
day after the date of the public offering and that  PaineWebber or any affiliate


                                       58
<PAGE>

thereof or an affiliate of the  sub-adviser  not  participate in or benefit from
the sale to the funds.

      As of  December  31,  1999,  the  funds  owned  securities  issued  by the
following companies which are regular broker-dealers for the funds:

      Money Market Portfolio:  None.

      High Grade Fixed Income  Portfolio:  Bonds of Lehman  Brothers  Holdings
      Inc.  ($92,032),  Merrill  Lynch & Company  Inc.  ($126,056)  and Morgan
      Stanley Group Inc.  ($136,892);  collateralized  mortgage obligations of
      Morgan Stanley Capital Inc. ($126,282).

      Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio:  Collateralized  mortgage  obligations
      of Merrill Lynch Mortgage Investors Inc.  ($429,344) and Prudential Home
      Mortgage Securities Corp.  ($345,845);  repurchase  agreement with State
      Street Bank and Trust Co. ($185,000)..

      Strategic Income Portfolio:  None.

      Global Income Portfolio: None.

      High Income Portfolio:  None.

      Balanced  Portfolio:  Common  stock  of AXA  Financial  Inc.  (121,950),
      Chase  Manhattan Corp.  ($248,600),  Mellon  Financial Corp.  ($34,062),
      Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co.  ($328,325);  bonds of Lehman  Brothers
      Holdings  Inc.  ($140,469),  Merrill  Lynch & Company  Inc.  ($121,007),
      Morgan  Stanley Dean Witter & Co.  ($193,538);  collateralized  mortgage
      obligations of CS First Boston Mortgage  Securities Corp.  ($55,105) and
      Morgan Stanley Capital Inc. ($90,785).

      Growth  and  Income  Portfolio:  Common  stock of  Morgan  Stanley  Dean
      Witter & Co. ($485,350).

      Tactical  Allocation  Portfolio:  J.P.  Morgan & Co.,  Inc.  ($126,625),
      Bear Stearns Company, Inc. ($34,200),  Charles Schwab Corp.  ($176,525),
      Franklin  Resources,  Inc.  ($48,094),  Lehman Brothers  Holdings,  Inc.
      ($59,281),  Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.  ($175,350),  Morgan  Stanley Dean
      Witter & Co. ($456,800), T. Rowe Price & Associates, Inc. ($25,856).

      Growth  Portfolio:  Common stock of Charles Schwab Corp.  ($115,125) and
      Citigroup Inc. ($105,569).

      Aggressive Growth Portfolio:  None.

      Small Cap Portfolio:  None

      Global Equity  Portfolio:  Common stock of AXA UAP  ($83,650),  Deutsche
      Bank  AG  ($109,805),   UBS  AG  ($136,645),   Chase   Manhattan   Corp.
      ($118,706),   Mellon  Financial  Corp.  ($52,048),  AXA  Financial  Inc.
      ($39,431), Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. ($80,368).


      PORTFOLIO  TURNOVER.  The funds' annual portfolio  turnover rates may vary
greatly  from  year to  year,  but  they  will  not be a  limiting  factor  when
management deems portfolio changes  appropriate.  The portfolio turnover rate is
calculated  by dividing  the lesser of a fund's  annual  sales or  purchases  of
portfolio  securities  (exclusive  of  purchases  or sales of  securities  whose
maturities  at the time of  acquisition  were  one year or less) by the  monthly
average value of securities in the portfolio during the year.



                                       59
<PAGE>


      The funds' respective  portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal years shown
were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                FUND                                              PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATES FOR THE
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            1999             1998
                                                                            ----             ----
<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>
                Money Market Portfolio..........................             n/a              n/a
                High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio...............            166%             101%
                Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio................            503%             245%
                Strategic Income Portfolio *....................            403%              81%
                Global Income Portfolio.........................             43%             104%
                High Income Portfolio *.........................             69%              21%
                Balanced Portfolio..............................            206%             177%
                Growth and Income Portfolio.....................             65%              69%
                Tactical Allocation Portfolio *.................            110%               6%
                Growth Portfolio................................             23%              50%
                Aggressive Growth Portfolio.....................            135%              73%
                Small Cap Portfolio *...........................             98%              17%
                Global Equity Portfolio.........................             63%             154%
</TABLE>

         ------------------
         *     These funds commenced operations on September 28, 1998.


                ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION


      The insurance  company separate accounts purchase and redeem shares of the
funds on each  day on which  the New York  Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading
("Business Day") based on, among other things, the amount of premium payments to
be invested and  surrendered  and  transfer  requests to be effected on that day
pursuant to the variable  contracts.  Currently  the New York Stock  Exchange is
closed on the  observance  of the  following  holidays:  New Year's Day,  Martin
Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence
Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Purchases and redemptions of
the shares of each fund are  effected at their  respective  net asset values per
share determined as of the close of regular trading (usually 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern
time) on the NYSE on that Business Day.  Payment for redemptions are made by the
funds within seven days thereafter. No fee is charged the separate accounts when
they purchase or redeem fund shares.


      The  funds may  suspend  redemption  privileges  or  postpone  the date of
payment  during any period (1) when the NYSE is closed or trading on the NYSE is
restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) when an emergency exists, as defined by
the SEC,  that  makes it not  reasonably  practicable  for a fund to  dispose of
securities  owned by it or fairly to determine the value of its assets or (3) as
the SEC may otherwise permit.  The redemption price may be more or less than the
shareholder's  cost,  depending on the market value of a fund's portfolio at the
time.

                               VALUATION OF SHARES


      Each fund  determines  its net asset value per share  separately  for each
class of shares, normally as of the close of regular trading (usually 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern time) on the New York Stock  Exchange on each Monday through Friday when
the New York Stock Exchange is open. Prices will be calculated  earlier when the
New York Stock  Exchange  closes early  because  trading has been halted for the
day.

      Securities  that are listed on U.S. and foreign stock  exchanges  normally
are  valued at the last sale  price on the day the  securities  are  valued  or,
lacking any sales on that day, at the last  available bid price.  In cases where
securities  are traded on more than one exchange,  the  securities are generally
valued  on the  exchange  considered  by  Mitchell  Hutchins  or the  applicable
sub-adviser as the primary  market.  Securities  traded in the  over-the-counter
market and listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market  ("Nasdaq")  normally are valued at
the  last   available   sale  price  on  Nasdaq   prior  to   valuation;   other
over-the-counter  securities are valued at the last bid price available prior to
valuation, other than short-term investments that mature in 60 days or less.




                                       60
<PAGE>

      Where market quotations are readily  available,  bonds of the funds (other
than Money Market Portfolio) are valued based upon market  quotations,  provided
those quotations adequately reflect, in the judgment of Mitchell Hutchins or the
applicable  sub-adviser,  the fair value of the  securities.  Where those market
quotations  are not readily  available,  bonds are valued based upon  appraisals
received from a pricing service using a computerized matrix system or based upon
appraisals   derived  from  information   concerning  the  security  or  similar
securities  received from recognized dealers in those securities.  The amortized
cost method of  valuation  generally is used to value debt  obligations  with 60
days or less remaining  until  maturity,  unless the board  determines that this
does not represent fair value.  All other securities and other assets are valued
at fair  value as  determined  in good  faith by or under the  direction  of the
board.

      It  should be  recognized  that  judgment  often  plays a greater  role in
valuing  thinly  traded  securities  and lower rated bonds than is the case with
respect  to  securities  for which a  broader  range of  dealer  quotations  and
last-sale information is available.

      All  investments  quoted in foreign  currency will be valued daily in U.S.
dollars on the basis of the foreign  currency  exchange  rate  prevailing at the
time such  valuation  is  determined  by a fund's  custodian.  Foreign  currency
exchange rates are generally determined prior to the close of regular trading on
the NYSE.  Occasionally  events  affecting the value of foreign  investments and
such exchange  rates occur between the time at which they are determined and the
close of  trading  on the  NYSE,  which  events  would not be  reflected  in the
computation  of a fund's  net  asset  value on that day.  If  events  materially
affecting the value of such investments or currency  exchange rates occur during
such  time  period,  the  investments  will be  valued  at their  fair  value as
determined  in good faith by or under the  direction  of the board.  The foreign
currency exchange  transactions of the funds conducted on a spot (that is, cash)
basis are valued at the spot rate for purchasing or selling currency  prevailing
on the foreign exchange market. Under normal market conditions this rate differs
from the  prevailing  exchange rate by less than one-tenth of one percent due to
the costs of converting from one currency to another.

      MONEY  MARKET  PORTFOLIO.  Money  Market  Portfolio  values its  portfolio
securities in accordance  with the amortized cost method of valuation under Rule
2a-7  under the  Investment  Company  Act.  To use  amortized  cost to value its
portfolio securities, the fund must adhere to certain conditions under that Rule
relating to its investments. Amortized cost is an approximation of market value,
whereby  the  difference  between  acquisition  cost and  value at  maturity  is
amortized on a  straight-line  basis over the remaining life of the  instrument.
The  effect  of  changes  in the  market  value of a  security  as a  result  of
fluctuating interest rates is not taken into account and thus the amortized cost
method of valuation may result in the value of a security  being higher or lower
than its actual  market value.  In the event that a large number of  redemptions
takes place at a time when interest rates have increased, the fund might have to
sell portfolio  securities prior to maturity and at a price that might not be as
desirable as the value at maturity.


      The board has  established  procedures  for the purpose of  maintaining  a
constant  net asset value of $1.00 per share for Money Market  Portfolio,  which
include a review of the extent of any  deviation  of net asset  value per share,
based on available market  quotations,  from the $1.00 amortized cost per share.
Should that  deviation  exceed 1/2 of 1%, the trustees  will  promptly  consider
whether any action should be initiated to eliminate or reduce material  dilution
or other  unfair  results to  shareholders.  Such action may  include  redeeming
shares in kind,  selling  portfolio  securities  prior to maturity,  reducing or
withholding dividends and utilizing a net asset value per share as determined by
using available market quotations. Money Market Portfolio will maintain a dollar
weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less and will not purchase any
instrument with a remaining maturity greater than 13 months (as calculated under
Rule 2a-7) and except that securities subject to repurchase  agreements may have
maturities in excess of 13 months.  Money Market  Portfolio will limit portfolio
investments,  including repurchase agreements,  to those U.S. dollar denominated
instruments  that are of high  quality and that the trustees  determine  present
minimal  credit  risks as advised by  Mitchell  Hutchins  and will  comply  with
certain  reporting and  recordkeeping  procedures.  There is not assurance  that
constant net asset value per share will be  maintained.  In the event  amortized
cost ceases to represent fair value, the board will take appropriate action.


      In determining the approximate market value of portfolio instruments,  the
Trust may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method
that takes into consideration market indices,  matrices,  yield curves and other
specific adjustments.  This may result in the securities being valued at a price


                                       61
<PAGE>

different  from the price  that  would  have been  determined  had the matrix or
formula method not been used.  All cash,  receivables  and current  payables are
carried at their face value.  Other assets,  if any, are valued at fair value as
determined in good faith by or under the direction of the board.

                                      TAXES

      Fund shares are offered only to insurance  company separate  accounts that
fund benefits under certain  variable  annuity  contracts  and/or  variable life
insurance contracts.  See the applicable contract prospectus for a discussion of
the special  taxation of insurance  companies with respect to those accounts and
the contract holders.


      QUALIFICATION AS REGULATED INVESTMENT COMPANIES. Each fund is treated as a
separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. To continue to qualify for
treatment as a regulated  investment  company ("RIC") under  Subchapter M of the
Internal  Revenue Code ("Code"),  each fund must distribute to its  shareholders
for each  taxable year at least 90% of its  investment  company  taxable  income
(consisting generally of net investment income, net short-term capital gains and
net  gains  from   certain   foreign   currency   transactions)   ("Distribution
Requirement")  and must meet  several  additional  requirements.  For each fund,
these requirements include the following:  (1) the fund must derive at least 90%
of its gross income each taxable year from  dividends,  interest,  payments with
respect  to  securities  loans and gains from the sale or other  disposition  of
securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options,
futures or forward  contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing
in securities or those currencies  ("Income  Requirement");  (2) at the close of
each quarter of the fund's  taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total
assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S.  government  securities,
securities  of other  RICs and other  securities,  with these  other  securities
limited,  in respect of any one issuer,  to an amount that does not exceed 5% of
the value of the fund's total assets and that does not  represent  more than 10%
of the  issuer's  outstanding  voting  securities;  and (3) at the close of each
quarter of the fund's  taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S.  government  securities or
the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.  By qualifying as a RIC, a fund
(but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on the part of
its investment  company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of
net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) that it distributes
to its shareholders).

      If a fund failed to qualify for  treatment as a RIC for any taxable  year,
(1) it would  be taxed as an  ordinary  corporation  on the full  amount  of its
taxable  income  for  that  year  (even if it  distributed  that  income  to its
shareholders),  (2) all distributions out of its earnings and profits, including
distributions  of net  capital  gain,  would be taxable to its  shareholders  as
dividends (that is, ordinary  income) and (3) most  importantly,  each insurance
company  separate  account  invested  in the  fund  would  fail to  satisfy  the
diversification requirements of section 817(h) of the Code described in the next
paragraph,  with the result that the  variable  annuity  and/or  life  insurance
contracts  supported  by that  account  would  no  longer  be  eligible  for tax
deferral. In addition, the fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains,
pay substantial  taxes and interest and make  substantial  distributions  before
requalifying for RIC treatment.

      ADDITIONAL DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.  Each fund intends to continue to
satisfy the  diversification  requirements  indirectly  imposed on it by section
817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder,  which are in addition to the
diversification  requirements  described above. These requirements place certain
limitations on the assets of each insurance company separate account that may be
invested in the  securities of a single issuer.  Because  section 817(h) and the
regulations  thereunder  treat the assets of each fund as assets of the  related
separate account, the funds must also meet these requirements. Specifically, the
regulations  under section 817(h) provide that, except as permitted by the "safe
harbor"  described  below,  as of the end of each calendar  quarter or within 30
days  thereafter  no  more  than  55%  of the  total  assets  of a  fund  may be
represented by any one investment,  no more than 70% by any two investments,  no
more  than  80% by any  three  investments  and no  more  than  90% by any  four
investments.  For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are considered
a single  investment,  and each U.S.  government agency and  instrumentality  is
considered a separate issuer.  Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a
separate  account  will  be  treated  as  being  adequately  diversified  if the
diversification  requirements  under Subchapter M are satisfied and no more than
55% of the value of the separate account's total assets are cash and cash items,
government securities and securities of other RICs. Failure of a fund to satisfy
the section  817(h)  requirements  would result in (1) taxation of the insurance
company issuing the variable  contracts,  the benefits under which are funded by


                                       62
<PAGE>

the separate account(s) investing in the fund, and (2) treatment of the contract
owners other than as described in the applicable contract prospectus.


OTHER INFORMATION.


      The use of hedging  strategies,  such as writing  (selling) and purchasing
options and futures  contracts  and entering  into forward  currency  contracts,
involves  complex rules that will  determine for income tax purposes the amount,
character and timing of  recognition  of the gains and losses a fund realizes in
connection  therewith.  Gains from the disposition of foreign currencies (except
certain  gains  that may be  excluded  by future  regulations),  and gains  from
options,  futures and forward currency  contracts derived by a fund with respect
to its  business of  investing  in  securities  or foreign  currencies,  will be
treated as qualifying income under the Income Requirement.

      Investment  income  earned  and  gains  realized  by  a  fund  on  foreign
securities  may be subject  to income,  withholding  or other  taxes  imposed by
foreign  countries  and U.S.  possessions  that would reduce the return on those
securities.   Tax  treaties  between  the  United  States  and  certain  foreign
countries,  however,  may reduce or  eliminate  these  taxes,  and many  foreign
countries  do not impose  taxes on capital  gains in respect of  investments  by
foreign investors.

      A fund may invest in the stock of "passive foreign  investment  companies"
("PFICs")  if that  stock is a  permissible  investment.  A PFIC is any  foreign
corporation  (with certain  exceptions)  that,  in general,  meets either of the
following  tests:  (1) at least 75% of its gross  income  is  passive  or (2) an
average of at least 50% of its assets  produce,  or are held for the  production
of,  passive  income.  Under  certain  circumstances,  a fund will be subject to
federal  income tax on a portion of any  "excess  distribution"  received on the
stock of a PFIC or of any gain  from  disposition  of that  stock  (collectively
"PFIC income"),  plus interest  thereon,  even if the fund  distributes the PFIC
income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income
will  be  included  in  the  fund's  investment   company  taxable  income  and,
accordingly,  will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income
to its shareholders.


      If a fund  invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a  "qualified
electing  fund"  ("QEF"),  then  in  lieu  of the  foregoing  tax  and  interest
obligation,  the fund will be  required  to include in income  each year its pro
rata share of the QEF's annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain --which it
may have to  distribute  to  satisfy  the  Distribution  Requirement  and  avoid
imposition of the Excise  Tax--even if the QEF did not distribute those earnings
and  gain to the  fund.  In most  instances  it will be very  difficult,  if not
impossible, to make this election because of certain of its requirements.

      Each  fund  may  elect  to  "mark  to  market"  its  stock  in  any  PFIC.
"Marking-to-market,"  in this context,  means  including in ordinary income each
taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a PFIC's stock over
a fund's  adjusted  basis  therein as of the end of that year.  Pursuant  to the
election,  a fund also would be allowed to deduct (as an ordinary,  not capital,
loss) the  excess,  if any,  of its  adjusted  basis in PFIC stock over the fair
market value thereof as of the taxable  year-end,  but only to the extent of any
net  mark-to-market  gains with  respect to that stock  included by the fund for
prior taxable years under the election (and under  regulations  proposed in 1992
that provided a similar  election with respect to the stock of certain PFICs). A
fund's  adjusted  basis in each PFIC's  stock with  respect to which it has made
this  election  will be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income  included  and
deductions taken thereunder.


      Certain  futures  and foreign  currency  contracts  and listed  non-equity
options (such as those on a securities  index) in which a fund may invest may be
subject to section 1256 of the Internal Revenue Code ("section 1256 contracts").
Any  section  1256  contracts  a fund  holds  at the  end of each  taxable  year
generally  must be  "marked-to-market"  (that is, treated as having been sold at
that time for their fair market value) for federal income tax purposes, with the
result  that  unrealized  gains or losses  will be treated  as though  they were
realized.  Sixty  percent  of any net gain or loss  recognized  on these  deemed
sales, and 60% of any net realized gain or loss from any actual sales of section
1256  contracts,  will be treated as  long-term  capital  gain or loss,  and the
balance  will be treated as  short-term  capital  gain or loss.  These rules may
operate  to  increase  the amount  that a fund must  distribute  to satisfy  the
Distribution   Requirement  (i.e.,  with  respect  to  the  portion  treated  as
short-term  capital gain), which will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary


                                       63
<PAGE>

income,  and to increase  the net  capital  gain a fund  recognizes,  without in
either case  increasing  the cash available to the fund. A fund may elect not to
have the  foregoing  rules apply to any "mixed  straddle"  (that is, a straddle,
clearly  identified by the fund in accordance  with applicable  regulations,  at
least one (but not all) the  positions  of which are  section  1256  contracts),
although doing so may have the effect of increasing  the relative  proportion of
net short-term capital gain (taxable as ordinary income) and thus increasing the
amount of dividends that must be distributed.

      Offsetting positions in any actively traded security,  option,  futures or
forward  currency  contract  entered  into or held by a fund  may  constitute  a
"straddle"  for federal  income tax  purposes.  Straddles are subject to certain
rules that may affect the  amount,  character  and timing of a fund's  gains and
losses with  respect to  positions  of the  straddle by  requiring,  among other
things,  that (1) loss realized on  disposition of one position of a straddle be
deferred to the extent of any  unrealized  gain in an offsetting  position until
the latter  position is disposed  of, (2) the fund's  holding  period in certain
straddle  positions  not  begin  until  the  straddle  is  terminated  (possibly
resulting in gain being  treated as  short-term  rather than  long-term  capital
gain) and (3) losses recognized with respect to certain straddle positions, that
otherwise would constitute  short-term  capital losses,  be treated as long-term
capital losses.  Applicable  regulations also provide certain "wash sale" rules,
which  apply  to  transactions  where a  position  is  sold at a loss  and a new
offsetting  position is acquired  within a prescribed  period,  and "short sale"
rules applicable to straddles.  Different  elections are available to the funds,
which may mitigate the effects of the straddle rules,  particularly with respect
to mixed straddles.

      When a covered  call  option  written  (sold) by a fund  expires,  it will
realize a short-term capital gain equal to the amount of the premium it received
for writing the option.  When a fund  terminates its  obligations  under such an
option by entering  into a closing  transaction,  it will  realize a  short-term
capital gain (or loss), depending on whether the cost of the closing transaction
is less (or more) than the premium it received when it wrote the option.  When a
covered call option written by a fund is exercised,  the fund will be treated as
having sold the underlying  security,  producing long-term or short-term capital
gain or loss,  depending on the holding  period of the  underlying  security and
whether the sum of the option price received on the exercise plus the premium it
received  when it  wrote  the  option  is more or less  than  the  basis  of the
underlying security.

      If a fund has an "appreciated financial position"-- generally, an interest
(including an interest through an option,  futures or forward currency  contract
or short sale) with respect to any stock,  debt instrument (other than "straight
debt") or  partnership  interest  the fair  market  value of which  exceeds  its
adjusted basis--and enters into a "constructive sale" of the position,  the fund
will be treated as having made an actual sale thereof, with the result that gain
will be recognized at that time. A  constructive  sale  generally  consists of a
short sale, an offsetting  notional  principal  contract or a futures or forward
currency contract entered into by a fund or a related person with respect to the
same or  substantially  identical  property.  In  addition,  if the  appreciated
financial position is itself a short sale or such a contract, acquisition of the
underlying  property  or  substantially  identical  property  will be  deemed  a
constructive  sale.  The  foregoing  will  not  apply,   however,  to  a  fund's
transaction  during  any  taxable  year that  otherwise  would be  treated  as a
constructive  sale if the  transaction is closed within 30 days after the end of
that year and the fund holds the appreciated  financial position unhedged for 60
days after that  closing  (i.e.,  at no time during  that  60-day  period is the
fund's  risk of loss  regarding  that  position  reduced  by reason  of  certain
specified  transactions  with  respect  to  substantially  identical  or related
property,  such as having an option to sell,  being  contractually  obligated to
sell, making a short sale or granting an option to buy  substantially  identical
stock or securities).

      A fund  may  acquire  (1) zero  coupon  or other  securities  issued  with
original issue discount ("OID") or (2) Treasury  inflation-protected  securities
("TIPS"),  on which principal is adjusted based on changes in the Consumer Price
Index.  A fund must  include in its gross  income the OID that  accrues on those
securities,  and the  amount of any  principal  increases  on TIPS,  during  the
taxable year, even if the fund receives no corresponding  payment on them during
the year. Similarly,  a fund that invests in payment-in-kind  ("PIK") securities
must include in its gross income  securities  it receives as "interest" on those
securities.  Each fund has elected similar  treatment with respect to securities
purchased at a discount  from their face value  ("market  discount").  Because a
fund  annually  must  distribute  substantially  all of its  investment  company
taxable  income,  including any accrued OID,  market discount and other non-cash
income,  to  satisfy  the  Distribution  Requirement,  it may be  required  in a


                                       64
<PAGE>

particular  year to  distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the
total amount of cash it actually receives.  Those distributions would have to be
made from the fund's  cash  assets or from the  proceeds  of sales of  portfolio
securities,  if  necessary.  A fund might  realize  capital gains or losses from
those sales,  which would  increase or decrease its investment  company  taxable
income and/or net capital gain.

      The foregoing is only a general  summary of some of the important  federal
income tax considerations  generally affecting the funds and their shareholders.
No  attempt  is made to  present  a  complete  explanation  of the  federal  tax
treatment of the funds'  activities,  and this  discussion  is not intended as a
substitute for careful tax planning. Accordingly,  potential investors are urged
to  consult  their  own tax  advisers  for  more  detailed  information  and for
information  regarding any state, local or foreign taxes applicable to the funds
and to dividends and other distributions therefrom.


                                    DIVIDENDS

      MONEY MARKET  PORTFOLIO.  Shares of Money Market  Portfolio  begin earning
dividends on the day of purchase;  dividends are accrued to shareholder accounts
daily and are automatically invested in additional fund shares monthly. The fund
does not expect to realize net capital gain. If a shareholder redeems all of its
Money Market Portfolio shares,  all accrued dividends  declared on the shares up
to the date of redemption are credited to the shareholder's account.

      The board may revise the above dividend  policy or postpone the payment of
dividends if the fund has or anticipates any large unexpected  expense,  loss or
fluctuation  in net assets  that,  in the  opinion  of the  board,  might have a
significant adverse effect on shareholders.  To date, no situation has arisen to
cause the board to take any such action.

                                OTHER INFORMATION

      MASSACHUSETTS  BUSINESS TRUST. The Trust is an entity of the type commonly
known as a "Massachusetts business trust." Under Massachusetts law, shareholders
of a fund could, under certain circumstances,  be held personally liable for the
obligations of the fund or the Trust.  However, the Trust's Declaration of Trust
disclaims  shareholder  liability for acts or obligations of the Trust or a fund
and  requires  that  notice  of such  disclaimer  be given in each  note,  bond,
contract,  instrument,  certificate or  undertaking  made or issued by the board
members or by any  officers or officer by or on behalf of the Trust or the fund,
the board members or any of them in connection  with the Trust.  The Declaration
of Trust provides for indemnification  from the relevant fund's property for all
losses  and  expenses  of  any  shareholder  held  personally   liable  for  the
obligations  of the fund.  Thus, the risk of a shareholder  incurring  financial
loss on account of shareholder  liability is limited to  circumstances  in which
the fund itself  would be unable to meet its  obligations,  a  possibility  that
Mitchell  Hutchins  believes  is remote and not  material.  Upon  payment of any
liability  incurred by a shareholder  solely by reason of being or having been a
shareholder,  the  shareholder  paying  such  liability  would  be  entitled  to
reimbursement  from the general  assets of the relevant  fund. The board members
intend to conduct each fund's  operations  in such a way as to avoid,  as far as
possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the fund.

      VOTING RIGHTS.  The insurance company separate accounts that fund benefits
under variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts are the shareholders
of the  funds - not the  individual  owners  of those  contracts.  However,  the
separate accounts may pass through voting rights to contract owners.

      Shareholders  of each fund are  entitled  to one vote for each full  share
held and  fractional  votes for  fractional  shares held.  Voting rights are not
cumulative  and, as a result,  the holders of more than 50% of all the shares of
the Trust may elect all of the board members of the Trust.  The shares of a fund
will be voted together,  except that only the shareholders of a particular class
of a fund may vote on matters  affecting  only that class,  such as the terms of
the Class I Plan as it relates to the Class I shares.  The shares of each series
will be voted  separately,  except when an  aggregate  vote of all the series is
required by law.



                                       65
<PAGE>

      The fund does not hold annual meetings.  Shareholders of record of no less
than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust may remove a board member
through  a  declaration  in  writing  or by vote cast in person or by proxy at a
meeting called for that purpose. A meeting will be called to vote on the removal
of a board  member at the written  request of holders of 10% of the  outstanding
shares of the Trust.

      POSSIBLE  CONFLICTS.  Shares  of the  funds  may  serve as the  underlying
investments for separate accounts of unaffiliated  insurance  companies ("shared
funding")  as well as for both  annuity  and life  insurance  contracts  ("mixed
funding").  Due to  differences  in tax treatment or other  considerations,  the
interests of various  contract  owners  might at some time be in  conflict.  The
Trust does not  currently  foresee any  conflict.  However,  the  Trust's  board
intends to monitor events to identify any material  irreconcilable conflict that
may arise and to determine what action,  if any,  should be taken in response to
such  conflict.  If  such a  conflict  were  to  occur,  one or  more  insurance
companies'  separate  accounts might be required to withdraw its  investments in
one or more funds. This might force a fund to sell securities at disadvantageous
prices.

      CLASSES OF SHARES. A share of each class of a fund represents an identical
interest in that fund's investment portfolio and has the same rights, privileges
and  preferences.  However,  each class may differ with respect to  distribution
fees, if any, other expenses allocable  exclusively to each class, voting rights
on matters exclusively affecting that class, and its exchange privilege, if any.
The different  expenses  applicable  to the  different  classes of shares of the
funds will  affect the  performance  of those  classes.  Each share of a fund is
entitled  to  participate  equally in  dividends,  other  distributions  and the
proceeds of any liquidation of that fund. However, due to the differing expenses
of the classes,  dividends and liquidation proceeds on Class H and I shares will
differ.


      PRIOR  NAMES.  Prior  to  November  19,  1997,  the  Trust  was  known  as
"PaineWebber  Series Trust." Prior to January 26, 1996,  Balanced  Portfolio was
known as "Asset Allocation  Portfolio."  Prior to September 21, 1995,  Strategic
Fixed Income Portfolio was known as "Government  Portfolio" and High Grade Fixed
Income  Portfolio  was known as "Fixed  Income  Portfolio."  Prior to August 14,
1995,  Growth and Income  Portfolio  was known as "Dividend  Growth  Portfolio."
Prior to July 28,  1999,  Global  Equity  Portfolio  was known as Global  Growth
Portfolio.


      CUSTODIAN AND  RECORDKEEPING  AGENT;  TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND  AGENT.  Brown
Brothers  Harriman  & Co.,  40  Water  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02109 is
custodian of the assets of Global Income Portfolio.  State Street Bank and Trust
Company,  located at One Heritage  Drive,  North  Quincy,  Massachusetts  02171,
serves as custodian and recordkeeping agent for the other funds. Both custodians
employ  foreign  sub-custodians   approved  by  the  board  in  accordance  with
applicable  requirements  under the Investment Company Act to provide custody of
the foreign assets of those funds that invest  outside the United  States.  PFPC
Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of PNC Bank,  N.A.,  serves as each  fund's  transfer  and
dividend disbursing agent. It is located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE
19809.

      COUNSEL.  The law firm of  Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP, 1800  Massachusetts
Avenue, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20036-1800,  serves as counsel to the Trust and
the funds.  Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP also acts as counsel to  PaineWebber  and
Mitchell Hutchins in connection with other matters.

      AUDITORS.  Ernst & Young LLP,  787 Seventh  Avenue,  New York,  New York
10019, serves as independent auditors for the Trust.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


      Each fund's  Annual Report to  Shareholders  for its last fiscal year is a
separate  document  supplied  with  this  SAI,  and  the  financial  statements,
accompanying  notes and report of  independent  auditors  appearing  therein are
incorporated herein by reference.









                                       66
<PAGE>


                                    APPENDIX

                               RATINGS INFORMATION

DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS

      Aaa. Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They
carry the smallest  degree of investment  risk and are generally  referred to as
"gilt edged." Interest  payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
likely to change,  such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair
the fundamentally  strong position of such issues;  Aa. Bonds which are rated Aa
are judged to be of high quality by all  standards.  Together with the Aaa group
they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower
than the best bonds because  margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
securities or fluctuation of protective  elements may be of greater amplitude or
there  may be other  elements  present  which  make the long  term  risk  appear
somewhat larger than in Aaa securities;  A. Bonds which are rated A possess many
favorable investment  attributes and are to be considered as  upper-medium-grade
obligations.  Factors  giving  security to principal and interest are considered
adequate,  but  elements  may be  present  which  suggest  a  susceptibility  to
impairment sometime in the future; Baa. Bonds which are rated Baa are considered
as medium-grade obligations,  i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
secured. Interest payment and principal security appear adequate for the present
but  certain  protective  elements  may be lacking or may be  characteristically
unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative  characteristics as well; Ba. Bonds
which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;  their future cannot
be considered as  well-assured.  Often the  protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded  during both good
and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position  characterizes  bonds in
this class;  B. Bonds which are rated B generally  lack  characteristics  of the
desirable  investment.  Assurance  of  interest  and  principal  payments  or of
maintenance  of other terms of the contract  over any long period of time may be
small;  Caa. Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be
in default or there may be present  elements of danger with respect to principal
or  interest;  Ca.  Bonds  which are rated Ca  represent  obligations  which are
speculative  in a high  degree.  Such  issues are often in default or have other
marked  shortcomings;  C. Bonds which are rated C are the lowest  rated class of
bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of
ever attaining any real investment standing.

      Note:  Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers,  1, 2 and 3 in each generic
rating  classification  from Aa through Caa.  The modifier 1 indicates  that the
obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category,  the modifier
2 indicates a mid-range  ranking,  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
lower end of that generic rating category.

DESCRIPTION OF S&P CORPORATE DEBT RATINGS

      AAA. An obligation  rated AAA has the highest rating  assigned by S&P. The
obligor's  capacity  to meet  its  financial  commitment  on the  obligation  is
extremely  strong;  AA. An  obligation  rated AA differs from the highest  rated
obligations only in small degree.  The obligor's  capacity to meet its financial
commitment  on the  obligation  is  very  strong;  A. An  obligation  rated A is
somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
economic  conditions than obligations in higher rated categories.  However,  the
obligor's  capacity to meet its financial  commitment on the obligation is still
strong;  BBB. An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate  protection  parameters.
However,  adverse economic conditions or changing  circumstances are more likely
to lead to a weakened  capacity of the obligor to meet its financial  commitment
on the obligation; BB, B, CCC, CC, C. Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are
regarded as having  significant  speculative  characteristics.  BB indicates the
least degree of  speculation  and C the  highest.  While such  obligations  will
likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed
by  large  uncertainties  or major  exposures  to  adverse  conditions;  BB.  An
obligation  rated BB is less  vulnerable  to nonpayment  than other  speculative
issues.  However,  it faces major ongoing  uncertainties  or exposure to adverse
business,  financial,  or economic  conditions which could lead to the obligor's
inadequate  capacity to meet its financial  commitment on the obligation;  B. An
obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than  obligations  rated BB,
but the obligor  currently has the capacity to meet its financial  commitment on


                                      A-1
<PAGE>

the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely
impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on
the  obligation;  CCC.  An  obligation  rated  CCC is  currently  vulnerable  to
nonpayment  and is dependent  upon  favorable  business,  financial and economic
conditions for the obligor to meet its financial  commitment on the  obligation.
In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor
is not  likely to have the  capacity  to meet its  financial  commitment  on the
obligation;  CC.  An  obligation  rated CC is  currently  highly  vulnerable  to
nonpayment;  C. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
petition has been filed or similar  action has been taken,  but payments on this
obligation are being continued;  D. An obligation rated D is in payment default.
The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the
date due  even if the  applicable  grace  period  has not  expired,  unless  S&P
believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating
also will be used upon the filing of a  bankruptcy  petition  or the taking of a
similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

      CI. The rating CI is reserved  for income  bonds on which no interest is
being paid.

      Plus (+) or Minus (-):  The ratings  from "AA" to "CCC" may be modified by
the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative  standing within the major
rating categories.

      r. This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments  with significant
noncredit  risks.  It  highlights  risks to principal or  volatility of expected
returns  which  are  not  addressed  in the  credit  rating.  Examples  include:
obligations  linked  or  indexed  to  equities,   currencies,   or  commodities;
obligations  exposed  to  severe  prepayment  risk--such  as  interest  only  or
principal-only  mortgage  securities;   and  obligations  with  unusually  risky
interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

      PRIME-1.  Issuers assigned this highest rating have a superior ability for
repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will
often be evidenced by the following characteristics: Leading market positions in
well   established   industries;   high  rates  of  return  on  funds  employed;
conservative  capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and ample
asset protection;  broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges
and  high  internal  cash  generation;  well  established  access  to a range of
financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

      PRIME-2.  Issuers assigned this rating have a strong ability for repayment
of senior short-term debt  obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many
of the characteristics cited above, but to a lesser degree.  Earnings trends and
coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to variation.  Capitalization
characteristics,  while  still  appropriate,  may be more  affected  by external
conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

      PRIME-3.  Issuers  assigned  this rating have an  acceptable  capacity for
repayment   of  senior   short-term   obligations.   The   effect  of   industry
characteristics  and market  composition may be more pronounced.  Variability in
earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.
Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

      NOT PRIME.  Issuers assigned this rating do not fall within any of the
Prime rating categories.

DESCRIPTION OF S&P COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

      A-1. A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by
S&P. The obligor's  capacity to meet its financial  commitment on the obligation
is strong. Within this category,  certain obligations are designated with a plus
sign (+).  This  indicates  that the  obligor's  capacity to meet its  financial
commitment  on  these  obligations  is  extremely  strong.   A-2.  A  short-term
obligation  rated A-2 is somewhat  more  susceptible  to the adverse  effects of
changes in  circumstances  and economic  conditions  than  obligations in higher
rating  categories.  However,  the  obligor's  capacity  to meet  its  financial
commitment on the obligation is satisfactory. A-3. A short-term obligation rated
A-3  exhibits  adequate  protection   parameters.   However,   adverse  economic
conditions  or  changing  circumstances  are more  likely to lead to a  weakened
capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. B. A
short-term  obligation  rated B is  regarded as having  significant  speculative


                                      A-2
<PAGE>

characteristics.  The obligor  currently  has the capacity to meet its financial
commitment on the  obligation;  however,  it faces major  ongoing  uncertainties
which could lead to the  obligor's  inadequate  capacity  to meet its  financial
commitments on the obligation.  C. A short-term  obligation rated C is currently
vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and
economic  conditions  for the obligor to meet its  financial  commitment  on the
obligation.  D. A short-term  obligation  rated D is in payment  default.  The D
rating  category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date
due even if the  applicable  grace period has not  expired,  unless S&P believes
that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will
be used upon the  filing of a  bankruptcy  petition  or the  taking of a similar
action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.



























                                      A-3
<PAGE>







YOU    SHOULD    RELY   ONLY   ON   THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  OR  REFERRED TO
IN THE  PROSPECTUS  AND THIS  STATEMENT
OF  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION.  THE FUNDS
AND   THEIR    DISTRIBUTOR   HAVE   NOT
AUTHORIZED  ANYONE TO PROVIDE  YOU WITH
INFORMATION  THAT  IS  DIFFERENT.   THE
PROSPECTUS   AND  THIS   STATEMENT   OF
ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION IS NOT AN OFFER
TO  SELL  SHARES  OF THE  FUNDS  IN ANY
JURISDICTION  WHERE  THE FUNDS OR THEIR
DISTRIBUTOR   MAY  NOT  LAWFULLY   SELL
THOSE SHARES.
             ------------
                                                               Mitchell Hutchins
                                                                    Series Trust

                                          --------------------------------------

                                             Statement of Additional Information


                                                                     May 1, 2000
                                          --------------------------------------
































(C)2000 PaineWebber Incorporated. All
rights reserved.

- -------------------------------------



<PAGE>



                         MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST
                               STRATEGY PORTFOLIO
                               51 WEST 52ND STREET
                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019-6114

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      Strategy  Portfolio is a diversified  series of Mitchell  Hutchins  Series
Trust ("Trust"),  a professionally managed open-end investment company. The fund
offers  its  Class H and  Class I  shares  only to  insurance  company  separate
accounts that fund benefits  under certain  variable  annuity  contracts  and/or
variable life insurance contracts.

      Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.  ("Mitchell  Hutchins"),  a wholly
owned asset management subsidiary of PaineWebber  Incorporated  ("PaineWebber"),
serves as investment  adviser and administrator for the fund.  Mitchell Hutchins
also serves as distributor for the fund's Class I shares.


      This Statement of Additional  Information  ("SAI") is not a prospectus and
should be read only in conjunction with the fund's current Prospectus, dated May
1, 2000.  A copy of the  Prospectus  may be obtained by calling any  PaineWebber
Financial Advisor or correspondent firm or by calling toll-free  1-800-986-0088.
The  Prospectus  contains more complete  information  about the fund. You should
read it carefully before investing.

      This SAI is dated May 1, 2000.


                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE


      The Fund and Its Investment Policies................................... 2
      The Fund's Investments, Related Risks and Limitations.................. 4
      Strategies Using Derivative Instruments................................12
      Organization of Trust; Trustees and Officers; Principal
         Holders of Securities...............................................20
      Investment Advisory, Administration and Distribution
         Arrangements........................................................27
      Portfolio Transactions.................................................30
      Additional Purchase and Redemption Information.........................31
      Valuation of Shares....................................................31
      Taxes..................................................................32
      Other Information......................................................34



<PAGE>


                      THE FUND AND ITS INVESTMENT POLICIES

      The fund's  investment  objective may not be changed  without  shareholder
approval.  Except where noted, the other investment  policies of the fund may be
changed by the board without shareholder  approval.  As with other mutual funds,
there is no assurance that the fund will achieve its investment objective.


      The fund's  investment  objective is long-term capital  appreciation.  The
fund seeks to achieve this  objective by investing at least 80% of its assets in
the  securities of issuers that are on  PaineWebber's  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list.
Historically,  the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list has  consisted  primarily of common
stocks of  relatively  large,  well known  U.S.  companies,  although  it is not
restricted  to those  types of  companies.  As of  _______________,  the average
capitalization  of  companies  listed on the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list was $___
billion.  The  fund  may  invest  up to 20% of its  assets  in  short-term  debt
obligations, money market instruments and options and futures contracts.


      The fund  will  purchase  a  security  that  has  been  added to or sell a
security  that  has  been  removed  from  the  HIGHLIGHTED   STOCKS  list  after
publication of that change. The fund may trade in securities added to or deleted
from the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list no earlier than the market open after relevant
changes  to  the   HIGHLIGHTED   STOCKS  list  are   announced.   Under   normal
circumstances,  the fund will not  purchase  stocks that are not included on the
HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list or  keep  stocks  that  have  been  removed  from  the
HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list.


      There is no  assurance  that the fund  will be able to  maintain  an equal
weighting of assets  among all the stocks on the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list.  In
certain instances,  such as when the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list contains fewer than
20 stocks,  the fund may choose not to  re-balance  its  portfolio  following an
announced  change  to the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list.  The fund may be unable to
purchase  or  sell   sufficient   securities  due  to  market   restrictions  or
diversification  and illiquid  security  limitations  imposed by the  Investment
Company  Act  of  1940,  as  amended   ("Investment   Company  Act").   In  such
circumstances,  the fund may purchase options and futures  contracts on security
indices,  index-based securities such as Standard and Poor's Depositary Receipts
("SPDRs") and stocks not on the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list.

      For more than a  century,  PaineWebber  has been  committed  to  providing
superior equity research,  resulting in one of the strongest  franchises on Wall
Street.  PaineWebber Investment Strategy Group's approach to research places its
recommendations  in the context of broad social,  economic and political themes.
PaineWebber  believes  that  the  ability  to spot  emerging  trends  -- and the
companies  expected to benefit  from them -- has proven  critical to  successful
investing.  The  Investment  Strategy Group aims to identify these themes before
they emerge and become well recognized and, in doing so, aims to provide clients
with specific investment  opportunities that offer superior  performance.  While
the Investment  Strategy Group identifies  several industries and companies that
are expected to benefit from each theme,  the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list is a list
of "choice" companies from each theme. Historically, the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list
has  included  approximately  25  stocks,  which are  typically  covered  by the
PaineWebber  Research  Department  and  carry a "1"  (Buy)  or "2"  (Attractive)
rating.  Stocks are usually added or deleted from the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list at
the beginning of a month, but revisions can also be made on other days.


      The fund is designed for investors seeking long-term capital  appreciation
from a fully  invested,  all-equity  portfolio.  The fund is not a market-timing
vehicle and not a complete investment program.




                                       2
<PAGE>



      The  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list as of  March  29,  2000,  consisted  of the
following 31 securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                          <C>                          <C>
America Online                  Costco                       IBM                          Smurfit-Stone Container
Amgen                           Delta Airlines               Lucent Technologies          Tandy
AXA Financial                   Electronic Data Systems      MCI WorldCom                 Tiffany & Co
Bank of New York                Gap                          Microsoft                    Time Warner
Bed Bath & Beyond               Gateway                      Motorola                     Wal-Mart
Carnival Corp                   Hewlett Packard              Nextel                       Warner-Lambert
Cisco Systems                   Home Depot                   Oracle                       Weyerhauser
Clear Channel                   Hughes Electronics           Schering-Plough
</TABLE>

      The following additional securities have appeared on prior versions of the
HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  since  September  1,  1998:  Abbot  Laboratories,  American
Express, Air Products and Chemicals,  American Intl Group, Avon Products,  Chase
Manhattan,  Coca Cola, Disney, Ecolab,  Compaq,  Freddie Mac, Gannett,  Illinois
Tool  Works,  Lear,  Medtronic,  New  York  Times,  NiSource,  Pepsico,  Pfizer,
Sherwin-Williams, Staples, State Street, Sun
Microsystems.

      As of March 29, 2000, the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list reflects the following
investment themes:

      THE AMERICAN AGE OF AFFLUENCE  (November 1999).  This theme focuses on the
consumer, taking an approach more typical of Madison Avenue than of Wall Street.
What  this  report  attempts  to do is  understand  consumer  behavior  and,  in
particular,  the behavior of baby boomers -- the  largest,  fastest-growing  and
wealthiest  segment of the population.  Driven by "shared life experiences," the
attitudes of baby boomers about everything from consumption to leisure to health
care have changed  dramatically  as this generation has aged. With most of their
material needs satisfied,  boomers today place more value on experiences than on
tangibles.


KEY TRENDS & INVESTMENT IMPLICATIONS

      o     CRADLE-TO-GRAVE  ENTREPRENEURIALISM:   Beneficiaries  include  firms
            catering to small businesses,  home offices, investors seeking asset
            management and parents supervising children's education.

      o     TIME DROUGHT: Americans feel short of time and find themselves doing
            several  things  at  once.  Trusted  brands  and  time-savers  could
            flourish.

      o     STRESSLESS   LEISURE:   As  baby  boomers  age,  they  seek  leisure
            activities with less effort,  less physical exertion,  less risk and
            fewer projects.  Cruise lines,  airlines,  theme parks,  casinos and
            hotels could benefit.

      o     NO-SERVICE/FULL-SERVICE   ECONOMY.  A  tight  labor  market  creates
            opportunities  for  low-cost,  highly  efficient  services  and  for
            premium quality service providers.

      o     NEW DRUG CULTURE.  Aging baby boomers want more  pharmaceuticals and
            "better-for-you" products.


      MUTED CYCLE CYCLICALS (April 1999).  "Benign  deflation" and the muting of
the business cycle -- infrequent and less severe  recessions -- have altered the
old sector rotation,  which typically  followed this pattern:  first,  defensive
stocks; second,  interest-rate sensitive cyclicals;  third, commodity cyclicals;
and lastly, capital goods makers.  Although the domestic economy has become less
volatile,  in addition to the muted business cycle, the "new profit pattern" has
two other elements:  industry  mini-recessions and global recession rotation. In
this "new  profit  pattern"  there are four types of  cyclical  companies  whose
earnings  are  affected  by  different  variables:  Capacity  cyclicals,  Demand
cyclicals, Growth cyclicals, Credit cycle cyclicals.




                                       3
<PAGE>

KEY TRENDS & INVESTMENT IMPLICATIONS

      o     CAPACITY  CYCLICALS:  Companies  that could  benefit  from swings in
            industry capacity. Supply and demand situation appears favorable for
            airlines, papers and semiconductors.

      o     DEMAND  CYCLICALS:  Solid economic  growth could prove favorable for
            autos, diversified industrials, railroads and retailers.

      o     GROWTH  CYCLICALS:   Global  rebound  and  global  growth  could  be
            favorable for computer,  household products, specialty chemicals and
            telecom equipment firms.

      o     CREDIT CYCLE CYCLICALS: Rebounds in Japanese and Asian markets could
            benefit select U.S. financial services firms.

      INFORMATION  REVOLUTION  WARS (May 1999).  The quantity of global GDP that
ultimately   will  be   "digitizable"   will  likely  surpass   today's  wildest
speculations. Major technological revolutions are always bigger than anyone ever
thinks.  The First and Second  Industrial  Revolutions  were  violent  upheavals
marked by many simultaneous "wars" between competing interests, technologies and
business  models.  So too will the Information  Revolution  witness many wars in
which some firms perish while others flourish.

SOME KEY TRENDS & INVESTMENT IMPLICATIONS

      o     INFORMATION   AGE  VS.   INDUSTRIAL   AGE:  The   distribution   and
            manipulation  of  information  is now  the  central  wealth-creating
            activity

      o     PRODUCER  VS.  DISTRIBUTOR:  The  Internet  increases  the  power of
            producers and threatens  distributors  and middlemen  that don't add
            value.

      o     E-TAILING  VS.  BRICK-AND-MORTAR  RETAILING:  Companies  with strong
            brands  and  sophisticated  distribution  could  benefit  more  than
            retailers with weak brands.

      o     COMMODITIZED  INFORMATION VS.  PROPRIETARY  CONTENT VS.  SPECIALIZED
            INSIGHT:  Commoditization  of  information  could  hurt  traditional
            information  providers,  such as newspapers.  Proprietary content is
            valuable if consumers  prove willing to pay for it.  Consumers  will
            pay for specialized insight tailored to their specific needs.

      Both the stocks on the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list and the investment  themes
will change from time to time.  Changes to the list of stocks are normally  made
monthly but may be made more frequently.  Themes have changed less frequently in
the past.


      OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES. The fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets
in illiquid securities.  The fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis
and may purchase or sell securities for delayed delivery.  The fund may lend its
portfolio securities to qualified  broker-dealers or institutional  investors in
an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total  assets.  The fund may borrow up to 33 1/3%
of its total assets.  The fund may invest in the securities of other  investment
companies and may sell securities short "against the box."


              THE FUND'S INVESTMENTS, RELATED RISKS AND LIMITATIONS

      The following  supplements the information contained in the Prospectus and
above concerning the fund's investments,  related risks and limitations.  Except
as otherwise  indicated in the Prospectus or this SAI, the fund has  established
no policy  limitations  on its  ability  to use the  investments  or  techniques
discussed in these documents.


      EQUITY  SECURITIES.  Equity  securities  (referred  to as  "stocks" in the
Prospectus) include common stocks, most preferred stocks and securities that are
convertible  into them,  including  common stock  purchase  warrants and rights,
equity interests in trusts, partnerships,  joint ventures or similar enterprises
and depositary  receipts.  Common stocks,  the most familiar type,  represent an
equity (ownership) interest in a corporation.



                                       4
<PAGE>

      Preferred  stock has  certain  fixed  income  features,  like a bond,  but
actually it is equity that is senior to a company's  common  stock.  Convertible
bonds may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock
of the same or a  different  issuer  within  a  particular  period  of time at a
specified  price or formula.  Some preferred stock also may be converted into or
exchanged for common stock. Depositary receipts typically are issued by banks or
trust companies and evidence ownership of underlying equity securities.


      While  past  performance   does  not  guarantee  future  results,   equity
securities historically have provided the greatest long-term growth potential in
a company.  However, their prices generally fluctuate more than other securities
and reflect changes in a company's financial condition and in overall market and
economic  conditions.  Common stocks generally represent the riskiest investment
in a company.  It is possible  that the fund may  experience  a  substantial  or
complete loss on an individual equity investment.


      HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS LIST RISK.  There can be no assurance  that the equity
securities  of  issuers  on  the   HIGHLIGHTED   STOCKS  list  will  perform  as
anticipated. The past performance of these securities and issuers cannot be used
to predict the future results of either the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list or the fund.
The fund's investment  results will not be identical to those of the HIGHLIGHTED
STOCKS  list for a number of  reasons,  including:  (1) the timing of the fund's
purchase  and sale of stocks in  response to changes in the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS
list -- the fund will buy and sell stocks only after  publication of the changes
to the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list has been made;  (2) the fund's  cash flow from
purchases  and sales of fund  shares,  which can occur  daily and will result in
portfolio purchases and sales; (3) the fees and expenses, including the costs of
buying  and  selling  stocks,  that  the fund  bears;  (4) the  fund's  possible
inability to add to or subtract from its holdings of a stock on the  HIGHLIGHTED
STOCKS list at a given time, particularly in connection with the re-balancing of
the fund's  portfolio  to  establish  equal  weightings  of its assets among the
stocks on the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list; and (5) the fund's investment of part of
its assets in short-term debt obligations,  money market instruments and options
and futures contracts.  The fund may invest in these  instruments,  for example,
for liquidity in anticipation of shareholder sales of fund shares or because the
diversification  requirements  that  apply  to  mutual  funds  prevent  it  from
investing substantially all its assets in the stocks that are on the HIGHLIGHTED
STOCKS list.


      Because the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list includes a relatively small number of
issuers  and the fund  invests  in  stocks  only if they are on the  HIGHLIGHTED
STOCKS  list,  the fund will hold a  relatively  small  number of  stocks.  As a
result,  changes in the market value of a single issuer's stock could affect the
fund's  performance  and net asset value more severely than if its holdings were
more  diversified.   PaineWebber  Investment  Strategy  Group  makes  subjective
decisions to add or delete  companies from the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list, but the
list is not compiled with any  particular  client or product in mind,  including
the fund.  When  selecting the companies for its  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list,  the
Investment Strategy Group does not take industry sector diversification concerns
into account.


      PaineWebber  could at any time  suspend or  terminate  publication  of the
HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list. In that event,  the fund will determine how to proceed
consistent with its investment  objective and the interests of its shareholders.
It is also  possible  that the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list  would  include  fewer
securities  than are  necessary  for the  fund to  satisfy  the  diversification
requirements for qualifying as a regulated investment company under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Internal Revenue Code"). See "Taxes." In that
event,  the fund will  invest  in  short-term  debt  obligations,  money  market
instruments, options and futures contracts, index-based securities such as SPDRs
and  stocks  not on the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list.  [Since  January  1988,  the
HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list has  included  between 11 and 31 stocks,  although  on
average it has consisted of 25 stocks].

      It is possible  that the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list will include  stocks of
issuers for which PaineWebber or one of its affiliates performs banking services
for which it receives fees, as well as stocks of issuers in which PaineWebber or
one of its affiliates makes a market and may have long or short positions.  Fund
purchases and sales will be affected by market conditions following  publication
of  changes to the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list and will be  subject to  competing
orders by other PaineWebber  clients who invest based on the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS
list  recommendations.  If a stock is removed  from or no longer  appears on the
HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list because  PaineWebber or one of its affiliates is engaged
in activities  such as those  mentioned  above,  the fund may continue to regard
that stock as being on the HIGHLIGHTED STOCK list.




                                       5
<PAGE>

      Mitchell Hutchins does not have access to information  regarding additions
to or deletions from the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list prior to their publication. The
HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list is not  maintained  for the  purpose of  managing  any
account or investment  company such as the fund. In addition to being  available
to the fund, the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list is also available to other clients of
PaineWebber and its affiliates,  including Mitchell Hutchins, which may trade on
the basis of the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list.  PaineWebber  publishes other lists of
recommended  securities  that could be appropriate  for fund investors but which
are not used by Mitchell Hutchins for the fund.

      INVESTING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES. Historically, the HIGHLIGHTED STOCKS list
has only once  included  a foreign  security.  If the  HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS  list
includes one or more foreign securities, the fund will invest in them. Investing
in foreign  securities  involves more risks than investing in the United States.
The  value  of  foreign   securities   is  subject  to  economic  and  political
developments  in the  countries  where the  companies  operate and to changes in
foreign  currency  values.  Investments  in  foreign  securities  involve  risks
relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks
resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign
issuers  and  markets  are  subject.  These  risks  may  include  expropriation,
confiscatory   taxation,   withholding   taxes  on  interest  and/or  dividends,
limitations  on the use of or transfer of fund  assets and  political  or social
instability or diplomatic developments.  Moreover,  individual foreign economies
may differ  favorably or unfavorably  from the U.S.  economy in such respects as
growth of gross  national  product,  rate of  inflation,  capital  reinvestment,
resource  self-sufficiency  and balance of payments position.  In those European
countries that have begun using the Euro as a common  currency unit,  individual
national  economies  may be  adversely  affected  by the  inability  of national
governments  to use monetary  policy to address  their own economic or political
concerns.

      Securities  of many foreign  companies may be less liquid and their prices
more volatile than  securities of comparable  U.S.  companies.  Transactions  in
foreign  securities  may be  subject  to less  efficient  settlement  practices.
Foreign  securities  trading  practices,  including those  involving  securities
settlement  where fund assets may be released  prior to receipt of payment,  may
expose  the  fund to  increased  risk in the  event  of a  failed  trade  or the
insolvency of a foreign broker-dealer.  Legal remedies for defaults and disputes
may have to be pursued in foreign courts,  whose procedures differ substantially
from those of U.S.  courts.  Additionally,  the costs of  investing  outside the
United States frequently are higher than those in the United States. These costs
include relatively higher brokerage commissions and foreign custody expenses.

      Securities of foreign  issuers may not be registered  with the  Securities
and Exchange Commission  ("SEC"),  and the issuers thereof may not be subject to
its reporting  requirements.  Accordingly,  there may be less publicly available
information  concerning  foreign  issuers of securities held by the fund than is
available concerning U.S. companies. Foreign companies are not generally subject
to uniform  accounting,  auditing and financial  reporting standards or to other
regulatory requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies.


      If the HIGHLIGHTED  STOCKS list includes  depositary  receipts,  including
American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs") and
Global  Depositary  Receipts  ("GDRs"),  or other  securities  convertible  into
securities of issuers based in foreign countries,  the fund will invest in these
receipts.  These  securities  may not  necessarily  be  denominated  in the same
currency as the securities  into which they may be converted.  ADRs are receipts
typically  issued by a U.S.  bank or trust company  evidencing  ownership of the
underlying securities. They generally are in registered form, are denominated in
U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities  markets.  EDRs are
European receipts evidencing a similar arrangement,  may be denominated in other
currencies  and are designed for use in European  securities  markets.  GDRs are
similar  to EDRs and are  designed  for use in several  international  financial
markets.  For purposes of the fund's investment  policies,  depositary  receipts
generally  are  deemed  to  have  the  same  classification  as  the  underlying
securities they represent.  Thus, a depositary receipt representing ownership of
common stock will be treated as common stock.

      ADRs are publicly  traded on exchanges or  over-the-counter  in the United
States and are issued through  "sponsored" or "unsponsored"  arrangements.  In a
sponsored ADR arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some
or all of the  depositary's  transaction  fees,  whereas  under  an  unsponsored
arrangement,  the foreign  issuer assumes no  obligations  and the  depositary's
transaction  fees  are paid  directly  by the ADR  holders.  In  addition,  less


                                       6
<PAGE>

information  is available in the United  States  about an  unsponsored  ADR than
about a sponsored ADR.


      The fund anticipates  that its brokerage  transactions  involving  foreign
securities of companies  headquartered in countries other than the United States
will be  conducted  primarily  on the  principal  exchanges  of such  countries.
However,  from time to time  foreign  securities  may be  difficult to liquidate
rapidly without significantly depressing the price of such securities.  Although
the fund  will  endeavor  to  achieve  the best net  results  in  effecting  its
portfolio transactions, transactions on foreign exchanges are usually subject to
fixed commissions that are generally higher than negotiated  commissions on U.S.
transactions.  There is generally less government  supervision and regulation of
exchanges and brokers in foreign countries than in the United States.


      FOREIGN CURRENCY RISKS.  Currency risk is the risk that changes in foreign
exchange rates may reduce the U.S. dollar value of a fund's foreign investments.
If the value of a foreign  currency rises against the value of the U.S.  dollar,
the value of the fund's  investments that are denominated in, or linked to, that
currency will increase.  Conversely, if the value of a foreign currency declines
against the value of the U.S.  dollar,  the value of those fund investments will
decrease.  These  changes  may have a  significant  impact  on the value of fund
shares.  In some  instances,  the fund may use  derivative  strategies  to hedge
against changes in foreign  currency value.  (See  "Strategies  Using Derivative
Instruments," below.) However,  opportunities to hedge against currency risk may
not exist in certain  markets,  particularly  with  respect to  emerging  market
currencies,  and even when appropriate hedging opportunities are available,  the
fund may choose not to hedge against currency risk.

      Generally,  currency exchange rates are determined by supply and demand in
the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different
countries. In the case of those European countries that use the Euro as a common
currency unit, the relative  merits of investments in the common market in which
they  participate,  rather  than the  merits of  investments  in the  individual
country,  will be a determinant of currency  exchange rates.  Currency  exchange
rates  also  can  be  affected  by the  intervention  of the  U.S.  and  foreign
governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls,  speculation,
devaluation or other political or economic  developments  inside and outside the
United States.


      The fund  values its assets  daily in U.S.  dollars and does not intend to
convert its  holdings of foreign  currencies  to U.S.  dollars on a daily basis.
From time to time the fund's foreign currencies may be held as "foreign currency
call accounts" at foreign branches of foreign or domestic banks.  These accounts
bear interest at negotiated  rates and are payable upon relatively  short demand
periods. If a bank became insolvent, the fund could suffer a loss of some or all
of the amounts deposited.  The fund may convert foreign currency to U.S. dollars
from time to time.

      The value of the assets of the fund as  measured  in U.S.  dollars  may be
affected favorably or unfavorably by fluctuations in currency rates and exchange
control  regulations.  Further,  the fund may  incur  costs in  connection  with
conversions  between various  currencies.  Currency  exchange  dealers realize a
profit based on the  difference  between the prices at which they are buying and
selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer normally will offer to sell a foreign
currency to a fund at one rate,  while offering a lesser rate of exchange should
a fund  desire  immediately  to resell that  currency  to the  dealer.  The fund
conducts its currency exchange  transactions either on a spot (i.e., cash) basis
at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency  exchange market, or through
entering into forward,  futures or options contracts to purchase or sell foreign
currencies.


      ILLIQUID SECURITIES.  The term "illiquid securities" means securities that
cannot be disposed of within  seven days in the  ordinary  course of business at
approximately  the  amount  at which  the fund has  valued  the  securities  and
includes, among other things,  purchased  over-the-counter  options,  repurchase
agreements maturing in more than seven days and restricted securities other than
those  Mitchell  Hutchins  has  determined  are liquid  pursuant  to  guidelines
established by the fund's board.  The assets used as cover for  over-the-counter
options   written  by  the  fund  will  be   considered   illiquid   unless  the
over-the-counter  options are sold to qualified dealers that agree that the fund
may repurchase any  over-the-counter  options it writes at a maximum price to be
calculated  by a formula  set forth in the option  agreements.  The cover for an
over-the-counter  option written  subject to this procedure  would be considered
illiquid only to the extent that the maximum  repurchase price under the formula
exceeds the intrinsic  value of the option.  The fund may not be able to readily
liquidate  its  investments  in illiquid  securities  and may have to sell other
investments  if necessary to raise cash to meet its  obligations.  The lack of a
liquid secondary  market for illiquid  securities may make it more difficult for
the fund to assign a value to those  securities  for  purposes  of  valuing  its
portfolio and calculating its net asset value.



                                       7
<PAGE>

      Restricted securities are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended  ("Securities Act"), and may be sold only in privately  negotiated or
other exempted transactions or after a Securities Act registration statement has
become effective.  Where registration is required,  the fund may be obligated to
pay all or part of the  registration  expenses  and a  considerable  period  may
elapse  between  the time of the  decision  to sell and the time the fund may be
permitted to sell a security  under an  effective  registration  statement.  If,
during such a period,  adverse market conditions were to develop, the fund might
obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.

      Not all  restricted  securities  are illiquid.  To the extent that foreign
securities  are freely  tradable  in the  country in which they are  principally
traded, they generally are not considered illiquid,  even if they are restricted
in the United States. A large  institutional  market has developed for many U.S.
and  foreign  securities  that are not  registered  under  the  Securities  Act.
Institutional investors generally will not seek to sell these instruments to the
general   public,   but  instead  will  often  depend  either  on  an  efficient
institutional market in which such unregistered securities can be readily resold
or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment.  Therefore,  the fact
that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public
or certain institutions is not dispositive of the liquidity of such investments.

      Institutional  markets for restricted  securities also have developed as a
result of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, which  establishes a "safe harbor"
from the registration requirements of that Act for resales of certain securities
to qualified  institutional  buyers.  Such markets include automated systems for
the trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by the National Association
of Securities Dealers,  Inc. An insufficient  number of qualified  institutional
buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A-eligible restricted securities held by
the fund,  however,  could affect adversely the  marketability of such portfolio
securities,  and the fund  might be unable to  dispose  of them  promptly  or at
favorable prices.


      The board has delegated the function of making  day-to-day  determinations
of liquidity to Mitchell Hutchins pursuant to guidelines  approved by the board.
Mitchell  Hutchins takes into account a number of factors in reaching  liquidity
decisions,  including  (1) the  frequency  of trades for the  security,  (2) the
number of dealers that make quotes for the  security,  (3) the number of dealers
that have  undertaken to make a market in the security,  (4) the number of other
potential  purchasers  and (5) the  nature of the  security  and how  trading is
effected (e.g., the time needed to sell the security, how bids are solicited and
the  mechanics  of  transfer).  Mitchell  Hutchins  monitors  the  liquidity  of
restricted  securities in the fund's portfolio and reports  periodically on such
decisions to the board.


      Mitchell  Hutchins  monitors  the  fund's  overall  holdings  of  illiquid
securities.  If the fund's holdings of illiquid securities exceed its limitation
on  investments  in illiquid  securities  for any reason  (such as a  particular
security  becoming  illiquid,  changes in relative  market  values of liquid and
illiquid securities or shareholder redemptions), Mitchell Hutchins will consider
what action would be in the best interests of the fund and its shareholders.


      REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which the
fund purchases  securities or other obligations from a bank or securities dealer
(or its affiliate) and simultaneously commits to resell them to the counterparty
at an agreed-upon date or upon demand and at a price reflecting a market rate of
interest unrelated to the coupon rate or maturity of the purchased  obligations.
The  fund  maintains  custody  of the  underlying  obligations  prior  to  their
repurchase,   either  through  its  regular   custodian  or  through  a  special
"tri-party" custodian or sub-custodian that maintains separate accounts for both
the fund and its  counterparty.  Thus, the obligation of the counterparty to pay
the repurchase price on the date agreed to or upon demand is, in effect, secured
by such obligations.

      Repurchase  agreements  carry  certain  risks not  associated  with direct
investments in securities,  including a possible  decline in the market value of
the  underlying  obligations.  If their value  becomes less than the  repurchase
price,  plus any agreed-upon  additional  amount,  the counterparty must provide
additional  collateral so that at all times the  collateral is at least equal to
the repurchase  price plus any  agreed-upon  additional  amount.  The difference
between the total amount to be received upon  repurchase of the  obligations and
the price that was paid by the fund upon  acquisition is accrued as interest and


                                       8
<PAGE>

included  in  its  net  investment  income.   Repurchase   agreements  involving
obligations other than U.S. government  securities (such as commercial paper and
corporate bonds) may be subject to special risks and may not have the benefit of
certain protections in the event of the counterparty's insolvency. If the seller
or guarantor becomes insolvent,  the fund may suffer delays,  costs and possible
losses in connection  with the  disposition of  collateral.  The fund intends to
enter  into  repurchase  agreements  only with  counterparties  in  transactions
believed by Mitchell Hutchins to present minimum credit risks.


      REVERSE REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the
sale  of  securities  held  by the  fund  subject  to the  fund's  agreement  to
repurchase the  securities at an agreed-upon  date or upon demand and at a price
reflecting a market rate of interest.  Reverse repurchase agreements are subject
to the fund's  limitation on borrowings  and may be entered into only with banks
or securities dealers or their affiliates.  While a reverse repurchase agreement
is  outstanding,  the fund  will  maintain,  in a  segregated  account  with its
custodian,  cash or liquid  securities,  marked to market daily, in an amount at
least equal to its obligations under the reverse repurchase agreement.  See "The
Fund's Investments, Related Risks and Limitations -- Segregated Accounts."

      Reverse  repurchase  agreements  involve  the risk  that the  buyer of the
securities  sold by the fund might be unable to deliver them when the fund seeks
to  repurchase.  In the  event  that the  buyer of  securities  under a  reverse
repurchase  agreement  files for bankruptcy or becomes  insolvent,  the buyer or
trustee or receiver may receive an  extension  of time to  determine  whether to
enforce the fund's  obligation to repurchase the securities,  and the fund's use
of  the  proceeds  of  the  reverse  repurchase  agreement  may  effectively  be
restricted pending such decision.

      LENDING  OF  PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  The  fund is  authorized  to lend its
portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional  investors that Mitchell
Hutchins deems qualified. Lending securities enables the fund to earn additional
income, but could result in a loss or delay in recovering these securities.  The
borrower of the fund's portfolio securities must maintain acceptable  collateral
with the fund's  custodian in an amount,  marked to market daily, at least equal
to the  market  value  of the  securities  loaned,  plus  accrued  interest  and
dividends.  Acceptable collateral is limited to cash, U.S. government securities
and irrevocable  letters of credit that meet certain  guidelines  established by
Mitchell  Hutchins.  The fund may reinvest any cash  collateral  in money market
investments or other short-term  liquid  investments  including other investment
companies.  The fund also may reinvest  cash  collateral  in private  investment
vehicles  similar to money  market  funds,  including  one  managed by  Mitchell
Hutchins.   In   determining   whether  to  lend   securities  to  a  particular
broker-dealer or institutional  investor,  Mitchell Hutchins will consider,  and
during  the  period  of  the  loan  will   monitor,   all  relevant   facts  and
circumstances,  including the  creditworthiness  of the borrower.  The fund will
retain  authority  to terminate  any of its loans at any time.  The fund may pay
reasonable  fees in  connection  with a loan and may pay the borrower or placing
broker a negotiated  portion of the interest earned on the  reinvestment of cash
held as collateral.  The fund will receive amounts  equivalent to any dividends,
interest or other  distributions on the securities  loaned. The fund will regain
record ownership of loaned  securities to exercise  beneficial  rights,  such as
voting and subscription  rights,  when regaining such rights is considered to be
in the fund's interest.


      Pursuant  to  procedures   adopted  by  the  board  governing  the  fund's
securities  lending  program,  PaineWebber has been retained to serve as lending
agent for the fund. The board also has authorized the payment of fees (including
fees calculated as a percentage of invested cash  collateral) to PaineWebber for
these  services.  PaineWebber  also has been  approved  as a borrower  under the
fund's securities lending program.  The board periodically reviews all portfolio
securities loan transactions for which PaineWebber acted as lending agent and/or
borrower.

      SHORT  SALES  "AGAINST  THE  BOX." The fund may  engage in short  sales of
securities  it owns  or has the  right  to  acquire  at no  added  cost  through
conversion  or exchange of other  securities  it owns (short sales  "against the
box").  To make delivery to the purchaser in a short sale, the executing  broker
borrows the  securities  being sold short on behalf of the fund, and the fund is
obligated to replace the securities  borrowed at a date in the future.  When the
fund sells short, it establishes a margin account with the broker  effecting the
short sale and  deposits  collateral  with the  broker.  In  addition,  the fund
maintains with its custodian, in a segregated account, the securities that could
be used to cover the short sale. The fund incurs  transaction  costs,  including
interest  expense,  in connection  with opening,  maintaining  and closing short
sales "against the box."



                                       9
<PAGE>

      The fund might make a short sale "against the box" to hedge against market
risks when Mitchell  Hutchins believes that the price of a security may decline,
thereby  causing a decline  in the  value of a  security  owned by the fund or a
security  convertible  into or exchangeable for a security owned by the fund. In
such case,  any loss in the fund's long position  after the short sale should be
reduced  by a gain in the  short  position.  Conversely,  any  gain in the  long
position should be reduced by a loss in the short position.  The extent to which
gains or losses in the long  position are reduced will depend upon the amount of
the  securities  sold short  relative to the amount of securities the fund owns,
either directly or indirectly,  and in the case where the fund owns  convertible
securities,  changes in the  investment  value or  conversion  premiums  of such
securities.

      WHEN-ISSUED  AND  DELAYED  DELIVERY  SECURITIES.  The  fund  may  purchase
securities  on a  "when-issued"  basis or may  purchase or sell  securities  for
delayed  delivery,  i.e.,  for issuance or delivery to or by the fund later than
the normal  settlement date for such securities at a stated price and yield. The
fund generally  would not pay for such  securities or start earning  interest on
them until they are received. However, when the fund undertakes a when-issued or
delayed  delivery  obligation,  it  immediately  assumes the risks of ownership,
including  the risks of price  fluctuation.  Failure  of the issuer to deliver a
security  purchased by the fund on a when-issued  or delayed  delivery basis may
result in the fund's  incurring or missing an opportunity to make an alternative
investment.  Depending on market conditions,  the fund's when-issued and delayed
delivery  purchase  commitments  could cause its net asset value per share to be
more  volatile,  because  such  securities  may increase the amount by which the
fund's total assets,  including the value of  when-issued  and delayed  delivery
securities held by that fund, exceeds its net assets.


      A  security  purchased  on a  when-issued  or  delayed  delivery  basis is
recorded as an asset on the commitment  date and is subject to changes in market
value,  generally  based upon  changes  in the level of  interest  rates.  Thus,
fluctuation  in the value of the security from the time of the  commitment  date
will  affect the  fund's  net asset  value.  When the fund  commits to  purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, its custodian  segregates
assets  to cover the  amount of the  commitment.  See "The  Fund's  Investments,
Related  Risks and  Limitations  --  Segregated  Accounts."  The fund  purchases
when-issues  securities  only with the intention of taking delivery but may sell
the right to acquire the security  prior to delivery if Mitchell  Hutchins deems
it advantageous to do so, which may result in a gain or loss to the fund.

      MONEY MARKET INVESTMENTS.  The fund may invest in money market investments
for liquidity,  in anticipation of shareholder  redemptions of fund shares, when
the fund is unable  to  purchase  or sell  sufficient  securities  due to market
restrictions or diversification and illiquid security limitations imposed by the
Investment  Company  Act, or to reinvest  cash  collateral  from its  securities
lending activities. Such investments include, among other things, (1) securities
issued  or  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  government  or one  of  its  agencies  or
instrumentalities, (2) debt obligations of banks, savings and loan institutions,
insurance  companies  and  mortgage  bankers,  (3)  commercial  paper and notes,
including  those  with  variable  and  floating  rates  of  interest,  (4)  debt
obligations of foreign  branches of U.S. banks,  U.S.  branches of foreign banks
and foreign branches of foreign banks, (5) debt obligations issued or guaranteed
by one or more  foreign  governments  or any of  their  political  subdivisions,
agencies or instrumentalities,  including obligations of supranational entities,
(6) bonds issued by foreign  issuers,  (7)  repurchase  agreements and (8) other
investment  companies that invest  exclusively in money market  instruments  and
similar private investment vehicles.

      SEGREGATED  ACCOUNTS.  When the fund enters into certain transactions that
involve  obligations to make future payments to third parties,  it will maintain
with an approved  custodian in a segregated  account cash or liquid  securities,
marked to market daily, in an amount at least equal to the fund's  obligation or
commitment under such  transactions.  As described below under "Strategies Using
Derivative  Instruments," segregated accounts may also be required in connection
with certain transactions involving options, futures, swaps and forward currency
contracts.

      SPDRS ("STANDARD & POOR'S  DEPOSITARY  RECEIPTS").  The fund may invest in
SPDRs.  SPDRs  are  exchange-traded   securities  that  represent  ownership  in
long-term unit investment trusts  established to accumulate and hold a portfolio
of common  stocks that is intended to track the price  performance  and dividend
yield of the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index.




                                       10
<PAGE>

      To  the  extent  the  fund  invests  in  SPDRs,  fund  shareholders  would
indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to
the expenses of its own operation.  Indirectly  then, fund  shareholders may pay
higher operational costs than if they owned the underlying investments directly.
Additionally, the fund's investment in SPDRs is subject to limitations under the
Investment Company Act and market availability.

      The price of a SPDR is  derived  from and  based  upon the  securities  it
holds. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of a SPDR
is similar to the risk  involved in the purchase or sale of  traditional  common
stocks,  with the exception that the pricing  mechanism for such  instruments is
based on a basket  of  stocks.  The  market  prices  of SPDRs  are  expected  to
fluctuate  in  accordance  with both  changes  in the net asset  values of their
underlying  indices  and  the  supply  and  demand  for the  instruments  on the
exchanges  on which they are  traded.  Substantial  market or other  disruptions
affecting a SPDR could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of
the fund.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS OF THE FUND


      FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS.  The following fundamental investment limitations
cannot be changed for the fund without the affirmative vote of the lesser of (a)
more  than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of the fund or (b) 67% or more of the
shares of the fund  present at a  shareholders'  meeting if more than 50% of the
outstanding  shares are  represented at the meeting in person or by proxy.  If a
percentage   restriction  is  adhered  to  at  the  time  of  an  investment  or
transaction,  later changes in percentage  resulting  from a change in values of
portfolio  securities  or  amount  of  total  assets  will not be  considered  a
violation of any of the  following  limitations.  With regard to the  borrowings
limitation  in  fundamental  limitation  (3),  the  fund  will  comply  with the
applicable restrictions of Section 18 of the Investment Company Act.


      The fund will not:

      (1) purchase securities of any one issuer if, as a result, more than 5% of
the fund's total assets  would be invested in  securities  of that issuer or the
fund would own or hold more than 10% of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of
that  issuer,  except that up to 25% of the fund's  total assets may be invested
without  regard to this  limitation,  and except that this  limitation  does not
apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  government,  its agencies
and instrumentalities or to securities issued by other investment companies.

      The  following  interpretation  applies  to,  but is not a part  of,  this
fundamental  restriction:  Mortgage-  and  asset-backed  securities  will not be
considered  to have been issued by the same  issuer by reason of the  securities
having the same sponsor,  and mortgage- and asset-backed  securities issued by a
finance or other  special  purpose  subsidiary  that are not  guaranteed  by the
parent  company will be  considered  to be issued by a separate  issuer from the
parent company.

      (2) purchase any security if, as a result of that purchase, 25% or more of
the fund's total assets would be invested in securities of issuers  having their
principal business activities in the same industry,  except that this limitation
does not apply to securities  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  government,  its
agencies or instrumentalities or to municipal securities,  and provided that the
fund will invest 25% or more of its total assets in securities of issuers in the
same  industry if necessary  to replicate  the  composition  of the  HIGHLIGHTED
STOCKS list.

      (3) issue senior securities or borrow money, except as permitted under the
Investment  Company  Act and then not in excess of 33 1/3% of the  fund's  total
assets  (including the amount of the senior securities issued but reduced by any
liabilities not constituting  senior  securities) at the time of the issuance or
borrowing,  except that the fund may borrow up to an  additional 5% of its total
assets (not including the amount borrowed) for temporary or emergency purposes.

      (4) make loans,  except  through loans of portfolio  securities or through
repurchase  agreements,  provided  that for  purposes of this  restriction,  the
acquisition of bonds, debentures,  other bonds or instruments, or participations
or other interests therein and investments in government obligations, commercial
paper, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances or similar instruments will
not be considered the making of a loan.



                                       11
<PAGE>


      The  following  interpretation  applies  to,  but is  not  part  of,  this
fundamental  restriction:  The fund's  investments  in master  notes and similar
instruments will not be considered to be the making of a loan.


      (5) engage in the business of  underwriting  securities of other  issuers,
except to the extent that the fund might be considered an underwriter  under the
federal  securities  laws  in  connection  with  its  disposition  of  portfolio
securities.

      (6) purchase or sell real estate, except that investments in securities of
issuers  that  invest  in  real  estate  and   investments  in   mortgage-backed
securities,  mortgage participations or other instruments supported by interests
in real estate are not subject to this limitation,  and except that the fund may
exercise  rights under  agreements  relating to such  securities,  including the
right to enforce  security  interests and to hold real estate acquired by reason
of such  enforcement  until  that real  estate can be  liquidated  in an orderly
manner.

      (7) purchase or sell physical  commodities  unless acquired as a result of
owning securities or other instruments, but the fund may purchase, sell or enter
into financial options and futures,  forward and spot currency  contracts,  swap
transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments.


      NON-FUNDAMENTAL  LIMITATIONS.  The following  investment  restrictions are
non-fundamental  and may be changed by a vote of the board  without  shareholder
approval. If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment
or transaction, later changes in percentage resulting from a change in values of
portfolio  securities  or  amount  of  total  assets  will not be  considered  a
violation of any of the following limitations.


      The fund will not:

      (1) hold assets of any  issuers,  at the end of any  calendar  quarter (or
within 30 days thereafter),  to the extent such holdings would cause the fund to
fail to satisfy the  diversification  requirements  imposed by section 817(h) of
the Internal  Revenue Code and the Treasury  regulations  issued  thereunder  on
segregated  assets  accounts used to fund variable  annuity and/or variable life
insurance  contracts  (these  requirements  must be satisfied by the fund as the
investment vehicle underlying those accounts);

      (2) purchase securities on margin,  except for short-term credit necessary
for clearance of portfolio transactions and except that the fund may make margin
deposits in connection  with its use of financial  options and futures,  forward
and spot currency contracts,  swap transactions and other financial contracts or
derivative instruments.

      (3) engage in short  sales of  securities  or  maintain a short  position,
except that the fund may (a) sell short "against the box" and (b) maintain short
positions in connection with its use of financial  options and futures,  forward
and spot currency contracts,  swap transactions and other financial contracts or
derivative instruments.

      (4)  purchase  securities  of other  investment  companies,  except to the
extent  permitted by the Investment  Company Act and except that this limitation
does not apply to securities  received or acquired as dividends,  through offers
of exchange, or as a result of reorganization, consolidation, or merger.

      (5) purchase portfolio  securities while borrowings in excess of 5% of its
total assets are outstanding.

                     STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS


      GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS. Mitchell Hutchins may use a
variety of financial instruments ("Derivative  Instruments"),  including certain
options,  futures  contracts  (sometimes  referred to as "futures"),  options on
futures contracts, swaps and forward currency contracts. The fund may enter into
transactions  involving one or more type of Derivative  Instruments  under which
the full value of its portfolio is at risk. Under normal circumstances, however,
the fund's use of these instruments will place at risk a much smaller portion of
its assets. The particular  Derivative  Instruments that may be used by the fund
are described below.




                                       12
<PAGE>

      The  fund  might  not  use  any   Derivative   Instruments  or  derivative
strategies,  and there can be no assurance that using any strategy will succeed.
If Mitchell  Hutchins is incorrect in its  judgment on market  values,  interest
rates or other  economic  factors in using a Derivative  Instrument or strategy,
the fund may have lower net income and a net loss on the investment.

      OPTIONS  ON  SECURITIES  AND  FOREIGN  CURRENCIES.  A  call  option  is  a
short-term contract pursuant to which the purchaser of the option, in return for
a premium,  has the right to buy the security or currency  underlying the option
at a specified  price at any time during the term of the option or at  specified
times or at the  expiration  of the  option,  depending  on the  type of  option
involved.  The writer of the call option,  who  receives  the  premium,  has the
obligation,  upon  exercise of the option during the option term, to deliver the
underlying  security or currency  against  payment of the exercise  price. A put
option is a similar contract that gives its purchaser,  in return for a premium,
the right to sell the  underlying  security or  currency  at a  specified  price
during the option term or at specified times or at the expiration of the option,
depending  on the type of option  involved.  The writer of the put  option,  who
receives the premium, has the obligation, upon exercise of the option during the
option term, to buy the underlying security or currency at the exercise price.

      OPTIONS ON SECURITIES  INDICES. A securities index assigns relative values
to the  securities  included  in the index and  fluctuates  with  changes in the
market values of those  securities.  A securities  index option  operates in the
same way as a more  traditional  securities  option,  except that  exercise of a
securities  index  option is  effected  with cash  payment  and does not involve
delivery of securities.  Thus, upon exercise of a securities  index option,  the
purchaser  will  realize,  and the  writer  will  pay,  an  amount  based on the
difference  between the exercise  price and the closing price of the  securities
index.

      SECURITIES INDEX FUTURES CONTRACTS. A securities index futures contract is
a  bilateral  agreement  pursuant to which one party  agrees to accept,  and the
other party  agrees to make,  delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified
dollar amount times the  difference  between the  securities  index value at the
close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures  contract is
originally  struck. No physical delivery of the securities  comprising the index
is made. Generally, contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the
contract.

      INTEREST RATE AND FOREIGN  CURRENCY FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Interest rate and
foreign currency futures  contracts are bilateral  agreements  pursuant to which
one party agrees to make,  and the other party  agrees to accept,  delivery of a
specified type of debt security or currency at a specified  future time and at a
specified price.  Although such futures contracts by their terms call for actual
delivery or  acceptance  of bonds or currency,  in most cases the  contracts are
closed out before the settlement date without the making or taking of delivery.

      OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS.  Options on futures contracts are similar to
options on  securities,  except that an option on a futures  contract  gives the
purchaser  the right,  in return  for the  premium,  to assume a  position  in a
futures  contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short  position
if the  option is a put),  rather  than to  purchase  or sell a  security,  at a
specified price at any time during the option term. Upon exercise of the option,
the  delivery  of the  futures  position  to the  holder of the  option  will be
accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance that represents the amount by
which the market price of the futures contract  exceeds,  in the case of a call,
or is less than,  in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the option on the
future. The writer of an option, upon exercise,  will assume a short position in
the case of a call and a long position in the case of a put.


      FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS -- A forward  currency  contract  involves an
obligation to purchase or sell a specific  currency at a specified  future date,
which may be any fixed number of days from the contract  date agreed upon by the
parties, at a price set at the time the contract is entered into.

      GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIES USING DERIVATIVE  INSTRUMENTS.  The fund
may use  Derivative  Instruments  to attempt to hedge its  portfolio and also to
attempt to enhance income or return or realize gains. For example,  the fund may
use  Derivative  Instruments  to  simulate  full  investment  by the fund  while
maintaining  a cash  balance for fund  management  purposes  (such as to provide
liquidity to meet  anticipated  shareholder  redemptions  and for fund operating
expenses), to facilitate trading or to enhance returns.



                                       13
<PAGE>

      Hedging strategies can be broadly  categorized as "short hedges" and "long
hedges." A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Derivative Instrument intended
partially  or fully to  offset  potential  declines  in the value of one or more
investments held in the fund's portfolio.  Thus, in a short hedge the fund takes
a position  in a  Derivative  Instrument  whose price is expected to move in the
opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged. For example, the
fund might  purchase a put option on a  security  to hedge  against a  potential
decline in the value of that  security.  If the price of the  security  declined
below the exercise  price of the put,  the fund could  exercise the put and thus
limit its loss below the  exercise  price to the premium  paid plus  transaction
costs. In the  alternative,  because the value of the put option can be expected
to increase as the value of the underlying security declines,  the fund might be
able to close out the put option and realize a gain to offset the decline in the
value of the security.


      Conversely,  a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Derivative Instrument
intended  partially or fully to offset  potential  increases in the  acquisition
cost of one or more  investments  that the fund intends to acquire.  Thus,  in a
long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Derivative  Instrument whose price is
expected  to  move  in the  same  direction  as  the  price  of the  prospective
investment being hedged. For example, the fund might purchase a call option on a
security  it intends to  purchase  in order to hedge  against an increase in the
cost of the security.  If the price of the security increased above the exercise
price of the  call,  the fund  could  exercise  the  call  and  thus  limit  its
acquisition  cost to the exercise  price plus the premium  paid and  transaction
costs.  Alternatively,  the fund might be able to offset the price  increase  by
closing out an appreciated call option and realizing a gain.

      The fund may purchase and write (sell)  straddles on securities or indices
of  securities.  A long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call and a put option
purchased  on the same  security  or on the same  futures  contract,  where  the
exercise  price of the put is equal to the exercise  price of the call. The fund
might enter into a long straddle when Mitchell  Hutchins believes it likely that
the prices of the securities will be more volatile during the term of the option
than the option pricing implies. A short straddle is a combination of a call and
a put written on the same security  where the exercise price of the put is equal
to the exercise  price of the call.  The fund might enter into a short  straddle
when Mitchell  Hutchins  believes it unlikely that the prices of the  securities
will be as volatile during the term of the option as the option pricing implies.

      Derivative  Instruments on securities  generally are used to hedge against
price  movements in one or more  particular  securities  positions that the fund
owns or  intends  to  acquire.  Derivative  Instruments  on  stock  indices,  in
contrast,  generally are used to hedge  against  price  movements in broad stock
market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest.

      Income strategies using Derivative  Instruments may include the writing of
covered  options to obtain the related option  premiums.  Return  strategies may
include using Derivative Instruments to increase or decrease the fund's exposure
to different asset classes without buying or selling the underlying instruments.
The fund also may use  derivatives to simulate full investment by the fund while
maintaining  a cash  balance for fund  management  purposes  (such as to provide
liquidity  to meet  anticipated  shareholder  sales of fund  shares and for fund
operating expenses).

      The use of Derivative  Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of
the SEC, the several  options and futures  exchanges  upon which they are traded
and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC").  In addition,  the fund's
ability to use Derivative Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.  See
"Taxes."


      In addition to the products,  strategies and risks  described below and in
the  Prospectus,  Mitchell  Hutchins may discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  Derivative  Instruments  and with  hedging,  income and return
strategies.   These  new   opportunities  may  become  available  as  regulatory
authorities  broaden the range of permitted  transactions  and as new Derivative
Instruments  and  techniques  are  developed.  Mitchell  Hutchins  may use these
opportunities  for the fund to the  extent  that  they are  consistent  with the
fund's  investment  objective and permitted by its  investment  limitations  and
applicable  regulatory  authorities.  The  fund's  Prospectus  or  SAI  will  be
supplemented  to the extent that new products or techniques  involve  materially
different risks than those described below or in the Prospectus.




                                       14
<PAGE>

      SPECIAL  RISKS OF  STRATEGIES  USING  DERIVATIVE  INSTRUMENTS.  The use of
Derivative  Instruments involves special  considerations and risks, as described
below.  Risks pertaining to particular  Derivative  Instruments are described in
the sections that follow.

      (1) Successful use of most Derivative Instruments depends upon the ability
of Mitchell  Hutchins to predict movements of the overall  securities,  interest
rate  or  currency  exchange  markets,  which  requires  different  skills  than
predicting  changes  in the  prices of  individual  securities.  While  Mitchell
Hutchins is  experienced in the use of Derivative  Instruments,  there can be no
assurance that any particular strategy adopted will succeed.

      (2) There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation,  between
price  movements  of  a  Derivative   Instrument  and  price  movements  of  the
investments  that are being  hedged.  For example,  if the value of a Derivative
Instrument  used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of
the hedged investment,  the hedge would not be fully successful.  Such a lack of
correlation might occur due to factors affecting the markets in which Derivative
Instruments are traded,  rather than the value of the investments  being hedged.
The effectiveness of hedges using Derivative  Instruments on indices will depend
on the degree of  correlation  between  price  movements  in the index and price
movements in the securities being hedged.

      (3) Hedging strategies,  if successful,  can reduce risk of loss by wholly
or partially  offsetting the negative  effect of unfavorable  price movements in
the  investments  being  hedged.  However,  hedging  strategies  can also reduce
opportunity  for gain by  offsetting  the  positive  effect of  favorable  price
movements in the hedged  investments.  For  example,  if the fund entered into a
short  hedge  because  Mitchell  Hutchins  projected a decline in the price of a
security  in the  fund's  portfolio,  and the price of that  security  increased
instead,  the gain from that increase  might be wholly or partially  offset by a
decline in the price of the Derivative Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the
Derivative  Instrument  declined  by more than the  increase in the price of the
security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have
been in a better position had it not hedged at all.

      (4) As described  below,  the fund might be required to maintain assets as
"cover,"  maintain  segregated  accounts or make margin  payments  when it takes
positions in  Derivative  Instruments  involving  obligations  to third  parties
(i.e.,  Derivative  Instruments other than purchased  options).  If the fund was
unable to close out its positions in such  Derivative  Instruments,  it might be
required to continue to maintain  such assets or accounts or make such  payments
until the  positions  expired or matured.  These  requirements  might impair the
fund's ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when
it would  otherwise  be  favorable  to do so,  or  require  that the fund sell a
portfolio security at a disadvantageous  time. The fund's ability to close out a
position in a Derivative  Instrument  prior to expiration or maturity depends on
the existence of a liquid  secondary market or, in the absence of such a market,
the  ability  and  willingness  of a  counterparty  to enter into a  transaction
closing out the  position.  Therefore,  there is no  assurance  that any hedging
position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

      COVER FOR STRATEGIES  USING  DERIVATIVE  INSTRUMENTS.  Transactions  using
Derivative  Instruments,  other than  purchased  options,  expose the fund to an
obligation to another party. The fund will not enter into any such  transactions
unless it owns either (1) an  offsetting  ("covered")  position  in  securities,
currencies  or  other  options  or  futures  contracts  or (2)  cash  or  liquid
securities  with a  value  sufficient  at  all  times  to  cover  its  potential
obligations  to the extent not covered as  provided in (1) above.  The fund will
comply with SEC guidelines  regarding cover for such  transactions  and will, if
the guidelines so require,  set aside cash or liquid  securities in a segregated
account with its custodian in the prescribed amount.

      Assets used as cover or held in a segregated  account cannot be sold while
the position in the corresponding Derivative Instrument is open, unless they are
replaced  with similar  assets.  As a result,  committing a large portion of the
fund's  assets  to  cover  positions  or to  segregated  accounts  could  impede
portfolio  management or the fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other
current obligations.

      OPTIONS.  The fund may  purchase  put and call  options,  and write (sell)
covered  put or call  options  on  securities  in which it invests  and  related
indices and on foreign  currencies.  The purchase of call options may serve as a
long hedge, and the purchase of put options may serve as a short hedge. The fund
may also use options to attempt to enhance return or realize gains by increasing


                                       15
<PAGE>

or reducing its  exposure to an asset class  without  purchasing  or selling the
underlying  securities.  Writing covered put or call options can enable the fund
to  enhance  income by reason of the  premiums  paid by the  purchasers  of such
options.  Writing covered call options serves as a limited short hedge,  because
declines in the value of the hedged  investment would be offset to the extent of
the  premium  received  for  writing  the  option.   However,  if  the  security
appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of the call option, it can
be expected  that the option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated to
sell the  security at less than its market  value.  Writing  covered put options
serves as a limited  long hedge,  because  increases  in the value of the hedged
investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the
option.  However, if the security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise
price  of the  put  option,  it can be  expected  that  the put  option  will be
exercised  and the fund will be  obligated to purchase the security at more than
its  market   value.   The   securities  or  other  assets  used  as  cover  for
over-the-counter options written by the fund would be considered illiquid to the
extent   described   under   "The   Fund's   Investments,   Related   Risks  and
Limitations--Illiquid Securities."


      The value of an option  position  will reflect,  among other  things,  the
current market value of the  underlying  investment,  the time  remaining  until
expiration,  the  relationship  of the exercise price to the market price of the
underlying  investment,  the  historical  price  volatility  of  the  underlying
investment and general market conditions. Options normally have expiration dates
of up to nine months.  Generally,  European-style  options can only be exercised
immediately  prior to their  expiration.  This is in contrast to  American-style
options which are  exercisable at any time prior to the  expiration  date of the
option.  There are also other types of options  that may be exercised on certain
specified  dates  before  expiration.  Options that expire  unexercised  have no
value.


      The fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option
by entering into a closing transaction.  For example, the fund may terminate its
obligation  under a call or put  option  that it had  written by  purchasing  an
identical call or put option;  this is known as a closing purchase  transaction.
Conversely,  the fund may  terminate  a position  in a put or call option it had
purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing
sale  transaction.  Closing  transactions  permit the fund to realize profits or
limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

      The fund may purchase and write both  exchange-traded and over-the-counter
options.   Currently,   many   options  on  equity   securities   (stocks)   are
exchange-traded.  Exchange-traded  options in the United  States are issued by a
clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed
which,  in  effect,   guarantees  completion  of  every  exchange-traded  option
transaction.  In contrast,  over-the-counter  options are contracts  between the
fund and its  counterparty  (usually  a  securities  dealer  or a bank)  with no
clearing  organization  guarantee.  Thus,  when the fund  purchases or writes an
over-the-counter  option, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery
of the  underlying  investment  upon  exercise  of the  option.  Failure  by the
counterparty  to do so would  result in the loss of any premium paid by the fund
as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

      The fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
options  depends  on the  existence  of a liquid  market.  The fund  intends  to
purchase or write only those exchange-traded  options for which there appears to
be a liquid  secondary  market.  However,  there can be no assurance that such a
market will exist at any particular time.  Closing  transactions can be made for
over-the-counter options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty,  or
by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although the
fund will enter into over-the-counter  options only with counterparties that are
expected  to be capable of entering  into  closing  transactions  with the fund,
there  is no  assurance  that  the  fund  will in fact be able to  close  out an
over-the-counter  option position at a favorable  price prior to expiration.  In
the event of insolvency of the  counterparty,  the fund might be unable to close
out an over-the-counter option position at any time prior to its expiration.

      If the fund were unable to effect a closing  transaction  for an option it
had purchased,  it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit.  The
inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered put or call
option written by the fund could cause material losses because the fund would be
unable to sell the  investment  used as cover for the written  option  until the
option expires or is exercised.



                                       16
<PAGE>

      The fund may  purchase  and write put and call  options on indices in much
the same manner as the more  traditional  options  discussed  above,  except the
index options may serve as a hedge against overall  fluctuations in a securities
market (or market sector) rather than anticipated  increases or decreases in the
value of a particular security

      FUTURES.   The  fund  may  purchase  and  sell  securities  index  futures
contracts,   interest  rate  futures  contracts  and  foreign  currency  futures
contracts. The fund may purchase put and call options, and write covered put and
call  options,  on futures in which it is allowed  to invest.  The  purchase  of
futures  or call  options  thereon  can serve as a long  hedge,  and the sale of
futures or the  purchase  of put  options  thereon  can serve as a short  hedge.
Writing  covered call options on futures  contracts can serve as a limited short
hedge,  and  writing  covered put  options on futures  contracts  can serve as a
limited long hedge,  using a strategy  similar to that used for writing  covered
options on  securities  or indices.  In addition,  the fund may purchase or sell
futures contracts or purchase options thereon to increase or reduce its exposure
to an asset  class  without  purchasing  or selling the  underlying  securities,
either as a hedge or to enhance return or realize gains.

      The fund may also write put options on futures contracts while at the same
time   purchasing   call  options  on  the  same  futures   contracts  in  order
synthetically  to create a long futures  contract  position.  Such options would
have the same strike prices and expiration  dates.  The fund will engage in this
strategy only when it is more  advantageous  to the fund than is purchasing  the
futures contract.

      No price is paid upon entering into a futures  contract.  Instead,  at the
inception of a futures  contract the fund is required to deposit in a segregated
account with its  custodian,  in the name of the futures broker through whom the
transaction was effected,  "initial margin"  consisting of cash,  obligations of
the United States or obligations  fully  guaranteed as to principal and interest
by the  United  States,  in an  amount  generally  equal  to 10% or  less of the
contract  value.  Margin must also be deposited  when writing a call option on a
futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in
securities transactions,  initial margin on futures contracts does not represent
a borrowing,  but rather is in the nature of a  performance  bond or  good-faith
deposit that is returned to the fund at the  termination  of the  transaction if
all contractual  obligations have been satisfied.  Under certain  circumstances,
such as periods of high  volatility,  the fund may be required by an exchange to
increase  the  level  of  its  initial  margin   payment,   and  initial  margin
requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

      Subsequent  "variation  margin"  payments are made to and from the futures
broker daily as the value of the futures  position  varies,  a process  known as
"marking to market."  Variation  margin does not involve  borrowing,  but rather
represents a daily  settlement  of the fund's  obligations  to or from a futures
broker.  When the fund  purchases  an option on a future,  the premium paid plus
transaction  costs is all that is at risk. In contrast,  when the fund purchases
or sells a futures  contract or writes a call option  thereon,  it is subject to
daily  variation  margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse
price  movements.  If the fund has  insufficient  cash to meet  daily  variation
margin requirements,  it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales
are disadvantageous.

      Holders and writers of futures  positions and options on futures can enter
into  offsetting  closing  transactions,  similar  to  closing  transactions  on
options, by selling or purchasing,  respectively, an instrument identical to the
instrument  held or written.  Positions in futures and options on futures may be
closed only on an exchange or board of trade that  provides a secondary  market.
The fund intends to enter into futures  transactions only on exchanges or boards
of trade where there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can
be no  assurance  that such a market will exist for a  particular  contract at a
particular time.

      Under certain circumstances,  futures exchanges may establish daily limits
on the  amount  that the price of a future or  related  option can vary from the
previous day's settlement  price;  once that limit is reached,  no trades may be
made that day at a price  beyond  the  limit.  Daily  price  limits do not limit
potential  losses  because  prices  could  move to the daily  limit for  several
consecutive days with little or no trading,  thereby  preventing  liquidation of
unfavorable positions.

      If the fund were unable to liquidate a futures or related options position
due to the  absence  of a liquid  secondary  market or the  imposition  of price
limits, it could incur substantial losses. The fund would continue to be subject


                                       17
<PAGE>

to market risk with respect to the position. In addition,  except in the case of
purchased  options,  the  fund  would  continue  to be  required  to make  daily
variation  margin  payments and might be required to maintain the position being
hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated
account.

      Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
movements  in the  prices of futures  contracts  or  related  options  might not
correlate  perfectly  with  movements  in the  prices of the  investments  being
hedged. For example, all participants in the futures and related options markets
are subject to daily variation  margin calls and might be compelled to liquidate
futures or related  options  positions  whose prices are moving  unfavorably  to
avoid being subject to further calls.  These  liquidations  could increase price
volatility of the instruments and distort the normal price relationship  between
the futures or options and the investments being hedged.  Also,  because initial
margin deposit  requirements  in the futures market are less onerous than margin
requirements in the securities markets,  there might be increased  participation
by  speculators  in the futures  markets.  This  participation  also might cause
temporary price  distortions.  In addition,  activities of large traders in both
the futures and securities  markets involving  arbitrage,  "program trading" and
other investment strategies might result in temporary price distortions.


      LIMITATIONS ON THE USE OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS.  The use of futures
and related options is governed by the following guideline, which can be changed
by its board without shareholder vote:

      The aggregate initial margin and premiums on futures contracts and options
on futures  positions that are not for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by
the CFTC)  (excluding  the amount by which options are  "in-the-money")  may not
exceed 5% of the fund's net assets.

      FOREIGN CURRENCY HEDGING STRATEGIES--SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS. The fund may
use options and futures on foreign  currencies,  as described above, and forward
currency contracts, as described below, to hedge against movements in the values
of the foreign  currencies in which the fund's securities are denominated.  Such
currency  hedges can protect against price movements in a security the fund owns
or  intends  to  acquire  that are  attributable  to changes in the value of the
currency  in which it is  denominated.  Such  hedges  do not,  however,  protect
against price movements in the securities that are attributable to other causes.


      The fund might seek to hedge against  changes in the value of a particular
currency when no Derivative  Instruments  on that currency are available or such
Derivative  Instruments are considered  expensive.  In such cases,  the fund may
hedge  against price  movements in that  currency by entering into  transactions
using Derivative Instruments on another currency or a basket of currencies,  the
value of which Mitchell  Hutchins  believes will have a positive  correlation to
the value of the currency  being hedged.  In addition,  the fund may use forward
currency  contracts to shift exposure to foreign currency  fluctuations from one
country to another.  For example, if the fund owned securities  denominated in a
foreign  currency and Mitchell  Hutchins  believed that  currency  would decline
relative to another currency,  it might enter into a forward contract to sell an
appropriate amount of the first foreign currency, with payment to be made in the
second  foreign  currency.  Transactions  that use two  foreign  currencies  are
sometimes  referred to as "cross  hedging." Use of a different  foreign currency
magnifies the risk that movements in the price of the Derivative Instrument will
not correlate or will  correlate  unfavorably  with the foreign  currency  being
hedged.

      The value of Derivative  Instruments on foreign  currencies depends on the
value of the underlying  currency  relative to the U.S. dollar.  Because foreign
currency   transactions   occurring  in  the  interbank   market  might  involve
substantially  larger amounts than those involved in the use of such  Derivative
Instruments,  a fund  could be  disadvantaged  by having to deal in the  odd-lot
market  (generally  consisting of  transactions of less than $1 million) for the
underlying  foreign  currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round
lots.

      There is no  systematic  reporting  of last sale  information  for foreign
currencies or any  regulatory  requirement  that  quotations  available  through
dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.  Quotation
information  generally  is  representative  of very  large  transactions  in the
interbank  market and thus might not reflect  odd-lot  transactions  where rates
might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global,
round-the-clock  market.  To the extent the U.S.  options or futures markets are
closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open,  significant


                                       18
<PAGE>

price and rate movements might take place in the underlying  markets that cannot
be reflected in the markets for the Derivative Instruments until they reopen.

      Settlement of Derivative Instruments involving foreign currencies might be
required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus,
the fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying  foreign
currency  in  accordance  with any U.S.  or foreign  regulations  regarding  the
maintenance  of foreign  banking  arrangements  by U.S.  residents  and might be
required  to pay any  fees,  taxes and  charges  associated  with such  delivery
assessed in the issuing country.


      FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  The fund may enter  into  forward  currency
contracts  to purchase or sell  foreign  currencies  for a fixed  amount of U.S.
dollars or another foreign currency.  Such transactions may serve as long hedges
- -- for example, the fund may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the
U.S. dollar price of a security  denominated in a foreign currency that the fund
intends to acquire.  Forward  currency  contract  transactions may also serve as
short hedges -- for example,  the fund may sell a forward  currency  contract to
lock in the U.S. dollar  equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of
a security denominated in a foreign currency.


      The cost to the fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with
factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the
market  conditions  then  prevailing.  Because  forward  currency  contracts are
usually entered into on a principal  basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
When  the fund  enters  into a  forward  currency  contract,  it  relies  on the
counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity
of the contract.  Failure by the  counterparty to do so would result in the loss
of any expected benefit of the transaction.


      As is the  case  with  futures  contracts,  parties  to  forward  currency
contracts can enter into  offsetting  closing  transactions,  similar to closing
transactions  on  futures,  by  entering  into an  instrument  identical  to the
instrument  purchased or sold, but in the opposite direction.  Secondary markets
generally  do not exist for  forward  currency  contracts,  with the result that
closing  transactions  generally can be made for forward currency contracts only
by negotiating  directly with the counterparty.  Thus, there can be no assurance
that the fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a
favorable  price prior to maturity.  In addition,  in the event of insolvency of
the  counterparty,  the fund  might be unable  to close  out a forward  currency
contract at any time prior to maturity. In either event, the fund would continue
to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to
be required to maintain a position in the securities or currencies  that are the
subject of the hedge or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.


      The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of
the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such
securities,  measured in the  foreign  currency,  will change  after the foreign
currency contract has been established. Thus, the fund might need to purchase or
sell  foreign  currencies  in the spot (cash)  market to the extent such foreign
currencies  are not covered by forward  contracts.  The projection of short-term
currency market movements is extremely  difficult,  and the successful execution
of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

      LIMITATIONS ON THE USE OF FORWARD CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  The fund may enter
into forward  currency  contracts  or maintain a net exposure to such  contracts
only if (1) the  consummation  of the  contracts  would not obligate the fund to
deliver an amount of  foreign  currency  in excess of the value of the  position
being hedged by such  contracts or (2) the fund  segregates  with its  custodian
cash or  liquid  securities  in an  amount  not less than the value of its total
assets committed to the consummation of the contract and not covered as provided
in (1) above, as marked to market daily.


      SWAP  TRANSACTIONS.  Swap  transactions  include swaps,  caps,  floors and
collars relating to interest rates, currencies, securities or other instruments.
Interest  rate swaps  involve  an  agreement  between  two  parties to  exchange
payments  that are based,  for example,  on variable and fixed rates of interest
and that are  calculated  on the basis of a specified  amount of principal  (the
"notional  principal amount") for a specified period of time.  Interest rate cap
and floor  transactions  involve an  agreement  between two parties in which the
first party agrees to make payments to the counterparty when a designated market
interest  rate  goes  above  (in the case of a cap) or  below  (in the case of a


                                       19
<PAGE>

floor) a  designated  level on  predetermined  dates or during a specified  time
period.  Interest  rate collar  transactions  involve an  agreement  between two
parties in which payments are made when a designated market interest rate either
goes above a designated  ceiling level or goes below a designated floor level on
predetermined  dates or during a specified time period.  Currency  swaps,  caps,
floors and collars are similar to interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars,
but they are based on currency exchange rates rather than interest rates. Equity
swaps or other  swaps  relating  to  securities  or other  instruments  are also
similar, but they are based on changes in the value of the underlying securities
or  instruments.  For example,  an equity swap might  involve an exchange of the
value of a particular  security or securities index in a certain notional amount
for the value of another  security or index or for the value of interest on that
notional amount at a specified fixed or variable rate.


      The fund may enter into  interest  rate swap  transactions  to  preserve a
return or spread on a particular  investment or portion of its bond portfolio or
to protect  against  any  increase  in the price of  securities  it  anticipates
purchasing at a later date. The fund may use interest rate swaps,  caps,  floors
and  collars  as a hedge on  either an  asset-based  or  liability-based  basis,
depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities.  Interest rate
swap  transactions are subject to risks comparable to those described above with
respect to other derivatives strategies.


      The fund will  usually  enter  into swaps on a net  basis,  i.e.,  the two
payment  streams are netted out, with the fund receiving or paying,  as the case
may be, only the net amount of the two  payments.  Because  segregated  accounts
will be  established  with  respect  to  such  transactions,  Mitchell  Hutchins
believes such obligations do not constitute senior securities and,  accordingly,
will not treat them as being subject to the fund's borrowing  restrictions.  The
net  amount  of  the  excess,  if  any,  of  the  fund's  obligations  over  its
entitlements  with  respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily  basis,  and
appropriate  fund assets  having an aggregate  net asset value at least equal to
the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account as described above
in  "The  Fund's  Investment,   Related  Risks  and  Limitations  --  Segregated
Accounts."  The fund also will establish and maintain such  segregated  accounts
with respect to its total  obligations under any swaps that are not entered into
on a net basis.


      The fund will enter into interest rate swap  transactions  only with banks
and recognized  securities  dealers or their respective  affiliates  believed by
Mitchell  Hutchins to present  minimal credit risk in accordance with guidelines
established  by the fund's  board.  If there is a default by the other  party to
such a  transaction,  the fund  will  have to rely on its  contractual  remedies
(which may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the
agreements related to the transaction.



                      ORGANIZATION; TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS;
            PRINCIPAL HOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES


      The Trust was formed on November  21,  1986 as a business  trust under the
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has fourteen series.  The Trust is
governed by a board of trustees,  which is  authorized  to establish  additional
series and to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest of each
existing or future  series,  par value $0.001 per share.  The board oversees the
fund's operations.

      The trustees and  executive  officers of the Trust,  their ages,  business
addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are:




                                       20
<PAGE>


  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE    POSITION WITH TRUST    BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
                                                         DIRECTORSHIPS

Margo N. Alexander*+; 53       Trustee and     Mrs.    Alexander   is   Chairman
                                President      (since   March    1999),    chief
                                               executive  officer and a director
                                               of   Mitchell   Hutchins   (since
                                               January  1995),  and an executive
                                               vice  president  and  director of
                                               PaineWebber  (since  March 1984).
                                               Mrs.  Alexander is president  and
                                               director   or   trustee   of   31
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber or
                                               one of their affiliates serves as
                                               investment adviser.


Richard Q. Armstrong; 64         Trustee       Mr.  Armstrong  is  chairman  and
R.Q.A. Enterprises                             principal  of R.Q.A.  Enterprises
One Old Church Road                            (management    consulting   firm)
Unit #6                                        (since  April 1991 and  principal
Greenwich, CT 06830                            occupation   since  March  1995).
                                               Mr. Armstrong was chairman of the
                                               board,  chief  executive  officer
                                               and   co-owner   of    Adirondack
                                               Beverages      (producer      and
                                               distributor  of soft  drinks  and
                                               sparkling/still  waters) (October
                                               1993-March   1995).   He   was  a
                                               partner   of  The   New   England
                                               Consulting   Group    (management
                                               consulting     firm)    (December
                                               1992-September   1993).   He  was
                                               managing  director  of LVMH  U.S.
                                               Corporation  (U.S.  subsidiary of
                                               the    French     luxury    goods
                                               conglomerate,  Louis Vuitton Moet
                                               Hennessey            Corporation)
                                               (1987-1991)  and  chairman of its
                                               wine  and   spirits   subsidiary,
                                               Schieffelin  &  Somerset  Company
                                               (1987-1991).  Mr.  Armstrong is a
                                               director   or   trustee   of   30
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell Hutchins, PaineWebber or
                                               one of their affiliates serves as
                                               investment adviser.

E. Garrett Bewkes,             Trustee and     Mr.   Bewkes  is  a  director  of
Jr.**+; 73                   Chairman of the   Paine     Webber    Group    Inc.
                            Board of Trustees  ("PW Group")  (holding company of
                                               PaineWebber      and     Mitchell
                                               Hutchins).   Prior  to   December
                                               1995,  he  was  a  consultant  to
                                               PW Group.  Prior to 1988,  he was
                                               chairman of the board,  president
                                               and chief  executive  officer  of
                                               American     Bakeries    Company.
                                               Mr. Bewkes   is  a  director   of
                                               Interstate Bakeries  Corporation.
                                               Mr. Bewkes   is  a  director   or
                                               trustee    of    34    investment
                                               companies   for  which   Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.


                                       21
<PAGE>

  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE    POSITION WITH TRUST    BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
                                                         DIRECTORSHIPS

Richard R. Burt; 53              Trustee       Mr.   Burt  is  chairman  of  IEP
1275 Pennsylvania Ave.,                        Advisors,    LLP   (international
N.W.                                           investments and consulting  firm)
Washington, DC 20004                           (since March 1994),  a partner of
                                               McKinsey &  Company   (management
                                               consulting  firm)  (since  1991).
                                               He  is   also   a   director   of
                                               Archer-Daniels-Midland        Co.
                                               (agricultural       commodities),
                                               Hollinger    International    Co.
                                               (publishing)     and    Homestake
                                               Mining Corp. (gold mining),  vice
                                               chairman    of   Anchor    Gaming
                                               (provides  technology  to  gaming
                                               and  wagering   industry)  (since
                                               July   1999)  and   chairman   of
                                               Weirton  Steel  Corp.  (makes and
                                               finishes steel  products)  (since
                                               April  1996).  He was  the  chief
                                               negotiator in the Strategic  Arms
                                               Reduction  Talks  with the former
                                               Soviet Union  (1989-1991) and the
                                               U.S.  Ambassador  to the  Federal
                                               Republic        of        Germany
                                               (1985-1989).    Mr. Burt   is   a
                                               director   or   trustee   of   30
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber
                                               or   one  of   their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.

Mary C. Farrell**+; 50           Trustee       Ms.   Farrell   is   a   managing
                                               director,    senior    investment
                                               strategist   and  member  of  the
                                               Investment  Policy  Committee  of
                                               PaineWebber.  Ms.  Farrell joined
                                               PaineWebber  in  1982.  She  is a
                                               member of the  Financial  Women's
                                               Association and Women's  Economic
                                               Roundtable   and   appears  as  a
                                               regular  panelist  on Wall $treet
                                               Week  with  Louis  Rukeyser.  She
                                               also   serves  on  the  Board  of
                                               Overseers     of     New     York
                                               University's   Stern   School  of
                                               Business.   Ms.   Farrell   is  a
                                               director   or   trustee   of   29
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber
                                               or   one  of   their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.

Meyer Feldberg; 58               Trustee       Mr.    Feldberg   is   Dean   and
Columbia University                            Professor  of  Management  of the
101 Uris Hall                                  Graduate   School  of   Business,
New York, NY 10027                             Columbia  University.   Prior  to
                                               1989,  he  was  president  of the
                                               Illinois       Institute       of
                                               Technology.   Dean   Feldberg  is
                                               also a director of Primedia  Inc.
                                               (publishing),           Federated
                                               Department      Stores,      Inc.
                                               (operator of  department  stores)
                                               and  Revlon,  Inc.   (cosmetics).
                                               Dean  Feldberg  is a director  or
                                               trustee    of    33    investment
                                               companies   for  which   Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.


                                       22
<PAGE>

  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE    POSITION WITH TRUST    BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
                                                         DIRECTORSHIPS

George W. Gowen; 70              Trustee       Mr.  Gowen  is a  partner  in the
666 Third Avenue                               law    firm    of     Dunnington,
New York, NY 10017                             Bartholow &   Miller.   Prior  to
                                               May 1994, he was a partner in the
                                               law firm of Fryer,  Ross & Gowen.
                                               Mr.   Gowen  is  a  director   or
                                               trustee    of    33    investment
                                               companies   for  which   Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.

Frederic V. Malek; 63            Trustee       Mr.  Malek is  chairman of Thayer
1455 Pennsylvania Ave.,                        Capital Partners  (merchant bank)
N.W.                                           and   chairman  of  Thayer  Hotel
Suite 350                                      Investors    II    and    Lodging
Washington, DC 20004                           Opportunities     Fund     (hotel
                                               investment  partnerships).   From
                                               January  1992 to  November  1992,
                                               he  was   campaign   manager   of
                                               Bush-Quayle  '92.  From  1990  to
                                               1992,  he was vice  chairman and,
                                               from   1989  to   1990,   he  was
                                               president of  Northwest  Airlines
                                               Inc.   and   NWA Inc.    (holding
                                               company  of  Northwest   Airlines
                                               Inc.).  Prior  to  1989,  he  was
                                               employed    by    the    Marriott
                                               Corporation              (hotels,
                                               restaurants,   airline   catering
                                               and contract  feeding),  where he
                                               most  recently  was an  executive
                                               vice  president  and president of
                                               Marriott   Hotels  and   Resorts.
                                               Mr.  Malek is also a director  of
                                               Aegis    Communications,     Inc.
                                               (tele-services),         American
                                               Management     Systems,      Inc.
                                               (management     consulting    and
                                               computer    related    services),
                                               Automatic Data Processing,  Inc.,
                                               (computing services),  CB Richard
                                               Ellis,    Inc.    (real    estate
                                               services),    FPL   Group,   Inc.
                                               (electric    services),    Global
                                               Vacation     Group      (packaged
                                               vacations),  HCR/Manor Care, Inc.
                                               (health   care),   SAGA  Systems,
                                               Inc.   (software   company)   and
                                               Northwest      Airlines      Inc.
                                               Mr. Malek   is  a   director   or
                                               trustee    of    30    investment
                                               companies   for  which   Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.


                                       23
<PAGE>

  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE    POSITION WITH TRUST    BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
                                                         DIRECTORSHIPS

Carl W. Schafer; 63              Trustee       Mr.  Schafer is  president of the
66 Witherspoon Street,                         Atlantic  Foundation  (charitable
#1100                                          foundation    supporting   mainly
Princeton, NJ 08542                            oceanographic   exploration   and
                                               research).  He is a  director  of
                                               Labor  Ready,   Inc.   (temporary
                                               employment),   Roadway   Express,
                                               Inc.  (trucking),   The  Guardian
                                               Group  of   Mutual   Funds,   the
                                               Harding,  Loevner  Funds,  E.I.I.
                                               Realty     Trust      (investment
                                               company),   Evans  Systems,  Inc.
                                               (motor fuels,  convenience  store
                                               and     diversified     company),
                                               Electronic  Clearing House,  Inc.
                                               (financial           transactions
                                               processing),     Frontier     Oil
                                               Corporation   and    Nutraceutix,
                                               Inc.   (biotechnology   company).
                                               Prior  to  January  1993,  he was
                                               chairman   of   the    Investment
                                               Advisory  Committee of the Howard
                                               Hughes  Medical  Institute.   Mr.
                                               Schafer is a director  or trustee
                                               of 30  investment  companies  for
                                               which     Mitchell      Hutchins,
                                               PaineWebber   or  one  of   their
                                               affiliates  serves as  investment
                                               adviser.

Brian M. Storms*+; 45            Trustee       Mr.   Storms  is  president   and
                                               chief   operating    officer   of
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins  (since  March
                                               1999).  Mr.  Storms was president
                                               of     Prudential     Investments
                                               (1996-1999).   Prior  to  joining
                                               Prudential   he  was  a  managing
                                               director        at       Fidelity
                                               Investments.   Mr.  Storms  is  a
                                               director   or   trustee   of   30
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber
                                               or   one  of   their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.

T. Kirkham Barneby*; 53      Vice President    Mr.   Barneby   is  a   managing
                                               director  and  chief  investment
                                               officer--quantitative
                                               investments      of     Mitchell
                                               Hutchins.   Mr.   Barneby  is  a
                                               vice    president    of    seven
                                               investment  companies  for which
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins,  PaineWebber
                                               or  one  of   their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.

John J. Lee**; 31          Vice President and  Mr. Lee is a vice  president  and
                           Assistant Treasurer a  manager  of  the  mutual  fund
                                               finance  department  of  Mitchell
                                               Hutchins.   Prior  to   September
                                               1997,  he was an audit manager in
                                               the financial  services  practice
                                               of Ernst & Young LLP.  Mr. Lee is
                                               a vice  president  and  assistant
                                               treasurer   of   31    investment
                                               companies   for  which   Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.


                                       24
<PAGE>

  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE    POSITION WITH TRUST    BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
                                                         DIRECTORSHIPS

Kevin J.                     Vice President    Mr.  Mahoney  is a  first  vice
Mahoney**; 34                and Assistant     president and a senior  manager
                               Treasurer       of  the  mutual  fund   finance
                                               department      of     Mitchell
                                               Hutchins.   From   August  1996
                                               through  March 1999, he was the
                                               manager  of  the  mutual   fund
                                               internal   control   group   of
                                               Salomon  Smith  Barney.   Prior
                                               to  August  1996,   he  was  an
                                               associate     and     assistant
                                               treasurer     for     BlackRock
                                               Financial  Management  L.P. Mr.
                                               Mahoney  is  a  vice  president
                                               and  assistant  treasurer of 31
                                               investment  companies for which
                                               Mitchell Hutchins,  PaineWebber
                                               or  one  of  their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.

Ann E. Moran**; 42         Vice President and  Ms.  Moran  is a  vice  president
                           Assistant Treasurer and a manager of the mutual  fund
                                               finance  department  of  Mitchell
                                               Hutchins.  Ms.  Moran  is a  vice
                                               president      and      assistant
                                               treasurer   of   31    investment
                                               companies   for  which   Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment  adviser.

Dianne E. O'Donnell**; 47  Vice President and  Ms.  O'Donnell  is a senior  vice
                                Secretary      president   and  deputy   general
                                               counsel  of  Mitchell   Hutchins.
                                               Ms.    O'Donnell    is   a   vice
                                               president  and  secretary  of  30
                                               investment  companies  and a vice
                                               president      and      assistant
                                               secretary   of   one   investment
                                               company   for   which    Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.

Emil Polito*; 39             Vice President    Mr.   Polito  is  a  senior  vice
                                               president    and    director   of
                                               operations    and   control   for
                                               Mitchell Hutchins.  Mr. Polito is
                                               a    vice    president    of   31
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber
                                               or   one  of   their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.

Victoria E. Schonfeld**;     Vice President    Ms.   Schonfeld   is  a  managing
49                                             director  and general  counsel of
                                               Mitchell Hutchins and (since July
                                               1995) a senior vice  president of
                                               PaineWebber.  Ms.  Schonfeld is a
                                               vice  president of 30  investment
                                               companies  and a  vice  president
                                               and  secretary of one  investment
                                               company   for   which    Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.

Paul H. Schubert**; 37     Vice President and  Mr.  Schubert  is a  senior  vice
                                Treasurer      president  and  director  of  the
                                               mutual  fund  finance  department
                                               of   Mitchell    Hutchins.    Mr.
                                               Schubert is a vice  president and
                                               treasurer   of   31    investment
                                               companies   for  which   Mitchell
                                               Hutchins,  PaineWebber  or one of
                                               their   affiliates    serves   as
                                               investment adviser.



                                       25
<PAGE>

  NAME AND ADDRESS; AGE    POSITION WITH TRUST    BUSINESS EXPERIENCE; OTHER
                                                         DIRECTORSHIPS

Barney A. Taglialatela**;  Vice President and  Mr.   Taglialatela   is  a   vice
39                         Assistant Treasurer president  and a  manager  of the
                                               mutual  fund  finance  department
                                               of   Mitchell    Hutchins.    Mr.
                                               Taglialatela  is a vice president
                                               and  assistant  treasurer  of  31
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber
                                               or   one  of   their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.

Keith A. Weller**; 38      Vice President and  Mr.   Weller  is  a  first   vice
                           Assistant Secretary president and  associate  general
                                               counsel  of  Mitchell   Hutchins.
                                               Prior  to  May  1995,  he  was an
                                               attorney  in  private   practice.
                                               Mr.  Weller  is a vice  president
                                               and  assistant  secretary  of  30
                                               investment  companies  for  which
                                               Mitchell  Hutchins,   PaineWebber
                                               or   one  of   their   affiliates
                                               serves as investment adviser.
- ---------
*  This person's  business  address is 51 West 52nd Street,  New York,  New York
   10019-6114.

** This person's business address is 1285 Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New
   York 10019.

+  Mrs.  Alexander,  Mr.  Bewkes,  Ms.  Farrell and Mr.  Storms are  "interested
   persons" of the Trust and the fund as defined in the  Investment  Company Act
   by virtue of their positions with Mitchell Hutchins,  PaineWebber,  and/or PW
   Group.


      The Trust pays  trustees  who are not  "interested  persons"  of the Trust
("disinterested trustees") $500 annually for each series and up to an additional
$150 per series  for each board  meeting  and each  separate  meeting of a board
committee.  The Trust  presently  has 14 series and thus pays each such  trustee
$7,000 annually,  plus any additional  annual amounts due for board or committee
meetings.  Each  chairman  of  the  audit  and  contract  review  committees  of
individual  funds  within  the  PaineWebber  fund  complex  receives  additional
compensation  aggregating  $15,000  annually from the relevant funds.  All board
members are reimbursed for any expenses  incurred in attending  meetings.  Board
members and officers own no shares of the fund.  Because  Mitchell  Hutchins and
PaineWebber  perform  substantially  all  of  the  services  necessary  for  the
operation  of the Trust  and the  fund,  the Trust  requires  no  employees.  No
officer,  director or employee of  Mitchell  Hutchins or  PaineWebber  presently
receives any compensation from the Trust for acting as a trustee or officer.





                                       26
<PAGE>



      The table below includes certain information  relating to the compensation
of the current  board members and the  compensation  of those board members from
all PaineWebber funds during the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMPENSATION TABLE+

                                                       ESTIMATED
                                                       AGGREGATE          TOTAL COMPENSATION
                 NAME OF PERSON, POSITION          COMPENSATION FROM    FROM THE TRUST AND THE
                                                       THE TRUST*           FUND COMPLEX**
          <S>                                            <C>                     <C>

          Richard Q. Armstrong,
           Trustee                                       $13,370                 $104,650
          Richard R. Burt,
           Trustee                                        13,370                  102,850
          Meyer Feldberg,
           Trustee                                        13,370                  119,650
          George W. Gowen,
           Trustee                                        16,210                  119,650
          Frederic V. Malek,
           Trustee                                        13,370                  104,650
          Carl W. Schafer,
           Trustee                                        13,370                  104,650
</TABLE>

- --------------------
+  Only independent  board members are compensated by the PaineWebber  funds and
   identified above;  board members who are "interested  persons," as defined by
   the Investment Company Act, do not receive compensation from the funds.

*  Represents  fees  estimated to be paid to each board member during the fund's
   initial full fiscal year ended December 31, 2000.

** Represents  total  compensation  paid during the calendar year ended December
   31, 1999, to each board member by 31 investment  companies (34 in the case of
   Messrs.  Feldberg and Gowen) for which Mitchell Hutchins,  PaineWebber or one
   of  their  affiliates  served  as  investment  adviser.  No fund  within  the
   PaineWebber fund complex has a bonus,  pension,  profit sharing or retirement
   plan.

            PRINCIPAL HOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

      As of March ____, 2000, the fund had no outstanding shares.


        INVESTMENT ADVISORY, ADMINISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

      INVESTMENT  ADVISORY AND  ADMINISTRATION  ARRANGEMENTS.  Mitchell Hutchins
acts as the  investment  adviser and  administrator  of the fund  pursuant to an
advisory  contract  ("Advisory  Contract")  with the fund.  Under  the  Advisory
Contract,  the fund  pays  Mitchell  Hutchins  a fee,  computed  daily  and paid
monthly, at the annual rate of 0.75% of its average daily net assets.

      Under the terms of the  Advisory  Contract,  the fund  bears all  expenses
incurred  in its  operation  that  are  not  specifically  assumed  by  Mitchell
Hutchins. General expenses of the Trust not readily identifiable as belonging to
one of its series are  allocated  among the series by or under the  direction of
the  board in such  manner  as the board  determines  to be fair and  equitable.
Expenses borne by the fund include the following (or the fund's  allocable share
of the following):  (1) the cost (including  brokerage  commissions,  if any) of
securities  purchased or sold by the fund and any losses  incurred in connection
therewith;  (2) fees payable to and  expenses  incurred on behalf of the fund by
Mitchell  Hutchins;  (3) organizational  expenses;  (4) filing fees and expenses
relating  to the  registration  and  qualification  of the fund's  shares  under
federal and state  securities  laws and  maintenance of such  registrations  and


                                       27
<PAGE>

qualifications; (5) fees and salaries payable to trustees who are not interested
persons  of the  fund  or  Mitchell  Hutchins;  (6)  all  expenses  incurred  in
connection with the trustees'  services,  including travel  expenses;  (7) taxes
(including any income or franchise  taxes) and  governmental  fees; (8) costs of
any liability,  uncollectible  items of deposit and other  insurance or fidelity
bonds; (9) any costs,  expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim
for damages or other relief asserted  against the fund for violation of any law;
(10) legal,  accounting and auditing  expenses,  including legal fees of special
counsel for the  independent  trustees;  (11)  charges of  custodians,  transfer
agents  and other  agents;  (12) costs of  preparing  share  certificates;  (13)
expenses of setting in type and printing  prospectuses and supplements  thereto,
statements of additional information and supplements thereto,  reports and proxy
materials  for  existing  shareholders  and costs of mailing  such  materials to
existing  shareholders;  (14) any  extraordinary  expenses  (including  fees and
disbursements of counsel) incurred by the fund; (15) fees, voluntary assessments
and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment  company
organizations;  (16)  costs of  mailing  and  tabulating  proxies  and  costs of
meetings of shareholders, the board and any committees thereof; (17) the cost of
investment company  literature and other  publications  provided to trustees and
officers; and (18) costs of mailing, stationery and communications equipment.

      Under the Advisory Contract,  Mitchell Hutchins will not be liable for any
error of  judgment  or  mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by the fund in
connection  with  the  performance  of  the  Advisory  Contract,  except  a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of
Mitchell Hutchins in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of
its  duties  and  obligations  thereunder.   The  Advisory  Contract  terminates
automatically  upon its assignment and is terminable at any time without penalty
by the board or by vote of the holders of a majority  of the fund's  outstanding
voting  securities,  on 60 days'  written  notice  to  Mitchell  Hutchins  or by
Mitchell Hutchins on 60 days' written notice to the fund.

      PaineWebber  makes  the  Investment  Strategy  Group,  headed by Edward M.
Kerschner, available to consult with Mitchell Hutchins regarding the development
of  investment  themes  and  stocks  covered  by the  Research  Department.  Mr.
Kerschner  is  PaineWebber's  Chief  Investment  Strategist  and Chairman of its
Investment  Policy  Committee.  PaineWebber  does not  receive  a fee for  these
consulting services.


      NET ASSETS.  The following  table shows the  approximate  net assets as of
February 29, 2000, sorted by category of investment objective, of the investment
companies as to which Mitchell  Hutchins  serves as adviser or  sub-adviser.  An
investment company may fall into more than one of the categories below.

                                                                NET ASSETS
                        INVESTMENT CATEGORY                       ($MIL)
      Domestic (excluding Money Market).........................$ 9,931.5
      Global......................................................4,757.8
      Equity/Balanced............................................10,115.9
      Fixed Income (excluding Money Market).......................4,573.4
            Taxable Fixed Income..................................3,146.1
            Tax-Free Fixed Income.................................1,427.3
      Money Market Funds.........................................39,977.1


      PERSONAL  TRADING  POLICIES.  The fund,  its  investment  adviser  and its
principal  underwriter each has adopted a code of ethics under rule 17j-1 of the
Investment Company Act, which permits personnel covered by the rule to invest in
securities  that may be purchased or held by the fund but prohibits  fraudulent,
deceptive or manipulative conduct in connection with that personal investing.

      DISTRIBUTION  ARRANGEMENTS.  Mitchell  Hutchins acts as the distributor of
the Class I shares of the fund under a separate  distribution  contract with the
Trust  ("Distribution  Contract").  The Distribution  Contract requires Mitchell
Hutchins to use its best efforts,  consistent with its other businesses, to sell
Class I shares of the fund.  Class H shares have no distributor or  distribution
contract.  Class H and Class I shares of the fund are  offered  continuously  to


                                       28
<PAGE>

separate  accounts of insurance  companies.  Mitchell  Hutchins is located at 51
West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019-6114.


      Under a plan of distribution  pertaining to the Class I shares of the fund
adopted  by the  Trust in the  manner  prescribed  under  Rule  12b-1  under the
Investment  Company  Act  ("Class I Plan" or  "Plan"),  the fund  pays  Mitchell
Hutchins a distribution  fee, accrued daily and payable  monthly,  at the annual
rate of 0.25% of the  average  daily  net  assets  attributable  to its  Class I
shares.  Mitchell  Hutchins  uses  these  distribution  fees  to  pay  insurance
companies    whose   separate    accounts    purchase   Class   I   shares   for
distribution-related  services that the insurance companies provide with respect
to the Class I shares.  These  services  include (1) the printing and mailing of
fund prospectuses, statements of additional information, related supplements and
shareholder  reports  to  current  and  prospective  contract  owners,  (2)  the
development  and  preparation of sales  material,  including  sales  literature,
relating to Class I shares, (3) materials and activities intended to educate and
train insurance company sales personnel  concerning the fund and Class I shares,
(4)  obtaining  information  and  providing   explanations  to  contract  owners
concerning the funds,  (5) compensating  insurance  company sales personnel with
respect to services that result in the sale or retention of Class I shares,  (6)
providing  personal  services  and/or account  maintenance  services to contract
owners with respect to insurance  company  separate  accounts  that hold Class I
shares,  and (7)  financing  other  activities  that the  board  determines  are
primarily intended to result in the sale of Class I shares.

      The Plan and the related Distribution  Contract for Class I shares specify
that the distribution fees paid to Mitchell Hutchins are not  reimbursements for
specific  expenses  incurred.  Therefore,  even if Mitchell  Hutchins'  expenses
exceed the distribution fees it receives,  the fund will not be obligated to pay
more than those fees. On the other hand, if Mitchell Hutchins' expenses are less
than such fees,  it will retain its full fees and realize a profit.  Expenses in
excess of distribution  fees received or accrued through the termination date of
the Class I Plan will be Mitchell Hutchins' sole  responsibility and not that of
the  fund.   The  board  reviews  the  Class  I  Plan  and  Mitchell   Hutchins'
corresponding expenses annually.

      Among other things,  the Class I Plan provides that (1) Mitchell  Hutchins
will submit to the board at least quarterly,  and the board members will review,
reports  regarding all amounts  expended under the Class I Plan and the purposes
for which such  expenditures  were made,  (2) the Class I Plan will  continue in
effect  only so long as it is  approved  at  least  annually,  and any  material
amendment thereto is approved,  by the board,  including those board members who
are not  "interested  persons"  of the Trust and who have no direct or  indirect
financial  interest in the operation of the Plan or any agreement related to the
Plan,  acting in person at a meeting called for that purpose,  (3) payments by a
fund  under  the Class I Plan  shall not be  materially  increased  without  the
affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of the
relevant  class and (4) while the Class I Plan remains in effect,  the selection
and  nomination of board members who are not  "interested  persons" of the Trust
shall  be  committed  to the  discretion  of  the  board  members  who  are  not
"interested persons" of that Trust.

      In approving the Class I Plan for the fund,  the board  considered all the
features of the  distribution  system for the Class I shares,  including (1) the
expectation that Class I shares would be sold primarily to the separate accounts
of insurance companies  unaffiliated with Mitchell Hutchins or PaineWebber,  (2)
the expenses  those  unaffiliated  insurance  companies  were likely to incur in
marketing  Class I shares to the owners of  contracts  issued by their  separate
accounts,  (3) the need to encourage those unaffiliated  insurance  companies to
educate  their agents  concerning  the fund and to  compensate  their agents for
selling  Class I  shares  and  (4) the  need  to  encourage  those  unaffiliated
insurance  companies to educate their contract owners concerning the fund and to
provide  personal  and account  maintenance  services  to  contract  owners with
respect to the fund's Class I shares attributable to their accounts.

      The board also considered all  compensation  that Mitchell  Hutchins would
receive  under the Class I Plan and the  Distribution  Contract and the benefits
that would accrue to Mitchell  Hutchins  under the Class I Plan in that Mitchell
Hutchins would receive  distribution and advisory fees that are calculated based
upon a  percentage  of the  average  net  assets of the fund,  which  fees would
increase  if the  Class  I Plan  were  successful  and  the  fund  attained  and
maintained significant asset levels.



                                       29
<PAGE>

                             PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

      Subject  to  policies  established  by the  board,  Mitchell  Hutchins  is
responsible  for the  execution  of the fund's  portfolio  transactions  and the
allocation  of  brokerage  transactions.  In executing  portfolio  transactions,
Mitchell Hutchins seeks to obtain the best net results for the fund, taking into
account such factors as the price (including the applicable brokerage commission
or dealer  spread),  size of order,  difficulty  of  execution  and  operational
facilities  of the  firm  involved.  While  Mitchell  Hutchins  generally  seeks
reasonably competitive commission rates, payment of the lowest commission is not
necessarily  consistent  with  obtaining  the best net  results.  Prices paid to
dealers in principal  transactions  generally  include a "spread,"  which is the
difference  between  the prices at which the dealer is willing to  purchase  and
sell a specific  security at the time. The fund may invest in securities  traded
in the  over-the-counter  market  and  will  engage  primarily  in  transactions
directly with the dealers who make markets in such  securities,  unless a better
price or execution could be obtained by using a broker.

      The fund has no  obligation to deal with any broker or group of brokers in
the execution of portfolio transactions.  The fund contemplates that, consistent
with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be
conducted  through Mitchell Hutchins or its affiliates,  including  PaineWebber.
The board has  adopted  procedures  in  conformity  with  Rule  17e-1  under the
Investment  Company  Act to  ensure  that  all  brokerage  commissions  paid  to
PaineWebber  are  reasonable  and  fair.  Specific  provisions  in the  Advisory
Contract  authorize Mitchell Hutchins and any of its affiliates that is a member
of a national securities exchange to effect portfolio  transactions for the fund
on  such  exchange  and  to  retain   compensation   in  connection   with  such
transactions.  Any such transactions  will be effected and related  compensation
paid only in accordance with applicable SEC regulations.

      Transactions in futures contracts are executed through futures  commission
merchants ("FCMs"),  who receive brokerage  commissions for their services.  The
fund's  procedures  in  selecting  FCMs to execute its  transactions  in futures
contracts,  including procedures permitting the use of Mitchell Hutchins and its
affiliates,   are  similar  to  those  in  effect  with   respect  to  brokerage
transactions in securities.

      In selecting  brokers,  Mitchell Hutchins will consider the full range and
quality of a broker's  services.  Consistent  with the interests of the fund and
subject  to the  review of the board,  Mitchell  Hutchins  may cause the fund to
purchase and sell  portfolio  securities  through  brokers who provide  Mitchell
Hutchins with brokerage or research  services.  The fund may pay those brokers a
higher  commission than may be charged by other brokers,  provided that Mitchell
Hutchins  determines  in good faith that the  commission  is reasonable in terms
either  of that  particular  transaction  or of the  overall  responsibility  of
Mitchell Hutchins to the fund and its other clients.

      Research  services  obtained  from  brokers may include  written  reports,
pricing and appraisal  services,  analysis of issues raised in proxy statements,
educational  seminars,  subscriptions,   portfolio  attribution  and  monitoring
services, and computer hardware,  software and access charges which are directly
related to investment research. Research services may be received in the form of
written reports, online services,  telephone contacts and personal meetings with
securities  analysts,  economists,  corporate  and industry  spokespersons,  and
government representatives.

      For  purchases or sales with  broker-dealer  firms that act as  principal,
Mitchell  Hutchins seeks best execution.  Although Mitchell Hutchins may receive
certain  research or execution  services in connection with these  transactions,
Mitchell  Hutchins  will  not  purchase  securities  at a  higher  price or sell
securities  at a lower  price  than  would  otherwise  be paid if no weight  was
attributed to the services provided by the executing  dealer.  Mitchell Hutchins
may engage in agency transactions in over-the-counter equity and debt securities
in return for research and execution  services.  These  transactions are entered
into  only  pursuant  to  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  the
transaction  (including  commissions)  is at least as favorable as it would have
been if effected  directly with a market-maker  that did not provide research or
execution services.

      Research  services and  information  received  from brokers or dealers are
supplemental to Mitchell Hutchins' own research efforts and, when utilized,  are
subject to internal  analysis  before  being  incorporated  into its  investment
processes.  Information  and research  services  furnished by brokers or dealers
through which or with which the fund effects securities transactions may be used


                                       30
<PAGE>

by  Mitchell  Hutchins in advising  other  funds or  accounts  and,  conversely,
research  services  furnished  to  Mitchell  Hutchins  by  brokers or dealers in
connection  with other funds or accounts that it advises may be used in advising
the fund.

      Investment  decisions  for the  fund  and for  other  investment  accounts
managed by Mitchell  Hutchins are made  independently  of each other in light of
differing considerations for the various accounts.  However, the same investment
decision  may  occasionally  be made for the fund and one or more  accounts.  In
those cases,  simultaneous  transactions are inevitable.  Purchases or sales are
then  averaged  as to price  and  allocated  between  that  fund  and the  other
account(s) as to amount  according to a formula deemed equitable to the fund and
the other account(s). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental
effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the fund is  concerned,
or upon its ability to complete its entire order,  in other cases it is believed
that  simultaneous  transactions  and  the  ability  to  participate  in  volume
transactions will benefit the fund.

      The fund will not purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in
which  PaineWebber  is a member of the  underwriting  or selling  group,  except
pursuant  to  procedures  adopted by the board  pursuant to Rule 10f-3 under the
Investment  Company Act. Among other things,  these procedures  require that the
spread or commission  paid in connection  with such a purchase be reasonable and
fair,  the purchase be at not more than the public  offering  price prior to the
end of the first  business  day after the date of the public  offering  and that
PaineWebber or any affiliate thereof not participate in or benefit from the sale
to the fund.

      PORTFOLIO  TURNOVER.  The fund's annual portfolio  turnover rates may vary
greatly  from  year to  year,  but  they  will  not be a  limiting  factor  when
management deems portfolio changes  appropriate.  The portfolio turnover rate is
calculated  by dividing  the lesser of the fund's  annual  sales or purchases of
portfolio  securities  (exclusive  of  purchases  or sales of  securities  whose
maturities  at the time of  acquisition  were  one year or less) by the  monthly
average  value of  securities  in the  portfolio  during  the year.  The fund is
expected to have an annual turnover rate greater than 100%.

                 ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION


      The insurance  company separate accounts purchase and redeem shares of the
fund on each  day on which  the New  York  Stock  Exchange  is open for  trading
("Business Day") based on, among other things, the amount of premium payments to
be invested and  surrendered  and  transfer  requests to be effected on that day
pursuant to the variable  contracts.  Currently  the New York Stock  Exchange is
closed on the  observance  of the  following  holidays:  New Year's Day,  Martin
Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence
Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Purchases and redemptions of
the shares of the fund are  effected at their  respective  net asset  values per
share determined as of the close of regular trading (usually 4:00 p.m.,  Eastern
time)  on the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  on that  Business  Day.  Payment  for
redemptions are made by the fund within seven days thereafter. No fee is charged
the separate accounts when they purchase or redeem fund shares.

      The fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment
during any period (1) when the New York Stock  Exchange  is closed or trading on
the New York Stock  Exchange is restricted as determined by the SEC, (2) when an
emergency  exists,  as  defined  by  the  SEC,  that  makes  it  not  reasonably
practicable  for the fund to  dispose  of  securities  owned by it or  fairly to
determine  the value of its assets or (3) as the SEC may otherwise  permit.  The
redemption price may be more or less than the shareholder's  cost,  depending on
the market value of the fund's portfolio at the time.


                               VALUATION OF SHARES


      The fund  determines  its net asset  value per share  separately  for each
class of shares, normally as of the close of regular trading (usually 4:00 p.m.,
Eastern time) on the New York Stock  Exchange on each Monday through Friday when
the New York Stock Exchange is open. Prices will be calculated  earlier when the
New York Stock  Exchange  closes early  because  trading has been halted for the
day.



                                       31
<PAGE>

      Securities  that are listed on U.S.  and foreign  exchanges  normally  are
valued at the last sale price on the day the  securities  are valued or, lacking
any  sales on such  day,  at the  last  available  bid  price.  In  cases  where
securities  are traded on more than one exchange,  the  securities are generally
valued on the exchange  considered by Mitchell  Hutchins as the primary  market.
Securities traded in the over-the-counter  market and listed on The Nasdaq Stock
Market ("Nasdaq") normally are valued at the last available sale price on Nasdaq
prior to valuation; other over-the-counter securities are valued at the last bid
price  available  prior  to  valuation.  Where  market  quotations  are  readily
available,  portfolio  securities  are  valued  based  upon  market  quotations,
provided  those  quotations  adequately  reflect,  in the  judgment  of Mitchell
Hutchins, the fair value of the security.  Where those market quotations are not
readily available,  securities are valued based upon appraisals  received from a
pricing  service using a  computerized  matrix  system or based upon  appraisals
derived from information  concerning the security or similar securities received
from  recognized  dealers in those  securities.  All other  securities and other
assets  are  valued at fair  value as  determined  in good faith by or under the
direction of the board. The amortized cost method of valuation generally is used
to value debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining until maturity,  unless
the board determines that this does not represent fair value.

      All  investments  quoted in foreign  currency will be valued daily in U.S.
dollars on the basis of the foreign  currency  exchange  rate  prevailing at the
time such  valuation is determined  by the fund's  custodian.  Foreign  currency
exchange rates are generally determined prior to the close of regular trading on
the New York Stock Exchange.  Occasionally events affecting the value of foreign
investments  and such  exchange  rates occur  between the time at which they are
determined and the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange, which events
would not be reflected in the  computation of the fund's net asset value on that
day. If events  materially  affecting the value of such  investments or currency
exchange rates occur during such time period,  the investments will be valued at
their fair value as  determined  in good faith by or under the  direction of the
board.  The foreign  currency  exchange  transactions of the fund conducted on a
spot (that is, cash) basis are valued at the spot rate for purchasing or selling
currency  prevailing  on  the  foreign  exchange  market.  Under  normal  market
conditions  this rate differs  from the  prevailing  exchange  rate by less than
one-tenth  of one percent due to the costs of  converting  from one  currency to
another.


                                      TAXES


      Fund shares are offered only to insurance  company separate  accounts that
fund benefits under certain  variable  annuity  contracts  and/or  variable life
insurance contracts.  See the applicable contract prospectus for a discussion of
the special  taxation of insurance  companies with respect to those accounts and
the contract holders.

      QUALIFICATION  AS  REGULATED  INVESTMENT  COMPANIES.  The fund  intends to
qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company ("RIC") under Subchapter
M of the Internal  Revenue Code. To so qualify,  the fund must distribute to its
shareholders  for each  taxable  year at  least  90% of its  investment  company
taxable income  (consisting  generally of net investment  income, net short-term
capital  gains  and  net  gains  from  certain  foreign  currency  transactions)
("Distribution  Requirement")  and must meet  several  additional  requirements.
These requirements include the following:  (1) the fund must derive at least 90%
of its gross income each taxable year from  dividends,  interest,  payments with
respect  to  securities  loans and gains from the sale or other  disposition  of
securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options,
futures or forward  contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing
in securities or those currencies  ("Income  Requirement");  (2) at the close of
each quarter of the fund's  taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total
assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S.  government  securities,
securities  of other  RICs and other  securities,  with these  other  securities
limited,  in respect of any one issuer,  to an amount that does not exceed 5% of
the value of the fund's total assets and that does not  represent  more than 10%
of the  issuer's  outstanding  voting  securities;  and (3) at the close of each
quarter of the fund's  taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S.  government  securities or
the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.


      If the fund failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC for any taxable year,
(a) it would  be taxed as an  ordinary  corporation  on the full  amount  of its
taxable  income  for  that  year  (even if it  distributed  that  income  to its
shareholders),  (b) all distributions out of its earnings and profits, including
distributions of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over
net short-term  capital loss), would be taxable to its shareholders as dividends


                                       32
<PAGE>

(that is,  ordinary  income) and (c) most  importantly,  each insurance  company
separate account invested in the fund would fail to satisfy the  diversification
requirements of section 817(h) described in the next paragraph,  with the result
that the variable  annuity  and/or life  insurance  contracts  supported by that
account  would no longer be eligible for tax  deferral.  In  addition,  the fund
could be required to  recognize  unrealized  gains,  pay  substantial  taxes and
interest  and  make  substantial   distributions  before  requalifying  for  RIC
treatment.


      ADDITIONAL DIVERSIFICATION  REQUIREMENTS.  The fund intends to satisfy the
diversification  requirements  indirectly  imposed  by  section  817(h)  of  the
Internal Revenue Code and the regulations  thereunder,  which are in addition to
the  diversification  requirements  described above.  These  requirements  place
certain  limitations on the assets of each insurance company account that may be
invested  in  securities  of a single  issuer.  Because  section  817(h) and the
regulations  thereunder  treat the  assets of the fund as assets of the  related
separate account, the fund must also meet these requirements.  Specifically, the
regulations  under section 817(h) provide that, except as permitted by the "safe
harbor"  described  below,  as of the end of each calendar  quarter or within 30
days  thereafter  no more  than  55% of the  total  assets  of the  fund  may be
represented by any one investment,  no more than 70% by any two investments,  no
more  than  80% by any  three  investments  and no  more  than  90% by any  four
investments.  For this purpose, all securities of the same issuer are considered
a single  investment,  and each U.S.  government agency and  instrumentality  is
considered a separate issuer.  Section 817(h) provides, as a safe harbor, that a
separate  account  will  be  treated  as  being  adequately  diversified  if the
diversification  requirements  under Subchapter M are satisfied and no more than
55% of the value of the separate account's total assets are cash and cash items,
government  securities  and  securities  of other  RICs.  Failure of the fund to
satisfy the section  817(h)  requirements  would  result in (1)  taxation of the
insurance company issuing the variable  contracts,  the benefits under which are
funded by the separate  account(s)  investing in the fund,  and (2) treatment of
the  contract  owners  other  than  as  described  in  the  applicable  contract
prospectus.


OTHER INFORMATION


      The use of hedging  strategies,  such as writing  (selling) and purchasing
options and futures  contracts  and entering  into forward  currency  contracts,
involves  complex  rules that  determine  for income tax  purposes  the  amount,
character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses the fund realizes in
connection  therewith.  Gains from the disposition of foreign currencies (except
certain  gains  that may be  excluded  by future  regulations),  and gains  from
options, futures and forward currency contracts derived by the fund with respect
to its  business of  investing  in  securities  or foreign  currencies,  will be
treated as qualifying income under the Income Requirement.

      If the fund has an  "appreciated  financial  position"  --  generally,  an
interest  (including an interest through an option,  futures or forward currency
contract or short sale) with respect to any stock,  debt instrument  (other than
"straight debt") or partnership  interest the fair market value of which exceeds
its  adjusted  basis -- and  enters  into a  "constructive  sale" of the same or
substantially  similar  property,  the fund will be  treated  as having  made an
actual sale thereof,  with the result that gain will be recognized at that time.
A constructive sale generally  consists of a short sale, an offsetting  notional
principal contract or a futures or forward currency contract entered into by the
fund or a related  person  with  respect  to the same or  substantially  similar
property.  In addition,  if the appreciated financial position is itself a short
sale or such a contract, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially
similar  property will be deemed a  constructive  sale.  The foregoing  will not
apply, however, to the fund's transaction during any taxable year that otherwise
would be treated as a constructive  sale if the  transaction is closed within 30
days  after the end of that year and the fund  holds the  appreciated  financial
position  unhedged for 60 days after that closing (i.e.,  at no time during that
60-day  period is the fund's risk of loss  regarding  that  position  reduced by
reason of certain specified  transactions with respect to substantially  similar
or  related  property,  such as having an  option to sell,  being  contractually
obligated  to  sell,   making  a  short  sale  or  granting  an  option  to  buy
substantially identical stock or securities).


      The foregoing is only a general  summary of some of the important  federal
income tax considerations generally affecting the fund and its shareholders.  No
attempt is made to present a complete  explanation  of the federal tax treatment
of the fund's  activities,  and this  discussion is not intended as a substitute
for careful tax planning. Accordingly,  potential investors are urged to consult
their  own tax  advisers  for  more  detailed  information  and for  information


                                       33
<PAGE>

regarding  any  state,  local or  foreign  taxes  applicable  to the fund and to
dividends and distributions therefrom.

                                OTHER INFORMATION

      MASSACHUSETTS  BUSINESS TRUST. The Trust is an entity of the type commonly
known as a "Massachusetts business trust." Under Massachusetts law, shareholders
of the fund could,  under certain  circumstances,  be held personally liable for
the obligations of the fund or the Trust.  However,  the Trust's  Declaration of
Trust  disclaims  shareholder  liability for acts or obligations of the Trust or
the fund and  requires  that  notice of such  disclaimer  be given in each note,
bond,  contract,  instrument,  certificate or undertaking  made or issued by the
board  members or by any officers or officer by or on behalf of the Trust or the
fund,  the  board  members  or any of them in  connection  with the  Trust.  The
Declaration of Trust provides for  indemnification  from the fund's property for
all  losses and  expenses  of any  shareholder  held  personally  liable for the
obligations  of the fund.  Thus, the risk of a shareholder  incurring  financial
loss on account of shareholder  liability is limited to  circumstances  in which
the fund itself  would be unable to meet its  obligations,  a  possibility  that
Mitchell  Hutchins  believes  is remote and not  material.  Upon  payment of any
liability  incurred by a shareholder  solely by reason of being or having been a
shareholder,  the  shareholder  paying  such  liability  would  be  entitled  to
reimbursement  from the general  assets of the fund. The board members intend to
conduct the fund's  operations  in such a way as to avoid,  as far as  possible,
ultimate liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the fund.


      VOTING RIGHTS.  The insurance company separate accounts that fund benefits
under variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts are the shareholders
of the fund -- not the  individual  owners  of  those  contracts.  However,  the
separate accounts may pass through voting rights to contract owners.

      Shareholders of the fund are entitled to one vote for each full share held
and  fractional  votes  for  fractional  shares  held.  Voting  rights  are  not
cumulative  and, as a result,  the holders of more than 50% of all the shares of
the Trust may elect all of the board  members  of the  Trust.  The shares of the
fund will be voted together,  except that only the  shareholders of a particular
class of the fund may vote on matters  affecting  only that  class,  such as the
terms of the Class I Plan as it  relates  to the Class I shares.  The  shares of
each series of the Trust will be voted separately, except when an aggregate vote
of all the series is required by law.


      The fund does not hold annual meetings.  Shareholders of record of no less
than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Trust may remove a board member
through  a  declaration  in  writing  or by vote cast in person or by proxy at a
meeting called for that purpose. A meeting will be called to vote on the removal
of a board  member at the written  request of holders of 10% of the  outstanding
shares of the Trust.

      POSSIBLE  CONFLICTS.  Shares  of the  fund  may  serve  as the  underlying
investments for separate accounts of unaffiliated  insurance  companies ("shared
funding")  as well as for both  annuity  and life  insurance  contracts  ("mixed
funding").  Due to  differences  in tax treatment or other  considerations,  the
interests of various  contract  owners  might at some time be in  conflict.  The
Trust does not  currently  foresee any  conflict.  However,  the  Trust's  board
intends to monitor events to identify any material  irreconcilable conflict that
may arise and to determine what action,  if any,  should be taken in response to
such  conflict.  If  such a  conflict  were  to  occur,  one or  more  insurance
companies'  separate  accounts might be required to withdraw its  investments in
the fund.  This  might  force  the fund to sell  securities  at  disadvantageous
prices.

      CLASSES  OF  SHARES.  A share  of each  class of the  fund  represents  an
identical  interest in the fund's investment  portfolio and has the same rights,
privileges  and  preferences.  However,  each class may differ  with  respect to
distribution fees, if any, other expenses  allocable  exclusively to each class,
voting  rights on matters  exclusively  affecting  that class,  and its exchange
privilege, if any. The different expenses applicable to the different classes of
shares of the fund will affect the  performance of those classes.  Each share of
the fund is entitled to participate  equally in dividends,  other  distributions
and the proceeds of any liquidation of the fund.  However,  due to the differing
expenses of the classes,  dividends  and  liquidation  proceeds on Class H and I
shares will differ.



                                       34
<PAGE>

      CUSTODIAN AND  RECORDKEEPING  AGENT;  TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND  AGENT.  State
Street Bank and Trust  Company,  located at One Heritage  Drive,  North  Quincy,
Massachusetts  02171,  serves as custodian and recordkeeping agent for the fund.
The custodian employs foreign sub-custodians approved by the board in accordance
with applicable requirements under the Investment Company Act to provide custody
of the  foreign  assets of the fund  outside  the United  States.  PFPC Inc.,  a
subsidiary  of PNC  Bank,  N.A.,  serves as the  fund's  transfer  and  dividend
disbursing agent. It is located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809.

      COUNSEL.  The law firm of  Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP, 1800  Massachusetts
Avenue, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20036-1800,  serves as counsel to the Trust and
the fund.  Kirkpatrick  & Lockhart LLP also acts as counsel to  PaineWebber  and
Mitchell Hutchins in connection with other matters.

      AUDITORS. Ernst & Young LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019,
serves as independent auditors for the fund.




                                       35
<PAGE>









YOU    SHOULD    RELY   ONLY   ON   THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  OR  REFERRED TO
IN THE  PROSPECTUS  AND THIS  STATEMENT
OF  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION.  THE  FUND
AND   ITS    DISTRIBUTOR    HAVE    NOT
AUTHORIZED  ANYONE TO PROVIDE  YOU WITH
INFORMATION  THAT  IS  DIFFERENT.   THE
PROSPECTUS   AND  THIS   STATEMENT   OF
ADDITIONAL   INFORMATION   ARE  NOT  AN
OFFER  TO SELL  SHARES  OF THE  FUND IN
ANY JURISDICTION  WHERE THE FUND OR ITS
DISTRIBUTOR   MAY  NOT  LAWFULLY   SELL
THOSE SHARES.
             ------------
                                                  Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
                                                              Strategy Portfolio

                                          --------------------------------------

                                             Statement of Additional Information

                                                                     May 1, 2000
                                          --------------------------------------





















(C)2000 PaineWebber Incorporated  All
rights reserved.


<PAGE>

                            PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
                            -------------------------

Item 23. EXHIBITS
         --------

(1)  (a)  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust 1/

     (b)  Amendment  to Declaration of Trust effective July 28, 1999 (filed
          herewith)

     (c)  Amendment to  Declaration  of Trust effective  October 6, 1999 (filed
          herewith)

(2)  Restated By-Laws 1/

(3)  Instruments defining the rights of holders of the Registrant's shares of
     beneficial interest 2/

(4)  (a)  Investment Advisory and Administration Contract 1/

     (b)  Investment Advisory and Administration Contract relating to Global
          Equity Portfolio (formerly Global Growth Portfolio) 3/

     (c)  Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
          Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly Government Portfolio) 1/

     (d)  Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
          Growth and Income Portfolio (formerly Dividend Growth Portfolio) 1/

     (e)  Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
          Aggressive Growth Portfolio 3/

     (f)  Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
          High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly Fixed Income Portfolio) 1/

     (g)  Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
          High Income Portfolio, Small Cap Portfolio, Strategic Income Portfolio
          and Tactical Allocation Portfolio 3/

     (h)  Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
          Strategy Portfolio 4/

     (i)  Sub-Investment Advisory Contract with respect to Aggressive Growth
          Portfolio 1/

     (j)  Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Global Equity Portfolio 3/

     (k)  Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Strategic Fixed Income
          Portfolio 5/

(5)  Distribution Contract with respect to Class I shares 3/

(6)  Bonus, profit sharing or pension plans - none

(7)  (a)  Custodian  Agreement  with State Street Bank and Trust Company 1/

     (b)  Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 1/

(8)  (a)  Transfer Agency Services and Shareholder Services Agreement 3/

     (b)  Participation Agreement with American Republic Insurance Company 3/

     (c)  Participation Agreement with Great American Reserve Insurance Company
          3/

     (d)  Participation Agreement with Hartford Life Insurance Company 3/

     (e)  Participation Agreement with Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company
          (filed herewith)

     (f)  Amendment to Participation Agreement with Conseco Variable Insurance
          Company (formerly Great American Reserve Insurance Company) and
          Conseco Equity Sales, Inc. (filed herewith)

     (g)  Participation Agreement with The Ohio National Life Insurance Company
          (filed herewith)

     (h)  Participation Agreement with Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation
          (filed herewith)

     (i)  Participation Agreement with Keyport Benefit Life Insurance Company
          (filed herewith)

     (j)  Participation Agreement with Keyport Life Insurance Company
          (filed herewith)

     (k)  Form of Participation  Agreement with AIG (filed herewith)

(9)  Opinion and consent of counsel (filed herewith)

(10) Other opinions, appraisals, rulings and consents:  Auditors' consents
     (filed herewith)


                                       C-1
<PAGE>

(11) Financial statements omitted from prospectus-none

(12) Letter of investment intent 1/

(13) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 with respect to Class I shares
     3/

(14) and

(27) Financial Data Schedule (not applicable)

(15) Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 1/

(16)(a) Code of Ethics for Registrant, its investment adviser and its
        principal distributor 6/

    (b) Code of Ethics for Pacific Investment Management Company 6/

    (c) Code of Ethics for Invista Capital Management LLC (filed herewith)

    (d) Code of Ethics for Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management (filed
        herewith)

- ----------------------

1/   Incorporated by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 26 to this
     registration statement, SEC file No. 33-10438, filed February 27, 1998.

2/   Incorporated by  reference  from  Articles  III,  VIII,  IX, X, and XI of
     Registrant's  Amended and Restated  Declaration of Trust and from Articles
     II, VII and X of Registrant's Restated By-Laws.

3/   Incorporated by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 28 to this
     registration statement, SEC File No. 33-10438, filed April 30, 1999.

4/   Incorporated by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 29 to this
     registration statement, SEC File No. 33-10438, filed October 18, 1999.

5/   Incorporated by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 23 to this
     registration statement, SEC File No. 33-10438, filed May 1, 1996.

6/   Incorporated by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 67 to the
     registration  statement of PaineWebber Managed Investments Trust, SEC File
     No. 2-91362, filed March 30, 2000.

Item 24.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT
          -------------------------------------------------------------

      As  of  March  3,  2000  PaineWebber  Life  Variable  Annuity  Account,  a
segregated investment account of PaineWebber Life Insurance Company,  owned more
than 50% of the outstanding shares of beneficial  interest of each of Aggressive
Growth Portfolio,  Balanced Portfolio, Global Equity Portfolio, High Grade Fixed
Income  Portfolio,  Money Market Portfolio and Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio.
As of that date,  segregated  investment  accounts  of Hartford  Life  Insurance
Company  owned  more than 50% of the  outstanding  Class I shares of  beneficial
interest of each of Growth and Income Portfolio and Strategic Income  Portfolio.
As of that  date,  the  segregated  investment  accounts  of AIG  Life  Paradigm
Variable  Annuity  owned  more  than  50% of the  Class H shares  of  beneficial
interest of  Tactical  Allocation  Portfolio.  As of that date,  the  segregated
investment  accounts of American Republic Life Insurance Company and PaineWebber
Life  Insurance  Company each owned more than 40% of the  outstanding  shares of
beneficial interest of each of Global Income Portfolio and Growth Portfolio.  As
of that date, Hartford Life Insurance Company and Keyport Life Insurance Company
each  owned  more  than  40% of the  outstanding  Class I shares  of  beneficial
interest of  Tactical  Allocation  Portfolio.  As of that date,  the  segregated
investment  accounts of PaineWebber Life Insurance Company and AIG Life Paradigm
Variable  Annuity each owned more than 25% of the outstanding  Class H shares of
beneficial interest of Growth and Income Portfolio. As of that date, PaineWebber
Capital Inc. owned more than 50% of the outstanding Class H shares of beneficial
interest of each of Small Cap  Portfolio,  High Income  Portfolio  and Strategic
Income  Portfolio.  Information  about  persons  controlled  by or under  common
control of each of these  separate  accounts  is set forth  under Item 26 of the
most recent post-effective amendment to the their registration statements and is
hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 25.  INDEMNIFICATION
          ---------------

      Section 2 of  "Indemnification"  in Article X of the  Declaration of Trust
provides  that the  appropriate  series of the  Registrant  will  indemnify  its
trustees and officers to the fullest extent  permitted by law against claims and
expenses  asserted against or incurred by them by virtue of being or having been
a trustee or officer;  provided that no such person shall be  indemnified  where
there has been an adjudication or other  determination,  as described in Article


                                      C-2
<PAGE>

X, that such person is liable to the Registrant or its shareholders by reason of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of the
duties involved in the conduct of his or her office or did not act in good faith
in the  reasonable  belief  that  his  action  was in the best  interest  of the
Registrant.  Section 2 of  "Indemnification" in Article X also provides that the
Registrant   may   maintain   insurance   policies   covering   such  rights  of
indemnification.

      Additionally, "Limitation of Liability" in Article X of the Declaration of
Trust  provides  that the  trustees or officers of the  Registrant  shall not be
personally liable to any person extending credit to,  contracting with or having
a claim against the Trust or a particular  series  thereof;  and that,  provided
they have exercised  reasonable care and have acted under the reasonable  belief
that their actions are in the best interest of the Registrant,  the trustees and
officers  shall not be liable for neglect or  wrongdoing by them or any officer,
agent, employee or investment adviser of the Registrant.

      Section 2 of Article XI of the Declaration of Trust additionally  provides
that,  subject  to the  provisions  of Section 1 of Article XI and to Article X,
trustees  shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law,
or for any act or  omission  in  accordance  with the advice of counsel or other
experts,  or failing to follow  such  advice,  with  respect to the  meaning and
operation of the Declaration of Trust.

      Article XI of the By-Laws  provides that the  Registrant  may purchase and
maintain  insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a trustee,  officer or
employee  of the Trust,  or is or was  serving at the  request of the Trust as a
trustee, officer or employee of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other  enterprise  against  any  liability  asserted  against  him or her and
incurred by him or her in any such  capacity or arising out of his or her status
as such,  whether or not the Registrant would have the power to indemnify him or
her  against  such  liability,  provided  that the  Registrant  may not  acquire
insurance  protecting any trustee or officer against liability to the Registrant
or the  Registrant  or its  shareholders  to which he or she would  otherwise be
subject  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross  negligence,  or
reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

      Each Investment  Advisory and  Administration  Contract  between  Mitchell
Hutchins Asset Management Inc. ("Mitchell Hutchins") and the Registrant provides
that Mitchell  Hutchins shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake
of law or for any loss suffered by Registrant in connection  with the matters to
which  the  Contract  relates,  except  for a loss  resulting  from the  willful
misfeasance,  bad  faith,  or  gross  negligence  of  Mitchell  Hutchins  in the
performance of its duties or from its reckless  disregard of its obligations and
duties  under the  Contract.  Each  Advisory  Contract  also  provides  that the
trustees shall not be liable for any obligations of the Registrant or any series
under the Contract and that Mitchell  Hutchins shall look only to the assets and
property of the  Registrant  in settlement of such right or claim and not to the
assets and property of the trustees.

      Each Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the applicable sub-adviser shall
not be  liable  for any  error of  judgment  or  mistake  of law or for any loss
suffered by the applicable  Portfolio,  the Registrant or its shareholders or by
Mitchell  Hutchins  in  connection  with the  matters to which the  Sub-Advisory
Agreement relates,  except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance,  bad faith
or gross negligence on the  sub-adviser's  part in the performance of its duties
or from  reckless  disregard  by it of its  obligations  and  duties  under  the
Sub-Advisory Agreement.

      Section  9 of the  Distribution  Contract  provides  that the  Trust  will
indemnify Mitchell Hutchins and its officers,  directors and controlling persons
against all  liabilities  arising from any alleged untrue  statement of material
fact in the Registration  Statement or from any alleged omission to state in the
Registration  Statement a material fact required to be stated in it or necessary
to make the  statements  in it, in light of the  circumstances  under which they
were made,  not  misleading,  except  insofar as  liability  arises  from untrue
statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
furnished  by  Mitchell  Hutchins  to the  Trust  for  use  in the  Registration
Statement; and provided that this indemnity agreement shall not protect any such
persons  against  liabilities  arising  by  reason  of their  bad  faith,  gross
negligence  or willful  misfeasance;  and shall not inure to the  benefit of any
such persons unless a court of competent  jurisdiction or controlling  precedent
determines  that such result is not against  public  policy as  expressed in the
Securities  Act of 1933.  Section 9 of the  Distribution  Contract also provides
that  Mitchell  Hutchins  agrees to  indemnify,  defend and hold the Trust,  its
officers and Trustees free and harmless of any claims arising out of any alleged
untrue  statement  or  any  alleged  omission  of  material  fact  contained  in
information furnished by Mitchell Hutchins for use in the Registration Statement
or arising out of an agreement  between Mitchell Hutchins and any retail dealer,
or arising  out of  supplementary  literature  or  advertising  used by Mitchell
Hutchins in connection with the Contract.

      Section 10 of the Distribution  Contract  contains  provisions  similar to
that of the Investment Advisory and Administration  Contract with respect to the
Investment  Advisory and Administration  Contracts limiting the liability of the
Trust's trustees.

      Insofar as  indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  may be provided to trustees,  officers and controlling
persons of the  Registrant,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions or otherwise,


                                      C-3
<PAGE>

the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant  of expenses  incurred or paid by a trustee,  officer or  controlling
person of the  Registrant  in  connection  with the  successful  defense  of any
action,  suit or  proceeding  or payment  pursuant to any  insurance  policy) is
asserted against the Registrant by such trustee,  officer or controlling  person
in connection with the securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless
in the  opinion  of its  counsel  the matter  has been  settled  by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question whether
such  indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


Item 26.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER
          ----------------------------------------------------

      Mitchell  Hutchins,  a Delaware  corporation,  is a registered  investment
adviser and is wholly owned by PaineWebber Incorporated  ("PaineWebber"),  which
is, in turn, a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Paine  Webber  Group Inc.  Mitchell
Hutchins is primarily engaged in the investment  advisory business.  Information
as to the  officers and  directors of Mitchell  Hutchins is included in its Form
ADV filed on as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission  (registration
number 801-13219) and is incorporated herein by reference.

      Nicholas-Applegate  Capital  Management  ("Nicholas-Applegate")  serves as
sub-adviser for Aggressive  Growth Portfolio.  Nicholas-Applegate,  a California
limited partnership,  is a registered  investment adviser.  Nicholas-Applegate's
general  partner is  Nicholas-Applegate  Capital  Management  Inc., a California
corporation  owned by Arthur E.  Nicholas,  its director  and sole  shareholder.
Nicholas-Applegate  is primarily engaged in the investment advisory business and
provides investment advisory services to corporate, institutional and individual
clients as well as serving as adviser or  sub-adviser  to a number of registered
investment   companies.   Information  as  to  the  officers  and  directors  of
Nicholas-Applegate  is included in its Form ADV as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission  (registration  number 801-21442) and is incorporated herein
by

      Pacific Investment  Management Company ("PIMCO") serves as sub-adviser for
Strategic Fixed Income  Portfolio.  PIMCO is primarily engaged in the investment
advisory  business.  Information  as to the officers and managing  directors and
partners of PIMCO is included in its Form ADV, as filed with the  Securities and
Exchange Commission  (registration  number 801-48187) and is incorporated herein
by reference.

      PIMCO, a Delaware general partnership,  is a registered investment adviser
and a subsidiary  partnership of PIMCO  Advisors L.P.  ("PIMCO  Advisors").  The
general  partners of PIMCO Advisors are PIMCO Advisors  Holding L.P., a publicly
traded  company  listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PA" and
PIMCO  Partners,  G.P., a general  partnership  between  Pacific Life  Insurance
Company and PIMCO Partners,  LLC., a limited liability company controlled by the
PIMCO managing directors.  On October 31, 1999, PIMCO Advisors,  PAH and Allianz
AG ("Allianz")  announced that they had reached a definitive  agreement pursuant
to which  Allianz will  acquire  majority  ownership  of PIMCO  Advisors and its
subsidiaries,  including PIMCO (the "Allianz  Transaction").  Under the terms of
the  transaction,  Allianz will acquire all of PAH, the publicly  traded general
partner  of PIMCO  Advisors.  Pacific  Life  Insurance  Company  will  retain an
approximate 30% interest in PIMCO Advisors. The Allianz Transaction is currently
expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2000.

      Invista  Capital   Management,   LLC  ("Invista")   serves  as  investment
sub-adviser  for the foreign  assets of  PaineWebber  Global  Equity  Portfolio.
Invista,  an Iowa  Corporation,  is a  registered  investment  adviser and is an
indirect,  wholly owned subsidiary of Principal Life Insurance Company.  Invista
is primarily engaged in the investment advisory business.  Information as to the
officers and directors of Invista is included on its Form ADV, as filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (registration  number  801-23020),  and is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS
          ----------------------

      (a) Mitchell  Hutchins serves as principal  underwriter  and/or investment
adviser for the following investment companies:

      ALL-AMERICAN TERM TRUST INC.
      GLOBAL HIGH INCOME DOLLAR FUND INC.
      INSURED MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND INC.
      INVESTMENT GRADE MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND INC.
      MANAGED HIGH YIELD FUND INC.
      MANAGED HIGH YIELD PLUS FUND INC.
      MITCHELL HUTCHINS LIR MONEY SERIES


                                      C-4
<PAGE>

      MITCHELL HUTCHINS PORTFOLIOS

      MITCHELL HUTCHINS SECURITIES TRUST

      MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST
      PAINEWEBBER AMERICA FUND
      PAINEWEBBER FINANCIAL SERVICES GROWTH FUND INC.
      PAINEWEBBER INDEX TRUST
      PAINEWEBBER INVESTMENT SERIES
      PAINEWEBBER INVESTMENT TRUST
      PAINEWEBBER INVESTMENT TRUST II
      PAINEWEBBER MANAGED ASSETS TRUST
      PAINEWEBBER MANAGED INVESTMENTS TRUST
      PAINEWEBBER MASTER SERIES, INC.
      PAINEWEBBER MUNICIPAL SERIES
      PAINEWEBBER MUTUAL FUND TRUST
      PAINEWEBBER OLYMPUS FUND
      PAINEWEBBER SECURITIES TRUST
      STRATEGIC GLOBAL INCOME FUND, INC.
      2002 TARGET TERM TRUST INC.


                                      C-5
<PAGE>

(b)      Mitchell Hutchins is the Registrant's principal underwriter.  The
         directors and officers of Mitchell Hutchins, their principal business
         addresses, and their positions and offices with Mitchell Hutchins are
         identified in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission (registration number 801-13219).  The foregoing information
         is hereby incorporated herein by reference.  The information set forth
         below is furnished for those directors and officers of Mitchell
         Hutchins who also serve as trustees or officers of the Registrant.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Positions and Office   POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH
    NAME                   WITH REGISTRANT        UNDERWRITER
    ----                   ---------------        -----------
<S>                        <C>                    <C>

Margo N. Alexander*        Trustee and President  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
                                                  and Director of Mitchell Hutchins
Brian M. Storms*           Trustee                President and Chief Operating
                                                  Officer of Mitchell Hutchins

T. Kirkham Barneby*        Vice President         Managing Director and Chief
                                                  Investment Officer - Quantitative
                                                  Investments of Mitchell Hutchins

Tom Disbrow**              Vice President and     First Vice President and a Senior
                           Assistant Treasurer    Manager of the Mutual Fund
                                                  Finance Department of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins

Ellen R. Harris*           Vice President         Managing Director and a Portfolio
                                                  Manager of Mitchell Hutchins

Donald R. Jones*           Vice President         Senior Vice President and a
                                                  Portfolio Manager of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins

James F. Keegan*           Vice President         Senior Vice President and a
                                                  Portfolio Manager of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins

Johm J. Lee**              Vice President and     Vice President and a Manager of
                           Assistant Treasurer    the Mutual Fund Finance

                                                  Department of Mitchell Hutchins
KevinJ. Mahoney**          Vice President and     First Vice President and a Senior
                           Assistant Treasurer    Manager of the Mutual Fund
                                                  Finance Department of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins

Dennis McCauley*           Vice President         Managing Director and Chief
                                                  Investment Officer - Fixed Income
                                                  of Mitchell Hutchins

Ann E. Moran**             Vice President and     Vice President and a Manager of
                           Assistant Treasurer    the Mutual Fund Finance

                                                  Department of Mitchell Hutchins
Dianne E. O'Donnell**      Vice President and     Senior Vice President and Deputy
                           Secretary              General Counsel of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins

Emil Polito*               Vice President         Senior Vice President and
                                                  Director of Operations and
                                                  Control of Mitchell Hutchins

Susan Ryan*                Vice President         Senior Vice President and a
                                                  Portfolio Manager of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins

Victoria E. Schonfeld**    Vice President         Managing Director and General
                                                  Counsel of Mitchell Hutchins

                                      C-5A
<PAGE>

Paul H. Schubert**         Vice President and     First Vice President and Director
                           Treasurer              of the Mutual Fund Finance
                                                  Department of Mitchell Hutchins

Nirmal Singh*              Vice President         Senior Vice President and a
                                                  Portfolio Manager of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins

Barney A. Taglialatela**   Vice President and     Vice President and a Manager of
                           Assistant Treasurer    the Mutual Fund Finance
                                                  Department of Mitchell Hutchins


                                      C-6
<PAGE>

                           Positions and Office   POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH
    NAME                   WITH REGISTRANT        UNDERWRITER
    ----                   ---------------        -----------
<S> <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Mark A. Tincher*           Vice President         Managing Director and Chief
                                                  Investment Officer - Equities of
                                                  Mitchell Hutchins

Stuart Waugh*              Vice President         Managing Director and a Portfolio
                                                  Manager of Mitchell Hutchins
Keith A. Weller**          Vice President and     First Vice President and
                           Assistant Secretary    Associate Counsel of Mitchell
                                                  Hutchins
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
* The business address of this person is 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York
10019-6114.
** The business address this person is 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York,
New York 10019.

      (c)   None.

Item 28.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
          --------------------------------


           The books and other documents  required by paragraphs (b)(4), (c) and
(d) of Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 are maintained in the
physical  possession  of  Registrant's  investment  adviser  and  administrator,
Mitchell  Hutchins,  1285 Avenue of the Americas,  New York,  New York 10019 and
Mitchell Hutchins, 51 West 52nd Street, New York, New York 10019-6114. All other
accounts,  books and  documents  required  by Rule 31a-1 are  maintained  in the
physical possession of Registrant's transfer agent and custodians.


Item 29.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES
          -------------------

          Not applicable.

Item 30.  UNDERTAKINGS
          ------------

           None.


                                      C-7
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the requirements
for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment to its Registration Statement
pursuant to Rule  485(b)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 and has duly caused
this  Post-Effective  Amendment  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and State of New York, on the
30th day of March, 2000.

                                   MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST

                                   By:  /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                        ----------------------------------
                                            Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                            Vice President and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this  Post-Effective
Amendment has been signed below by the following  persons in the  capacities and
on the dates indicated:

Signature                         Title                           Date
- ---------                         -----                           ----

/s/ Margo N. Alexander            President and Trustee           March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------       (Chief Executive Officer)
Margo N. Alexander *

/s/ E. Garrett Bewkes, Jr.        Trustee and Chairman            March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------       of the Board of Trustees
E. Garrett Bewkes, Jr. *

/s/ Richard Q. Armstrong          Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Richard Q. Armstrong *

/s/ Richard R. Burt               Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Richard R. Burt *

/s/ Mary C. Farrell               Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Mary C. Farrell *

/s/ Meyer Feldberg                Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Meyer Feldberg *

/s/ George W. Gowen               Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
George W. Gowen *

/s/ Frederic V. Malek             Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Frederic V. Malek *

/s/ Carl W. Schafer               Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Carl W. Schafer *

/s/ Brian M. Storms               Trustee                         March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------
Brian M. Storms **

/s/ Paul H. Schubert              Vice President and Treasurer    March 30, 2000
- ---------------------------       (Chief Financial and Accounting
Paul H. Schubert                  Officer)



<PAGE>


                             SIGNATURES (CONTINUED)

*        Signature  affixed by Elinor W.  Gammon  pursuant to powers of attorney
         dated May 21, 1996 and  incorporated  by reference from  Post-Effective
         Amendment No. 30 to the registration  statement of PaineWebber  Managed
         Municipal Trust, SEC File 2-89016, filed June 27, 1996.

**       Signature  affixed by Elinor W.  Gammon  pursuant  to power of attorney
         dated May 14, 1999 and  incorporated  by reference from  Post-Effective
         Amendment No. 61 to the registration  statement of PaineWebber  Managed
         Investments Trust, SEC File 2-91362, filed June 1, 1999.


<PAGE>

                         MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number

(1)  (a) Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust 1/

     (b) Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective July 28, 1999 (filed
         herewith)

     (c) Amendment to Declaration of Trust effective October 6, 1999 (filed
         herewith)

(2)  Restated By-Laws 1/

(3)  Instruments defining the rights of holders of the Registrant's shares of
     beneficial interest 2/

(4)  (a) Investment Advisory and Administration Contract 1/

     (b) Investment Advisory and Administration Contract relating to
         Global Equity Portfolio (formerly Global Growth Portfolio) 3/

     (c) Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
         Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly Government Portfolio) 1/

     (d) Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
         Growth and Income Portfolio (formerly Dividend Growth Portfolio) 1/

     (e) Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
         Aggressive Growth Portfolio 3/

     (f) Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
         High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly Fixed Income Portfolio) 1/

     (g) Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
         High Income Portfolio, Small Cap Portfolio, Strategic Income Portfolio
         and Tactical Allocation Portfolio 3/

     (h) Investment Advisory and Administration Fee Agreement with respect to
         Strategy Portfolio 4/

     (i) Sub-Investment Advisory Contract with respect to Aggressive Growth
         Portfolio 1/

     (j) Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Global Equity Portfolio 3/

     (k) Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Strategic Fixed Income
         Portfolio 5/

(5)  Distribution  Contract with respect to Class I shares 3/

(6)  Bonus,  profit sharing or pension  plans - none

(7)  (a) Custodian  Agreement  with State Street Bank and Trust Company 1/

     (b) Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 1/

(8)  (a) Transfer Agency Services and Shareholder Services Agreement 3/

     (b) Participation Agreement with American Republic Insurance Company 3/

     (c) Participation Agreement with Great American Reserve Insurance Company
         3/

     (d) Participation Agreement with Hartford Life Insurance Company 3/

     (e) Participation Agreement with Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity
         Company (filed herewith)

     (f) Amendment to Participation Agreement with Conseco Variable Insurance
         Company (formerly Great American Reserve Insurance Company) and
         Conseco Equity Sales, Inc. (filed herewith)

     (g) Participation Agreement with The Ohio National Life Insurance Company
         (filed herewith)

     (h) Participation Agreement with Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation
         (filed herewith)

     (i) Participation Agreement with Keyport Benefit Life Insurance Company
         (filed herewith)

     (j) Participation Agreement with Keyport Life Insurance Company
         (filed herewith)

     (k) Form of Participation  Agreement with AIG (filed herewith)


<PAGE>

(9)  Opinion and consent of counsel (filed herewith)

(10) Other opinions, appraisals, rulings and consents: Auditors' consents (filed
     herewith)

(11) Financial statements omitted from prospectus-none

(12) Letter of investment intent 1/

(13) Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule  12b-1 with  respect to Class I
     shares 3/

(14) and

(27) Financial Data Schedule (not  applicable)

(15) Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 1/

(16) (a) Code of Ethics for Registrant, its investment adviser and its
         principal distributor 6/

     (b) Code of Ethics for Pacific Investment Management Company 6/

     (c) Code of Ethics for Invista Capital Management LLC (filed herewith)

     (d) Code of Ethics for Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management (filed
         herewith)

- ----------------------

1/   Incorporated  by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 26 to this
     registration statement, SEC file No. 33-10438, filed February 27, 1998.

2/   Incorporated  by  reference  from  Articles  III,  VIII,  IX, X, and XI of
     Registrant's  Amended and Restated  Declaration of Trust and from Articles
     II, VII and X of Registrant's Restated By-Laws.

3/   Incorporated  by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 28 to this
     registration statement, SEC File No. 33-10438, filed April 30, 1999.

4/   Incorporated  by  reference from  Post-Effective Amendment  No. 29 to this
     registration statement, SEC File No. 33-10438, filed October 18, 1999.

5/   Incorporated  by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 23 to this
     registration statement, SEC File No. 33-10438, filed May 1, 1996.

6/   Incorporated  by reference  from  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 67 to the
     registration  statement of PaineWebber Managed Investments Trust, SEC File
     No. 2-91362, filed March 30, 2000.





                                                                Exhibit No. 1(b)

                         MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST
                   CERTIFICATE OF VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY


      I, Dianne E. O'Donnell, Vice President and Secretary of Mitchell Hutchins
Series Trust ("Trust"), hereby certify that the board of trustees of the Trust
adopted the following resolutions at a meeting held July 28, 1999, that the
resolutions became effective on that date, and that the Amended and Restated
Schedule A attached to this certificate is a true copy of the Amended and
Restated Schedule A to the Trust's Declaration of Trust that was approved by the
board of trustees at its July 28, 1999 meeting:

            RESOLVED, that pursuant to Section 7 of Article XI of the Trust's
      Declaration of Trust, the name of the Series of the Trust designated as
      "Global Growth Portfolio" be, and hereby is, changed to "Global Equity
      Portfolio"; and be it further

            RESOLVED, that Schedule A of the Trust's Declaration of Trust be,
      and hereby is, amended and restated to reflect the name change of the
      Series.


Dated:  August 6, 1999                  By:   /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                              -----------------------
                                              Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                              Vice President and Secretary
                                              Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust

Subscribed and sworn before me this 6th day of August, 1999:

/s/ Cristina Paradiso
- ---------------------
Cristina Paradiso
Notary Public State of New York
Qual. N.Y. Cty
No. 01PA6017191
Comm. Exp 12/07/2000

<PAGE>



                      Schedule A to Declaration of Trust of
                         Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust

                     (As Amended and Restated July 28, 1999)


Series of the Trust
- -------------------

Aggressive Growth Portfolio
Balanced Portfolio
Global Equity Portfolio
Global Income Portfolio
Growth and Income Portfolio
Growth Portfolio
High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio
High Income Portfolio
Money Market Portfolio
Small Cap Portfolio
Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio
Strategic Income Portfolio
Tactical Allocation Portfolio

Classes of Shares of Each Series
- --------------------------------

An unlimited  number of shares of beneficial  interest have been  established by
the Board as Class H shares and Class I shares of each of the above Series. Each
of the Class H shares and Class I shares of a Series represents interests in the
assets of only that Series and has the same  preferences,  conversion  and other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications
and terms and  conditions  of  redemption  of shares,  except as provided in the
Trust's Declaration of Trust.




                                                                Exhibit No. 1(c)

                         MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST
                   CERTIFICATE OF VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY


      I, Dianne E. O'Donnell, Vice President and Secretary of Mitchell Hutchins
Series Trust ("Trust"), hereby certify that the board of trustees of the Trust
adopted the following resolutions by unanimous consent, effective October 6,
1999, and that the Amended and Restated Schedule A attached to this certificate
is a true copy of the Amended and Restated Schedule A to the Trust's Declaration
of Trust that was approved by the board, also by unanimous consent effective
October 6, 1999:

            RESOLVED, that pursuant to Section 2 of Article III of the
      Trust's Declaration of Trust, there is hereby established and
      designated a new series of shares of beneficial interest of the
      Trust, having the rights and privileges specified in the Trust's
      Declaration of Trust, to be known as Strategy Portfolio ("Fund"); and
      be it further

            RESOLVED, that an unlimited number of shares of beneficial
      interest of the Fund be, and they hereby are, established as Class H
      shares; and be it further

            RESOLVED, that an unlimited number of shares of beneficial
      interest of the Fund be, and they hereby are, established as Class I
      shares; and be it further

            RESOLVED, that Class H shares and Class I shares of the Fund
      represent interests in the assets of only that series and shall have
      the same preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers,
      restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms
      and conditions of redemption of shares, except as provided in the
      Trust's Declaration of Trust; and be it further

            RESOLVED, that Schedule A of the Trust's Declaration of Trust
      be, and it hereby is, amended and restated to reflect the addition of
      the Fund as a new series of the Trust and the two classes of shares
      established for the Fund.

Dated:  November 1, 1999          By:   /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                        -----------------------
                                        Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                        Vice President and Secretary
                                        Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust

Subscribed and sworn before me this 1st day of November, 1999:


/s/ Cristina Paradiso
- ---------------------
Cristina Paradiso
Notary Public State of New York
Qual. N.Y. Cty
No. 01PA6017191
Comm. Exp 12/07/2000

<PAGE>

                      Schedule A to Declaration of Trust of
                         Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust

                    (As Amended and Restated October 6, 1999)


Series of the Trust
- -------------------

Aggressive Growth Portfolio
Balanced Portfolio
Global Equity Portfolio
Global Income Portfolio
Growth and Income Portfolio
Growth Portfolio
High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio
High Income Portfolio
Money Market Portfolio
Small Cap Portfolio
Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio
Strategic Income Portfolio
Strategy Portfolio
Tactical Allocation Portfolio

Classes of Shares of Each Series
- --------------------------------

An unlimited  number of shares of beneficial  interest have been  established by
the Board as Class H shares and Class I shares of each of the above Series. Each
of the Class H shares and Class I shares of a Series represents interests in the
assets of only that Series and has the same  preferences,  conversion  and other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications
and terms and  conditions  of  redemption  of shares,  except as provided in the
Trust's Declaration of Trust.




                                                                EXHIBIT NO. 8(e)


                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
                                     between
                                 FUND and ALIAC

      Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the "Company"), Mitchell
Hutchins Series Trust (the "Fund") and Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management, Inc.
(the "Adviser") hereby agree to an arrangement whereby the Fund shall be made
available to serve as underlying investment media for Variable Annuity or
Variable Life Contracts ("Contracts") to be issued by the Company.

1.    Establishment of Accounts; Availability of Fund.
      -----------------------------------------------

      (a)  The Company represents that it has established Variable Annuity
           Accounts B, C, D and Variable Life Account B and may establish such
           other accounts as may be set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and
           as may be amended from time to time with the mutual consent of the
           parties hereto (the "Accounts"), each of which is a separate account
           under Connecticut Insurance law, and has registered or will register
           each of the Accounts (except for such Accounts for which no such
           registration is required) as a unit investment trust under the
           Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), to serve as an
           investment vehicle for the Contracts. Each Contract provides for the
           allocation of net amounts received by the Company to an Account for
           investment in the shares of one of more specified open-end management
           investment companies available through that Account as underlying
           investment media. Selection of a particular investment management
           company and changes therein from time to time are made by the
           participant or Contract owner, as applicable under a particular
           Contract.

      (b)  The Fund represents and warrants that the investments of the series
           of the Fund (each designated a "Portfolio") specified in Schedule B
           attached hereto (as may be amended from time to time with the mutual
           consent of the parties hereto) will at all times be adequately
           diversified within the meaning of Section 817(h) of the Internal
           Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the
           Regulations thereunder, and that at all times while this agreement is
           in effect, all beneficial interests will be owned by one or more
           insurance companies or by any other party permitted under Section
           1.817-5(f)(3) of the Regulations promulgated under the Code or by the
           successor thereto, or by any other party permitted under a Revenue
           Ruling or private letter ruling granted by the Internal Revenue
           Service.

2.    Pricing Information; Orders; Settlement.
      ---------------------------------------

      (a)  The Fund will make Fund shares available to be purchased by the
           Company, and will accept redemption orders from the Company, on
           behalf of each Account at the net asset value applicable to each
           order on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value
           (a "Business Day"). Fund shares shall be purchased and redeemed in
           such quantity and at such time determined by the Company to be


<PAGE>

           necessary to meet the requirements of those Contracts for which the
           Fund serve as underlying investment media, provided, however, that
           the Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the "Trustees") may
           upon reasonable notice to the Company, refuse to sell shares of any
           Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of
           shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by
           regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole
           discretion of the Trustees, acting in good faith and in the best
           interests of the shareholders of any Portfolio and is acting in
           compliance with their fiduciary obligations under federal and/or any
           applicable state laws.

      (b)  The Fund will provide to the Company closing net asset value,
           dividend and capital gain information at the close of trading each
           day that the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange" is open (each
           such day a "Business Day"), and in no event later than 7:00 p.m.
           Eastern Standard time on such Business Day. The Company will send via
           facsimile or electronic transmission to the Fund or its specified
           agent orders to purchase and/or redeem Fund shares by 10:00 a.m.
           Eastern Standard Time the following business day. Payment for net
           purchases will be wired by the Company to an account designated by
           the Fund to coincide with the order for shares of the Fund.

      (c)  The Fund hereby appoints the Company as its agent for the limited
           purpose of accepting purchase and redemption orders for Fund shares
           relating to the Contracts from Contract owners or participants.
           Orders from Contract owners or participants received from any
           distributor of the Contracts (including affiliates of the Company) by
           the Company, acting as agent for the Fund, prior to the close of the
           Exchange on any given business day will be executed by the Fund at
           the net asset value determined as of the close of the Exchange on
           such Business Day, provided that the Fund receives written (or
           facsimile) notice of such order by 10 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on
           the next following Business Day. Any orders received by the Company
           acting as agent on such day but after the close of the Exchange will
           be executed by the Fund at the net asset value determined as of the
           close of the Exchange on the next business day following the day of
           receipt of such order, provided that the Fund receives written (or
           facsimile) notice of such order by 10 a.m. Eastern Standard Time
           within two days following the day of receipt of such order.

      (d)  Payments for net redemptions of shares of the Fund will be wired by
           the Fund to an account designated by the Company. Payments for net
           purchases of the Fund will be wired by the Company to an account
           designated by the Fund on the same Business Day the Company places
           an order to purchase Fund shares. Payments shall be in federal funds
           transmitted by wire.

      (e)  Each party has the right to rely on information or confirmations
           provided by the other party (or by any affiliate of the other
           party), and shall not be liable in the event that an error is a
           result of any misinformation supplied by the other party.


                                       2
<PAGE>

      (f)  The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of the
           Portfolios named in Schedule B offered by the then current prospectus
           and statement of additional information of the Fund in accordance
           with the provisions of such prospectus and statement of additional
           information. The Company shall not permit any person other than a
           Contract owner or Participant to give instructions to the Company
           which would require the Company to redeem or exchange shares of the
           Fund. This provision shall not be construed to prohibit the Company
           from substituting shares of another fund, as permitted by law.

3.    Expenses.
      --------

      (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all expenses incident
           to the performance by the Fund under this Agreement shall be paid by
           the Fund, including the cost of registration of Fund shares with the
           Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and in states where
           required. The Fund and Adviser shall pay no fee or other compensation
           to the Company under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay no fee
           or other compensation to the Fund or Adviser, except as provided
           herein and in Schedule C attached hereto and made a part of this
           Agreement as may be amended from time to time with the mutual consent
           of the parties hereto. All expenses incident to performance by each
           party of its respective duties under this Agreement shall be paid by
           that party, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement.

      (b)  The Fund or the Adviser shall provide to the Company PostScript files
           of periodic fund reports to shareholders and other materials that are
           required by law to be sent to Contract owners. In addition, the Fund
           or the Adviser shall provide the Company with a sufficient quantity
           of its prospectuses, statements of additional information and any
           supplements to any of these materials, to be used in connection with
           the offerings and transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In
           addition, the Fund shall provide the Company with a sufficient
           quantity of its proxy material that is required to be sent to
           Contract owners. The Adviser shall be permitted to review and approve
           the typeset form of such material prior to such printing provided
           such material has been provided by the Adviser to the Company within
           a reasonable period of time prior to typesetting.

      (c)  In lieu of the Fund's or Adviser's providing printed copies of
           prospectuses, statements of additional information and any
           supplements to any of these materials, and periodic fund reports to
           shareholders, the Company shall have the right to request that the
           Fund transmit a copy of such materials in an electronic format (Post
           Script files), which the Company may use to have such materials
           printed together with similar materials of other Account funding
           media that the Company or any distributor will distribute to existing
           or prospective Contract owners or participants.


                                       3
<PAGE>

4.    Representations.
      ---------------

      The Company agrees that it and its agents shall not, without the written
      consent of the Fund or the Adviser, make representations concerning the
      Fund, its shares, or the Adviser except those contained in the then
      current prospectuses and in current printed sales literature approved by
      or deemed approved by the Fund or the Adviser if the Fund or Adviser does
      not respond within 5 days of receiving written copy of such materials.

      (a)  The Company represents and warrants that it is an insurance company
           duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the state of
           its incorporation and that it has legally and validly established
           each Contract and Account.

      (b)  The Company represents and warrants that it has registered or, prior
           to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register each Account
           as a unit investment trust ("UII") in accordance with the provisions
           of the 1940 Act and cause each Account to remain so registered to
           serve as a segregated asset account for the Contracts unless an
           exemption from registration is available.

      (c)  The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts will be
           registered under the 1933 Act unless an exemption from registration
           is available prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts and that
           the Company will use its best efforts to ensure that the Contracts
           will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with
           applicable federal and state laws and further that the sale of the
           Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance
           law suitability requirements.

      (d)  The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are currently
           and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance,
           endowment or annuity contracts - under applicable provisions of the
           Code, and that it will notify the Fund immediately upon having a
           reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be
           so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

5.    Termination.
      -----------

      This agreement shall terminate as to the sale and issuance of new
Contracts:

      (a)  at the option of either the Company, the Adviser or the Fund, upon
           sixty days advance written notice to the other parties;

      (b)  at the option of the Company, upon one week advance written notice to
           the Adviser and the Fund, if Fund shares are not available for any
           reason to meet the requirement of Contracts as determined by the
           Company. Reasonable advance notice of election to terminate shall be
           furnished by Company;

      (c)  at the option of either the Company, the Adviser or the Fund,
           immediately upon institution of formal proceedings against the
           broker-dealer or broker-dealers marketing the Contracts, the Account,
           the Company, the Fund or the Adviser by the National Association of


                                       4
<PAGE>

           Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), the SEC or any other
           regulatory body;

      (d)  upon the determination of the Accounts to substitute for the Fund's
           shares the shares of another investment company in accordance with
           the terms of the applicable Contracts. The Company will give 60 days
           written notice to the Fund and the Adviser of any decision to replace
           the Fund's' shares;

      (e)  upon assignment of this Agreement, unless made with the written
           consent of all other parties hereto; (f) if Fund shares are not
           registered, issued or sold in conformance with Federal law or such
           law precludes the use of Fund shares as an underlying investment
           medium for Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company. Prompt
           notice shall be given by the appropriate party should such situation
           occur.

      (g)  in the event the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts or
           life insurance contracts, as applicable under the Code or the Fund
           reasonably believes that the Contracts may fail to so qualify, the
           Fund may terminate this Agreement effective upon giving notice to the
           Company.

      (h)  at the option of any Party, upon a Party's breach of any material
           provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the
           satisfaction of the other Party within 20 days after written notice
           of such breach is delivered to the other Party.

      (i)  At the option of the Fund, if the Contracts are not registered,
           issued or sold in all material respects in accordance with applicable
           federal and/or state law. Termination shall be effective immediately
           upon written notice.

6.    Continuation of Agreement.
      -------------------------

      Termination as the result of any cause listed in Section 5 shall not
affect the Fund's obligation to furnish its shares to Contracts then in force
for which its shares serve or may serve as the underlying medium unless such
further sale of Fund shares is prohibited by law or the SEC or other regulatory
body, or is determined by the Fund's Board to be necessary to remedy or
eliminate an irreconcilable conflict pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

7.    Advertising Materials; Filed Documents.
      --------------------------------------

      (a)  Advertising and sales literature with respect to the Fund prepared by
           the Company or its agents for use in marketing its Contracts will be
           submitted to the Fund or its designee for review before such material
           is used and submitted to any regulatory body for review. No such
           material shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably object
           to such use in writing, transmitted by facsimile within five business
           days after receipt of such material.


                                       5
<PAGE>

      (b)  The Fund will provide additional copies of its financials as soon as
           available to the Company and at least one complete copy of all
           registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional
           information, annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements and all
           amendments or supplements to any of the above that relate to the Fund
           promptly after the filing of such document with the SEC or other
           regulatory authorities. At the Adviser's request, the Company will
           provide to the Adviser at least one complete copy of all registration
           statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information.
           annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements, and all amendments
           or supplements to any of the above that relate to the Account
           promptly after the filing of such document with the SEC or other
           regulatory authority.

      (c)  The Fund or the Adviser will provide via Excel spreadsheet diskette
           format or in electronic transmission to the Company at least
           quarterly portfolio information necessary to update Fund profiles
           with seven business days following the end of each quarter.

      (d)  The Fund will reimburse the Company for any incorrect information
           provided to the Company under this Section as provided for in
           Schedule C.

8.    Proxy Voting.
      ------------

      (a)  The Company shall provide pass-through voting privileges on Fund
           shares held by registered separate accounts to all Contract owners
           and participants to the extent the SEC continues to interpret the
           1940 Act as requiring such privileges. The Company shall provide
           pass-through voting privileges on Fund shares held by unregistered
           separate accounts to all Contract owners.

      (b)  The Company will distribute to Contract owners and participants, as
           appropriate, all proxy material furnished by the Fund and will vote
           Fund shares in accordance with instructions received from such
           Contract owners and participants. If and to the extent required by
           law, the Company, with respect to each group Contract and in each
           Account, shall vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been
           received in the same proportion as shares for which such instructions
           have been received. The Company and its agents shall not oppose or
           interfere with the solicitation of proxies for Fund shares held for
           such Contract owners and participants.

9.    Indemnification.
      ---------------

      (a)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and the
           Adviser, and each of their directors, officers, employees, agents,
           trustees and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or its
           Adviser within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933
           Act") against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the
           Fund, the Adviser or any such director, officer, employee, agent, or
           controlling person may become subject, under the 1933 Act or
           otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities


                                       6
<PAGE>

           (or actions in respect thereof) that (i) arise out of a breach or
           violation of the terms of this Agreement by the Company or (ii) arise
           out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
           statement of any material fact contained in the Contracts or the
           Registration Statement, prospectus or sales literature prepared by
           the Company or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
           alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
           stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
           misleading, or arise out of or as a result of conduct, statements or
           representations (other than statements or representations contained
           in the prospectuses or sales literature of the Fund) of the Company
           or its agents, with respect to the sale and distribution of Contracts
           for which Fund shares are the underlying investment. The Company will
           reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the
           Fund, the Adviser or any such director, officer, employee, agent,
           investment adviser, trustee or controlling person in connection with
           investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
           action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any
           such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or
           liability arises out of or is based upon (i) an untrue statement or
           omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement or
           prospectus in conformity with written materials furnished to the
           Company by the Fund specifically for use therein or (ii) the willful
           misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence by the Fund or Adviser in
           the performance of its duties hereunder or the Fund's or Adviser's
           reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or
           to the Company, whichever is applicable. This indemnity agreement
           will be in addition to any liability which Company may otherwise
           have.

      (b)  The Fund and the Adviser agree to indemnify and hold harmless the
           Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents and each
           person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the
           1933 Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which
           the Company or any such director, officer, employee, agent or
           controlling person may become subject, under the 1933 Act or
           otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
           actions in respect thereof) that (i) arise out of a breach or
           violation of the terms of this Agreement by the Fund or Adviser or
           (ii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
           untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
           Statement, prospectuses or sales literature of the Fund or arise out
           of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state
           therein a material fact required to be stated therein or material
           fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
           statements therein not misleading. The Fund and/or the Adviser will
           reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the
           Company or any such director, officer, employee, agent, or
           controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any
           such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however,
           that the Fund or Adviser will not be liable in any such case to the
           extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of
           or is based upon (i) an untrue statement or omission or alleged
           omission made in such Registration Statement or prospectuses which
           are in conformity with written materials furnished to the Fund by the


                                       7
<PAGE>

           Company specifically for use therein, or (ii) the willful
           misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence by the Company in the
           performance of its duties hereunder or the Company's reckless
           disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or to the
           Fund and/or Adviser, whichever is applicable. This indemnity
           agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Fund and/or
           Adviser may otherwise have;

      (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of notice of
           the commencement of action, such indemnified party will, if a claim
           in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
           hereunder, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof,
           but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve
           it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party
           otherwise under this Section 9. In case any such action is brought
           against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party
           of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled
           to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish to, assume
           the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified
           party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such
           indemnified party of its election to assume the defense thereof, the
           indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under
           this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred
           by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof
           other than reasonable costs of investigation.

10.   Potential Conflicts.
      -------------------

      (a)  The Company has received a copy of an application for exemptive
           relief, as amended, filed by the Fund on and with the SEC (File No.
           811-4919) (the "Shared Funding Exemptive Application"). The Company
           has reviewed the conditions to the requested relief set forth in such
           application for exemptive relief. As set forth in such application
           once the Shared Funding Exemptive Order is issued, the Board of
           Trustees of Fund (the "Board") will monitor the Fund for the
           existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the
           interests of the contractholders of all separate accounts
           ("Participating Companies") investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable
           material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (i)
           an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (ii) a change
           in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or
           regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or
           interpretative letter, or any similar actions by insurance, tax or
           securities regulatory authorities; (iii) an administrative or
           judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (iv) the manner in
           which the investments of any portfolio are being managed; (v) a
           difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity
           contractholders and variable life insurance contractholders; or (vi)
           a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of
           contractholders. The Board shall promptly inform the Company if it
           determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the
           implications thereof.


                                       8
<PAGE>

      (b)  The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which
           it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Board in
           carrying out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive
           Order by providing the Board with all information reasonably
           necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. This includes,
           but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the
           Board whenever contractholder voting instructions are disregarded.

      (c)  If a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested Board
           members, determines that a material irreconcilable conflict exists
           with regard to contractholder investments in a Fund, the Board shall
           give prompt notice to all Participating Companies. If the Board
           determines that the Company is responsible for causing or creating
           said conflict, the Company shall at its sole cost and expense, and to
           the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the
           disinterested Board members), take such action as is necessary to
           remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict. Such
           necessary action may include but shall not be limited to:

           (i)  withdrawing the assets allocable to the Account from the Fund
                and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium or
                submitting the question of whether such segregation should be
                implemented to a vote of all affected contractholders and as
                appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group
                (i.e., annuity contract owners, life insurance contract owners,
                or variable contract owners of one or more Participating
                Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering
                to the affected contractholders the option of making such a
                change; and/or

           (ii) establishing a new registered management investment company or
                managed separate account.

      (d)  If a material irreconcilable conflict arises as a result of a
           decision by the Company to disregard its contractholder voting
           instructions and said decision represents a minority position or
           would preclude a majority vote by all of its contractholders having
           an interest in the Fund, the Company at its sole cost, may be
           required, at the Board's election, to withdraw an Account's
           investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement; provided,
           however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the
           extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as
           determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.

      (e)  For the purpose of this Section 10, a majority of the disinterested
           Board members shall determine whether or not any proposed action
           adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no
           event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for
           any Contract. The Company shall not be required by this Section 10 to
           establish a new funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so
           has been declined by vote of a majority of the Contract owners or
           participants materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable
           material conflict.


                                       9
<PAGE>

12.   Miscellaneous.
      -------------

      (a)  AMENDMENT AND WAIVER. Neither this Agreement, nor any provision
           hereof, may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but
           only by an instrument in writing signed by all parties hereto.

      (b)  NOTICES. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be
           given or made in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent
           by telex, telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage
           prepaid, return receipt requested, or recognized overnight courier
           service to the party or parties to whom they are directed at the
           following addresses, or at such other addresses as may be designated
           by notice from such party to all other parties.

      To the Company:

                        Aetna Life Insurance and Annuity Company
                        151 Farmington Avenue
                        Hartford, Connecticut 06156
                        Attention: Maria F. McKeon, Counsel
      To the Fund:

                        Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
                        C/O Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management, Inc.
                        1285 Avenue of the Americas
                        New York, NY 10010
                        Attn: Dianne E. O'Donnell
                              Secretary and Vice President


      Any notice, demand or other communication given in a manner prescribed in
      this subsection (b) shall be deemed to have been delivered on receipt.

      (c)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This agreement shall be binding upon and
           inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
           permitted successors and assigns.

      (d)  COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
           counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one
           agreement, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing
           any such counterpart.

      (e)  SEVERABILITY. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in
           this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
           respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
           provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or
           impaired thereby.

      (f)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and
           understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior
           agreement and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.


                                       10
<PAGE>

      (g)  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in
           accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.

      (h)  It is understood by the parties that this Agreement is not an
           exclusive arrangement in any respect.

      (i)  The terms of this Agreement and the Schedules thereto will be held
           confidential by each party except to the extent that either party or
           its counsel may deem it necessary to disclose such terms.

13.   Limitation on Liability of Trustees, etc.
      ----------------------------------------

      This agreement has been executed on behalf of the Fund by the undersigned
officer of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer of the Fund. The
obligations of this agreement shall be binding upon the assets and property of
the Fund only and shall not be binding on any Trustee, officer or shareholder of
the Fund individually.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement by their
duly authorized officers effective as of the 1st day of May , 1999.


      AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

By:     /s/ Laurie M. LeBlanc
      ------------------------------

Name:   Laurie M. LeBlanc
      ------------------------------

Title:  V.P.
      ------------------------------



      MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST

By:     /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
      ------------------------------

Name:   Dianne E. O'Donnell
      ------------------------------

Title:  Secretary and Vice President
      ------------------------------



      MITCHELL HUTCHINS ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.

By:     /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
      ------------------------------

Name:   Dianne E. O'Donnell
      ------------------------------

Title:  Senior Vice President
      ------------------------------


                                       11
<PAGE>

                                   Schedule A

             (For any future separate accounts - See Section 1 (a))


                                       12
<PAGE>

                                   Schedule B

      / / MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST -
          / / GROWTH & INCOME PORTFOLIO
          / / TACTICAL ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
          / / SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   Schedule C

      The following costs, expenses and reimbursements will be paid by the party
indicated:

      1.   For purposes of Sections 2 and 7, the Fund shall be liable to the
           Company for systems and out of pocket costs incurred by the Company
           in making a Contract owner's or a participant's account whole, if
           such costs or expenses are a result of the Fund's failure to provide
           timely or correct net asset values, dividend and capital gains or
           financial information and if such information is not corrected by 4pm
           EST of the next business day after releasing such incorrect
           information provided the incorrect NAV as well as the correct NAV for
           each day that the error occurred is provided. If a mistake is caused
           in supplying such information or confirmations, which results in a
           reconciliation with incorrect information, the amount required to
           make a Contract owner's or a Participant's account whole shall be
           borne by the party providing the incorrect information, regardless of
           when the error is corrected.

      2.   For purposes of Section 3, the Fund shall pay for the cost of
           typesetting and printing periodic fund reports to shareholders,
           prospectuses, prospectus supplements, statements of additional
           information and other materials that are required by law to be sent
           to Contract owners or participants, as well as the cost of
           distributing such materials. The Company shall pay for the cost of
           prospectuses and statements of additional information and the
           distribution thereof for prospective Contract owners or participants.
           Each party shall be provided with such supporting data as may
           reasonably be requested for determining expenses under Section 3.

      3.   The Fund shall pay all expenses in connection with the provision to
           the Company of a sufficient quantity of its proxy material under
           Section 3. The cost associated with proxy preparation, group
           authorization letters, programming for tabulation and necessary
           materials (including postage) will be paid by the Fund.

      Dated this 1ST day of May, 1999.

      AETNA LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

      By:     /s/ Laurie M. LeBlanc
             ------------------------------
      Name:   Laurie M. LeBlanc
             ------------------------------
      Title:  V.P.
             ------------------------------


                                       14
<PAGE>

      MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST

      By:     /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
            ------------------------------

      Name:   Dianne E. O'Donnell
            ------------------------------

      Title:  Secretary and Vice President
            ------------------------------


      MITCHELL HUTCHINS ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.

      By:     /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
            ------------------------------

      Name:   Dianne E. O'Donnell
            ------------------------------

      Title:  Senior Vice President
            ------------------------------


                                       15



                                                                Exhibit No. 8(f)


                    Amendment To Fund Participation Agreement

      This Amendment made as of the 19th day of January, 2000, by and between
Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust ("Fund"), a Massachusetts business trust,
Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. ("Adviser") a Delaware corporation, and
Conseco Variable Insurance Company (formerly Great American Reserve Insurance
Company) ("Company") a life insurance company organized under the laws of the
State of Texas and Conseco Equity Sales, Inc. ("Underwriter"), a Texas
corporation.

      Whereas, the aforementioned parties entered into a Fund Participation
Agreement dated March 2nd, 1998 ("Agreement"); and

      Whereas the parties desire to amend such Agreement;

      Now, Therefore, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

      1.   The name of the Company shall be changed to Conseco Variable
           Insurance Company.

      2.   Appendix B shall be amended and restated to as set forth in the
           Amended and Restated Appendix B attached hereto.

      In Witness Whereof, the parties have caused their duly authorized officers
to execute this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

Conseco Variable Insurance Company   Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust

By: /s/  Jon Davis                   By: /s/  Dianne E. O'Donnell
    ------------------------------      ------------------------------------
Name:    Jon Davis                   Name:    Dianne E. O'Donnell
Title:   Senior Vice President       Title:   Secretary and Vice President

Conseco Equity Sales, Inc.           Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc.

By: /s/  L. Gregory Gloeckner        By: /s/  Julian Sluyters
    ------------------------------       -----------------------------------
Name:    L. Gregory Gloeckner        Name:    Julian Sluyters
Title    Senior Vice President       Title:   Chief Administrative Officer


<PAGE>


                         Amended and Restated Appendix B



Separate Accounts                       Selected Portfolios
- -----------------                       -------------------

Conseco Variable Accounts               Growth and Income Portfolio
C,E,F,G,H
Conseco Variable Life Account A





                                                                EXHIBIT NO. 8(g)

                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


      THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 1st day of July 1999, between MITCHELL
HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST ("Fund"), an open-end management investment company
organized as a Massachusetts business trust, and THE OHIO NATIONAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY ("Company"), a life insurance company organized under the laws
of the state of Ohio, on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset
account of the Company set forth in Schedule A as attached hereto, as such
Schedule A may be amended from time to time ("Accounts").

      WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund is organized as a series fund and has established a
number of distinct series of shares of beneficial interest ("Series"), which
correspond to distinct portfolios of investments; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund acts as an investment vehicle for separate accounts
established for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts
to be offered by insurance companies that have entered into participation
agreements with the Fund ("Participating Insurance Companies"); and

      WHEREAS, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. ("Mitchell Hutchins") is
registered as an investment adviser under the Advisors Act of 1940, as amended,
a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934
Act"), and is a member in good standing of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and serves as investment advisor and
administrator to all Series of the Fund; and

      WHEREAS, the Series of the Fund offered by the Fund to the Company and the
Accounts are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto, as such Schedule B may be
amended from time to time; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund intends to apply for an order ("Exemptive Order") from
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") granting Participating Insurance
Companies and their separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections
9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund


<PAGE>

to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate
accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies and
certain qualified pension and retirement plans ("Qualified Plans"); and

      WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase Class I shares ("Shares") of one or
more of the Series on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts, and the Fund
intends to sell such Shares to the relevant Accounts at such Shares' net asset
value;

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

      1.  SALE OF SHARES. The Fund agrees to make Shares available for purchase
by the Accounts or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Accounts at
the Shares' net asset value as computed in accordance with the Fund's
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act")
and the 1940 Act, including the Fund's current prospectus and statement of
additional information, as amended or supplemented from time to time ("Fund
Registration Statement"). Purchases of Shares will be made in accordance with
the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the operational procedures
mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time. The
Fund may refuse to sell Shares of any Series to any person or may suspend or
terminate the offering of Shares of any Series if such action is required by law
or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion
of the trustees of the Fund, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of any Series.

      2.  REDEMPTION OF SHARES. The Fund will redeem Shares when requested by an
Account or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Account at the Shares'
net asset value (as computed in accordance with the Fund Registration Statement)
in accordance with the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the
operational procedures mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company
from time to time.

      3.  ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS. The Fund shall accept purchase and redemption
orders resulting from investments in and payments under the Contracts on each
Business Day, provided that such orders are received by Mitchell Hutchins or the
Fund prior to 9:00 a.m., Eastern time, on such Business Day and reflect
instructions received by the Company from Contract holders in good order prior
to the time the net asset value of the Series is calculated in accordance with
the Fund Registration Statement on the prior Business Day. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall use its best efforts to provide Mitchell Hutchins
or the Fund with such orders by 7:30 a.m. on the Business Day following the
Business Day on which instructions are so received by the Company. Orders
reflecting instructions received by the Company in good order after the time the
net asset value of the Series is calculated will not be deemed received until
the next succeeding Business Day. The Company acts as the agent of the Fund and
Mitchell Hutchins for the limited purpose of accepting purchase and redemption
instructions from Contract holders. Mitchell Hutchins and the Fund may reject
purchase and redemption orders that are not in proper form as mutually agreed to
by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time.


                                       2
<PAGE>

      4.  PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS. Purchase orders shall be paid
for in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the Business Day that the
Fund receives notice of the order. The Fund shall use its best efforts to send
redemption proceeds in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the next
Business Day after the Fund received notice of the order, unless doing so would
cause the Fund to dispose of portfolio securities or otherwise incur additional
costs. In any event, the Fund will wire proceeds of redemption orders to the
Company within the period required under the 1940 Act or the rules, orders or
regulations thereunder.

      5.  LIMITATION ON SALES OF SHARES. The Fund agrees that its Shares will be
sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts
and/or to Qualified Plans, all in accordance with Section 817(h) of the Internal
Revenue Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. No shares of any Series will
be sold directly to the general public. The Company agrees that Shares will be
used only for the purposes of funding the Contracts and Accounts listed in
Schedule A, as amended from time to time.

      6.  BOOK ENTRY. Issuance and transfer of Shares will be by book entry
only. Share certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account.
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in the appropriate title for each
Account.

      7.  NOTICE OF DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. The Fund will furnish prompt
notice to the Company of any income, dividends or capital gain distribution
payable on Shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income
dividends and capital gain distributions payable on Shares in additional Shares
of the same Series. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of Shares so
issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

      8.  COMPANY REPORTS, The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its
designee on a daily basis with the amount of shares of each Portfolio purchased
and sold by each owner of the Contracts (and information identifying each
Contract owner's PaineWebber Investment Executive) and such other information
concerning transactions in shares of the Fund by the Contract owners as the
Fund shall reasonably request.

      9.  UNIFORM APPLICATION OF PASS-THROUGH VOTING AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.
The Fund agrees that all Participating Insurance Companies shall have the same
obligations and responsibilities regarding pass-through voting and conflicts of
interest as the Company has under this Agreement.

      10. PASS-THROUGH VOTING. With respect to Contracts and Accounts that are
subject to the 1940 Act, so long as and to the extent that the SEC interprets
the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges to Contract owners
(including, for purposes of this section, policy owners whose cash values are
invested in Shares through the Accounts), the Company will provide pass-through
voting privileges to Contract owners. The Fund shall require all Participating
Insurance Companies to calculate voting privileges in the same manner and the
Company will be responsible for assuring that the Accounts calculate voting
privileges in the manner established by the Fund. With respect to each Account,
the Company will vote Shares held by the Account and for which no timely voting
instructions are received from the Contract owners, as well as Shares held by
the Account that are owned by the Company for its general account, in the same


                                       3
<PAGE>

proportion as the Company votes Shares held by the Account for which timely
voting instructions are received from Contract owners. The Company and its
agents will in no way recommend or oppose or interfere with the solicitation of
proxies for Shares held by Contract owners without the prior written consent of
the Fund, which may be withheld in the Fund's sole discretion.

      11. REPRESENTATIONS. (a) The Company represents and warrants that it is an
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under the laws of its
state of incorporation and that it has legally and validly established each
Contract and Account.

      (b) The Company represents and warrants that it has registered or, prior
to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register each Account as a unit
investment trust ("UIT") in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and
cause each Account to remain so registered to serve as a segregated asset
account for the Contracts unless an exemption from registration is available.

      (c) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts will be
registered under the 1933 Act unless and exemption from registration is
available prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts and that the Contracts
will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable
federal and state laws and further that the sale of the Contracts shall comply
in all material respects with state insurance law suitability requirements.

      (d) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are currently
and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance, endowment or
annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, that
it will maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund immediately
upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to
be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

      (e) The Fund represents and warrants that the Shares offered and sold
pursuant to this Agreement will be registered under the 1933 Act to the extent
required by that Act and sold in accordance with all applicable federal and
state laws, and that the Fund shall be registered under the 1940 Act to the
extent required by that Act, prior to and at the time of any issuance or sale of
such Shares. The Fund shall qualify its Shares for sale in accordance with the
laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the
Fund.

      (f) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series will comply with the
diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue
Service and applicable regulations thereunder and will notify the Company
immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing any Series has ceased
to comply or might not so comply and will immediately take all reasonable steps
to adequately diversify the Series to achieve compliance.

      (g) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series in which the
Accounts invest is currently qualified as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and will maintain such qualification.
The Fund will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
believing any Series has ceased to comply or might not so comply in the future.


                                       4
<PAGE>

      12. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the
Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents and any person who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (referred
to in this Section 11(a) collectively as "Indemnified Parties"), free and
harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses
(including the cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or
liabilities, amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Fund and any
counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may
incur under the 1933 Act, or under common law or otherwise, (i) arising out of
or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Fund Registration Statement or arising out of or based upon any alleged omission
to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund Registration
Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except
insofar as such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements or representations made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
Company) or wrongful conduct of the Fund or persons under its control concerning
the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or
based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated
in the registration statement for the Contracts (including any amendment or
supplement to the prospectus or statement of additional information) ("Contract
Registration Statement") or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Fund to the Company for use in the Contract
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Fund in this Agreement or
any other material breach of this Agreement by the Fund. In no event shall
anything contained herein be so construed as to protect the Company against any
liability to the Fund or to the shareholders of any Series to which the Company
would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless
disregard of its obligations under this Agreement.

      (b) The Fund shall not be liable to the Company under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Company or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Company or other such person shall have notified
the Fund in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Fund of any claim shall not relieve the Fund from any
liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of
this indemnity agreement. The Fund shall be entitled to participate at its own
expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit
brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity agreement. If the Fund
elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by the Fund and satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties in the
suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the


                                       5
<PAGE>

Fund elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel
retained by them. If the Fund does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it
will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the reasonable fees and expenses of
any counsel retained by them.

      (c) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Fund, its
officers, trustees, employees and agents and any person who controls the Fund
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (in this Section 11(b),
referred to collectively as "Indemnified Parties") , free and harmless from and
against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the
cost of investigating or defending against such claims, demands or liabilities,
amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Company and any counsel fees
incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may incur under
the 1933 Act or under common law or otherwise (i) arising out of or based upon
any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Contract
Registration Statement or in the Contracts themselves or in any sales literature
generated or approved by the Company on behalf of the Contracts or Accounts or
arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact in
connection with such information required to be stated in the Contract
Registration Statement, Contracts or such sales literature necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such claims, demands,
liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund to
the Company for use in the Contract Registration Statement, the Contracts or
such sales literature or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund) or wrongful
conduct of the Company or persons under its control concerning the sale or
distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or based upon any
alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund
Registration Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Company in this Agreement
or any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

      (d) The Company shall not be liable to the Fund under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Fund or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Fund or other such person shall have notified the
Company in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Company of any claim shall not relieve the Company from
any liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on
account of this indemnity agreement. The Company shall be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume
the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity
agreement. , If the Company elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Company and satisfactory to


                                       6
<PAGE>

the Indemnified Parties in the suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. In the event that the Company elects to assume the defense of a suit
and retain counsel, the Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by them. If the Company does not elect to assume
the defense of any suit, it will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the
reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

      (e) These indemnification provisions shall survive termination of this
Agreement.

      13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS OF THE FUND.
The trustees of the Fund and the shareholders of its Series shall not be liable
for any obligations of the Fund or any Series under this Contract, and the
Company agrees that, in asserting any rights or claims under this Contract, it
shall look only to the assets and property of the Fund or the particular Series
in settlement of such right or claims, and not to such trustees or shareholders.

      14. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS. (a) The trustees of the Fund will monitor the
operations of the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
among the interests of all Contract owners of all separate accounts investing in
each Series of the Fund. An irreconcilable conflict may arise, among other
things, from (a) an action by any sate insurance regulatory authority; (b) a
change in applicable insurance laws or regulations; (c) a tax ruling or
provision of the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations thereunder; (d) any
other development relating to the tax treatment of insurers, contract holders or
policy owners or beneficiaries of variable annuity or variable life insurance
products; (e) the manner in which the investments of any Series are managed; (f)
a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract owners,
on the one hand, and variable life insurance policy owners on the other hand, or
by the contract holders or policy owners of different Participating Insurance
Companies; or ; (g) a decision by an insurer to override the voting instructions
of participating contract owners.

      (b) The Company is responsible for reporting any potential or existing
conflicts to the trustees of the Fund. The Company will be responsible for
assisting the trustees in carrying out their responsibilities under this Section
14(b) and Section 14(a), by providing the trustees with all information
reasonably necessary for them to consider the issues raised. The Fund will also
request its investment adviser to report to the trustees any such conflict which
comes to the attention of the adviser.

      (c) If a majority of the trustees of the Fund or a majority of its
disinterested trustees determine that a material irreconcilable conflict exists
involving the Company, the Company shall, at its expense and to the extent
reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested
trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to eliminate the irreconcilable
material conflict, including withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of
the separate accounts from the Fund or any Series and reinvesting such assets in
a different investment medium, including another Series of the Fund, offering to
the affected Contract owners the option of making such a change or establishing
a new funding medium, including a registered investment company.

      For purposes of this Section 14(c), the trustees or the disinterested
trustees shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event of a determination of the


                                       7
<PAGE>

existence of an irreconcilable material conflict, the trustees shall cause the
Fund to take such action, such as the establishment of one or more additional
Series, as they in their sole discretion determine to be in the interest of all
shareholders and Contract owners in view of all applicable factors, such as the
cost, feasibility, tax, regulatory and other considerations. In no event will
the Fund be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new funding medium for
any Contract.

      The Company shall not be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new
funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so has been declined by a vote
of a majority of the Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
material irreconcilable conflict. The Company will recommend to its Contract
owners that they decline an offer to establish a new funding medium only if the
Company believes it is in the best interests of the Contract owners.

      15. DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of
the date hereof and shall continue in force until terminated as set forth below:

      (a) At the option of either party, upon 180 days' notice, unless a shorter
time is agreed to by the parties;

      (b) At the option of either party, upon the institution of formal
proceedings against the other party by the SEC, the NASD or any other regulatory
body, the expected or anticipated outcome of which would, in the judgment of the
terminating party, materially impair the other party's ability to meet and
perform its obligations under this Agreement. Prompt notice of an election to
terminate under this provision shall be furnished by the terminating party and
shall be effective upon receipt.

      (c) In the event the Fund's Shares are not registered, issued or sold in
accordance with applicable federal or state law or such law precludes the use of
Shares as the underlying investment medium of the Contracts, the Company may
terminate this Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Fund.

      (d) In the event the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts or
life insurance contracts, as applicable under the Code or if the Fund reasonably
believes that the Contracts may fail to so qualify, the Fund may terminate this
Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Company.

      (e) At the option of the Fund, upon the Company's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Fund within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered to
the Company.

      (f) At the option of the Company, upon the Fund's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Company within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered
to the Fund.

      (g) At the option of the Fund, if the Contracts are not registered, issued
or sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law. Termination
shall be effective immediately without notice.


                                       8
<PAGE>

      (h) If this Agreement is assigned without the prior written consent of the
other party, termination shall be effective immediately without notice.

      16. AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

      17. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act, except that Section 13 shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware or the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts conflict with the applicable provisions of the
l940 Act, the latter shall control.

      18. NOTICE. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party
to the other shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt in writing at the other
party's principal offices.

      19. MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for
convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the
provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any
provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision,
statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be
affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors. As used in this
Agreement, the terms "assignment" shall have the same meaning as such terms have
in the l940 Act.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their officers designated as of the day and year first above
written.



   ATTEST:                          MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST



   /s/ Mark Goldstein               By:  /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
                                        Name:  Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                        Title: Secretary and Vice President



   ATTEST:                          THE OHIO NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



   /s/ Ronald L. Benedict           By:  /s/ John J. Palmer
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
                                        Name:  John J. Palmer
                                        Title: Senior Vice President,
                                               Strategic Initiatives


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

      Accounts of Company Participating in Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series
Trust:

Name of Separate Account                          Date Established



Ohio National Variable Account A                  August 1, 1969


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

      Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust offered to Accounts of Company:


      Growth and Income Portfolio
      Small Cap Portfolio
      Strategic Income Portfolio
      Tactical Allocation Portfolio


                                       11



                                                                EXHIBIT NO. 8(h)


                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


      THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 1st day of July 1999, between MITCHELL
HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST ("Fund"), an open-end management investment company
organized as a Massachusetts business trust, and OHIO NATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE
CORPORATION ("Company"), a life insurance company organized under the laws of
the state of Ohio, on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset
account of the Company set forth in Schedule A as attached hereto, as such
Schedule A may be amended from time to time ("Accounts").

      WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund is organized as a series fund and has established a
number of distinct series of shares of beneficial interest ("Series"), which
correspond to distinct portfolios of investments; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund acts as an investment vehicle for separate accounts
established for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts
to be offered by insurance companies that have entered into participation
agreements with the Fund ("Participating Insurance Companies"); and

      WHEREAS, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. ("Mitchell Hutchins") is
registered as an investment adviser under the Advisors Act of 1940, as amended,
a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934
Act"), and is a member in good standing of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and serves as investment advisor and
administrator to all Series of the Fund; and

      WHEREAS, the Series of the Fund offered by the Fund to the Company and the
Accounts are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto, as such Schedule B may be
amended from time to time; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund intends to apply for an order ("Exemptive Order") from
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") granting Participating Insurance
Companies and their separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections
9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund


<PAGE>

to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate
accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies and
certain qualified pension and retirement plans ("Qualified Plans"); and

      WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase Class I shares ("Shares") of one or
more of the Series on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts, and the Fund
intends to sell such Shares to the relevant Accounts at such Shares' net asset
value;

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

      1.  SALE OF SHARES. The Fund agrees to make Shares available for purchase
by the Accounts or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Accounts at
the Shares' net asset value as computed in accordance with the Fund's
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act")
and the 1940 Act, including the Fund's current prospectus and statement of
additional information, as amended or supplemented from time to time ("Fund
Registration Statement"). Purchases of Shares will be made in accordance with
the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the operational procedures
mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time. The
Fund may refuse to sell Shares of any Series to any person or may suspend or
terminate the offering of Shares of any Series if such action is required by law
or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion
of the trustees of the Fund, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of any Series.

      2.  REDEMPTION OF SHARES. The Fund will redeem Shares when requested by an
Account or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Account at the Shares'
net asset value (as computed in accordance with the Fund Registration Statement)
in accordance with the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the
operational procedures mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company
from time to time.

      3.  ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS. The Fund shall accept purchase and redemption
orders resulting from investments in and payments under the Contracts on each
Business Day, provided that such orders are received by Mitchell Hutchins or the
Fund prior to 9:00 a.m., Eastern time, on such Business Day and reflect
instructions received by the Company from Contract holders in good order prior
to the time the net asset value of the Series is calculated in accordance with
the Fund Registration Statement on the prior Business Day. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall use its best efforts to provide Mitchell Hutchins
or the Fund with such orders by 7:30 a.m. on the Business Day following the
Business Day on which instructions are so received by the Company. Orders
reflecting instructions received by the Company in good order after the time the
net asset value of the Series is calculated will not be deemed received until
the next succeeding Business Day. The Company acts as the agent of the Fund and
Mitchell Hutchins for the limited purpose of accepting purchase and redemption
instructions from Contract holders. Mitchell Hutchins and the Fund may reject
purchase and redemption orders that are not in proper form as mutually agreed to
by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time.


                                       2
<PAGE>

      4.  PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS. Purchase orders shall be paid
for in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the Business Day that the
Fund receives notice of the order. The Fund shall use its best efforts to send
redemption proceeds in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the next
Business Day after the Fund received notice of the order, unless doing so would
cause the Fund to dispose of portfolio securities or otherwise incur additional
costs. In any event, the Fund will wire proceeds of redemption orders to the
Company within the period required under the 1940 Act or the rules, orders or
regulations thereunder.

      5.  LIMITATION ON SALES OF SHARES. The Fund agrees that its Shares will be
sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts
and/or to Qualified Plans, all in accordance with Section 817(h) of the Internal
Revenue Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. No shares of any Series will
be sold directly to the general public. The Company agrees that Shares will be
used only for the purposes of funding the Contracts and Accounts listed in
Schedule A, as amended from time to time.

      6.  BOOK ENTRY. Issuance and transfer of Shares will be by book entry
only. Share certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account.
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in the appropriate title for each
Account.

      7.  NOTICE OF DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. The Fund will furnish prompt
notice to the Company of any income, dividends or capital gain distribution
payable on Shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income
dividends and capital gain distributions payable on Shares in additional Shares
of the same Series. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of Shares so
issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

      8.  COMPANY REPORTS, The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its
designee on a daily basis with the amount of shares of each Portfolio purchased
and sold by each owner of the Contracts (and information identifying each
Contract owner's PaineWebber Investment Executive) and such other information
concerning transactions in shares of the Fund by the Contract owners as the Fund
shall reasonably request.

      9.  UNIFORM APPLICATION OF PASS-THROUGH VOTING AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.
The Fund agrees that all Participating Insurance Companies shall have the same
obligations and responsibilities regarding pass-through voting and conflicts of
interest as the Company has under this Agreement.

      10. PASS-THROUGH VOTING. With respect to Contracts and Accounts that are
subject to the 1940 Act, so long as and to the extent that the SEC interprets
the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges to Contract owners
(including, for purposes of this section, policy owners whose cash values are
invested in Shares through the Accounts), the Company will provide pass-through
voting privileges to Contract owners. The Fund shall require all Participating
Insurance Companies to calculate voting privileges in the same manner and the
Company will be responsible for assuring that the Accounts calculate voting
privileges in the manner established by the Fund. With respect to each Account,
the Company will vote Shares held by the Account and for which no timely voting
instructions are received from the Contract owners, as well as Shares held by
the Account that are owned by the Company for its general account, in the same


                                       3
<PAGE>

proportion as the Company votes Shares held by the Account for which timely
voting instructions are received from Contract owners. The Company and its
agents will in no way recommend or oppose or interfere with the solicitation of
proxies for Shares held by Contract owners without the prior written consent of
the Fund, which may be withheld in the Fund's sole discretion.

      11. REPRESENTATIONS. (a) The Company represents and warrants that it is an
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under the laws of its
state of incorporation and that it has legally and validly established each
Contract and Account.

      (b) The Company represents and warrants that it has registered or, prior
to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register each Account as a unit
investment trust ("UIT") in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and
cause each Account to remain so registered to serve as a segregated asset
account for the Contracts unless an exemption from registration is available.

      (c) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts will be
registered under the 1933 Act unless and exemption from registration is
available prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts and that the Contracts
will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable
federal and state laws and further that the sale of the Contracts shall comply
in all material respects with state insurance law suitability requirements.

      (d) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are currently
and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance, endowment or
annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, that
it will maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund immediately
upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to
be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

      (e) The Fund represents and warrants that the Shares offered and sold
pursuant to this Agreement will be registered under the 1933 Act to the extent
required by that Act and sold in accordance with all applicable federal and
state laws, and that the Fund shall be registered under the 1940 Act to the
extent required by that Act, prior to and at the time of any issuance or sale of
such Shares. The Fund shall qualify its Shares for sale in accordance with the
laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the
Fund.

      (f) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series will comply with the
diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue
Service and applicable regulations thereunder and will notify the Company
immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing any Series has ceased
to comply or might not so comply and will immediately take all reasonable steps
to adequately diversify the Series to achieve compliance.

      (g) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series in which the
Accounts invest is currently qualified as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and will maintain such qualification.
The Fund will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
believing any Series has ceased to comply or might not so comply in the future.


                                       4
<PAGE>

      12. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the
Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents and any person who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (referred
to in this Section 11(a) collectively as "Indemnified Parties"), free and
harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses
(including the cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or
liabilities, amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Fund and any
counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may
incur under the 1933 Act, or under common law or otherwise, (i) arising out of
or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Fund Registration Statement or arising out of or based upon any alleged omission
to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund Registration
Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except
insofar as such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements or representations made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
Company) or wrongful conduct of the Fund or persons under its control concerning
the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or
based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated
in the registration statement for the Contracts (including any amendment or
supplement to the prospectus or statement of additional information) ("Contract
Registration Statement") or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Fund to the Company for use in the Contract
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Fund in this Agreement or
any other material breach of this Agreement by the Fund. In no event shall
anything contained herein be so construed as to protect the Company against any
liability to the Fund or to the shareholders of any Series to which the Company
would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless
disregard of its obligations under this Agreement.

      (b) The Fund shall not be liable to the Company under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Company or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Company or other such person shall have notified
the Fund in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Fund of any claim shall not relieve the Fund from any
liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of
this indemnity agreement. The Fund shall be entitled to participate at its own
expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit
brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity agreement. If the Fund
elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by the Fund and satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties in the
suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the


                                       5
<PAGE>

Fund elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel
retained by them. If the Fund does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it
will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the reasonable fees and expenses of
any counsel retained by them.

      (c) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Fund, its
officers, trustees, employees and agents and any person who controls the Fund
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (in this Section 11(b),
referred to collectively as "Indemnified Parties") , free and harmless from and
against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the
cost of investigating or defending against such claims, demands or liabilities,
amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Company and any counsel fees
incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may incur under
the 1933 Act or under common law or otherwise (i) arising out of or based upon
any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Contract
Registration Statement or in the Contracts themselves or in any sales literature
generated or approved by the Company on behalf of the Contracts or Accounts or
arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact in
connection with such information required to be stated in the Contract
Registration Statement, Contracts or such sales literature necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such claims, demands,
liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund to
the Company for use in the Contract Registration Statement, the Contracts or
such sales literature or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund) or wrongful
conduct of the Company or persons under its control concerning the sale or
distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or based upon any
alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund
Registration Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Company in this Agreement
or any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

      (d) The Company shall not be liable to the Fund under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Fund or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Fund or other such person shall have notified the
Company in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Company of any claim shall not relieve the Company from
any liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on
account of this indemnity agreement. The Company shall be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume
the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity
agreement. , If the Company elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Company and satisfactory to


                                       6
<PAGE>

the Indemnified Parties in the suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. In the event that the Company elects to assume the defense of a suit
and retain counsel, the Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by them. If the Company does not elect to assume
the defense of any suit, it will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the
reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

      (e) These indemnification provisions shall survive termination of this
Agreement.

      13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS OF THE FUND.
The trustees of the Fund and the shareholders of its Series shall not be liable
for any obligations of the Fund or any Series under this Contract, and the
Company agrees that, in asserting any rights or claims under this Contract, it
shall look only to the assets and property of the Fund or the particular Series
in settlement of such right or claims, and not to such trustees or shareholders.

      14. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS. (a) The trustees of the Fund will monitor the
operations of the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
among the interests of all Contract owners of all separate accounts investing in
each Series of the Fund. An irreconcilable conflict may arise, among other
things, from (a) an action by any sate insurance regulatory authority; (b) a
change in applicable insurance laws or regulations; (c) a tax ruling or
provision of the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations thereunder; (d) any
other development relating to the tax treatment of insurers, contract holders or
policy owners or beneficiaries of variable annuity or variable life insurance
products; (e) the manner in which the investments of any Series are managed; (f)
a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract owners,
on the one hand, and variable life insurance policy owners on the other hand, or
by the contract holders or policy owners of different Participating Insurance
Companies; or ; (g) a decision by an insurer to override the voting instructions
of participating contract owners.

      (b) The Company is responsible for reporting any potential or existing
conflicts to the trustees of the Fund. The Company will be responsible for
assisting the trustees in carrying out their responsibilities under this Section
14(b) and Section 14(a), by providing the trustees with all information
reasonably necessary for them to consider the issues raised. The Fund will also
request its investment adviser to report to the trustees any such conflict which
comes to the attention of the adviser.

      (c) If a majority of the trustees of the Fund or a majority of its
disinterested trustees determine that a material irreconcilable conflict exists
involving the Company, the Company shall, at its expense and to the extent
reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested
trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to eliminate the irreconcilable
material conflict, including withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of
the separate accounts from the Fund or any Series and reinvesting such assets in
a different investment medium, including another Series of the Fund, offering to
the affected Contract owners the option of making such a change or establishing
a new funding medium, including a registered investment company.

      For purposes of this Section 14(c), the trustees or the disinterested
trustees shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event of a determination of the


                                       7
<PAGE>

existence of an irreconcilable material conflict, the trustees shall cause the
Fund to take such action, such as the establishment of one or more additional
Series, as they in their sole discretion determine to be in the interest of all
shareholders and Contract owners in view of all applicable factors, such as the
cost, feasibility, tax, regulatory and other considerations. In no event will
the Fund be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new funding medium for
any Contract.

      The Company shall not be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new
funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so has been declined by a vote
of a majority of the Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
material irreconcilable conflict. The Company will recommend to its Contract
owners that they decline an offer to establish a new funding medium only if the
Company believes it is in the best interests of the Contract owners.

      15. DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of
the date hereof and shall continue in force until terminated as set forth below:

      (a) At the option of either party, upon 180 days' notice, unless a shorter
time is agreed to by the parties;

      (b) At the option of either party, upon the institution of formal
proceedings against the other party by the SEC, the NASD or any other regulatory
body, the expected or anticipated outcome of which would, in the judgment of the
terminating party, materially impair the other party's ability to meet and
perform its obligations under this Agreement. Prompt notice of an election to
terminate under this provision shall be furnished by the terminating party and
shall be effective upon receipt.

      (c) In the event the Fund's Shares are not registered, issued or sold in
accordance with applicable federal or state law or such law precludes the use of
Shares as the underlying investment medium of the Contracts, the Company may
terminate this Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Fund.

      (d) In the event the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts or
life insurance contracts, as applicable under the Code or if the Fund reasonably
believes that the Contracts may fail to so qualify, the Fund may terminate this
Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Company.

      (e) At the option of the Fund, upon the Company's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Fund within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered to
the Company.

      (f) At the option of the Company, upon the Fund's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Company within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered
to the Fund.

      (g) At the option of the Fund, if the Contracts are not registered, issued
or sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law. Termination
shall be effective immediately without notice.


                                       8
<PAGE>

      (h) If this Agreement is assigned without the prior written consent of the
other party, termination shall be effective immediately without notice.

      16. AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

      17. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act, except that Section 13 shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware or the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts conflict with the applicable provisions of the
l940 Act, the latter shall control.

      18. NOTICE. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party
to the other shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt in writing at the other
party's principal offices.

      19. MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for
convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the
provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any
provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision,
statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be
affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors. As used in this
Agreement, the terms "assignment" shall have the same meaning as such terms have
in the l940 Act.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their officers designated as of the day and year first above
written.


   ATTEST:                          MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST



   /s/ Mark Goldstein               By:  /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
                                        Name:  Dianne E. O'Donnell
                                        Title: Secretary and Vice President



   ATTEST:                          THE OHIO NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



   /s/ Ronald L. Benedict           By:  /s/ John J. Palmer
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
                                        Name:  John J. Palmer
                                        Title: Senior Vice President,
                                               Strategic Initiatives


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

      Accounts of Company Participating in Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series
Trust:

Name of Separate Account                          Date Established



Ohio National Variable Account R                  May 6, 1985


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

      Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust offered to Accounts of Company:


      Growth and Income Portfolio
      Small Cap Portfolio
      Strategic Income Portfolio
      Tactical Allocation Portfolio


                                       11



                                                                EXHIBIT NO. 8(i)


                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


      THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 31st day of May 1999, between MITCHELL
HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST ("Fund"), an open-end management investment company
organized as a Massachusetts business trust, and KEYPORT BENEFIT LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY ("Company"), a life insurance company organized under the laws of the
state of New York, on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset
account of the Company set forth in Schedule A as attached hereto, as such
Schedule A may be amended from time to time ("Accounts").

      WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund is organized as a series fund and has established a
number of distinct series of shares of beneficial interest ("Series"), which
correspond to distinct portfolios of investments; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund acts as an investment vehicle for separate accounts
established for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts
to be offered by insurance companies that have entered into participation
agreements with the Fund ("Participating Insurance Companies"); and

      WHEREAS, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. ("Mitchell Hutchins") is
registered as an investment adviser under the Advisors Act of 1940, as amended,
a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934
Act"), and is a member in good standing of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and serves as investment advisor and
administrator to all Series of the Fund; and

      WHEREAS, the Series of the Fund offered by the Fund to the Company and the
Accounts are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto, as such Schedule B may be
amended from time to time; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund intends to apply for an order ("Exemptive Order") from
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") granting Participating Insurance
Companies and their separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections
9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund


<PAGE>

to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance
separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies
and certain qualified pension and retirement plans ("Qualified Plans"); and

      WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase Class I shares ("Shares") of one or
more of the Series on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts, and the Fund
intends to sell such Shares to the relevant Accounts at such Shares' net asset
value;

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

      1.  Sale of Shares. The Fund agrees to make Shares available for purchase
by the Accounts or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Accounts at
the Shares' net asset value as computed in accordance with the Fund's
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act")
and the 1940 Act, including the Fund's current prospectus and statement of
additional information, as amended or supplemented from time to time ("Fund
Registration Statement"). Purchases of Shares will be made in accordance with
the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the operational procedures
mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time. The
Fund may refuse to sell Shares of any Series to any person or may suspend or
terminate the offering of Shares of any Series if such action is required by law
or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion
of the trustees of the Fund, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of any Series.

      2.  Redemption of Shares. The Fund will redeem Shares when requested by an
Account or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Account at the Shares'
net asset value (as computed in accordance with the Fund Registration Statement)
in accordance with the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the
operational procedures mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company
from time to time.

      3.  Acceptance of Orders. The Fund shall accept purchase and redemption
orders resulting from investments in and payments under the Contracts on each
Business Day, provided that such orders are received by Mitchell Hutchins or the
Fund prior to 9:00 a.m., Eastern time, on such Business Day and reflect
instructions received by the Company from Contract holders in good order prior
to the time the net asset value of the Series is calculated in accordance with
the Fund Registration Statement on the prior Business Day. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall use its best efforts to provide Mitchell Hutchins
or the Fund with such orders by 7:30 a.m. on the Business Day following the
Business Day on which instructions are so received by the Company. Orders
reflecting instructions received by the Company in good order after the time the
net asset value of the Series is calculated will not be deemed received until
the next succeeding Business Day. The Company acts as the agent of the Fund and
Mitchell Hutchins for the limited purpose of accepting purchase and redemption
instructions from Contract holders. Mitchell Hutchins and the Fund may reject
purchase and redemption orders that are not in proper form as mutually agreed to
by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time.


                                       2
<PAGE>

      4.  Payment for Purchases and  Redemptions.  Purchase orders shall be paid
for in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the Business Day that the
Fund receives  notice of the order.  The Fund shall use its best efforts to send
redemption  proceeds in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the next
Business Day after the Fund received notice of the order,  unless doing so would
cause the Fund to dispose of portfolio  securities or otherwise incur additional
costs.  In any event,  the Fund will wire proceeds of  redemption  orders to the
Company within the period  required  under the 1940 Act or the rules,  orders or
regulations thereunder.

      5.  Limitation on Sales of Shares. The Fund agrees that its Shares will be
sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts
and/or to Qualified Plans, all in accordance with Section 817(h) of the Internal
Revenue Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. No shares of any Series will
be sold directly to the general public. The Company agrees that Shares will be
used only for the purposes of funding the Contracts and Accounts listed in
Schedule A, as amended from time to time.

      6.  Book Entry. Issuance and transfer of Shares will be by book entry
only. Share  certificates  will not be issued to the  Company or any  Account.
Shares ordered  from  the Fund  will be  recorded  in the  appropriate  title
for each Account.

      7.  Notice of Dividends and Distributions. The Fund will furnish prompt
notice to the Company of any income, dividends or capital gain distribution
payable on Shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income
dividends and capital gain distributions payable on Shares in additional Shares
of the same Series. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of Shares so
issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

      8.  Company Reports, The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its
designee on a daily basis with the amount of shares of each Portfolio purchased
and sold by each owner of the Contracts (and information identifying each
Contract owner's PaineWebber Investment Executive) and such other information
concerning transactions in shares of the Fund by the Contract owners as the Fund
shall reasonably request.

      9.  Uniform Application of Pass-Through Voting and Conflicts of Interest.
The Fund agrees that all Participating Insurance Companies shall have the same
obligations and responsibilities regarding pass-through voting and conflicts of
interest as the Company has under this Agreement.

      10. Pass-Through Voting. With respect to Contracts and Accounts that are
subject to the 1940 Act, so long as and to the extent that the SEC interprets
the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges to Contract owners
(including, for purposes of this section, policy owners whose cash values are
invested in Shares through the Accounts), the Company will provide pass-through
voting privileges to Contract owners. The Fund shall require all Participating
Insurance Companies to calculate voting privileges in the same manner and the
Company will be responsible for assuring that the Accounts calculate voting
privileges in the manner established by the Fund. With respect to each Account,
the Company will vote Shares held by the Account and for which no timely voting
instructions are received from the Contract owners, as well as Shares held by
the Account that are owned by the Company for its general account, in the same


                                       3
<PAGE>

proportion as the Company votes Shares  held by the Account for which  timely
voting instructions are received from Contract  owners.  The Company and its
agents will in no way recommend or oppose or interfere with the solicitation of
proxies for Shares held by Contract owners without the prior written consent of
the Fund, which may be withheld in the Fund's sole discretion.

      11. Representations. (a) The Company represents and warrants that it is an
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under the laws of its
state of incorporation and that it has legally and validly established each
Contract and Account.

      (b) The Company represents and warrants that it has registered or, prior
to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register each Account as a unit
investment trust ("UIT") in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and
cause each Account to remain so registered to serve as a segregated asset
account for the Contracts unless an exemption from registration is available.

      (c) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts will be
registered under the 1933 Act unless and exemption from registration is
available prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts and that the Contracts
will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable
federal and state laws and further that the sale of the Contracts shall comply
in all material respects with state insurance law suitability requirements.

      (d) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are currently
and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance, endowment or
annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, that
it will maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund immediately
upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to
be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

      (e) The Fund represents and warrants that the Shares offered and sold
pursuant to this Agreement will be registered under the 1933 Act to the extent
required by that Act and sold in accordance with all applicable federal and
state laws, and that the Fund shall be registered under the 1940 Act to the
extent required by that Act, prior to and at the time of any issuance or sale of
such Shares. The Fund shall qualify its Shares for sale in accordance with the
laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the
Fund.

      (f) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series will comply with the
diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue
Service and applicable regulations thereunder and will notify the Company
immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing any Series has ceased
to comply or might not so comply and will immediately take all reasonable steps
to adequately diversify the Series to achieve compliance.

      (g) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series in which the
Accounts invest is currently qualified as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and will maintain such qualification.
The Fund will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
believing any Series has ceased to comply or might not so comply in the future.


                                       4
<PAGE>

      12. Indemnification. (a) The Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the
Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents and any person who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (referred
to in this Section 11(a) collectively as "Indemnified Parties"), free and
harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses
(including the cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or
liabilities, amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Fund and any
counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may
incur under the 1933 Act, or under common law or otherwise, (i) arising out of
or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Fund Registration Statement or arising out of or based upon any alleged omission
to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund Registration
Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except
insofar as such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements or representations made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
Company) or wrongful conduct of the Fund or persons under its control concerning
the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or
based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated
in the registration statement for the Contracts (including any amendment or
supplement to the prospectus or statement of additional information) ("Contract
Registration Statement") or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Fund to the Company for use in the Contract
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Fund in this Agreement or
any other material breach of this Agreement by the Fund. In no event shall
anything contained herein be so construed as to protect the Company against any
liability to the Fund or to the shareholders of any Series to which the Company
would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless
disregard of its obligations under this Agreement.

      (b) The Fund shall not be liable to the Company under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Company or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Company or other such person shall have notified
the Fund in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Fund of any claim shall not relieve the Fund from any
liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of
this indemnity agreement. The Fund shall be entitled to participate at its own
expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit
brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity agreement. If the Fund
elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by the Fund and satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties in the


                                       5
<PAGE>

suit whose approval shall not be  unreasonably withheld.  In the event that the
Fund elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel
retained by them. If the Fund does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it
will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the reasonable fees and expenses of
any counsel retained by them.

      (c) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Fund, its
officers, trustees, employees and agents and any person who controls the Fund
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (in this Section 11(b),
referred to collectively as "Indemnified Parties") , free and harmless from and
against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the
cost of investigating or defending against such claims, demands or liabilities,
amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Company and any counsel fees
incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may incur under
the 1933 Act or under common law or otherwise (i) arising out of or based upon
any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Contract
Registration Statement or in the Contracts themselves or in any sales literature
generated or approved by the Company on behalf of the Contracts or Accounts or
arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact in
connection with such information required to be stated in the Contract
Registration Statement, Contracts or such sales literature necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such claims, demands,
liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund to
the Company for use in the Contract Registration Statement, the Contracts or
such sales literature or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund) or wrongful
conduct of the Company or persons under its control concerning the sale or
distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or based upon any
alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund
Registration Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Company in this Agreement
or any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

      (d) The Company shall not be liable to the Fund under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Fund or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Fund or other such person shall have notified the
Company in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Company of any claim shall not relieve the Company from
any liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on
account of this indemnity agreement. The Company shall be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume
the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity
agreement. If the Company elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Company and satisfactory to


                                       6
<PAGE>

the Indemnified  Parties in the suit whose approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.  In the event that the Company elects to assume the defense of a suit
and retain counsel, the Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by them. If the Company does not elect to assume
the defense of any suit, it will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the
reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

      (e) These indemnification provisions shall survive termination of this
Agreement.

      13. Limitation of Liability of the Trustees and Shareholders of the Fund.
The trustees of the Fund and the shareholders of its Series shall not be liable
for any obligations of the Fund or any Series under this Contract, and the
Company agrees that, in asserting any rights or claims under this Contract, it
shall look only to the assets and property of the Fund or the particular Series
in settlement of such right or claims, and not to such trustees or shareholders.

      14. Potential Conflicts. (a) The trustees of the Fund will monitor the
operations of the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
among the interests of all Contract owners of all separate accounts investing in
each Series of the Fund. An irreconcilable conflict may arise, among other
things, from (a) an action by any sate insurance regulatory authority; (b) a
change in applicable insurance laws or regulations; (c) a tax ruling or
provision of the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations thereunder; (d) any
other development relating to the tax treatment of insurers, contract holders or
policy owners or beneficiaries of variable annuity or variable life insurance
products; (e) the manner in which the investments of any Series are managed; (f)
a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract owners,
on the one hand, and variable life insurance policy owners on the other hand, or
by the contract holders or policy owners of different Participating Insurance
Companies; or ; (g) a decision by an insurer to override the voting instructions
of participating contract owners.

      (b) The Company is responsible for reporting any potential or existing
conflicts to the trustees of the Fund. The Company will be responsible for
assisting the trustees in carrying out their responsibilities under this Section
14(b) and Section 14(a), by providing the trustees with all information
reasonably necessary for them to consider the issues raised. The Fund will also
request its investment adviser to report to the trustees any such conflict which
comes to the attention of the adviser.

      (c) If a majority of the trustees of the Fund or a majority of its
disinterested trustees determine that a material irreconcilable conflict exists
involving the Company, the Company shall, at its expense and to the extent
reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested
trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to eliminate the irreconcilable
material conflict, including withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of
the separate accounts from the Fund or any Series and reinvesting such assets in
a different investment medium, including another Series of the Fund, offering to
the affected Contract owners the option of making such a change or establishing
a new funding medium, including a registered investment company.

      For purposes of this Section 14(c), the trustees or the disinterested
trustees shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event of a determination of the


                                       7
<PAGE>

existence of an irreconcilable material conflict, the trustees shall cause the
Fund to take such action, such as the establishment of one or more additional
Series, as they in their sole discretion determine to be in the interest of all
shareholders and Contract owners in view of all applicable factors, such as the
cost, feasibility, tax, regulatory and other considerations.  In no event will
the Fund be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new funding medium for
any Contract.

      The Company shall not be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new
funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so has been declined by a vote
of a majority of the Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
material irreconcilable conflict. The Company will recommend to its Contract
owners that they decline an offer to establish a new funding medium only if the
Company believes it is in the best interests of the Contract owners.

      15. Duration and Termination. This Agreement shall become effective as of
the date hereof and shall continue in force until terminated as set forth below:

      (a) At the option of either party, upon 180 days' notice, unless a shorter
time is agreed to by the parties;

      (b) At the option of either party, upon the institution of formal
proceedings against the other party by the SEC, the NASD or any other regulatory
body, the expected or anticipated outcome of which would, in the judgment of the
terminating party, materially impair the other party's ability to meet and
perform its obligations under this Agreement. Prompt notice of an election to
terminate under this provision shall be furnished by the terminating party and
shall be effective upon receipt.

      (c) In the event the Fund's Shares are not registered, issued or sold in
accordance with applicable federal or state law or such law precludes the use of
Shares as the underlying investment medium of the Contracts, the Company may
terminate this Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Fund.

      (d) In the event the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts or
life insurance contracts, as applicable under the Code or if the Fund reasonably
believes that the Contracts may fail to so qualify, the Fund may terminate this
Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Company.

      (e) At the option of the Fund, upon the Company's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Fund within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered to
the Company.

      (f) At the option of the Company, upon the Fund's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Company within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered
to the Fund.

      (g) At the option of the Fund, if the Contracts are not registered, issued
or sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law. Termination
shall be effective immediately without notice.


                                       8
<PAGE>

      (h) If this Agreement is assigned without the prior written consent of the
other party, termination shall be effective immediately without notice.

      16. Amendment of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

      17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act, except that Section 13 shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware or the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts conflict with the applicable provisions of the
l940 Act, the latter shall control.

      18. Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party
to the other shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt in writing at the other
party's principal offices.

      19. Miscellaneous. The captions in this Agreement are included for
convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the
provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any
provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision,
statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be
affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors. As used in this
Agreement, the terms "assignment" shall have the same meaning as such terms have
in the l940 Act.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their officers designated as of the day and year first above
written.


   ATTEST:                           MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST



   /s/ Stephanie H. Johnson          By:  /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
          Stephanie H. Johnson          Name:  Dianne E. O'Donnell
          Assistant Secretary           Title: Secretary and Vice President



   ATTEST:                           KEYPORT BENEFIT INSURANCE COMPANY



   /s/ James J. Klopper              By:  /s/ Mark R. Tully
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
          James J. Klopper              Name:  Mark R. Tully
          Vice President                Title: Senior Vice President,
            & Secretary                        Chief Sales Officer


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A


Accounts of Company Participating in Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust:

Name of Separate Account                          Date Established



Variable Account A                                February 6, 1998


                                       10
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B

      Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust offered to Accounts of Company:

      Balanced Portfolio
      Global Growth Portfolio
      Growth Portfolio
      Growth and Income Portfolio
      Strategic Income Portfolio
      Tactical Allocation Portfolio


                                       11



                                                                EXHIBIT NO. 8(j)


                          FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT


      THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 31st day of May 1999, between MITCHELL
HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST ("Fund"), an open-end management investment company
organized as a Massachusetts business trust, and KEYPORT LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
("Company"), a life insurance company organized under the laws of the state of
Rhode Island, on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset account
of the Company set forth in Schedule A as attached hereto, as such Schedule A
may be amended from time to time ("Accounts").

      WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund is organized as a series fund and has established a
number of distinct series of shares of beneficial interest ("Series"), which
correspond to distinct portfolios of investments; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund acts as an investment vehicle for separate accounts
established for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts
to be offered by insurance companies that have entered into participation
agreements with the Fund ("Participating Insurance Companies"); and

      WHEREAS, Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. ("Mitchell Hutchins") is
registered as an investment adviser under the Advisors Act of 1940, as amended,
a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934
Act"), and is a member in good standing of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and serves as investment advisor and
administrator to all Series of the Fund; and

      WHEREAS, the Series of the Fund offered by the Fund to the Company and the
Accounts are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto, as such Schedule B may be
amended from time to time; and

      WHEREAS, the Fund intends to apply for an order ("Exemptive Order") from
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") granting Participating Insurance
Companies and their separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections
9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund


<PAGE>

to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate
accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies and
certain qualified pension and retirement plans ("Qualified Plans"); and

      WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase Class I shares ("Shares") of one or
more of the Series on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts, and the Fund
intends to sell such Shares to the relevant Accounts at such Shares' net asset
value;

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

      1.  SALE OF SHARES. The Fund agrees to make Shares available for purchase
by the Accounts or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Accounts at
the Shares' net asset value as computed in accordance with the Fund's
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act")
and the 1940 Act, including the Fund's current prospectus and statement of
additional information, as amended or supplemented from time to time ("Fund
Registration Statement"). Purchases of Shares will be made in accordance with
the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the operational procedures
mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time. The
Fund may refuse to sell Shares of any Series to any person or may suspend or
terminate the offering of Shares of any Series if such action is required by law
or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion
of the trustees of the Fund, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of any Series.

      2.  REDEMPTION OF SHARES. The Fund will redeem Shares when requested by an
Account or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Account at the Shares'
net asset value (as computed in accordance with the Fund Registration Statement)
in accordance with the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the
operational procedures mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company
from time to time.

      3.  ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS. The Fund shall accept purchase and redemption
orders resulting from investments in and payments under the Contracts on each
Business Day, provided that such orders are received by Mitchell Hutchins or the
Fund prior to 9:00 a.m., Eastern time, on such Business Day and reflect
instructions received by the Company from Contract holders in good order prior
to the time the net asset value of the Series is calculated in accordance with
the Fund Registration Statement on the prior Business Day. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall use its best efforts to provide Mitchell Hutchins
or the Fund with such orders by 7:30 a.m. on the Business Day following the
Business Day on which instructions are so received by the Company. Orders
reflecting instructions received by the Company in good order after the time the
net asset value of the Series is calculated will not be deemed received until
the next succeeding Business Day. The Company acts as the agent of the Fund and
Mitchell Hutchins for the limited purpose of accepting purchase and redemption
instructions from Contract holders. Mitchell Hutchins and the Fund may reject
purchase and redemption orders that are not in proper form as mutually agreed to
by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time.


                                       2
<PAGE>

      4. PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS. Purchase orders shall be paid
for in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the Business Day that the
Fund receives notice of the order. The Fund shall use its best efforts to send
redemption proceeds in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the next
Business Day after the Fund received notice of the order, unless doing so would
cause the Fund to dispose of portfolio securities or otherwise incur additional
costs. In any event, the Fund will wire proceeds of redemption orders to the
Company within the period required under the 1940 Act or the rules, orders or
regulations thereunder.

      5. LIMITATION ON SALES OF SHARES. The Fund agrees that its Shares will be
sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts
and/or to Qualified Plans, all in accordance with Section 817(h) of the Internal
Revenue Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. No shares of any Series will
be sold directly to the general public. The Company agrees that Shares will be
used only for the purposes of funding the Contracts and Accounts listed in
Schedule A, as amended from time to time.

      6.  BOOK ENTRY. Issuance and transfer of Shares will be by book entry
only. Share certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account.
Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in the appropriate title for each
Account.

      7.  NOTICE OF DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. The Fund will furnish prompt
notice to the Company of any income, dividends or capital gain distribution
payable on Shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income
dividends and capital gain distributions payable on Shares in additional Shares
of the same Series. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of Shares so
issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

      8.  COMPANY REPORTS, The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its
designee on a daily basis with the amount of shares of each Portfolio purchased
and sold by each owner of the Contracts (and information identifying each
Contract owner's PaineWebber Investment Executive) and such other information
concerning transactions in shares of the Fund by the Contract owners as the Fund
shall reasonably request.

      9.  UNIFORM APPLICATION OF PASS-THROUGH VOTING AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.
The Fund agrees that all Participating Insurance Companies shall have the same
obligations and responsibilities regarding pass-through voting and conflicts of
interest as the Company has under this Agreement.

      10. PASS-THROUGH VOTING. With respect to Contracts and Accounts that are
subject to the 1940 Act, so long as and to the extent that the SEC interprets
the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges to Contract owners
(including, for purposes of this section, policy owners whose cash values are
invested in Shares through the Accounts), the Company will provide pass-through
voting privileges to Contract owners. The Fund shall require all Participating
Insurance Companies to calculate voting privileges in the same manner and the
Company will be responsible for assuring that the Accounts calculate voting
privileges in the manner established by the Fund. With respect to each Account,
the Company will vote Shares held by the Account and for which no timely voting
instructions are received from the Contract owners, as well as Shares held by
the Account that are owned by the Company for its general account, in the same


                                        3
<PAGE>

proportion as the Company votes Shares held by the Account for which timely
voting instructions are received from Contract owners. The Company and its
agents will in no way recommend or oppose or interfere with the solicitation of
proxies for Shares held by Contract owners without the prior written consent of
the Fund, which may be withheld in the Fund's sole discretion.

      11. REPRESENTATIONS. (a) The Company represents and warrants that it is an
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under the laws of its
state of incorporation and that it has legally and validly established each
Contract and Account.

      (b) The Company represents and warrants that it has registered or, prior
to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will register each Account as a unit
investment trust ("UIT") in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and
cause each Account to remain so registered to serve as a segregated asset
account for the Contracts unless an exemption from registration is available.

      (c) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts will be
registered under the 1933 Act unless and exemption from registration is
available prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts and that the Contracts
will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable
federal and state laws and further that the sale of the Contracts shall comply
in all material respects with state insurance law suitability requirements.

      (d) The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are currently
and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance, endowment or
annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, that
it will maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund immediately
upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to
be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

      (e) The Fund represents and warrants that the Shares offered and sold
pursuant to this Agreement will be registered under the 1933 Act to the extent
required by that Act and sold in accordance with all applicable federal and
state laws, and that the Fund shall be registered under the 1940 Act to the
extent required by that Act, prior to and at the time of any issuance or sale of
such Shares. The Fund shall qualify its Shares for sale in accordance with the
laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the
Fund.

      (f) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series will comply with the
diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue
Service and applicable regulations thereunder and will notify the Company
immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing any Series has ceased
to comply or might not so comply and will immediately take all reasonable steps
to adequately diversify the Series to achieve compliance.

      (g) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series in which the
Accounts invest is currently qualified as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and will maintain such qualification.
The Fund will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
believing any Series has ceased to comply or might not so comply in the future.


                                       4
<PAGE>

      12. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the
Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents and any person who
controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (referred
to in this Section 11(a) collectively as "Indemnified Parties"), free and
harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses
(including the cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or
liabilities, amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Fund and any
counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may
incur under the 1933 Act, or under common law or otherwise, (i) arising out of
or based upon any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Fund Registration Statement or arising out of or based upon any alleged omission
to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund Registration
Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except
insofar as such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements or representations made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
Company) or wrongful conduct of the Fund or persons under its control concerning
the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or
based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated
in the registration statement for the Contracts (including any amendment or
supplement to the prospectus or statement of additional information) ("Contract
Registration Statement") or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Fund to the Company for use in the Contract
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Fund in this Agreement or
any other material breach of this Agreement by the Fund. In no event shall
anything contained herein be so construed as to protect the Company against any
liability to the Fund or to the shareholders of any Series to which the Company
would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless
disregard of its obligations under this Agreement.

      (b) The Fund shall not be liable to the Company under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Company or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Company or other such person shall have notified
the Fund in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Fund of any claim shall not relieve the Fund from any
liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of
this indemnity agreement. The Fund shall be entitled to participate at its own
expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit
brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity agreement. If the Fund
elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by the Fund and satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties in the
suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the


                                       5
<PAGE>

Fund elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel
retained by them. If the Fund does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it
will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the reasonable fees and expenses of
any counsel retained by them.

      (c) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Fund, its
officers, trustees, employees and agents and any person who controls the Fund
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (in this Section 11(b),
referred to collectively as "Indemnified Parties") , free and harmless from and
against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the
cost of investigating or defending against such claims, demands or liabilities,
amounts paid in settlement with the consent of the Company and any counsel fees
incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may incur under
the 1933 Act or under common law or otherwise (i) arising out of or based upon
any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Contract
Registration Statement or in the Contracts themselves or in any sales literature
generated or approved by the Company on behalf of the Contracts or Accounts or
arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a material fact in
connection with such information required to be stated in the Contract
Registration Statement, Contracts or such sales literature necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such claims, demands,
liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund to
the Company for use in the Contract Registration Statement, the Contracts or
such sales literature or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of
Contracts or Shares; (ii) arising out of or based upon statements or
representations (other than statements made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund) or wrongful
conduct of the Company or persons under its control concerning the sale or
distribution of the Contracts or Shares; (iii) arising out of or based upon any
alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Fund
Registration Statement or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of the Company to the Fund for use in the Fund
Registration Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the representations and/or warranties made by the Company in this Agreement
or any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

      (d) The Company shall not be liable to the Fund under this indemnity
agreement with respect to any claim made against the Fund or any other
Indemnified Party unless the Fund or other such person shall have notified the
Company in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or
other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been served upon the Indemnified Party (or after the Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent). However,
failure to notify the Company of any claim shall not relieve the Company from
any liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on
account of this indemnity agreement. The Company shall be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume
the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity
agreement. If the Company elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Company and satisfactory to


                                       6
<PAGE>

the Indemnified Parties in the suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld. In the event that the Company elects to assume the defense of a suit
and retain counsel, the Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by them. If the Company does not elect to assume
the defense of any suit, it will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the
reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

      (e) These indemnification provisions shall survive termination of this
Agreement.

      13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS OF THE FUND.
The trustees of the Fund and the shareholders of its Series shall not be liable
for any obligations of the Fund or any Series under this Contract, and the
Company agrees that, in asserting any rights or claims under this Contract, it
shall look only to the assets and property of the Fund or the particular Series
in settlement of such right or claims, and not to such trustees or shareholders.

      14. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS. (a) The trustees of the Fund will monitor the
operations of the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
among the interests of all Contract owners of all separate accounts investing in
each Series of the Fund. An irreconcilable conflict may arise, among other
things, from (a) an action by any sate insurance regulatory authority; (b) a
change in applicable insurance laws or regulations; (c) a tax ruling or
provision of the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations thereunder; (d) any
other development relating to the tax treatment of insurers, contract holders or
policy owners or beneficiaries of variable annuity or variable life insurance
products; (e) the manner in which the investments of any Series are managed; (f)
a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract owners,
on the one hand, and variable life insurance policy owners on the other hand, or
by the contract holders or policy owners of different Participating Insurance
Companies; or ; (g) a decision by an insurer to override the voting instructions
of participating contract owners.

      (b) The Company is responsible for reporting any potential or existing
conflicts to the trustees of the Fund. The Company will be responsible for
assisting the trustees in carrying out their responsibilities under this Section
14(b) and Section 14(a), by providing the trustees with all information
reasonably necessary for them to consider the issues raised. The Fund will also
request its investment adviser to report to the trustees any such conflict which
comes to the attention of the adviser.

      (c) If a majority of the trustees of the Fund or a majority of its
disinterested trustees determine that a material irreconcilable conflict exists
involving the Company, the Company shall, at its expense and to the extent
reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested
trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to eliminate the irreconcilable
material conflict, including withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of
the separate accounts from the Fund or any Series and reinvesting such assets in
a different investment medium, including another Series of the Fund, offering to
the affected Contract owners the option of making such a change or establishing
a new funding medium, including a registered investment company.

      For purposes of this Section 14(c), the trustees or the disinterested
trustees shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event of a determination of the


                                       7
<PAGE>

existence of an irreconcilable material conflict, the trustees shall cause the
Fund to take such action, such as the establishment of one or more additional
Series, as they in their sole discretion determine to be in the interest of all
shareholders and Contract owners in view of all applicable factors, such as the
cost, feasibility, tax, regulatory and other considerations. In no event will
the Fund be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new funding medium for
any Contract.

      The Company shall not be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new
funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so has been declined by a vote
of a majority of the Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
material irreconcilable conflict. The Company will recommend to its Contract
owners that they decline an offer to establish a new funding medium only if the
Company believes it is in the best interests of the Contract owners.

      15. DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of
the date hereof and shall continue in force until terminated as set forth below:

      (a) At the option of either party, upon 180 days' notice, unless a shorter
time is agreed to by the parties;

      (b) At the option of either party, upon the institution of formal
proceedings against the other party by the SEC, the NASD or any other regulatory
body, the expected or anticipated outcome of which would, in the judgment of the
terminating party, materially impair the other party's ability to meet and
perform its obligations under this Agreement. Prompt notice of an election to
terminate under this provision shall be furnished by the terminating party and
shall be effective upon receipt.

      (c) In the event the Fund's Shares are not registered, issued or sold in
accordance with applicable federal or state law or such law precludes the use of
Shares as the underlying investment medium of the Contracts, the Company may
terminate this Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Fund.

      (d) In the event the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts or
life insurance contracts, as applicable under the Code or if the Fund reasonably
believes that the Contracts may fail to so qualify, the Fund may terminate this
Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Company.

      (e) At the option of the Fund, upon the Company's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Fund within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered to
the Company.

      (f) At the option of the Company, upon the Fund's breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Company within 10 days after written notice of such breach is delivered
to the Fund.

      (g) At the option of the Fund, if the Contracts are not registered, issued
or sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law. Termination
shall be effective immediately without notice.


                                       8
<PAGE>

      (h) If this Agreement is assigned without the prior written consent of the
other party, termination shall be effective immediately without notice.

      16. AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

      17. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act, except that Section 13 shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware or the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts conflict with the applicable provisions of the
l940 Act, the latter shall control.

      18. NOTICE. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party
to the other shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt in writing at the other
party's principal offices.

      19. MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for
convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the
provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any
provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision,
statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be
affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors. As used in this
Agreement, the terms "assignment" shall have the same meaning as such terms have
in the l940 Act.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their officers designated as of the day and year first above
written.


   ATTEST:                           MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST



   /s/ Stephanie H. Johnson          By:  /s/ Dianne E. O'Donnell
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
          Stephanie H. Johnson          Name:  Dianne E. O'Donnell
          Assistant Secretary           Title: Secretary and Vice President



   ATTEST:                           KEYPORT BENEFIT INSURANCE COMPANY



   /s/ James J. Klopper              By:  /s/ Mark R. Tully
  ------------------------------        ------------------------
          James J. Klopper              Name:  Mark R. Tully
          Vice President                Title: Senior Vice President
            & Secretary                        Chief Sales Officer


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

      Accounts of Company Participating in Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series
Trust:

Name of Separate Account                          Date Established


Variable Account A                                January 30, 1996


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

      Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust offered to Accounts of Company:

      Balanced Portfolio
      Global Growth Portfolio
      Growth Portfolio
      Growth and Income Portfolio
      Strategic Income Portfolio
      Tactical Allocation Portfolio


                                       11




                                                                    Exhibit 8(k)

                     FORM OF FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT



      THIS  AGREEMENT  is made as of the ____ day of  ________  , 1998,  between
MITCHELL  HUTCHINS  SERIES TRUST  ("Fund"),  an open-end  management  investment
company     organized    as    a    Massachusetts     business    trust,     and
____________________________________________("Company"),    a   life   insurance
company organized under the laws of the state of  _____________________________,
on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated  asset account of the Company
set forth in Schedule A as attached  hereto,  as such  Schedule A may be amended
from time to time ("Accounts").

      WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company; and

      WHEREAS,  the Fund is  organized  as a series fund and has  established  a
number of distinct  series of shares of beneficial  interest  ("Series"),  which
correspond to distinct portfolios of investments; and

      WHEREAS,  the Fund acts as an  investment  vehicle for  separate  accounts
established for variable life insurance  policies and variable annuity contracts
to be  offered by  insurance  companies  that have  entered  into  participation
agreements with the Fund ("Participating Insurance Companies"); and

      WHEREAS,  Mitchell Hutchins Asset Management Inc. ("Mitchell Hutchins") is
registered as an investment  adviser under the Advisors Act of 1940, as amended,
a  broker-dealer  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934
Act"),  and is a  member  in  good  standing  of  the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,   Inc.  ("NASD")  and  serves  as  investment  advisor  and
administrator to all Series of the Fund; and

      WHEREAS, the Series of the Fund offered by the Fund to the Company and the
Accounts are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto,  as such Schedule B may be
amended from time to time; and

            WHEREAS,  the Fund intends to apply for an order ("Exemptive Order")
from the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  granting  Participating
Insurance  Companies and their separate accounts  exemptions from the provisions


<PAGE>


of sections 9(a),  13(a),  15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and rules 6e-2(b)(15)
and  6e-3(T)(b)(15)  thereunder to the extent  necessary to permit shares of the
Fund to be sold to and held by variable  annuity  and  variable  life  insurance
separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated  life insurance  companies
and certain qualified pension and retirement plans ("Qualified Plans"); and

            WHEREAS,  to the extent  permitted by applicable  insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase Class H shares ("Shares") of one or
more of the Series on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts, and the Fund
intends to sell such Shares to the  relevant  Accounts at such Shares' net asset
value;

      NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
contained herein, it is agreed between the parties as follows:

      1. SALE OF SHARES.  The Fund agrees to make Shares  available for purchase
by the  Accounts or the Company or its  affiliates  on behalf of the Accounts at
the  Shares'  net  asset  value  as  computed  in  accordance  with  the  Fund's
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act")
and the 1940 Act,  including  the Fund's  current  prospectus  and  statement of
additional  information,  as amended or  supplemented  from time to time  ("Fund
Registration  Statement").  Purchases of Shares will be made in accordance  with
the provisions of the Fund Registration Statement and the operational procedures
mutually  agreed to by Mitchell  Hutchins and the Company from time to time. The
Fund may refuse to sell  Shares of any  Series to any  person or may  suspend or
terminate the offering of Shares of any Series if such action is required by law
or by regulatory  authorities having  jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion
of the trustees of the Fund, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders
of any Series.

      2. REDEMPTION OF SHARES.  The Fund will redeem Shares when requested by an
Account or the Company or its affiliates on behalf of the Account at the Shares'
net asset value (as computed in accordance with the Fund Registration Statement)
in accordance  with the  provisions of the Fund  Registration  Statement and the
operational  procedures  mutually agreed to by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company
from time to time.

      3.  ACCEPTANCE OF ORDERS.  The Fund shall accept  purchase and  redemption
orders  resulting  from  investments in and payments under the Contracts on each
Business Day, provided that such orders are received by Mitchell Hutchins or the
Fund  prior  to 9:00  a.m.,  Eastern  time,  on such  Business  Day and  reflect
instructions  received by the Company from Contract  holders in good order prior
to the time the net asset value of the Series is calculated  in accordance  with
the Fund Registration  Statement on the prior Business Day.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  the Company shall use its best efforts to provide Mitchell  Hutchins
or the Fund with such  orders by 7:30 a.m. on the  Business  Day  following  the
Business  Day on which  instructions  are so  received  by the  Company.  Orders
reflecting instructions received by the Company in good order after the time the
net asset value of the Series is calculated  will not be deemed  received  until
the next succeeding  Business Day. The Company acts as the agent of the Fund and
Mitchell  Hutchins for the limited purpose of accepting  purchase and redemption
instructions  from Contract  holders.  Mitchell Hutchins and the Fund may reject
purchase and redemption orders that are not in proper form as mutually agreed to
by Mitchell Hutchins and the Company from time to time.


                                       2
<PAGE>


      4. PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND  REDEMPTIONS.  Purchase  orders shall be paid
for in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the Business Day that the
Fund receives  notice of the order.  The Fund shall use its best efforts to send
redemption  proceeds in federal funds transmitted by wire no later than the next
Business Day after the Fund received notice of the order,  unless doing so would
cause the Fund to dispose of portfolio  securities or otherwise incur additional
costs.  In any event,  the Fund will wire proceeds of  redemption  orders to the
Company within the period  required  under the 1940 Act or the rules,  orders or
regulations thereunder.

      5. LIMITATION ON SALES OF SHARES.  The Fund agrees that its Shares will be
sold only to  Participating  Insurance  Companies  and their  separate  accounts
and/or to Qualified Plans, all in accordance with Section 817(h) of the Internal
Revenue Code and applicable Treasury  Regulations.  No shares of any Series will
be sold directly to the general  public.  The Company agrees that Shares will be
used only for the  purposes  of funding the  Contracts  and  Accounts  listed in
Schedule A, as amended from time to time.

      6. BOOK ENTRY. Issuance and transfer of Shares will be by book entry only.
Share  certificates  will not be issued to the  Company or any  Account.  Shares
ordered  from  the Fund  will be  recorded  in the  appropriate  title  for each
Account.

      7. NOTICE OF DIVIDENDS AND  DISTRIBUTIONS;  NET ASSET VALUE. The Fund will
furnish  prompt  notice to the Company of any income,  dividends or capital gain
distribution  payable on Shares.  The Company  hereby elects to receive all such
income dividends and capital gain distributions  payable on Shares in additional
Shares of the same  Series.  The Fund shall  notify the Company of the number of
Shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.  The Fund shall
make the net asset value per share of each Portfolio available to the Company on
a daily  basis as soon as  reasonably  practical  after the net asset  value per
share is calculated.

      8. COMPANY REPORTS, The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee
on a daily basis with the amount of shares of each Portfolio  purchased and sold
by each  owner of the  Contracts  (and  information  identifying  each  Contract
owner's PaineWebber  Investment Executive) and such other information concerning
transactions  in shares  of the Fund by the  Contract  owners as the Fund  shall
reasonably request.

      9. UNIFORM  APPLICATION OF PASS-THROUGH  VOTING AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.
The Fund agrees that all Participating  Insurance  Companies shall have the same
obligations and responsibilities  regarding pass-through voting and conflicts of
interest as the Company has under this Agreement.

      10.  PASS-THROUGH  VOTING. With respect to Contracts and Accounts that are
subject to the 1940 Act,  so long as and to the extent  that the SEC  interprets
the 1940 Act to  require  pass-through  voting  privileges  to  Contract  owners
(including,  for purposes of this  section,  policy owners whose cash values are
invested in Shares through the Accounts),  the Company will provide pass-through
voting  privileges to Contract owners.  The Fund shall require all Participating
Insurance  Companies to calculate  voting  privileges in the same manner and the
Company will be  responsible  for assuring  that the Accounts  calculate  voting


                                       3
<PAGE>


privileges in the manner  established by the Fund. With respect to each Account,
the Company will vote Shares held by the Account and for which no timely  voting
instructions  are received from the Contract  owners,  as well as Shares held by
the Account that are owned by the Company for its general  account,  in the same
proportion  as the Company  votes  Shares  held by the Account for which  timely
voting  instructions  are received  from  Contract  owners.  The Company and its
agents will in no way recommend or oppose or interfere with the  solicitation of
proxies for Shares held by Contract  owners without the prior written consent of
the Fund, which may be withheld in the Fund's sole discretion.

      11. REPRESENTATIONS. (a) The Company represents and warrants that it is an
insurance  company duly  organized  and in good  standing  under the laws of its
state of  incorporation  and that it has legally and  validly  established  each
Contract and Account.

      (b) The Company  represents  and warrants that it has registered or, prior
to any issuance or sale of the  Contracts,  will register each Account as a unit
investment  trust ("UIT") in accordance  with the provisions of the 1940 Act and
cause  each  Account  to remain so  registered  to serve as a  segregated  asset
account for the Contracts unless an exemption from registration is available.

      (c) The  Company  represents  and  warrants  that  the  Contracts  will be
registered  under  the  1933 Act  unless  and  exemption  from  registration  is
available  prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts and that the Contracts
will be issued and sold in compliance in all material  respects with  applicable
federal and state laws and further that the sale of the  Contracts  shall comply
in all material respects with state insurance law suitability requirements.

      (d) The Company  represents  and warrants that the Contracts are currently
and at the time of  issuance  will be treated as life  insurance,  endowment  or
annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, that
it will  maintain such  treatment  and that it will notify the Fund  immediately
upon having a reasonable  basis for believing  that the Contracts have ceased to
be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

      (e) The Fund  represents  and  warrants  that the Shares  offered and sold
pursuant to this Agreement  will be registered  under the 1933 Act to the extent
required  by that Act and sold in  accordance  with all  applicable  federal and
state  laws,  and that the Fund  shall be  registered  under the 1940 Act to the
extent required by that Act, prior to and at the time of any issuance or sale of
such Shares.  The Fund shall qualify its Shares for sale in accordance  with the
laws of the various  states only if and to the extent  deemed  advisable  by the
Fund.

      (f) The Fund represents and warrants that each Series will comply with the
diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue
Service  and  applicable  regulations  thereunder  and will  notify the  Company
immediately  upon having a reasonable  basis for believing any Series has ceased
to comply or might not so comply and will  immediately take all reasonable steps
to adequately diversify the Series to achieve compliance.

      (g) The Fund  represents  and  warrants  that  each  Series  in which  the
Accounts invest is currently qualified as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code and will maintain such  qualification.


                                       4
<PAGE>


The Fund will notify the Company  immediately upon having a reasonable basis for
believing any Series has ceased to comply or might not so comply in the future.

      12. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the
Company,  its  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  and any person who
controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (referred
to in this  Section  11(a)  collectively  as  "Indemnified  Parties"),  free and
harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,  liabilities and expenses
(including  the cost of  investigating  or  defending  such  claims,  demands or
liabilities,  amounts  paid in  settlement  with the consent of the Fund and any
counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may
incur under the 1933 Act, or under common law or  otherwise,  (i) arising out of
or based upon any alleged  untrue  statement of a material fact contained in the
Fund Registration Statement or arising out of or based upon any alleged omission
to  state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  in the  Fund  Registration
Statement or necessary to make the  statements  therein not  misleading,  except
insofar as such claims,  demands,  liabilities  or expenses  arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue  statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with  information  furnished in
writing  by or on  behalf  of  the  Company  to the  Fund  for  use in the  Fund
Registration  Statement  or  otherwise  for use in  connection  with the sale of
Contracts  or  Shares;   (ii)  arising  out  of  or  based  upon  statements  or
representations  (other than statements or representations made in reliance upon
and in conformity with  information  furnished in writing by or on behalf of the
Company) or wrongful conduct of the Fund or persons under its control concerning
the sale or  distribution  of the  Contracts or Shares;  (iii) arising out of or
based upon any alleged  omission to state a material  fact required to be stated
in the  registration  statement  for the Contracts  (including  any amendment or
supplement to the prospectus or statement of additional  information) ("Contract
Registration  Statement")  or  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue  statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with  information  furnished in
writing  by or on  behalf  of the Fund to the  Company  for use in the  Contract
Registration  Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the  representations  and/or warranties made by the Fund in this Agreement or
any other  material  breach of this  Agreement  by the Fund.  In no event  shall
anything  contained herein be so construed as to protect the Company against any
liability to the Fund or to the  shareholders of any Series to which the Company
would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by  reason  of its  reckless
disregard of its obligations under this Agreement.

      (b) The Fund  shall not be  liable to the  Company  under  this  indemnity
agreement  with  respect  to any claim  made  against  the  Company or any other
Indemnified  Party unless the Company or other such person  shall have  notified
the Fund in writing of the claim within a  reasonable  time after the summons or
other first written  notification  giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been  served  upon the  Indemnified  Party (or after the  Indemnified
Party shall have received notice of service on any designated  agent).  However,
failure  to notify  the Fund of any claim  shall not  relieve  the Fund from any


                                       5
<PAGE>


liability which it may have to an Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of
this indemnity  agreement.  The Fund shall be entitled to participate at its own
expense in the  defense  or, if it so elects,  to assume the defense of any suit
brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity  agreement.  If the Fund
elects to assume the defense of any such claim,  the defense  shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by the Fund and satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties in the
suit whose approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  In the event that the
Fund  elects  to  assume  the  defense  of any  suit  and  retain  counsel,  the
Indemnified  Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional  counsel
retained by them. If the Fund does not elect to assume the defense of a suit, it
will reimburse the  Indemnified  Parties for the reasonable fees and expenses of
any counsel retained by them.

      (c) The  Company  agrees to  indemnify,  defend,  and hold the  Fund,  its
officers,  trustees,  employees  and agents and any person who controls the Fund
within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the 1933 Act (in  this  Section  11(b),
referred to collectively as "Indemnified  Parties") , free and harmless from and
against any and all claims,  demands,  liabilities  and expenses  (including the
cost of investigating or defending against such claims,  demands or liabilities,
amounts paid in settlement  with the consent of the Company and any counsel fees
incurred in connection  therewith) which the Indemnified Parties may incur under
the 1933 Act or under common law or  otherwise  (i) arising out of or based upon
any alleged  untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in the  Contract
Registration Statement or in the Contracts themselves or in any sales literature
generated  or approved by the Company on behalf of the  Contracts or Accounts or
arising  out of or based upon any alleged  omission to state a material  fact in
connection  with  such  information  required  to  be  stated  in  the  Contract
Registration Statement, Contracts or such sales literature necessary to make the
statements  therein not  misleading,  except  insofar as such  claims,  demands,
liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information  furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund to
the Company for use in the Contract  Registration  Statement,  the  Contracts or
such  sales  literature  or  otherwise  for use in  connection  with the sale of
Contracts  or  Shares;   (ii)  arising  out  of  or  based  upon  statements  or
representations  (other than  statements made in reliance upon and in conformity
with  information  furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Fund) or wrongful
conduct of the  Company  or persons  under its  control  concerning  the sale or
distribution of the Contracts or Shares;  (iii) arising out of or based upon any
alleged  omission  to state a material  fact  required  to be stated in the Fund
Registration   Statement  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not
misleading, if such claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are
based upon any such untrue  statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with  information  furnished in
writing  by or on  behalf  of  the  Company  to the  Fund  for  use in the  Fund
Registration  Statement; or (iv) arise out of or result from any material breach
of the  representations  and/or warranties made by the Company in this Agreement
or any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

      (d) The  Company  shall  not be liable to the Fund  under  this  indemnity
agreement  with  respect  to any  claim  made  against  the  Fund  or any  other
Indemnified  Party unless the Fund or other such person shall have  notified the
Company in writing of the claim  within a  reasonable  time after the summons or
other first written  notification  giving information of the nature of the claim
shall have been  served  upon the  Indemnified  Party (or after the  Indemnified


                                       6
<PAGE>


Party shall have received notice of service on any designated  agent).  However,
failure to notify the Company of any claim  shall not  relieve the Company  from
any  liability  which  it may have to an  Indemnified  Party  otherwise  than on
account  of  this  indemnity  agreement.   The  Company  shall  be  entitled  to
participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume
the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims  subject to this indemnity
agreement.  , If the Company elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the
defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Company and  satisfactory to
the  Indemnified  Parties in the suit whose approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.  In the event that the Company  elects to assume the defense of a suit
and retain counsel,  the Indemnified Parties shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by them. If the Company does not elect to assume
the  defense of any suit,  it will  reimburse  the  Indemnified  Parties for the
reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

      (e) These  indemnification  provisions  shall survive  termination of this
Agreement.

      13.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS OF THE FUND.
The trustees of the Fund and the  shareholders of its Series shall not be liable
for any  obligations  of the Fund or any  Series  under this  Contract,  and the
Company agrees that, in asserting any rights or claims under this  Contract,  it
shall look only to the assets and property of the Fund or the particular  Series
in settlement of such right or claims, and not to such trustees or shareholders.

      14.  POTENTIAL  CONFLICTS.  (a) The  trustees of the Fund will monitor the
operations of the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict
among the interests of all Contract owners of all separate accounts investing in
each  Series of the Fund.  An  irreconcilable  conflict  may arise,  among other
things,  from (a) an action by any sate insurance  regulatory  authority;  (b) a
change  in  applicable  insurance  laws  or  regulations;  (c) a tax  ruling  or
provision of the Internal  Revenue Code or the regulations  thereunder;  (d) any
other development relating to the tax treatment of insurers, contract holders or
policy owners or  beneficiaries  of variable  annuity or variable life insurance
products; (e) the manner in which the investments of any Series are managed; (f)
a difference in voting  instructions  given by variable annuity contract owners,
on the one hand, and variable life insurance policy owners on the other hand, or
by the contract  holders or policy owners of different  Participating  Insurance
Companies;  or (g) a decision by an insurer to override the voting  instructions
of participating contract owners.

      (b) The Company is  responsible  for  reporting  any potential or existing
conflicts  to the  trustees of the Fund.  The Company  will be  responsible  for
assisting the trustees in carrying out their responsibilities under this Section
14(b)  and  Section  14(a),  by  providing  the  trustees  with all  information
reasonably  necessary for them to consider the issues raised. The Fund will also
request its investment adviser to report to the trustees any such conflict which
comes to the attention of the adviser.

      (c) If a  majority  of the  trustees  of the  Fund  or a  majority  of its
disinterested trustees determine that a material  irreconcilable conflict exists
involving  the  Company,  the  Company  shall,  at its expense and to the extent
reasonably  practicable  (as  determined  by a  majority  of  the  disinterested
trustees),  take whatever  steps are  necessary to eliminate the  irreconcilable


                                       7
<PAGE>


material conflict,  including withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of
the separate accounts from the Fund or any Series and reinvesting such assets in
a different investment medium, including another Series of the Fund, offering to
the affected  Contract owners the option of making such a change or establishing
a new funding medium, including a registered investment company.

      For purposes of this  Section  14(c),  the  trustees or the  disinterested
trustees shall  determine  whether any proposed action  adequately  remedies any
irreconcilable  material  conflict.  In  the  event  of a  determination  of the
existence of an irreconcilable  material conflict,  the trustees shall cause the
Fund to take such action,  such as the  establishment  of one or more additional
Series, as they in their sole discretion  determine to be in the interest of all
shareholders and Contract owners in view of all applicable factors,  such as the
cost,  feasibility,  tax, regulatory and other considerations.  In no event will
the Fund be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new funding medium for
any Contract.
      The Company shall not be required by this Section 14(c) to establish a new
funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so has been declined by a vote
of a majority  of the  Contract  owners  materially  adversely  affected  by the
material  irreconcilable  conflict.  The Company will  recommend to its Contract
owners that they decline an offer to establish a new funding  medium only if the
Company believes it is in the best interests of the Contract owners.

      15. DURATION AND TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall become effective as of
the date hereof and shall continue in force until terminated as set forth below:

      (a) At the option of either party, upon 90 days' notice,  unless a shorter
time is agreed to by the parties;

      (b) At the  option  of  either  party,  upon  the  institution  of  formal
proceedings against the other party by the SEC, the NASD or any other regulatory
body, the expected or anticipated outcome of which would, in the judgment of the
terminating  party,  materially  impair  the other  party's  ability to meet and
perform its obligations  under this  Agreement.  Prompt notice of an election to
terminate under this provision  shall be furnished by the terminating  party and
shall be effective upon receipt.

      (c) In the event the Fund's Shares are not  registered,  issued or sold in
accordance with applicable federal or state law or such law precludes the use of
Shares as the underlying  investment  medium of the  Contracts,  the Company may
terminate this Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Fund.

      (d) In the event the  Contracts  cease to qualify as annuity  contracts or
life insurance contracts, as applicable under the Code or if the Fund reasonably
believes that the Contracts may fail to so qualify,  the Fund may terminate this
Agreement effective upon giving notice to the Company.

      (e) At the option of the Fund,  upon the Company's  breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Fund within 10 days after  written  notice of such breach is delivered to
the Company.


                                       8
<PAGE>


      (f) At the option of the Company,  upon the Fund's  breach of any material
provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction
of the Company  within 10 days after written  notice of such breach is delivered
to the Fund.

      (g) At the option of the Fund, if the Contracts are not registered, issued
or sold in accordance  with  applicable  federal  and/or state law.  Termination
shall be effective immediately without notice.

      (h) If this Agreement is assigned without the prior written consent of the
other party, termination shall be effective immediately without notice.

      16.  AMENDMENT OF THIS  AGREEMENT.  No provision of this  Agreement may be
changed,  waived,  discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing  signed by the party against which  enforcement  of the change,  waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

      17.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of Delaware and the 1940 Act, except that Section 13 shall
be construed in accordance with the laws of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts.
To the  extent  that  the  applicable  laws  of the  State  of  Delaware  or the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  conflict with the applicable  provisions of the
l940 Act, the latter shall control.

18. NOTICE.  Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the
other shall be deemed  sufficient  upon receipt in writing at the other  party's
principal offices.


                                       9
<PAGE>


      19.  MISCELLANEOUS.  The  captions  in this  Agreement  are  included  for
convenience  of  reference  only  and in no way  define  or  delimit  any of the
provisions  hereof or otherwise  affect  their  construction  or effect.  If any
provision of this Agreement  shall be held or made invalid by a court  decision,
statute,  rule or  otherwise,  the  remainder  of this  Agreement  shall  not be
affected  thereby.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective  successors.  As used in this
Agreement, the terms "assignment" shall have the same meaning as such terms have
in the l940 Act.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  officers  designated  as of the day and  year  first  above
written.



   ATTEST:                          MITCHELL HUTCHINS SERIES TRUST



   _____________________________    By: _____________________________


   ATTEST:



   _____________________________    By: _____________________________


                                       10
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A

      Accounts of Company Participating in Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series
Trust:

Name of Separate Account                          Date Established



                                       11
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE B

      Series of Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust offered to Accounts of Company:

      Strategic Income Portfolio
      Global Income Portfolio
      High Income Portfolio
      Balanced Portfolio
      Growth and Income Portfolio
      Tactical Allocation Portfolio
      Growth Portfolio
      Small Cap Portfolio









                                       12





                                                                   Exhibit No. 9


                           Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP
                         1800 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
                                    2nd Floor
                           Washington, D.C. 20036-1800
                             Telephone 202-778-9000
                                   www.kl.com

                                  April 4, 2000


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019-6114

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      You have requested our opinion, as counsel to Mitchell Hutchins Series
Trust ("Trust"), as to certain matters regarding the issuance of certain Shares
of the Trust. As used in this letter, the term "Shares" means the Class H and
Class I shares of beneficial interest of the fourteen series of the Trust listed
below that may be issued during the time that Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to
the Trust's Registration Statement on Form N-1A ("PEA") is effective and has not
been superseded by another post-effective amendment. The fourteen current series
of the Trust are Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, Global Equity
Portfolio, Global Income Portfolio, Growth and Income Portfolio, Growth
Portfolio, High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio, High Income Portfolio, Money
Market Portfolio, Small Cap Portfolio, Strategic Fixed Income Portfolio,
Strategic Income Portfolio, Tactical Allocation Portfolio and Strategy
Portfolio.

      As such counsel, we have examined certified or other copies, believed by
us to be genuine, of the Trust's Declaration of Trust and by-laws and such
resolutions and minutes of meetings of the Trust's Board of Trustees as we have
deemed relevant to our opinion, as set forth herein. Our opinion is limited to
the laws and facts in existence on the date hereof, and it is further limited to
the laws (other than the conflict of law rules) of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts that in our experience are normally applicable to the issuance of
shares by investment companies organized as business trusts in that State and to
the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act"), the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act") and the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") thereunder.

      Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the issuance of the
Shares has been duly authorized by the Trust and that, when sold in accordance
with the terms contemplated by the PEA, including receipt by the Trust of full
payment for the Shares and compliance with the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, the
Shares will have been validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

      We note, however, that the Trust is an entity of the type commonly known
as a "Massachusetts business trust." Under Massachusetts law, shareholders
could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the


<PAGE>


Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust
April 4, 2000
Page 2


obligations of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust states that creditors of,
contractors with and claimants against the Trust or any series shall look only
to the assets of the Trust for the appropriate series for payment. It also
requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each note, bond, contract,
certificate, undertaking or instrument made or issued by the officers or the
trustees of the Trust on behalf of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust further
provides: (1) for indemnification from the assets of the Trust or the
appropriate series for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally
liable for the obligations of the Trust or any series by virtue of ownership of
shares of the Trust or such series; and (2) for the Trust or appropriate series
to assume the defense of any claim against the shareholder for any act or
obligation of the Trust or series. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring
financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances
in which the Trust or series would be unable to meet its obligations.

      We hereby consent to this opinion accompanying the PEA when it is filed
with the SEC and to the reference to our firm in the statement of additional
information that is being filed as part of the PEA.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    /s/ Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP

                                    KIRKPATRICK & LOCKHART LLP



                                                                  Exhibit No. 10







                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We  consent  to  the  reference  to  our  firm  under  the  captions  "Financial
Highlights"  in the  Prospectus  and  "Auditors"  in the Statement of Additional
Information and to the use of our reports on the Money Market Portfolio,  Global
Equity Portfolio,  Growth & Income Portfolio, High Grade Fixed Income Portfolio,
Aggressive Growth Portfolio,  Balanced  Portfolio,  Growth Portfolio,  Strategic
Fixed Income  Portfolio,  Tactical  Allocation  Portfolio,  Small Cap Portfolio,
Strategic  Income  Portfolio,  High Income Portfolio and Global Income Portfolio
dated February 16, 2000, in this Registration Statement (Form N-1A No. 33-10438)
of Mitchell Hutchins Series Trust.


                                                  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
                                                  -----------------------
                                                  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
March 31, 2000

<PAGE>
                                                                 Exhibit No. 10







                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the  reference  to our firm under the  caption  "Auditors"  in the
Statement  of  Additional  Information  of  the  Strategy  Portfolio,   in  this
Registration  Statement  (Form N-1A No.  33-10438) of Mitchell  Hutchins  Series
Trust.


                                                  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
                                                  ------------------------
                                                  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York
March 31, 2000




                                                               EXHIBIT NO. 16(c)


              1.1.1 CODE OF ETHICS INVISTA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC


I.   Statement of Purpose and General Principles

     The purpose of this Code of Ethics ("Code") is to prevent conflicts of
     interest which may exist, or appear to exist, when persons associated with
     Invista Capital Management ("Invista") own or engage in transactions
     involving securities that are owned or are being purchased or sold or are
     being considered for purchase or sale for the accounts of clients of
     Invista. Central to this Code are the following fiduciary principles:

     A.   The duty at all times to place the interests of clients first.

     B.   The requirement that all personal securities transactions be
          conducted consistent with this Code, and in such a manner as to avoid
          any actual or potential conflict of interest or abuse of an
          individual's position of trust and responsibility.

     C.   The fundamental standard that persons associated with Invista should
          not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

II.  Definitions:

     A.   SECURITY: Shall have the meaning set forth in Section 202(a)(18) of
          the Investment Advisers Act, except it shall not include securities
          issued by the Government of the United States, bankers' acceptances,
          certificates of deposit, commercial paper, or shares of open-end
          management investment companies (i.e. mutual funds).

     B.   ACCESS PERSON: "Access person" means any (1) director or officer of
          Invista or (2) employee of Invista who in the regular course of his
          or her duties makes, participates in or obtains information regarding
          the purchase or sale of securities for the accounts of clients of
          Invista or whose functions relate to the making of any
          recommendations with respect to such purchases and sales.

          Access Persons consist of these sub-categories: (1) Portfolio Managers
          (individuals entrusted with the direct responsibility and authority to
          make investment decisions affecting the accounts of clients of
          Invista), (2) Investment Personnel (which include Portfolio Managers
          as well as portfolio strategists, analysts and traders), and (3) Other
          Access Persons (all persons who are not included in sub-categories 1
          or 2).

     C.   PURCHASE OR SALE: A security is being considered for purchase or sale
          when a Portfolio Manager views the purchase or sale of the security
          for a client account as probable. The phrase "purchase or sale of a
          security" includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell a
          security or the purchase of an option to purchase or sell a security.

     D.   BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP:  "Beneficial ownership" shall be interpreted
          in the same manner as in determining whether a person is subject to
          the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
          and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the
          determination of direct and indirect beneficial ownership shall
          apply to all securities which a person owns.  For example, the term
          "Beneficial Ownership" encompasses (i) in addition to securities in


<PAGE>

          a person's own account(s), securities owned by members of the
          person's immediate family sharing the same household, and (ii)
          securities a person might acquire or dispose of through the
          exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether
          presently exercisable or not.

     E.   RESTRICTED LISTS:  A record known as the "Restricted Equity
          Securities List" shall be maintained by the securities trading
          area.  The List shall include the names of all securities that are
          (1) currently being bought, or which Invista expects to buy, for
          client accounts, and (2) currently held in client accounts;
          provided however that any security an index account is currently
          buying or which such account currently holds shall not be included
          on the Restricted Equity Securities List.

          The reference date for determining when Invista "expects to buy" is
          the date on which a Portfolio Manager views the purchase of the
          security for a client account as probable. Names of securities shall
          be removed from the Restricted List 15 days after Invista has (1)
          ceased considering the security for purchase or (2) entirely
          liquidated its position in such security.

          A record known as the "Restricted Debt Securities List" shall be
          maintained by Invista's affiliate, Principal Capital Management, LLC.

III. Exempted Transactions.  This Code shall not apply to:

     A.   Sales made pursuant to a general public tender offer.

     B.   The acceptance of stock dividends of securities already owned; the
          reinvestment of cash dividends of securities already owned under a
          dividend reinvestment program or the participation in a monthly
          investment plan for the purchase of a security already owned (Note:
          The initial purchase or establishment of a dividend reinvestment
          program or automatic investment plan must be precleared).

     C.   Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer
          PRO RATA to all holders of a class of securities, to the extent such
          rights are acquired directly from the issuers thereof, and sales of
          such rights.

     D.   Exercising or selling options or rights to exchange or convert
          securities, but only when those instruments have been acquired or
          disposed of in accordance with the Code.

     E.   Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access
          Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

     F.   Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the
          Access Person or one of the client accounts.


<PAGE>

IV.  Restricted and Prohibited Transactions

     A.   No Investment Personnel may acquire, directly or indirectly,
          beneficial ownership in any security that is part of an initial
          public offering.

     B.   No Investment Personnel may acquire, directly or indirectly,
          beneficial ownership in any security in a private placement
          transaction without prior approval.

          Investment Personnel who have acquired securities in a private
          placement transaction must disclose that investment when they play a
          part in any consideration of an investment in the issuer of the
          privately placed security for a client account. In such circumstances
          a decision to purchase securities of the issuer for a client account
          must be subject to an independent review by Investment Personnel with
          no personal interest in the issuer.

     C.   No Access Person may purchase or sell a security in which he or she
          has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or
          indirect beneficial ownership while that security is listed on a
          Restricted List, except as provided elsewhere in this Code. See V.
          Preclearance.

          No Portfolio Manager may purchase or sell a security in which he or
          she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or
          indirect beneficial interest within 7 days before and after a client
          account that he or she manages trades in that security.

     D.   Investment Personnel may not profit directly or indirectly from the
          acquisition and disposition (or disposition and acquisition of
          beneficial ownership) of the same (or equivalent) securities within
          60 calendar days. Any profits realized on such short-term trades must
          be disgorged to a charitable organization determined by management of
          Invista.

          Investment Personnel may request exceptions to this prohibition prior
          to realizing the profit. Such exceptions will be considered on a
          case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the facts and
          circumstances of each situation.

V.   Preclearance

     A.   Portfolio Managers (Refer also to Section IV. C.)

          Portfolio Managers may request permission to trade any security on
          the Restricted Debt Securities List. Portfolio Managers may also
          request permission to trade securities on the Restricted Equity
          Securities List in an amount each calendar quarter that is the
          greater of 500 shares or 1% of the daily average trading volume
          during the 90 days prior to the date the Portfolio Manager makes the
          request; provided however Portfolio Managers may not purchase or sell
          any security within seven (7) days before and after a client account
          the Portfolio Manager manages purchased or sold the security.

          Requests for approval may be made by contacting the person


<PAGE>

          responsible for maintaining the Restricted Debt Securities List or
          the Restricted Equity Securities List.

          Approvals to trade are valid for 24 hours after given. Portfolio
          Managers who desire an approval that is valid for a longer period may
          make such a request when seeking approval to trade.

     B.   Access Persons Other Than Portfolio Managers

          Access Persons other than Portfolio Managers may request permission
          to trade any security on the Restricted Debt Securities List. Access
          Persons may also request permission to trade securities on the
          Restricted Equity Securities List in an amount each calendar quarter
          that is the greater of 500 shares or 1% of the daily average trading
          volume during the 90 days prior to the date the Access Person makes
          the request.

          Requests for approval may be made by contacting the person responsible
          for maintaining the Restricted Debt Securities List or the Restricted
          Equity Securities List.

          Approvals to trade are valid for 24 hours after given. Access Persons
          who desire an approval that is valid for a longer period may make such
          a request when seeking approval to trade.

VI.  Disclosure of Securities Ownership and Securities Transactions

     A.   When recommending the purchase or sale of securities for a client
          account in accordance with portfolio management procedures,
          Investment Personnel must disclose any direct or indirect beneficial
          ownership in any security of the issuer whose securities are under
          consideration.

     B.   All Access Persons shall file a report listing all their personal
          securities transactions during the previous calendar quarter in any
          security (as defined in Section II, A.) in which such person has
          acquired or sold any direct or indirect beneficial ownership
          including transactions exempt from this Code under Section III.
          The report shall be made on a form provided by Invista within 10
          days following the end of such calendar quarter.  The report shall
          contain the following information:

          1.   The date of the transaction, the title and the number of shares
               or the principal amount of each security involved;

          2.   The nature of the transactions (e.g., purchase or sale);

          3.   The price at which the transaction was effected;

          4.   The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the
               transaction was effected; and


<PAGE>

          5.   If a sale transaction, the date on which the security was
               acquired and the cost basis of the security.

     C.   Access Persons must direct brokerage and other firms with which they
          have securities accounts to furnish Invista on a timely basis
          duplicate copies of confirmations of all personal securities
          transactions.

     D.   Access Persons must direct brokerage and other firms with which they
          have securities accounts to furnish Invista on a timely basis a
          duplicate copy of the Access Person's December 31 account statement.

     E.   Access Persons who are Portfolio Managers must give Invista a listing
          of all securities in which they have a direct or indirect beneficial
          ownership at the time of their appointment as a Portfolio Manager,
          and thereafter on an annual basis as of December 31 of each year.


VII. Certification of Compliance

     All Access Persons will be required to certify annually that they have
     read and understand the Code and its applicability to them, and that they
     have complied with the requirements of the Code and that they have
     disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions as required by
     the Code.

VIII. Gifts

     Investment Personnel are prohibited from receiving any gift or other thing
     having a value of more than $100 in the aggregate in any calendar year
     from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of Invista.
     Gifts do not include occasional dinners, sporting events or other
     entertainment that Investment Personnel attend with their host.

IX.  Service as a Corporate Director

     Investment Personnel are prohibited from serving on the board of directors
     of a publicly traded company, absent prior authorization based on a
     determination that board service would be consistent with the interest of
     Invista clients.

X.   Administration and Sanctions

     A.   Responsibility for this Code is vested in the Chairman of the Board
          of Directors of Invista. (Administrative responsibility has been
          delegated to Dennis Cameron. Requests for interpretation of this Code
          or for preclearance of purchase or sales that are not clearly
          addressed by this

          Code should be directed (in order to be contacted) to:  J. B.
          Schustek, E. H. Gillum, A. S. Filean, M. D. Roughton, R. C.
          Eucher).


<PAGE>

     B.   Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Chairman of Invista
          shall impose such sanctions as the Chairman deems appropriate.

     C.   Annually, those individuals charged with the responsibility for
          carrying out this Code shall prepare a report to the Board of
          Directors of Invista that, as a minimum, will include:

          1.   A summary of existing procedures concerning personal investing,
               and any procedural changes made during the past year.

          2.   Identification of violations requiring significant remedial
               action during the past year.

          3.   Recommendations, if any, as to changes in existing restrictions
               or procedures based on experience with this Code, evolving
               industry practices or developments in applicable laws or
               regulations.




                                                               EXHIBIT NO. 16(d)

                                NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE
================================================================================








- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>








                                NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE
                                CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

================================================================================

                          NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE SECURITIES

================================================================================

                      NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS


<PAGE>

                        MESSAGE FROM THE MANAGING PARTNER


Nicholas-Applegate, quite simply, does not exist without our clients. While it's
true  we are an  investment  management  firm,  known  for  providing  excellent
investment  returns and client service,  a large part of our success is built on
our  reputation  for integrity and  professionalism.  Our clients place not only
their money, but also their trust with us when they hire us. It is up to us as a
firm, and each one of us individually,  to ensure that trust is upheld.  Without
it, we would not have a single client, regardless of our investment returns.

With this in mind, the firm has long had a formal Code of Ethics in place. Every
employee  commits to follow this Code when he/she  joins the firm,  and we, as a
firm,  are  committed  to the  principles  embodied  by the  Code.  The  driving
principle  is  actually  pretty  easy to  express:  "Our  clients  come  first."
Everything,  really, flows from that simple statement.  When you review and sign
the attached Code of Ethics,  I'd like you to keep these  principles in mind and
know that they are supported at our firm from the top down. I'd also like you to
recognize that ultimately the Code of Ethics is really just an expression  about
the way we, as a firm,  want to do business,  and that it is our  responsibility
individually,  and as a firm, to ensure the Code is followed in spirit,  as well
as word. The Code can't cover every individual situation that may come up, so we
must  all use our  best  efforts  to  apply  the  principles  of the Code in our
everyday business. We, and our clients, should expect nothing less.



                                  Art Nicholas


                                        i
<PAGE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      A.    DEFINITIONS .....................................................A-1

      I.    INTRODUCTION & OVERVIEW............................................1

      II.   PERSONS COVERED BY THIS CODE
            A. EMPLOYEES & COVERED PERSONS.....................................3
            B. OUTSIDE FUND DIRECTORS /TRUSTEES................................3
            C. THE ADMINISTRATOR...............................................4

      III.  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
            A. COVERED SECURITIES & TRANSACTIONS...............................5
            B. EXEMPT SECURITIES & TRANSACTIONS................................5

      IV.   PROCEDURES FOR TRADING SECURITIES
            A.    PRE-CLEARANCE................................................7
            B.    VIOLATIONS...................................................8
            C.    HOLDING PERIOD RESTRICTION..................................10
            D.    BLACKOUT PERIOD.............................................10
            E.    DE MINIMIS TRANSACTIONS.....................................10
            F.    INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS ("IPOS") & PRIVATE PLACEMENTS......11
            G.    FRONT-RUNNING...............................................11
            H.    INSIDE INFORMATION..........................................11

      V.    REPORTS & CERTIFICATIONS REGARDING PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
            A.    PERSONAL HOLDINGS REPORTS...................................13
            B.    MONTHLY TRANSACTION & GIFT REPORTS..........................13
            C.    DUPLICATE BROKERAGE STATEMENTS & CONFIRMATIONS..............14
            D.    CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE.................................14

      VI.   POTENTIAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ISSUES
            A.    SERVICE ON BOARDS OF OTHER COMPANIES........................15
            B.    GIFTS.......................................................15
            C.    GIFT PRE-CLEARANCE..........................................15
            D.    GIFT VIOLATIONS.............................................16


                                       ii
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      VII.  VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE ...........................................17
      VIII. ANNUAL BOARD REVIEW ..............................................18
      IX.   ADMINISTRATION & CONSTRUCTION ....................................19
      X.    AMENDMENTS & MODIFICATIONS........................................20

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      POLICIES & PROCEDURES - INSIDER TRADING POLICY .............. APPENDIX I

      EXAMPLES OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP ............................ APPENDIX II

      PERSONAL TRADING RESTRICTION SUMMARY ........................ APPENDIX III

      EXCEPTIONS TO BAN ON SHORT-TERM TRADING ..................... APPENDIX IV

      CODE OF ETHICS SIGNATURE PAGES............................... APPENDIX V


                                       iii
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   DEFINITIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             THE FOLLOWING DEFINITIONS APPLY TO THIS CODE OF ETHICS:


   NACM                       Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management, Inc., a
                              CA LP

   NAS                        Nicholas-Applegate Securities

   NAIF OR FUNDS              Nicholas-Applegate Institutional Funds

   NA                         Nicholas-Applegate (I.E., NACM, NAS and NAIF)

   CODE                       NA Code of Ethics

   EMPLOYEES                  All officers, partners and employees of NACM and
                              NAS, well as part-time employees, consultants,
                              temps and interns after one month

   COVERED PERSONS            Any Employee and any relative by blood or marriage
                              living in the Employee's household or any person
                              who holds an account that names Employee as a
                              beneficiary or otherwise

   INVESTMENT PERSONNEL       Trading Desk personnel, portfolio managers and
                              financial analysts

   ADMINISTRATOR              Brown Brothers Harriman - Administrator of the
                              Funds

   ADVISORY CLIENTS           Shareholders of funds, institutional clients and
                              any other person or entity whom NA provides
                              investment advisory services

   EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS        Any transaction that does not require pre-
                              clearance by NA's Compliance Department prior to
                              execution (E.G., open-end mutual funds, U.S,
                              government securities and named indices as listed
                              in the Code at APPENDIX IV)

   TRUSTEES                   Trustees of the Funds

   BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP       For purposes of this Code, "beneficial
                              ownership" means any interest in a security for
                              which a Covered Person can directly or
                              indirectly receive a monetary benefit, including
                              the right to buy or sell a security, to direct
                              the purchase or sale of a security, or to vote
                              or direct the voting of a security.  Please
                              refer to APPENDIX II for additional examples of
                              beneficial ownership


                                      A-1
<PAGE>


   NON-EMPLOYEE TRUSTEES      Trustees of the Funds who are not Employees of
                              NACM or NAS (including employees of the
                              Administrator)

   PERSONAL SECURITIES        Any trade in debt or equity securities executed
   TRANSACTION                on a stock market, or other securities not
                              defined as "exempt securities" under the NA Code
                              of Ethics, by a Covered Person.  This includes all
                              futures, options, warrants, short-sells, margin
                              calls, or other instrument of investment relating
                              to an equity security

   EXEMPT SECURITIES          Securities, which, under the Code, do not require
                              pre-clearance authorization by the Compliance
                              Department (see page 11 and APPENDIX IV)

   BLUEFORM                   Monthly Personal Securities Transaction and Gift
                              Report

   INSIDER                    Persons who are officers, directors, employees
                              and spouse and anyone else who is privy to
                              inside information

   INSIDER TRADING            Buying or selling of a security while in
                              possession of material, non-public information or
                              anyone who has communicated such information in
                              connection with a transaction that results in a
                              public trade or information service or medium

   NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION     Any information that is not made known via a
                              public magazine, newspaper or other public
                              document

   ACCESS PERSON              Any  Employee  of NA,  including  temporary
                              employees (if here more than one month),  interns
                              and consultants (working on NA premises)

   OPEN-END INVESTMENT        Funds that continuously offer new shares and
   COMPANIES (OPEN-END        redeem outstanding shares at NAV on any business
   MUTUAL FUNDS)              day.  Shares are purchased directly from the
                              distributor of the funds

   CLOSED-END INVESTMENT      Funds whose shares traded on the secondary
   COMPANIES                  market with most being listed on stock
                              exchanges.  New shares are not continuously
                              offered, nor are outstanding shares redeemable.


                                       A-2
<PAGE>

                           CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

                      NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
                          NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE SECURITIES
                     NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS
                          REVISED AS OF MARCH 20, 2000


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I.    INTRODUCTION & OVERVIEW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Nicholas-Applegate   Capital   Management   ("NACM"),   Nicholas-Applegate
      Securities  ("NAS") and  Nicholas-Applegate  Institutional  Funds ("NAIF")
      (collectively,   "NA")  have  developed  and  maintain  a  reputation  for
      integrity and high ethical standards.  Therefore, it is essential not only
      that  NA  and  its  employees  comply  with  relevant  federal  and  state
      securities  laws, but that we also maintain high standards of personal and
      professional  conduct.  NA's Code of Ethics and  Conduct  (the  "Code") is
      designed  to  help  ensure  that  we  conduct  our  business  in a  manner
      consistent with these high standards.

      As a registered  investment  adviser, NA and its employees owe a fiduciary
      duty to our clients that requires each of us to place the interests of our
      clients  ahead of our own. A critical  component of meeting our  fiduciary
      duty is to avoid potential  conflicts of interest.  Accordingly,  you must
      avoid all activities, interests and relationships that interfere or appear
      to  interfere  with  making   decisions  in  the  best  interests  of  the
      shareholders  of NAIF (or "Funds") and any other person or entity to which
      NA provides investment advisory services (together, "Advisory Clients").

      Please bear in mind a conflict  of interest  can arise even if there is no
      financial  loss to  Advisory  Clients  and  regardless  of the  employee's
      motivation.  Many potential  conflicts of interest can arise in connection
      with  employee  personal  trading  and  related  activities.  The  Code is
      designed to address and prevent potential conflicts of interest pertaining
      to personal  trading and related  activities and is based on the following
      principles:

      1)    WE MUST AT ALL TIMES PLACE THE  INTERESTS  OF OUR  ADVISORY  CLIENTS
            FIRST. In other words, as a fiduciary,  you must scrupulously  avoid
            serving your own  personal  interests  ahead of the  interests of NA
            Advisory Clients.

      2)    We must make  sure that all  PERSONAL  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS  ARE
            CONDUCTED  CONSISTENT WITH THE CODE and in such a manner as to avoid
            any actual or  potential  conflicts  of  interest or any abuse of an
            individual's position of trust and responsibility.

      3)    WE MUST NOT  TAKE  INAPPROPRIATE  ADVANTAGE  OF OUR  POSITIONS.  The
            receipt  of  investment  opportunities,  perquisites,  or gifts from
            persons  seeking  business  with NA could  call  into  question  the
            exercise of your independent judgment.


                                       1
<PAGE>

      The Code contains policies and procedures  relating to personal trading by
      Covered Persons, as well as Trustees of the Funds.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                YOU MUST BECOME FAMILIAR
                               WITH AND ABIDE BY THE CODE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Compliance  with  the  Code is a  condition  of your  employment  with NA.
      Violations  of the  Code  will be  taken  seriously  and  will  result  in
      sanctions  against  the  violator,  up to  and  including  termination  of
      employment.

      As with all policies and  procedures,  the Code was designed to apply to a
      myriad of circumstances and conduct. However, this Code is not intended to
      be all-inclusive  as no policy can anticipate every potential  conflict of
      interest that can arise in connection with personal trading.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             YOU ARE EXPECTED TO ABIDE NOT ONLY BY THE LETTER OF THE CODE,
                           BUT ALSO BY THE SPIRIT OF THE CODE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      Whether or not a specific  provision  of the Code  addresses a  particular
      situation, you must conduct your activities in accordance with the general
      principles contained in the Code and in a manner that is designed to avoid
      any ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL conflicts of interest. NA reserves the right, when
      it deems  necessary in light of particular  circumstances,  to impose more
      stringent  requirements  on those persons subject to the Code, or to grant
      exceptions to the Code.

      Because  governmental  regulations  and  industry  standards  relating  to
      personal trading and potential conflicts of interest can evolve over time,
      NA reserves the right to modify any or all of the policies and  procedures
      set forth in the Code. If NA revises the Code,  the Director of Compliance
      will  provide  you with  written  notification  of the  changes.  You must
      familiarize yourself with any modifications to the Code.

      IF YOU HAVE ANY  QUESTIONS  ABOUT ANY  ASPECT OF THE CODE,  OR IF YOU HAVE
      QUESTIONS  REGARDING  APPLICATION  OF THE CODE IN A PARTICULAR  SITUATION,
      CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.


                                       2
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II.   PERSONS COVERED BY THIS CODE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      A.    EMPLOYEES & COVERED PERSONS

      The policies and  procedures  set forth in the Code apply to all officers,
      principals and employees of NACM and NAS (collectively,  "Employees"). The
      Code also applies to all temporary employees,  consultants and interns (if
      here more than one month) who work for NA on premises.

      The  policies  and  procedures  set  forth in the Code  also  apply to all
      members of an Employee's immediate family which, for purposes of the Code,
      refers to ANY  RELATIVE  BY BLOOD OR  MARRIAGE  LIVING  IN THE  EMPLOYEE'S
      HOUSEHOLD (together with Employees, "Covered Persons").


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 THE CODE ALSO APPLIES TO ACCOUNTS IN WHICH THE
                 EMPLOYEE IS NAMED AS A BENEFICIARY, TRUSTEE OR
                IS OTHERWISE ABLE TO EXERCISE INVESTMENT CONTROL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      B.    OUTSIDE FUND DIRECTORS/TRUSTEES

      Special rules apply to Fund Trustees who are not employees of NACM or NAS
      ("Non-Employee Trustees").  Specifically, Non-Employee Trustees are NOT
      subject to the:

            o     3-day blackout period;
            o     prohibition on initial public offerings;
            o     restrictions on private placements;
            o     ban on short-term trading profits;
            o     gift restrictions; or
            o     restriction on service as a director.

      Further,  a  Non-Employee  Trustee is not required to  pre-clear  personal
      securities  transactions  PROVIDED he or she did not have knowledge of any
      current or pending  transactions  in the Security that have been completed
      within the last fifteen (15) calendar days immediately  preceding the date
      of the transaction.

      A  Non-Employee  Trustee  is not  required  to submit  quarterly  personal
      securities  transaction  reports,  unless he or she knew,  or should  have
      known,  in the ordinary  course of the  fulfillment of his or her official
      duties as a trustee of one of the  Funds,  that  during the 15-day  period
      immediately preceding or following the date of a transaction in a security
      by the  Non-Employee  Trustee that such security was purchased or sold, or
      was  considered for a purchase or sale, by a Fund or by NA for an Advisory
      Client.  Non-Employee  Trustees  also are not  required  to submit  annual
      portfolio holdings reports to NA.


                                       3
<PAGE>

      C.    THE ADMINISTRATOR

      Officers  of the  Fund  who  are  officers  or  employees  of  the  Fund's
      Administrator  are exempt from all  provisions  of this Code to the extent
      that  the  Administrator  has  adopted  reasonable  written  policies  and
      procedures regarding personal securities transactions by its employees.


                                       4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
III.  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      The  firm's  policies  and  procedures  set  forth in the  Code  regarding
      personal  investing  apply  to ALL  personal  securities  transactions  by
      Covered  Persons,  UNLESS a  transaction  is in an Exempt  Security or the
      transaction is an Exempt Transaction as defined below.

      A.    COVERED SECURITIES & TRANSACTIONS

      Personal securities  transactions subject to the Code include, but are not
      limited to:

            o    equity securities  including common and preferred stock, except
                 as otherwise exempted below;
            o    investment and non-investment grade debt securities;
            o    investments  convertible  into, or  exchangeable  for, stock or
                 debt securities;
            o    any  derivative   instrument  relating  to  any  of  the  above
                 securities, including options, warrants and futures;
            o    any  interest  in  a  partnership  investment  in  any  of  the
                 foregoing; and
            o    shares of closed-end investment companies.

      B.    EXEMPT SECURITIES & TRANSACTIONS

      The Code pre-clearance  procedures and reporting requirements do not apply
      to the following types of securities and  transactions,  UNLESS  SPECIFIED
      OTHERWISE,  which are  referred  to as  "Exempt  Securities"  and  "Exempt
      Transactions":

      EXEMPT SECURITIES

      1.    Shares of registered open-end mutual funds and money market funds;
      2.    Treasury bonds, treasury notes, treasury bills, U.S. Savings Bonds,
            and other instruments issued by the U.S. government or its agencies
            or instrumentalities;
      3.    Debt instruments issued by a banking  institution,  such as bankers'
            acceptances and bank certificates of deposit;  (this does not exempt
            corporate bonds or high yield bonds)
      4.    Commercial paper;
      5.    Municipal bonds; or
      6.    Stock indices; (SEE APPENDIX IV)

      EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS

      1.    Transactions in an account over which a Covered Person has no direct
            or  indirect  influence  or  control;  or in any  account  held by a
            Covered Person which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person
            other than the Covered Person and, with respect to which the Covered
            Person does not influence or control the transactions;
      2.    Transactions  that  are  non-voluntary  on the  part of the  Covered
            Person (THESE TRANSACTIONS MUST BE REPORTED ON THE MONTHLY REPORT OR
            "BLUE FORM") (E.G., bond calls, stock splits, spin-offs, etc.);


                                       5
<PAGE>

      3.    Purchases that are part of an automatic dividend  reinvestment plan.
            However,   your  initial  purchase  into  a  DRIP  program  must  be
            pre-cleared  with  Compliance  and  reported  on your first  monthly
            report after starting the program.  If you ever contribute more than
            the  automatic  deduction  to this  plan,  you must  pre-clear  this
            transaction as if it were a non-exempt transaction;
      4.    Purchases as a result of the exercise by a Covered  Person of rights
            issued  pro rata to all  holders  of a class of  securities,  to the
            extent that such rights were acquired from the issuer,  and the sale
            of such rights;
      5.    Other  similar  circumstances  as  determined  by  the  Director  of
            Compliance or General Counsel; or
      6.    Transactions  in  options  or  futures   contracts  on  commodities,
            currencies or interest rates.

      Additionally,  transactions  in accounts over which the Covered Person has
      no beneficial  ownership,  nor exercises  direct or indirect  influence or
      control,   may  be  excluded   from  the  Code  (and   treated  as  Exempt
      Transactions).

      IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT WHETHER A PARTICULAR TRANSACTION QUALIFIES
      AS AN EXEMPT TRANSACTION, CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT OR THE GENERAL
      COUNSEL.


                                       6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IV.   PROCEDURES FOR TRADING SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Covered  Persons  wishing to  purchase  or sell  securities  for their own
      accounts  must  follow  certain  procedures  designed  to avoid  actual or
      potential conflicts of interest. These procedures include pre-clearing the
      transaction, holding the security for at least the required minimum length
      of time, and adhering to a blackout  period around Advisory Client trades.
      Please note that these  procedures DO NOT APPLY TO EXEMPT  SECURITIES  AND
      EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS, as described above.

      A.    PRE-CLEARANCE

      As a Covered  Person,  you must  submit an Employee  Personal  Request (an
      electronic pre-clearance form), which can be found on the NA intranet site
      at  HOME.NACM.COM  UNDER  TRADING/MONTHLY  REPORTS AND FORMS - CTI ITRADE,
      prior to the  purchase or sale of  securities  for your own account or any
      accounts  over which you have  control or have a beneficial  interest.  In
      addition,  Investment Personnel must have all transactions approved by the
      Chief  Investment  Officer  ("CIO")  (or  investment  partner in the CIO's
      absence).  Requests  received  without the required  signature will not be
      cleared.

      You must submit  pre-clearance for ALL PERSONAL  SECURITIES  transactions,
      unless the  transaction  qualifies as an Exempt or De Minimis  Transaction
      (described  below).  All other  purchase or sale  transactions,  including
      transactions  in equity  securities  of up to 1,000 shares or $10,000 that
      are NOT listed on a domestic  exchange  or have market  capitalization  of
      LESS THAN $2 BILLION, must be pre-cleared prior to execution.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  TRANSACTIONS IN EQUITY SECURITIES UNDER 1000 SHARES
                      OR $10,000, WITH A MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF
                       OVER $2 BILLION DO NOT NEED PRE-CLEARANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      However,  if you are buying 500 shares or less, the security is on NYSE or
      the issuer's market  capitalization is over $500 million the trade will be
      approved even if NA is active in the security.

      NA will  treat the  pre-clearance  process  as  confidential  and will not
      disclose the information given during the pre-clearance process, except as
      required by law or for applicable business purposes.

      As a Covered Person,  you cannot execute the requested  transaction  until
      you  receive  authorization  from  the  Compliance  Department  to do  so.
      Pre-clearance  requests will be processed by the Compliance  Department as
      quickly as possible.  PLEASE REMEMBER THAT  PRE-CLEARANCE  APPROVAL IS NOT
      AUTOMATICALLY GRANTED FOR EVERY TRADE.


                                       7
<PAGE>

      PRIORITY PRE-CLEARANCE WINDOW

      Compliance  Department  personnel  will  give  priority  attention  to any
      pre-clearance  request  submitted  prior to 9:00 a.m. In these cases,  you
      will  normally  receive  notification  of your  pre-clearance  approval or
      denial within 10-15 minutes.  Pre-clearance  requests submitted after 9:00
      a.m.  will be  processed  in as  timely a manner  as  possible,  but other
      Compliance  Department  duties may delay the response for two (2) hours or
      more (depending on department priorities) after submission.

      PRE-CLEARANCE PERIOD

      Pre-clearance  must be obtained on the date of the  proposed  transaction.
      Pre-clearance  approval  for  domestic  Personal  Securities  Transactions
      effected through a broker-dealer is the day it is pre-cleared up until the
      "market open" the next business day (6:30 a.m. PT, except  holidays) after
      the day that pre-clearance was obtained.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          IF YOU DECIDE NOT TO EXECUTE THE TRANSACTION ON THE DAY YOUR
   PRE-CLEARANCE APPROVAL IS GIVEN, OR YOUR ENTIRE TRADE IS NOT EXECUTED, YOU
                       MUST REQUEST PRE-CLEARANCE AGAIN AT
                  SUCH TIME AS YOU DECIDE TO EXECUTE THE TRADE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      Pre-clearance  approval  is valid  only for the  particular  security  and
      quantity  indicated on the Form. For example,  if you wish to increase the
      size of the transaction,  you must submit a new pre-clearance  request and
      receive a new pre-clearance  approval.  However, you may decrease the size
      of the transaction without obtaining new authorization,  but should inform
      Compliance if this is done.

      Failure to obtain pre-clearance for a personal securities transaction is a
      serious breach of NA's Code. If you fail to obtain pre-clearance  approval
      for  your  personal  securities  transaction,   you  will  be  subject  to
      disciplinary  action, up to and including  termination of employment.  You
      may also be  required  to cancel the trade and bear any losses that occur.
      You  may  also  be  required  to  disgorge  any  profits  realized  on the
      unauthorized  trade and  donate  them to a charity  designated  by NA (see
      below).

      B.    VIOLATIONS

            1.    MONTHLY REPORTING VIOLATIONS

      You must  complete  your  Personal  Security  Transaction  and Gift Report
      ("Blueform")  via the  intranet  site by the end of the  10th  day of each
      month, regardless of whether you had any trading or gift activity for that
      month.


                                       8
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          YOU MUST SUBMIT YOUR BLUEFORM
                           BY THE 10TH OF EVERY MONTH
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      The Executive Committee member with oversight of your department may grant
      exceptions  to  this  requirement  for  legitimate  business  or  personal
      reasons.  However,  you should make every reasonable effort to submit your
      report in a timely manner.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   IF YOU FAIL TO REMIT YOUR BLUEFORM ON TIME,
                 YOU WILL BE FINED $50 FOR THE FIRST DAY LATE &
                 $10 FOR EACH ADDITIONAL DAY THE REPORT IS LATE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


            2.    TRADING VIOLATIONS

      Any trading-related  violation of this Code, including failure to properly
      pre-clear a non-exempt  personal  trade,  etc.,  will incur the  following
      sanctions,  IN ADDITION TO disgorging any profits on personal  trades that
      conflict with NA client transactions:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      FIRST VIOLATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            o    A fine of 0.5% of base salary up to $500;
            o    Meet with  Department  Head and the Director of  Compliance  to
                 discuss and re-sign the Code of Ethics.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      SECOND VIOLATION (WITHIN 12 MONTHS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            o    A fine of 1% of base salary up to $1,000;
            o    Meet with  Department  Head and the Director of  Compliance  to
                 discuss and re-sign the Code of Ethics;
            o    Written warning to personnel file;

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      THIRD VIOLATION (WITHIN 12 MONTHS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            o    A fine of 2% of base salary up to $2,000;
            o    Meet with  Department  Head and the Director of  Compliance  to
                 discuss and re-sign the Code of Ethics;
            o    Written warning to personnel file;
            o    Prohibition  from trading  personally for a specific  period of
                 time  (E.G.,  6 months to 1 year)  except to close out  current
                 positions;
            o    May result in termination of employment with NA.

      All fines will be paid to a charity of NA's choice: currently the United
      Way.  Checks will be submitted to Compliance and forwarded to the selected
      charity.


                                      9
<PAGE>

      C.    HOLDING PERIOD RESTRICTION

      As a  general  principle,  personal  securities  transactions  must be for
      investment  purposes  and not for the  purposes of  generating  short-term
      profits.  Any profits  realized on a sale of a security  held less than 60
      days will be disgorged,  with a check written to a charity of NA's choice,
      currently  the United Way.  Checks will be  submitted  to  Compliance  and
      forwarded to the selected charity. You may, however,  sell a security held
      less than 60 days if the security is being sold for no profit.

      This holding  period  restriction  does not apply to Exempt  Securities or
      Exempt  Transactions.  NA's Director of Compliance or General  Counsel may
      also grant exceptions to this prohibition in limited  circumstances (E.G.,
      bankruptcy,  eviction, personal health emergency, etc.) upon prior written
      request.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 YOU MAY NOT SELL A SECURITY ACQUIRED WITHIN THE
                   PREVIOUS 60 DAYS, UNLESS SELLING AT A LOSS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      D.    BLACKOUT PERIOD

      As a Covered  Person,  you may not buy or sell equity  securities for your
      personal accounts if:

            o    NA has engaged in a  transaction  in the same or an  equivalent
                 security for an Advisory  Client  account within the last three
                 (3) days, OR
            o    the security is on the NA trading blotter or proposed blotter.

      In the event  you  effect a  prohibited  personal  securities  transaction
      within  3  business  days  before  or  after an  Advisory  Client  account
      transaction  in the same or equivalent  security,  you will be required to
      close out your  position in the security and disgorge any profit  realized
      from the  transaction  to a  charity  designated  by NA.  However,  if you
      properly  obtained  pre-clearance for a transaction and an Advisory Client
      account subsequently transacted in the same security within 3 days of your
      transaction,  this  will not  normally  result in  required  disgorgement,
      unless  otherwise  determined  by NA's  Director of  Compliance or General
      Counsel.

      The blackout period does not apply to transactions  that qualify as Exempt
      Securities or Exempt Transactions.

      E.    DE MINIMIS TRANSACTIONS

      You are NOT required to  pre-clear  certain de minimis  transactions  that
      meet the following criteria.  However,  you must report these transactions
      on your monthly Blue Form:


                                       10
<PAGE>

            EQUITY SECURITIES

            Any  purchase or sale  transaction  of up to 1,000 shares or $10,000
            DAILY in a  NYSE-listed  security or any security  listed on another
            domestic exchange (including NASDAQ) with a market capitalization of
            at least $2 billion.

            DEBT SECURITIES

            Any  purchase  or  sale  transaction  of up to 100  units  ($100,000
            principal  amount) in an issuer with a market  capitalization  of at
            least $2 billion.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   ALL DE MINIMIS TRANSACTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO
                         THE HOLDING PERIOD RESTRICTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      F.    INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS ("IPOS") & PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

      As  a  Covered  Person,  you  may  not  engage  in a  personal  securities
      transaction  in any security in a private  placement or IPO without  prior
      written approval of NA's Director of Compliance or its General Counsel. In
      considering  such approval,  the Director of Compliance or General Counsel
      will take into  account,  among  other  factors,  whether  the  investment
      opportunity  is  available  to and/or  should be reserved  for an Advisory
      Client  account,  and  whether  the  opportunity  is being  offered to the
      Covered Person by virtue of his or her position.

      If you are approved to engage in a personal  securities  transaction  in a
      private  placement or IPO, you must disclose that investment if you play a
      part directly or indirectly in subsequent investment considerations of the
      security  for an Advisory  Client  account.  In such  circumstances,  NA's
      decision to purchase or sell  securities of the issuer shall be subject to
      an independent  review by an NA Employee with no personal  interest in the
      issuer. In addition,  you may also be required to refrain from trading the
      security.

      G.    FRONT-RUNNING

      As a Covered  Person,  you may not  front-run an order or  recommendation,
      even if you are not handling the order or the recommendation  (and even if
      the order or recommendation is for someone other than the Covered Person).
      Front-running  consists of executing a transaction  based on the knowledge
      of  the  forthcoming  transaction  or  recommendation  in the  same  or an
      underlying  security,  or  other  related  securities,  within  three  (3)
      business days preceding a transaction on behalf of an Advisory Client.

      H.    INSIDE INFORMATION

      As a Covered  Person,  you may not use  material,  non-public  information
      about any issuer of securities, whether or not such securities are held in
      the  portfolios  of Advisory  Clients or suitable  for  inclusion  in such
      portfolios,  for personal gain or on behalf of an Advisory Client.  If you
      believe you are in possession of such  information,  you must contact NA's


                                       11
<PAGE>

      Director of  Compliance  immediately  to discuss the  information  and the
      circumstances surrounding its receipt. This prohibition does not prevent a
      Covered Person from contacting  officers and employees of issuers or other
      investment  professionals  in seeking  information  about  issuers that is
      publicly  available.  (REFER  TO  NA'S  INSIDER  TRADING  POLICY  ATTACHED
      APPENDIX I FOR MORE INFORMATION.)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 AS A COVERED PERSON, YOU MAY NOT USE MATERIAL,
              NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT ANY ISSUER OF SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


       IF YOU HAVE ANY REGARDING PERSONAL TRADING, CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE
       DEPARTMENT OR THE GENERAL COUNSEL.


                                       12
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V.    REPORTS & CERTIFICATIONS REGARDING PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      A.    PERSONAL HOLDINGS REPORTS

      In order to address potential  conflicts of interest that can arise when a
      Covered  Person  acquires or  disposes  of a security,  and to help ensure
      compliance with the Code, as a Covered Person,  you must submit a Personal
      Holdings Report at the time of commencement of employment with NACM or NAS
      and annually  thereafter  with a list of all securities  holdings in which
      you  have  a  beneficial   interest   (other  than   interests  in  Exempt
      Securities).


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  YOU MUST SUBMIT A COMPLETE PERSONAL HOLDINGS
                           REPORT UPON COMMENCEMENT OF
                        EMPLOYMENT & ANNUALLY THEREAFTER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      B.    MONTHLY TRANSACTION & GIFT REPORTS

      As a Covered Person,  you must file a Monthly  Securities  Transaction and
      Gift Report ("Blueform") with Compliance by the 10th day of each month for
      the previous  month (E.G.,  a September Blue Form would be due by the 10th
      of October). If you did not execute any securities transactions during the
      applicable  month, you must still submit a Blue Form indicating that fact.
      You  file  these  Reports  electronically  on  the  NA  Intranet  site  at
      HTTP://HOME.NACM.COM/COMPLIANCE.  The Compliance  Department  receives all
      Report  confirmations  via email and stores them in a master database that
      is archived annually to CD ROM.

      Your Report must contain the  following  information  with respect to each
      reportable personal securities  transaction.  All fields must be completed
      in order for your report to be successfully filed:

            o    Date of transaction;
            o    Nature of the transaction (purchase,  sale or any other type of
                 acquisition or disposition);
            o    Security name;
            o    Security symbol or CUSIP;
            o    Number of shares/par;
            o    Principal amount of each security and/or the price at which the
                 transaction was effected; and
            o    Name of the  broker,  dealer or bank with or  through  whom the
                 transaction was effected.


                                       13
<PAGE>

      Monthly  Reports  may  contain a  statement  that the  report is not to be
      construed as an admission that the person filing the report has or had any
      direct or indirect  beneficial  interest in any security  described in the
      report.

      C.    DUPLICATE BROKERAGE STATEMENTS & CONFIRMATIONS

      To assist NA in monitoring  compliance with the Code, as a Covered Person,
      you must instruct each  broker-dealer with whom you maintain an account to
      send  duplicate  copies of all  transaction  confirmations  and statements
      directly to NA's Compliance Department. This requirement does not apply to
      accounts  that are  exclusively  hold Exempt  Securities  or are held at a
      mutual fund company.

      D.    CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

      As a newly hired Employee, you must certify that you have read, understand
      and will comply with the Code.

      As a continuing  Employee,  you must annually  certify that you have read,
      understand, have complied, and will continue to comply, with the Code.


                                       14
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VI.   POTENTIAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST ISSUES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Certain activities,  while not directly involving personal trading issues,
      nonetheless  raise similar  potential  conflict of interest issues and are
      appropriate for inclusion in the Code.  These monitored  activities are as
      follows:

      A.    SERVICE ON BOARDS OF OTHER COMPANIES

      As a Covered  Person,  you are  prohibited  from  serving  on the board of
      directors of any PUBLICLY TRADED company or organization.  In addition, if
      you wish to serve on the  board of  directors  of a  PRIVATELY  HELD  "for
      profit"  company,  you must first obtain prior written  approval from NA's
      Director of Compliance or General  Counsel.  It is not necessary to obtain
      approval to serve on the board of directors  of entities  such as schools,
      churches,  industry  organizations or associations,  or similar non-profit
      boards.

      B.    GIFTS

      As a  Covered  Person,  you may not seek any  gift,  favor,  gratuity,  or
      preferential treatment from any person or entity that:

            o    does business with or on behalf of NA;
            o    is or may  appear to be  connected  with any  present or future
                 business  dealings  between NA and that person or organization;
                 or
            o    may create or appear to create a conflict of interest.

      You may only accept gifts  offered as a courtesy.  You must report on your
      monthly  Blueform  all  gifts,  favors  or  gratuities  valued at $25 MORE
      (EXCEPT MEALS VALUED AT LESS THAN $50). Non-Employee Trustees only need to
      report  gifts  if  values  in  excess  of $100  AND the  gift is  given in
      connection with the Trustee's affiliation with the NA.

      C.    GIFT PRE-CLEARANCE

      You  must  submit  a gift  pre-clearance  form and  obtain  prior  written
      approval  for all gifts with a fair market  value in excess of $100.  Fair
      market value applies to the value of the total gift (E.G.,  if you receive
      4 tickets valued at $55 a piece,  this is considered a gift in valued over
      $100 and must be pre-cleared).  You must make every  reasonable  effort to
      obtain approval from your direct supervisor and the Compliance  Department
      PRIOR to  accepting  anything  of  value  over  $100.  In the  event  that
      pre-approval is not possible, you must make disclosure as soon as possible
      after the gift/event, in any event, no later than on your next Blue Form.

      A gift may be denied or  required  to be  returned  or  reimbursed  if you
      receive an excessive number of gifts, especially if received from a single
      source or if the total dollar value of gifts received during a single year
      is deemed excessive.


                                       15
<PAGE>

      D.    GIFT VIOLATIONS

      In the event you fail to properly  disclose and/or  pre-clear these items,
      the Management  Committee  will require the employee  personally to either
      donate the fair market  value of the item (or the item  itself) to charity
      or  directly  reimburse  the person or entity  responsible  for giving the
      item.

      As a Covered  Person,  you may not offer any gifts,  favors or  gratuities
      that could be viewed as influencing  decision-making or otherwise could be
      considered  as  creating  a  conflict  of  interest  on  the  part  of the
      recipient.

      You must  never  give or  receive  gifts or  entertainment  that  would be
      controversial to either you or NA, if the information was made public. You
      should be aware that certain NA clients might also place  restrictions  on
      gifts YOU may give to their employees.


                                       16
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VII.  VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      A violation of this Code is subject to the imposition of such sanctions as
      may be deemed  appropriate under the circumstances to achieve the purposes
      of this Code. NA's Director of Compliance and the Executive Committee will
      determine sanctions for violations of the Code. Such sanctions may include
      those previously described, as well as others deemed appropriate.

      Sanctions  for a material  violation  (I.E.,  one that  involves an actual
      conflict or  appearance of  impropriety)  of this Code by a Trustee of the
      Funds will be determined  by a majority vote of that Fund's  Disinterested
      Trustees.

      IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT ANY ASPECT OF THE CODE, CONTACT THE
      DIRECTOR OF COMPLIANCE.


                                       17
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VIII. ANNUAL BOARD REVIEW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      The  NA  management  annually  prepares  a  report  to the  Funds'  boards
      summarizing existing procedures concerning personal trading (including any
      changes in the Code), highlights material violations of the Code requiring
      significant  corrective  action and identifies any recommended  changes to
      the Code.


                                       18
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IX.   ADMINISTRATION & CONSTRUCTION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      NA's Director of Compliance  serves as the  "Administrator"  of this Code.
      The Administrator's duties include:

            o    Maintenance of a current list of Covered Persons;
            o    Providing   all   Employees   with  a  copy  of  the  Code  and
                 periodically  informing  them of their  duties and  obligations
                 under the Code;
            o    Supervising the  implementation and enforcement of the terms of
                 the Code;
            o    Maintaining or supervising  the  maintenance of all records and
                 reports required by the Code;
            o    Preparing  a list of all  transactions  effected by any Covered
                 Person during the three (3) day blackout period;
            o    Determining  whether  any  particular  securities  transactions
                 should be exempted pursuant to the provisions of Section III of
                 the Code;
            o    Issuing,  either  personally or with the assistance of counsel,
                 any  interpretation  of the Code which would be consistent with
                 the objectives of the Code;
            o    Conducting inspections or investigations reasonably required to
                 detect and report  material  violations of the Code and provide
                 recommendations relative to these violations to NA's Management
                 Committee,  or the Board of Trustees of a Fund or any Committee
                 appointed by them to deal with such information;
            o    Submitting  a  quarterly  report to the  Trustees  of each Fund
                 containing a description  of any material  violation and action
                 taken  and  any  other   significant   information   concerning
                 administration of the Code; and
            o    Regular reporting on Code compliance to the Executive Committee
                 and General Counsel.


                                       19
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
X.    AMENDMENTS & MODIFICATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      This Code may be amended or modified as deemed  necessary  by the officers
      of the Funds, with the advice of Fund counsel, provided such amendments or
      modifications shall be submitted to the Board of Trustees of the Funds for
      ratification and approval at the next available  meeting.  This version of
      the Code has been  amended  taking into account the recent  amendments  to
      Rule  17j-1  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940.  This  Code is
      effective  as of March 20, 2000 to be ratified by the Board of Trustees of
      the Funds at its next regularly scheduled meeting.


                                       20
<PAGE>

================================================================================
                                    APPENDIX I
================================================================================

                      NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
                          NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE SECURITIES
                  POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CONCERNING THE MISUSE
                        OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION
                               ("INSIDER TRADING")

Every employee of  Nicholas-Applegate  Capital Management,  a California Limited
Partnership ("NA") must read and retain a copy of these Policies and Procedures.
Any questions  regarding the Policies and Procedures  described herein should be
referred to NA's Compliance Department ("Compliance").

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION I.  POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING ("POLICY STATEMENT")
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      NA's Policy Statement  applies to every Employee and extends to activities
      both within and  outside  the scope of their  duties at NA. NA forbids any
      Employee from engaging in any activities that would be considered "insider
      trading."

      The term "insider trading" is not defined in the federal  securities laws,
      but generally is understood to prohibit the following activities:

            o    Trading  by  an  insider,   while  in  possession  of  material
                 non-public information;
            o    Trading  by a  non-insider,  while in  possession  of  material
                 non-public  information,   where  the  information  either  was
                 disclosed to the  non-insider in violation of an insider's duty
                 to keep it confidential or was misappropriated;
            o    Recommending  the  purchase  or sale  of  securities  while  in
                 possession of material non-public information; or
            o    Communicating  material non-public information to others (I.E.,
                 "tipping").

      The  elements  of insider  trading  and the  penalties  for such  unlawful
      conduct are  discussed  below.  If you have any questions  regarding  this
      Policy Statement you should consult the Compliance Department.

      WHO IS AN INSIDER?

      The concept of "insider" is broad and it includes  officers,  partners and
      employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a "temporary insider"
      if he or  she  enters  into a  special  confidential  relationship  in the
      conduct  of a  company's  affairs  and,  as a result,  is given  access to
      information  solely for the company's  purposes.  A temporary  insider can
      include, among others, company attorneys,  accountants,  consultants, bank
      lending officers,  and the employees of these organizations.  In addition,
      NA and its  Employees may become  temporary  insiders of a company that NA
      advises or for which NA performs  other  services.  According  to the U.S.
      Supreme Court,  before an outsider will be considered a temporary  insider
      for these  purposes,  the  company  must  expect the  outsider to keep the


                                      I-1
<PAGE>

      disclosed non-public  information  confidential and the relationship must,
      at least, imply such a duty.

      WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

      Trading,   tipping,  or  recommending  securities  transactions  while  in
      possession of inside information is not an actionable  activity UNLESS the
      information is "material."  Generally,  information is considered material
      if: (i) there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would
      consider it important in making his or her investment decisions or (ii) it
      is  reasonably  certain  to have a  substantial  effect  on the price of a
      company's  securities.  Information  that  should be  considered  material
      includes, but is not limited to:

            o    dividend changes;
            o    earnings estimates;
            o    changes in previously released earnings estimates;
            o    a joint venture;
            o    the borrowing of significant funds;
            o    a major  labor  dispute,  merger or  acquisition  proposals  or
                 agreements;
            o    major litigation;
            o    liquidation problems; and
            o    extraordinary management developments.

      For  information  to be considered  material,  it need not be so important
      that it would have  changed an  investor's  decision  to  purchase or sell
      particular  securities;  rather  it is  enough  that  it is  the  type  of
      information on which reasonable  investors rely in making purchase or sale
      decisions.  The  materiality  of  information  relating  to  the  possible
      occurrence  of any future  event would depend on the  likelihood  that the
      event will occur and its significance if it did occur.

      Material information does not have to relate to a company's business.  For
      example,  in U.S. V. CARPENTER,  791 F.2d 1024 (2d Cir. 1986),  AFF'D, 484
      U.S. 19 (1987)  (affirmed  without opinion by an evenly divided court with
      respect to the charge of insider trading,  based on the "misappropriation"
      theory),  the court considered as material certain  information  about the
      contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the
      market price of a security.  In that case, a WALL STREET JOURNAL  reporter
      was found  criminally  liable  for  disclosing  to others  the dates  that
      reports on various companies would appear in the JOURNAL and whether those
      reports would be favorable or not.

      WHAT IS NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION?

      All  information is considered  non-public  until it has been  effectively
      communicated to the marketplace. One must be able to point to some fact to
      show that the information is generally  public.  For example,  information
      found in a report filed with the SEC, or  appearing in DOW Jones,  REUTERS
      ECONOMIC  SERVICES,  THE WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  or other  publications  of
      general  circulation would be considered public.  Information in bulletins
      and research  reports  disseminated  by brokerage firms are also generally
      considered to be public information.


                                      I-2
<PAGE>

      BASIS FOR LIABILITY

      In order to be found liable for insider trading,  one must either (i) have
      a fiduciary  relationship with the other party to the transaction and have
      breached  the  fiduciary  duty  owed to that  other  party,  or (ii)  have
      misappropriated material non-public information from another person.

            FIDUCIARY DUTY THEORY

            Insider  trading  liability  may be imposed  on the theory  that the
            insider  breached a fiduciary  duty to a company.  In 1980, the U.S.
            Supreme Court held that there is no general duty to disclose  before
            trading on  material  non-public  information,  and that such a duty
            arises only where there is a fiduciary relationship.  That is, there
            must  be  an  existing  relationship  between  the  parties  to  the
            transaction such that one party has a right to expect that the other
            party would either (a) disclose any material non-public information,
            if appropriate or permitted to do so, or (b) refrain from trading on
            such material non-public information. CHIARELLA V. U.S., 445 U.S.
            222 (1980).

            In DIRKS V. SEC, 463 U.S. 646 (1983),  the U.S. Supreme Court stated
            alternative  theories  under  which  non-insiders  can  acquire  the
            fiduciary duties of insiders: (a) they can enter into a confidential
            relationship   with  the  company   through   which  they  gain  the
            information (E.G.,  attorneys,  accountants,  etc.), or (b) they can
            acquire a fiduciary duty to the company's  shareholders as "tippees"
            if they were aware,  or should  have been aware,  that they had been
            given  confidential  information  by an insider that violated his or
            her fiduciary duty to the company's  shareholders  by providing such
            information to an outsider.

            However,  in the  "tippee"  situation,  a breach of duty occurs ONLY
            where the insider personally benefits,  directly or indirectly, from
            the disclosure.  Such benefit does not have to be pecuniary, and can
            be a gift, a  reputational  benefit that will  translate into future
            earnings,  or even evidence of a  relationship  that suggests a QUID
            PRO QUO.

            MISAPPROPRIATION THEORY

            Another    basis   for   insider    trading    liability    is   the
            "misappropriation"   theory.  Under  the  misappropriation   theory,
            liability  is  established  when  trading  occurs as a result of, or
            based  upon,  material  non-public  information  that was  stolen or
            misappropriated from any other person. In U.S. V. CARPENTER,  SUPRA,
            the court held that a  columnist  for THE WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  had
            defrauded  the  JOURNAL  when he  obtained  information  that was to
            appear in the JOURNAL and used such  information  for trading in the
            securities   markets.   The   court   held   that  the   columnist's
            misappropriation  of information from his employer was sufficient to
            give rise to a duty to disclose  such  information  or abstain  from
            trading thereon,  even though the columnist owed no direct fiduciary
            duty to the issuers of the securities  described in the column or to
            purchasers  or  sellers  of  such  securities  in  the  marketplace.
            Similarly,  if  information is given to an analyst on a confidential
            basis and the analyst uses that  information  for trading  purposes,
            liability could arise under the misappropriation theory.


                                      I-3
<PAGE>

      PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING

      Penalties for trading on, or communicating material non-public information
      are severe,  both for  individuals  involved in such unlawful  conduct and
      their  employers.  A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties
      below even if he or she did not personally benefit from the violation.
      Penalties include:

            o    Civil injunctions;
            o    Criminal  penalties for individuals of up to $1 million and for
                 "non-natural   persons"  of  up  to  $2.5  million  plus,   for
                 individuals, a maximum jail term from five to ten years;
            o    Private rights of actions for disgorgement of profits;
            o    Civil  penalties  for the person who committed the violation of
                 up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or
                 not the person actually benefited;
            o    Civil penalties for the employer or other controlling person of
                 up to the  greater of $1 million per  violation  or three times
                 the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided, as a result of
                 each violation; and
            o    A  permanent   bar,   pursuant  to  the  SEC's   administrative
                 jurisdiction,   from  association  with  any  broker,   dealer,
                 investment company, investment adviser, or municipal securities
                 dealer.

      In addition,  any  violation of this Policy  Statement  can be expected to
      result in serious  sanctions  by NA,  including  dismissal  of the persons
      involved.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION II.  PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT NA'S POLICY STATEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      The following  procedures  have been  established to aid NA's Employees in
      avoiding  insider  trading,  and to aid NA in  preventing,  detecting  and
      imposing  sanctions  against  insider  trading.  Every Employee of NA must
      follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions,  as described above. If
      you have any questions about these  procedures you should consult with the
      Director of Compliance.

      IDENTIFYING INSIDER INFORMATION

      Before trading for yourself or others,  including for any client  accounts
      managed by NA, in the  securities  of a company  about  which you may have
      potential insider information,  or revealing such information to others or
      making a recommendation based on such information, you should ask yourself
      the following questions.

            o    Is the information material?
            o    Is this information  that an investor would consider  important
                 in making an investment decision?
            o    Is this information that would substantially  affect the market
                 price of the securities if generally disclosed?
            o    Is the information non-public?
            o    To whom has this information been provided?


                                      I-4
<PAGE>

            o    Has  the  information  been  effectively  communicated  to  the
                 marketplace  by being  published in THE WALL STREET  JOURNAL or
                 other publications of general circulation,  or has it otherwise
                 been made available to the public?

      If, after  consideration of the above, you believe that the information is
      material  and  non-public,  or if you have  questions  as to  whether  the
      information may be material and non-public,  you should take the following
      steps.

            o    Report the matter  immediately  to Compliance  and disclose all
                 information  that you  believe may bear on the issue of whether
                 the information you have is material and non-public;

            o    Refrain from  purchasing or selling  securities with respect to
                 such information on behalf of yourself or others, including for
                 client accounts managed by NA; and

            o    Refrain from  communicating  the information  inside or outside
                 NA, other than to Compliance.

      After  Compliance  has  reviewed  the  issue,  you will be  instructed  to
      continue the prohibitions against trading,  tipping, or communication,  or
      you  will  be  allowed  to  trade  and  communicate  the  information.  In
      appropriate  circumstances,  our Director of Compliance  will consult with
      our General Counsel as to the appropriate course of action.

      PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING

      All  Employees  of NA must  adhere  to NA's  Code of  Ethics  and  Conduct
      ("Code") with respect to:

            o    securities transactions effected for their own account,
            o    accounts  over which they have a direct or indirect  beneficial
                 interest, and
            o    accounts  over  which  they  exercise  any  direct or  indirect
                 influence.

      Please  refer to NA's  Code as  necessary.  In  accordance  with the Code,
      Employees  are required to obtain prior written  approval from  Compliance
      for all personal  securities  transactions  (unless otherwise exempt under
      the Code) and to submit to Compliance a Monthly Securities Transaction and
      Gift Report ("Blueform")  concerning all equity securities transactions as
      required by NA's Code.

      RESTRICTING ACCESS TO MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

      Information  in your  possession  that  you  identify,  or that  has  been
      identified to you as material and non-public,  must not be communicated to
      anyone,  except as provided  above.  In addition,  you should make certain
      that such information is secure.  For example,  files containing  material
      non-public  information  should be sealed and  inaccessible  and access to
      computer  files  containing  material  non-public  information  should  be
      restricted by means of a password or other similar restriction.


                                      I-5
<PAGE>

      RESOLVING ISSUES CONCERNING INSIDER TRADING

      If, after  consideration of the items set forth above, doubt remains as to
      whether  information  is  material  or  non-public,  or if  there  is  any
      unresolved  question  as to the  applicability  or  interpretation  of the
      foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, please discuss
      such  matters  with  our  Director  of   Compliance   before   trading  or
      communicating the information in question to anyone.

      SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES

      NA's  Compliance   Department  is  critical  to  the   implementation  and
      maintenance of these Policies and Procedures against insider trading.  The
      supervisory  procedures set forth below are designed to detect and prevent
      insider trading.

            PREVENTION OF INSIDER TRADING

            In addition to the  pre-approval  and monthly  reporting  procedures
            specified in the Code concerning personal  securities  transactions,
            the following  measures  have been  implemented  to prevent  insider
            trading by NA's Employees.

            1.   All  Employees  of NA will  be  provided  with a copy of  these
                 Policies and Procedures regarding insider trading.
            2.   Compliance  will,  as  deemed  necessary,  conduct  educational
                 seminars  to  familiarize  Employees  with  NA's  Policies  and
                 Procedures.   Such   educational   seminars  will  target,   in
                 particular,  persons in  sensitive  areas of NA who may receive
                 inside information more often than others;
            3.   Compliance  will answer  questions  regarding NA's Policies and
                 Procedures;
            4.   Compliance will resolve issues of whether information  received
                 by an Employee of NA is material and non-public;
            5.   Compliance  will review  these  Policies  and  Procedures  on a
                 regular basis and update as necessary;
            6.   Whenever  it has been  determined  that an  Employee  of NA has
                 possession of material non-public information,  Compliance will
                 (i)  implement  measures  to  prevent   dissemination  of  such
                 information,  and (ii) restrict  Employees  from trading in the
                 securities by placing such securities on NA's Restricted  List;
                 and
            7.   Upon the request of any  Employee,  Compliance  will review and
                 any requests for clearance to trade in specified securities and
                 either approve or disapprove.

            DETECTION OF INSIDER TRADING

            To detect insider trading, Compliance will:

            1.   Review the personal  securities  transaction  reports  filed by
                 each  Employee,  including  subsequent  monthly  review  of all
                 personal securities transactions;
            2.   Review the trading activity of client accounts managed by NA;
            3.   Review the trading activity of NA's own accounts, if any; and


                                      I-6
<PAGE>

            4.   Coordinate  the review of such reports  with other  appropriate
                 Employees of NA when  Compliance  has reason to believe  inside
                 information has been provided to certain Employees.

            REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT

            Promptly upon learning of a potential violation of NA's Policies and
            Procedures, Compliance will prepare a confidential written report to
            management,  providing full details and  recommendations for further
            action. In addition,  Compliance will prepare reports to management,
            when appropriate, setting forth:

            1.   A summary of existing  procedures to prevent and detect insider
                 trading;
            2.   Full  details of any  investigation,  either  internal  or by a
                 regulatory  agency,  of any suspected  insider  trading and the
                 results of such investigation;
            3.   An evaluation of the current procedures and any recommendations
                 for improvement; and
            4.   A description of NA's continuing  education  program  regarding
                 insider trading,  including the dates of any seminars since the
                 last report to management.

            In response to such report,  management  will determine  whether any
            changes to the Policies and Procedures might be appropriate.


                                      I-7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   APPENDIX II
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         EXAMPLES OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

>> Securities held by an Access Person for their own benefit, regardless of the
   form in which held;

>> Securities held by others for an Access Person's benefit,  such as securities
   held by custodians, brokers, relatives, executors or administrators;

>> Securities held by a pledgee for an Access Person's account;

>> Securities  held by a trust  in which  an  Access  Person  has an  income  or
   remainder  interest,  unless the Access  Person's only interest is to receive
   principal (a) if some other  remainderman dies before  distribution or (b) if
   some other  person can direct by will a  distribution  of trust  property  or
   income to the Access Person;

>> Securities  held by an Access  Person as  trustee  or  co-trustee,  where the
   Access Person or any member of their immediate family (I.E., spouse, children
   or  their  descendants,   stepchildren,  parents  and  their  ancestors,  and
   stepparents,  in each case treating a legal adoption as a blood relationship)
   has an income or remainder interest in the trust;

>> Securities held by a trust of which the Access Person is the settlor,  if the
   Access Person has the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent
   of all the beneficiaries;

>> Securities held by a general or limited partnership in which an Access Person
   is either the general partner of such partnership or a controlling partner of
   such entity  (E.G.,  Access  Person  owns more than 25% of the  partnership's
   general or limited partnership interests);

>> Securities held by a personal holding company controlled by an Access Person
   alone or jointly with others;

>> Securities held in the name of an Access Person's spouse - unless legally
   separated or divorced;

>> Securities  held in the name of minor  children of an Access Person or in the
   name of any  relative of an Access  Person or of their spouse  (including  an
   adult child) who is presently sharing the Access Person's home;

>> Securities  held in the name of any person  other  than an Access  Person and
   those  listed  in  above,  if  by  reason  of  any  contract,  understanding,
   relationship,  agreement,  or other  arrangement  the Access  Person  obtains
   benefits equivalent to those of ownership; and

>> Securities  held in the name of any person other than an Access Person , even
   though the Access  Person  does not obtain  benefits  equivalent  to those of
   ownership  (as  described  above),  if the Access  Person can vest or re-vest
   title in himself.


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  APPENDIX III
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                              QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION                     PRE-       REPORT     BLACK-OUT   HOLDING     TRADING FINE      DISGORGEMENT
                                CLEAR      ("Blue      PERIOD      PERIOD       APPLIES           REQUIRED
                                           Form")
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>               <C>
EXEMPT SECURITIES:                NO         NO           NO         NO           N/A               N/A
Open-end mutual funds, US
Gov't securities, BAs, CDs,
CP, Muni bonds and stock
indices

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS:              NO         NO           NO         NO           N/A               N/A
No control or influence,
non-voluntary, automatic
dividend reinvestment plan,
exercise of pro-rata rights
issue, options or futures on
commodities, currencies or
interest rates

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DE MINIMIS TRANSACTIONS:          NO         YES          NO         YES          YES               YES
1,000 shares or $10,000 and
NYSE or other listed domestic
exchange, including NASDAQ,
and market cap = $2 billion
(daily limit)

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
= 500 shares, NYSE, or market     YES        YES          NO         YES          YES               YES
cap = $500 million
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

NOTE:  THIS INFORMATION IS PROVIDED AS A SUMMARY ONLY.  YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE TO
ENSURE YOUR PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING COMPLIES WITH THE CODE.  PLEASE REFER TO
THE CODE FOR FURTHER DETAILS.  IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, PLEASE CONTACT
COMPLIANCE.


                                      III-1
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   APPENDIX IV
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 EXEMPT INDICES

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following  are exempt from the 60-DAY  MINIMUM hold rule and are exempt from
pre-clearance:

o     S&P 500 Index
o     S&P 100 Index
o     S&P Mid Cap Index (400 Issues) o S&P Small Cap Index (600 Issues) o NASDAQ
      100 Index o Russell  2000 Index o Wilshire  Small Cap Index (250 Issues) o
      EUROTOP 100 Index
o     Financial  Times  Stock  Exchange  (FT-SE)  100 Index
o     Japan Index (210 Issues)
o     NYSE Composite Index (2400 Issues)
o     PHLX National OTC Index (100 Issues)
o     Standard & Poor's Depository Receipts (SPDRs)
o     Standard & Poor's Mid Cap 400 Depository Receipts (Mid Cap SPDRs)
o     Gold/Silver Index Options
o     World Equity Benchmark Shares (WEBS)
o     JP Morgan Commodity Indexed Preferred Securities, Series A (Symbol JPO)
o     Dow Jones Industrials Diamonds (DIA) o NASDAQ 100 Shares (QQQ)

The Director of Compliance may approve any other Index on a case-by-case  basis.
If you have any questions  regarding the above,  please  contact the  Compliance
Department.


                                      IV-1
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   APPENDIX V
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


================================================================================
                                   NEW HIRES:

PLEASE  COMPLETE,  SIGN &  RETURN  THE  FOLLOWING  4  PAGES  TO  THE  COMPLIANCE
DEPARTMENT WITHIN 5 DAYS OF YOUR DATE OF HIRE


                  YOU ARE NOT PERMITTED TO EXECUTE ANY PERSONAL
                   TRADES UNTIL THESE CERTIFICATES ARE FILED.

                   ANNUAL RECERTIFICATION (PRESENT EMPLOYEES):

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE, SIGN & RETURN THE FOLLOWING 4 PAGES TO THE
COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT BY THE ANNUAL DUE DATE (STATED IN RENEWAL PACKET). IF IT
IS RECEIVED AFTER THAT DATE YOU WILL INCUR A FINE AS FOLLOWS - $50 FOR THE FIRST
DAY LATE & $10 EVERY DAY AFTER THAT.

ALL FINES ARE WRITTEN & SENT TO THE UNITED WAY.

              YOU WILL ALSO BE RESTRICTED FROM TRADING UNTIL THESE
             CERTIFICATES ARE RECEIVED IN COMPLIANCE (ONLY IF LATE).

                                    THANK YOU
================================================================================


                                       V-1
<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS
                          NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE SECURITIES
                      NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT


                            CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

- -----------------------------------
NAME (PLEASE PRINT)

This is to certify that the Code of Ethics and Conduct  ("Code"),  updated as of
March 2000, is available for my review on the intranet site  (home.nacm.com) for
the year 2000. I have read and understand the Code. I certify that I will comply
with these policies and procedures during the course of my employment by NACM or
NAS.  Moreover,  I agree to promptly  report to the Director of  Compliance  any
violation, or possible violation of this Code, of which I become aware.

I  understand  that a violation  of this Code will be grounds  for  disciplinary
action  or  dismissal  and may  also be a  violation  of  federal  and/or  state
securities laws.

- ------------------------------------
SIGNATURE

- ------------------------------------
DATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      V-2
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
                          NICHOLAS-APPLEGATE SECURITIES
                             INSIDER TRADING POLICY
                                  {APPENDIX I}

                             CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE



- ------------------------------------
NAME (PLEASE PRINT)

This is to certify that I have read and  understand  the policies and procedures
of NA's Insider  Trading  Policy (the  "Policy"),  updated as of March 2000, and
available for my review on the intranet site  (home.nacm.com) for the year 2000.
I certify  that I will  comply with these  policies  and  procedures  during the
course of my employment  with NA.  Moreover,  I agree to promptly  report to the
Director of Compliance any violation,  or possible  violation,  of the Policy of
which I became aware.

I  understand  that  violation  of the Policy will be grounds  for  disciplinary
action  or  dismissal  and may  also be a  violation  of  federal  and/or  state
securities laws.




- ------------------------------------
SIGNATURE


- ------------------------------------
DATE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                      V-3
<PAGE>

                            PERSONAL HOLDINGS REPORT

AS REQUIRED IN Section V of the NA's Code of Ethics  ("Code"),  please provide a
list of all Securities (except Exempt Securities) in which you have a beneficial
interest,  including  those  in  accounts  of  your  immediate  family  and  all
Securities in non-client accounts for which you make investment decisions.

1.    List all Securities that are:

            a)   personally owned; or
            b)   in which a  beneficial  interest is held by you,  your  spouse,
                 minor child, or any other member of your immediate household;
            c)   any trust or estate of which you or your  spouse is a  trustee,
                 other fiduciary or beneficiary, or of which your minor child is
                 a beneficiary; or
            d)   any person for whom you direct or effect  transactions  under a
                 power of attorney or otherwise.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     TABLE A

=========================================================================================================================
       NAME OF SECURITY          TYPE SECURITY(1)      HOLDINGS       HOLDINGS    RELATIONSHIP(3)      DISCLAIMER OF
                                                      # OF SHARES    PRINCIPAL                     BENEFICIAL INTEREST(4)
                                                                    AMOUNT ($)(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

*    IF NONE, WRITE NONE.
*    NOTE:  CONTINUE LISTING AS NECESSARY ON ADDITIONAL SHEETS. (YOU MAY ATTACH
     A COPY OF A BROKER STATEMENT LISTING THE INFORMATION - IF SO, INDICATE BY
     WRITING "SEE ATTACHED.")

IF YOU ARE A PRESENT EMPLOYEE (NEW EMPLOYEES CONTINUE TO TABLE B)
2.    Have you, during the past 12 months, requested prior clearance of and
      filed monthly reports for all applicable securities transactions as
      required by the Code?
                 Yes           No

                -----          ----
      If  "No",  has  the   transaction   been  discussed  with  the  Compliance
Department?
                 Yes           No
            ----------------------------

- --------------------

(1) Insert the  following  symbol as  pertinent to indicate the type of security
held:  C-common  stock,  P-preferred  stock,  O-option,   W-warrant  and  D-debt
security.

(2) To be completed only for debt securities.

(3) Insert a, b, c, or d as explained  above, to describe your interest in these
securities.

(4) Mark x to  indicate  that the  reporting  or  recording  of this  securities
holding  shall not be  construed  as an  admission  that you have any  direct or
indirect beneficial  interest in these securities.  Please see Appendix II for a
list of examples of beneficial interest.


                                       V-4
<PAGE>

      If not, please advise the Compliance  Department in writing  separately of
      any securities transactions not pre-cleared or reported.

3.    Have you filed monthly reports for all reportable securities  transactions
      as required by the Code?
                 Yes           No
            ----------------------------

      In addition,  Nicholas-Applegate  requires  all  employees to disclose ALL
      BROKERAGE  ACCOUNTS in their name,  any spouse's  account,  any children's
      account or any other  account  over which the employee has control or is a
      beneficiary.

                                     TABLE B

================================================================================
     NAME OF BROKER            ACCOUNT NUMBER            NAME(S) ON ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================

*     IF NONE, WRITE NONE.

I certify  that the  statements  made by me on this form are true,  complete and
correct to the best of my knowledge and belief and are made in good faith.




- ------------------------           ---------------------------------------------
DATE                               SIGNATURE


                                      V-5



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission